Home

tm 11-6625-3014-14 operator`s,organizational, direct

1. ur FEU zi 2d 5 PEs d Pe 0 S28 eee D EIL mes UNE ARES
2. 2 BUT mI nee Ee x c T 105342 500225 28342 ic SERIES ATES x I M 3 S20 M Sar gt Fa s E u 1 EN pum LBID2 y ax gt lt 1 s m YESSESSES Pe 5 Ve i i WALA p pie Lp 12 L D LOIS le 3 19 ACCEPTOR HANOSHARE 4 1 1 t seu c Y Us LEE REFERENCE amm DESIGNATIONS n es ToU p Ima se 15 83 e 3B vM T gt lt 19 22 T
3. PETLON 392 AIE AMPLITUDE MEASUREMENTS ASSEMBLY 105242 600341 SERIES ________ __ Service 5 CHF X E EA mas Bes Ru c Leere 5 vem UNE Ub 2 we PE NE OREN RR MEN a gt l ILF EE X c eR AMPL SEL T d Mer do ar iet eee TU me aastati am O ati DN THIS SHEET REFERENCE HP PART MFG OR INDUSTRY saso eT e DIET DESIGNATION NUMBER PART NUMBER i ENABLE T STATUS ENABLE BUSY CP CR2 CRE 1801 0040 Same LOW BYTE 086 IP REFERENCE 1901 0731 Same REF AMPL ENABLE SYERRANGE ar Toc Maer DESIGNATIONS CR4 1801 0064 Same IBN START DBS azs 01 02 03 ar i CONVERSION vun L 200 4 oo wii E A16 Option 002 1853 0058 S32248 Vot Tate p S s C1 C38 a os 53 REFERENCE Ded 18 65 Re naz fe 1 4 1854 0246 2N3543 2 OPTION 002 HIGH FREQUEN INPUT oor 1950 CRI 1000 82 5 ua CRi CRS QI 012 1854 0681 774 UENCT AMPLIIUDE ASSEMBLY 11098 70922 SERIE
4. U4 1820 1112 SN74LS74N FROM 14 9 17 Service AIO DIVIDE BY N PHASE DETECTOR ASSEMBLY 05342 600 0 _ SERIES 1708 nn Fi tt amp MEA A Je M NN EN E 10 5 B SA g o T C18 E TE 8 xy 1 5 45V 001 R M 2s oe MS8 L M U3A A D a7 D 5 P O Re 16 RI 001 tsa 3 Loc Hi Dele we 75 GND a 6 cd 1000 fio FROM xasis N WL us 001 5V A HH 62 1 en jt T 1 R5 1200 n 1000 RIO P O 5 2 Ge z em 00 43 i lt ae Poop ee SEES TT TO 1 SV A 3000 I 214 8 2i 16 7 5 2V 300 FEES 1 aa u CPD SN gaer ST Sees 5 5 2V REFERENCE 016 r 15 DESIGNATIONS D qe 7 FROM XAI4A 5 17 lt mi 3 D THE tp ae 7901 3 414 19 I FROM XAI4A 6 18 3 cd I Wa 19 CNTRI_ 2 4 RI 1000 0 FROM XAI4A 4 16 T 45V 14 11 FROM XAI4A 3 15 9 FSB i 7 l V MT PHASE DETECTOR 5 TABLE OF ACTIVE ELEMENTS 4 5 MAIN XA9 12
5. Hl PRS ENABLE R4 R5 R6 CLK 10K 10K 2 PRS GENERATOR zu 4 E 45V 15V 0106 7 uf 1 cs a 008 5 e us s gt o oh r TX NR 3600 SR 8 RI 5v 2 l d DEAD 4 i V 5 CVM ER 6 i El TP2 i GATING CLOCK 2 IMMZ INPUT 9 10 2 13 gt gt 1 2 13 D gt T H I TIME BASE GENERATOR s TO XA5 5 MY T5 7 ae 1 XA3 8 DESIGNATIONS L1 3r 7 Um s T 4 T LOW CHAN B D 5 16 5 s OFFSET LOOP 16 NA 2020 g 20 FROM XAI4 T LT IM WRT Uie A 15 I I reset RESET 4 RGTR 29 21 22 Yop e 23 MAX I U 9 2 SNNT a er E m L He 12 Hi GATE TIME ENABLE T 13 14 15 im RS 5 30138 1 6 i s 4 u lt TP 5 3 16 5 5v TABLE OF ACTIVE ELEMENTS 5n E 11 REFERENCE HP PART MFG OR INDUSTRY HI LONG PRS 3 DESIGNATION NUMBER PART NUMBER L 1902 3182 FZ7268 1854 0560 SP36740 mc 1853 0036 Same 13 ipe L MHZ
6. 7 1 7 7 SERVICE deir 8 1 MT 8 1 8 3 Schematic Diagram Symbols and Reference Designators 8 1 8 5 Reference Designations Model 5342A Table of Contents TABLE OF CONTENTS Continued Section Title Page VIII SERVICE Continued 8 7 Identification Markings on Printed Circuit Boards 8 2 Assembly Identification 8 4 Safety Considerations 8 4 8 18 Safety Symbols cece n 8 5 Signal Names 8 22 Disassembly and Reassembly 8 12 Cover Removal 8 12 Bottom Cover 8 12 8 28 Front Frame 8 12 Removal of A1 Display Assembly and A2 Display Assembly from Front Panel 8 13 Replacement of LED s in Front Panel Switches 8 13 Removal of U1 Sampler A25 Preamplifier and A26 Sampler Driver 6 13 Factory Selected Components 8 15 Procedure for Selecting Resistor R15 on Direct Count 8 15 Procedure for Selecting Resi
7. 6 45 Manual Backdating eps e t reos Assembly Identification Signal Names esee E Dnus adu VO E E Hd 8 6 10842A Contents 8 18 Replaceable Parts for Extender Board 05342 60036 8 18 Overall Troubleshooting 1 8 85 Assemblies Tested by Test Mode 8 88 Probable Failed Assemblies by Test Mode Diagnostic Modes of the 5342A 8 90 A14 Microprocessor Troubleshooting 8 91 A19 A20 A21 Power Supply Troubleshooting 8 97 1 2 Keyboard Display Troubleshooting 8 102 Direct Count Amplifier Troubleshooting 8 104 A13 Counter Troubleshooting 8 105 A17 Timing Generator Troubleshooting 8 109 A9 A10 Main Loop Snythesizer Troubleshooting 8 113 A11 A12 A25 U1 IF Troubleshooting 8 116 A4 A7 Offset Loop Synthesizer Troubleshooting 8 122 A26 Sampler Driver Troubleshooting 8 124 A5 RF Multiplexer Troubleshooting 8 125 Optio
8. 1 000 20X 10006 CER 0160 3878 100PF 20 200VDC CER 016023877 PACITOReFXD 100 PF 202 200V DC CER 016023877 01603878 01603872 0100 3878 016 0 3878 0180 3877 CAP ACTTORSEXD 1000PF e20X 100 0 CER 016093878 CAP AC IT OReFXD a 2PF 2SPF 200 VDC CER 0160 5872 CITOReFXD 1000PF 9 20 X 100V DC 0160 3878 CLT OR SEXO 1000PF 20 100 0 CER 016023878 CITUR FXD 1 00PF 20 200 0 CER 0160 3877 1902 3171 0122 0065 0122 0065 DICDE ZNR JV SX 00 7 POs TCR 062 1902 3171 PA CITORIVOLTAGE 129 3 0122 0065 CAPACITORS VOLTAGE 129 PF 3v 0122 0065 9170 0016 CORE SHIELDING BEAD 9170 0016 910002268 910002268 9100 2268 9100 2268 910002268 COIL MLD 22U 40 0845 095D 2 51 NOM 9100 2268 CO ILeMLD 22UH 10 6845 0950 X 25 LGeNOM 9100 2268 ILeMLD 22UH 0X 0545 0950 X 25 LGeNOM 9100 2268 L MLD 22UM 10 0445 0950 2516 0 9100 2268 IL MLD 22UH 10 0845 0950X 256 910002268 93000 m 44 oc ococo COCON 910002247 9100 2268 9100 2258 9100 2247 CO IL MLO 1 10 0634 09 SD X 25LG NOM 910092247 CO JL MLO 22 Qa 45 09 SD x 25LGeNOM 9100 2268 IL MLD 22UH 10 0846 095DX 25LGeNOM 910002268 CO IL MLD 100NH 10 096 Dx 25LGeNOM 9100 2247 1854 0071 TRANS ISTOR NPN 81 PDw300MW FTa200MMZ 1854 0071
9. Equipment Supplied Accessories Available Recommended Test Equipment HP IB Interface Capability 3 19 5342 Bus Message Usage 3 20 Address Selection 3 21 Option 001 HP IB Program Code Set 3 22 Operational Verification Record 4 9 Model 5342A Program 4 10 Model 9825A Program Description 4 13 Sample Printout i e RR oho eee em eee e eee 4 15 Performance Test Record 4 32 Exchange Assemblies 6 1 Abbreviations and Reference Designations 6 2 Replaceable Parts Option 001 Replaceable Parts Option 002 Replaceable Parts 6 38 Option 003 Replaceable Parts Option 004 Replaceable Parts Option 011 Replaceable Parts 6 44 Manufacturers Code List
10. I 500 KHZ sy 710 XA10 5 l i OMHZ 5 TO J3 REAR PANEL Figure 8 42 A18 Time Base Buffer Assembly 8 185 5342 Service COMPONENT SIDE SOLDER SIDE COMPONENT SIDE 1 SOLDER SIDE 1 E ca EE P1 Part of Figure 8 43 A19 A20 A21 and A23 Power Supply Assembly 8 186 i Model 5342 Service ATE MOTHERBOARD DEFERENCE 19 P ARY POWER ASSEMBLY longa amp nojgl SEAIES CONDARY POWER ASSEMBLY 05342 so0z0 SERIES 1708 2 400221 AZI DRIVE ASSEMBLY 06542 20021 SERIES 1804 __ ZOKHZ LI NOTE i TRANSFORMER TEE er ns Me me INDCATES Li u WARNING 300y PRESENT CIRCUITS ALWAYS TIED POWER CORD M yt 2 2 1L maT a AS TEST POINT 1 422 2160 n 2 ALL X amp CONNECTORS ARE CA2 MOTHERBDAND E MOUNTED ON A22 MOTHERBOARD 081 052 98342 00022 I G1 RTI I Ri RI1 wis TS Pen PrO A22
11. sisi xd i 2 10K CUR REFERENCE a DESIGNATIONS al 1 Bj qub gt Se ae F C1 C24 H CR1 CR3 i 741 i 1 troy alr M 714 1 Bus L1 ET ao i FoM i 1 i io 1 i i 7020 21 TP1 TP6 4 sqm rL EH U1 U24 nmt Eb T e 02886 ar i I ve E l 5 mman ger see HHE M MEE _ nil ERIS iae um 7 1 us HP PART MFG OR INDUSTRY 1 MICROPROCESSOR 41 IS m DESIGNATION NUMBER PART NUMBER Haseen scr EHE ESTE asss CR1 CR3 1901 0040 Same Aou jd m L t e T M Q1 1854 0574 Same Hn 3 mec pee i ut 1818 0698 Same 1 z m U2 U3 1820 1081 8 26 P m U4 1818 0697 Same Cama Se BE HJ sad 1 x I px SERE EE T 24 pa EE is U5 U22 1820 1197 SN74LS00N LL aw eunt 2 i ci 1H HTE MU 7 pee 6 1820 1144 91 502 E T T I Eb lt U7 1818 0706 Same lof N E _ Hr E ug 1820 1
12. MFR OR INDUSTRY STE 16 mE NE 9 12 FROM XAIAA B c DESIGNATION NUMBER PART NUMBER E T 124 L i U1 1820 1251 SN74LS196N gt U2 1820 0630 MC4044P FROM xALAAC O MSB U3 1820 0069 7420PC 5 E e 6 I I 1 US 1820 1225 MC10231P U6 1820 0736 Same Frou 1 cioe SEN Seas U7 1820 0693 74S74PC NOT USt U8 U9 U13 014 1820 1429 AM74LS160N U10 U15 U17 1820 1196 AM74LS174N FROM XAI4B TI 14 EH U11 U16 1820 1195 AM74LS175N U12 1820 1888 MC12013L 0 0 sa Enc 6 5 d 5 i L 13 12 I ujo I 8 5 2V 2427 rg T Iu 5 2 001 T 6 84 v 8 001 FROM XAI8 3 5 5 eL mE 22 l 4 22 22 lt a x L2 V 22UH A LIES A E s Lehid L c7 6 8 T 6 8 2 001 60 001 6 80 at LI 5 I Figure 8 33 A10 Divide by N Assembly 8 167 Model 5342 Service TP1 R14 TP2 C6 813 R12 Li RB 810 CA 2 R CRI RA 85 R1 45
13. OO O O O O OO O OCO OD TOO OO N Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Continued Reference HP Part Qty Description Mfr Mfr Part Number Designation Number Code 15 A mere k k a NS 5 DIVIDE BY N ASSEMBLY SERIES 1720 CAPACITOR FXD 6 8UF 20 6VDC TA CAPA CITOR FXD 60UF 20 eVDC CAPACITOR FXD 6 8UF 20 6VDC CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 6 8UF 20 6VDC TA CAPACITOR FXD 6 8UF 20 6VDCTA CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 22PF 5 200VDC CER 0 30 CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 1000 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 1000 20 100VDC CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 1000 20 100VDC CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER COIL MLD 22UH 10 Q 45 095DX 25LG NOM CHOKE WIDE BAND ZMAX 680 OHM 180 MHZ CHOKE WIDE BAND ZMAX 680 OHM 180 MHZ CHOKE WIDE BAND ZMAX 680 OHM 180 MHZ RESISTOR 1K 10 125W CC TC 330 800 RESISTOR 560 5 125W 330 800 RESISTOR 1 6K 5 125W CC TC 350 857 RESISTOR 300 5 125W CC TC 330 800 RESISTOR 1 2K 5 125W CC TC 350 857 RESISTOR 75 5 125
14. L3 4 85 BY TRACE ON THE BOARD 22UH c5 6 8 001 i 001 5 8 page QUI x C25 100PF 5 9 2510 1 500 STRIPLINE 1 gt M I i 22 cun dd DESIGNATIONS 100P CR3 92 SE RIS LT ue 22UH FROM x66 5 OFFSET CONTROL RIS au C14 aot BEAD cle 001 SEE G CR2 V 001 NOTE 1 2 4700 I I 16 15 001 22UH Yr n TABLE OF ACTIVE ELEMENTS R7 o REFERENCE HP PART MFR OR INDUSTRY L6 i DESIGNATION NUMBER PART NUMBER v I CR1 1902 3171 FZ7264 2 0122 0065 19 01 1854 0071 OFS VCO 02 1854 0345 2N5179 7 1025418 U1 U2 1826 0732 Same SEES sS 50a STRIPLINE T 2 2 I V PA s I LI 22UH l 2 2 5 2 1 ca perque ppm m T Wr E eG A e 2225 2442 2202 264 2255 Figure 8 27 A4 Offset Assembly 8 155 Model 5342 Service COMPONENT SIDE SOLDER SIDE Figure 8 28 5 RF Multiplexer Assembly 8 156 Model 5342 Service A5 RF MULTIPLEXER ASSEMBLY 05342 60005 SERIES 1720 aa SS REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS i 1000 5 8 EI R3 R5 C6 g 106 EB fas aa LEAD P
15. Power Supply Adjustments Main Synthesizer Adjustment Offset Synthesizer Adjustments 5 5 IF Adj stment zie Direct Count Adjustment 5 8 Oscilator 5 8 A24 Standard Oscilator Option 001 Oven Oscillator 10544 5 9 5 33 Option 002 Amplitude Measurement Adjustments 510 A16 Adjustments 5 10 27 Adjustments Resistors 2789 427810 5 11 Option 002 003 Adjustments 5 12 5 40 A11 A25 Adjustments Resistors 11 14 A25R31 5 12 5 41 Option 004 Digital to Analog DAC Adjustments 5 13 REPLACEABLE PARIS V ku de a IR 61 6 1 Introduction 20220024 eee Rex ER ERE Sie Ud 6 1 Exchange Assemblies 6 1 Abbreviations and Reference Designations 6 7 Replaceable Parts 64 Ordering Information dead 6 4 Direct Mail Order System 6 4 617 Option Retrofit Kits MANUAL CHANGES 12 22 2 2 tro CECIDIT asus E ceris dd Manual Changes
16. 9 Adjust OFFSET and observe DVM for 0 volts dc 2 Repeat steps d and f and observe DVM for proper indication Readjust if necessary Model 5342 Replaceable Parts SECTION VI REPLACEABLE PARTS 6 1 INTRODUCTION 6 2 This section contains information for ordering parts is a list of exchange assem blies and Table 2 lits abbreviations and reference designations used in the parts list and throughout the manual Tab e 6 3 lists all replaceable parts for the standard 5342A in reference designator order Tables 6 4 6 5 6 6 6 7 and 8 ist replaceable parts for Options 001 002 003 004 and 011 respectively Table 6 2 contains the names and addresses that to the manufacturers code numbers 6 3 EXCHANGE ASSEMBLIES 6 4 Table T lists assemblies within the instrument that may be replaced an exchange basis Exchange factory repaired and tested assemblies are available only on a trade in basis therefore the defective assemblies must be retumed for credit For this reason assemblies required for spare parts stock must be ordered by the new assembly part number Table 1 Exchange Assemblies Ul Sampler 5088 7022 5088 7522 Option 001 Oven Oscillator 10544 60011 10544 60511 Option 002 U2 Multiplexer 05342 80005 05342 80505 A16U3 PROM Matched consists of matched 5088 7035 consists of matched 5088 7535 and A16U3 PROM and A16U3 PROM Option 002 U2 Multiplexer 5088 7035 5088 7
17. emp IU x MEM N 1B54 0246 2N3843 CALL ANM ad T I4 12V 79 A2400 REGULATOR 1853 0054 532248 1854 0215 5253611 NEUTRA 1820 0491 LM307N Leg NEUTRAL _ P v 1826 0180 555 1826 0428 63524 Figure 8 43 A19 A20 A21 and A23 Power Supply Assemblies 8 187 Model 5342 Service 8 188 A24 OPTION 001 A24 STANDARD Part of Figure 8 44 A24 Oscillator Assemblies 15 15 10 MHZ OUT XAI8 8 lt 45V FROM XA21 1 22227124 2 GND 14 14 24 l GND 7 7 I lt 1 18 8 I 12V CONT FROM 21 14 lt 1 t l 13 13 I 12V FROM 21 16 16 y O v zs i5 10 MHZ OUT TO 8 8 B5 GND 12 12 IP NC 1 NC 10 10 I rr XX GND i t 222 092 1 24V FROM 21 1 as1 5 5 2 10 XA22 JI 10 n gt 4 m Q H A24 STANDARD IO MHZ OSCILLATOR ASSEMBLY 05341 60047 SERIES 1804 CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR TEMPERATURE COMPENSATED TCXO 0950 0394 E 5 9 9 sP I 8 8 D METAL CAN ______ 71 THERMISTOR t AGC AND OUTPUT 10 MHZ
18. 2 P aste Model 5342A Service Table 8 9 A14 Microprocessor Troubleshooting Continued Place the 5004A data probe on the following address signal points available on the A14 ex tender board and check that the proper free run signatures are obtained 14 3 UUUF 14 11 7792 14 2 XA14A 12 6322 14 5 XA14A 13 37C6 14 6 14 14 6U2C 7 XA14A 15 4FC9 14 8 XA14A 16 486 14 9 14 17 9UP2 XA14A 10 6F99 XA14A 18 0001 If these signatures are obtained go to step 6 Check the signatures on the MPU side of buffer drivers 016 018 U8 These signatures are adjacent to the A14 schematic Correct or incorrect signatures should isolate the problem to either U21 or one or more of the buffer drivers U16 U18 U8 A signature may be incorrect because that particular address line is being held low or high by another assembly which is connected to the address bus To check this possibility isolate the A14 address bus from the other assemblies by setting the address bus switches on the A14 extender board all open low Place the 5004A data probe on the following device select codes and check that the proper free run signatures are obtained DEVICE SELECT CODE LOCATION SIGNATURE HDSPWRT U22 8 U05H LKBRD U20 7 FF48 LTIMRD 7311 LTIMWRT 9FF7 LCTRWRT A732 LPDRD A9FU LPDWRT 6A70 LSY
19. 3 3 3 36 Maximum Input Signal Power 3 3 i 3 39 Input Cable Considerations 22412 02 eee BA 5342 Table of Contents TABLE OF CONTENTS Continued Section Title Page OPERATION Continued 3 41 Controls Indicators and 3 4 3 43 Operating 3 4 Operator Key board 3 14 x23 Eror Code Displays 3 16 Instrument Error Displays lt 3 17 Limit Errors and Sequence Emors 3 18 3 57 Options isses HH HHe ess 3 18 Time Base Option 001 3 18 Amplitude Option 002 3 18 3 63 Extended Dynamic Range Option 003 3 18 HP IB Interface Option OIl 3 18 Digital to Analog Converter DAC Option 004 HP IB Programming Option 011 3 19 9825A Program 3 8 HP IB Programming Notes 3 28 3 83 Remote Programming of Diagnostic Mode 6 Option 002 011 Only 3 30 PERFORMANCE TES
20. 270 540 8 2705 0757 0316 RESISTOR 42 2 1 125 1 50 100 1 8 10 2 2 F 069948354 RE SISTOR 270 Sy 125 TC 2e330 4 800 882715 0675 1021 RESISTOR 1K 10 125 TCze330 B00 BB1021 0675 1021 RESISTOR 1K 10 25 TCz 330 800 881021 0598 6242 RESISTOR 1 2 5 125 TCze350 857 225 0583 6605 RESISTOR 56 5 25 TCz 000 500 C85605 009865180 gt RESISTOR ak 5 1258 CC TCze350 4857 2025 0698 5174 RESISTOR 200 Sx 125 TCz 330 800 882015 0757 0394 RESISTOR 51 1 1X 125 204 100 1 8 10 518 fF 1251 0600 CT ORSSGL PIN 1 830 SZ SQ 1251 0600 1261 06 00 CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 630 SZ SQ 1251 0800 1251 0600 CON NE QReSGL CONT PIN 1 14 85 97 SQ 1251 06 00 1820 0736 IC CNTR ECL BIN DUAL 1820 0736 1820 1224 RCVR ECL LINE RCVR TPL 2 1 10216 1826 0139 1458 AMPR DIPeP 1 4586 182000736 IC CNTR ECL BIN DUAL 1820 0736 1820 0982 b IC DIFF AMPL 1600 1820 0982 1820 0982 E AMPL les DIP ol 1820 0982 1820 0982 OIFF 16 C 1820 0982 5 LA NEDUS PARTS 038020970 375 1 N LG 4 4 QTHD 0368090970 1251 3205 56 CONT SKT 022 1 3 57 1251 3205 3050 0105 WASHER FL MTLC NO 4 125 1 210 3050 0105 05342 20101 SCREW GROUND 05342020101 See introduc
21. CER A16C11 0160 4401 3 1 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 10 100VDC POLYP A16C12 0160 0576 5 CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 20 CER 28480 0160 0576 A16C13 0180 0491 5 3 CAPACITOR FXD 10UF 20 25VDC TA 28480 0180 0491 A16C14 0160 0576 5 CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 20 50VDC CER 28480 0160 0576 A16C15 0160 0576 5 CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 20 CER 28480 0160 0576 A16C16 0160 0576 5 CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 20 CER 28480 0160 0576 A16C17 0180 0491 5 CAPACITOR FXD 10UF 20 25VDC 28480 0180 0491 16 18 0160 0576 5 CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 20 50VDC CER 28480 0160 0576 A16C19 0180 0491 5 CAPACITOR FXD 10UF 20 25VDC TA 28480 0180 0491 A16C20 0160 3879 7 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 3879 A16C21 0140 0159 8 1 CAPACITOR FXD 3000PF 4 295 300VDC MICA 72136 DM19F302G0300WV1CR A16C22 0160 2205 1 1 CAPACITOR FXD 120PF 5 300VDC MICA 28480 0160 2205 A16C23 0160 3704 7 1 015UF 5 28480 0160 3704 A16C24 0140 0190 7 1 CAPACITOR FXD 39PF 5 300VDC MICA 72136 DM56390J0300WV1CR A16C25 0170 0040 9 2 CAPACITOR FXD 47UF 4 109 200VDC POLYE 56269 292P47392 A16C26 0170 0040 9 CAPACITOR FXD 47UF 10 200VDC POLYE 56269 292P47392 A16C27 0160 0576 5 CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 20 CER 28480 0160 0576 A16C28 0160 0576 4 CAPACITOR FXD 68UF 10 6VDC 90201 TOC686K006WLF A16C29 0160 0579 5 CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 20 28480
22. def da ya OFS dB cu OFS MHz HHH LATA EJ ET ETE I 11111 FUT AATEC CHS 3 14 9 n a E ey Tp eps Dy ES m 4 2 Display IM uos Il l j j lll j LE D Xx EE 7277 drop ES 5 A Et um T t OO OOG Nu NM 21 du a Me ae x s SE ENT EE Ee PAPUA Model 5342 5342 Operation 3 47 ERROR CODE DISPLAYS 3 48 Error codes are displayed by the 5342A to indicate circuit malfunctions in the instrument and to indicate operator procedure errors 3 49 Instrument Error Displays 3 50 When power is applied to the 5342A check sum routines are automatically performed if a routine fails an error code is displayed to indicate the circuit fault area as follows Display Fault Area LI qnd a E WE NUN NE SACS IIIS GHz MHz khk Hz HAN HE 1 NBN any of the above codes are displayed refer t
23. 0 0380 0970 05342 20101 SC PEW GROUND 05342 20101 See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 6 10 Model 5342 Replaceable Parts Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Continued Description Mfr Part Number 05342 60005 RF MULTIPLEXER ASSEMBLY SERIES 1720 05342 60005 016 093478 0160 3878 0150 3878 0160 3878 018050210 CITOReFXD 1000PF 20X 10006 CER 0160 3878 PACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 10 OVDC CER 0160 3878 CAP AC ITOR FXD 1000PF 20 10 NYDE CER 016023878 CITOR F 1000PF 20 100VDC CER 016021878 3 3 e 20x 15VDC 1500335x001542 0160 5029 0150 3878 016023876 016093878 0160 3878 CITOR FXD 7 5PF 100 0 CER 0150 3029 100 OPF 20 100VDC CER 016043878 7 20 200 0 CER 0160 3876 AC IT OR FXD 1000 PF 20 100 VOC CER 0160 3878 1000 PF 20 10 UVDC CER 016023878 0160 3879 016020576 0160 3876 0160 0576 0100 3878 OLUF e20 X 100VDC CER 016093879 CAPACITOR FXD 1UF e20X 50 DC CER 0150 0576 7 20 200V DC CER 0160 3876 CAPACITOReFXO 1UF 20 SOV DC CER 0160 0576 CAPACTTOR FXD 1000PF 20X i00VDC CER 0180 3878 0160 3878 0150 3879 0180 0210 0160 3879 016003029 AC IT OReFXD 1000 20 100
24. GATE 55 FROM 4 Q4 R5 t 82 5 133 poo EECL MAIN GATE 8 5V 220P po PI INPUT RIZ I 1 I 1 I I I E R29 I 510 l I R22 E BE L2 47K Bv 3 45V L C6 T 68 R36 510 ae bl LIMITER 4 lt an 5V L cs 5V l 624 T 0014 1 1 so INpuT 50 STRIPLINE c21 10 R43 1000 622 R37 pay 750 22 D 13 a 6 R38 12 2 6 150 R I 8 R46 2K 1 5 7 9 16 1 DIRECT k 5 c23 2 TO XAISUD RI 1 BUT 2 DIRECT b cee bar F son STRIPLINE 1 R2 1000 02 2K pf 1 16 5 5 MAAF a 10K ue pus bes 0 25 5v 1 FROM XAI3CIO Figure 8 26 A3 Direct Count Amplifier Assembly 8 153 Model 5342A Service Cari pu u s COMPONENT SIDE SOLDER SIDE Part of A4 Offset VCO Assembly 8 154 Model 5342 Service A4 OFFSET ASSEMBLY 05342 60004 SERIES 1708 5 NOTES P O PI INDUCTANCE OF TUNED CIRCUIT FORMED
25. a NU T NP See LIS im I 1 B 272 gt an AIBBIA 1 s des IES WIA 5 j _ am 09 1 i d Ax e 198 1 m BENED Tad DETECTED cll His o v Ah I T E Ce E 1 pee 5 1 1 85 lt r P B M 7 2y abo oon I i Es x 4 ee Li T E EORR es AN xav F FROM l OPTION 002 AP LOW FREQUENCY AMPLITUDE ASSEMBLY 108342 60027 ete I 2 Rs 12 REESE ET Et rrou S ibd 109 Mi L 3EL H Tie I I ta m T pi T zs gt E 1s i Piel EJ E 36 3 2 688 001 lt AAA ES 5 i REFERENCE ad Secta css 9 E DESIGNATIONS l 5 ea IN i BE TABLE OF ACTIVE ELEMENTS L OIRECT d ues e HE FART MER OR INGUSTRY s i E 5 2 A T SIGNATION NUMBER PART NUMBER 1 Bun E 1 3 i2 enim erase DN CR4 1906 a 1 02 03 c4 c5 06 0208 Same E EET BEES nl re Te TIU E os T i x tz TRIP Le aie 7 7 7 cio Y 2 T IT ap e N m T ETE JOOKHZ Ra fg 16 4 uU rr wes ved EA 22 EE T E P
26. test point goes to approximately 6 5 1 5 V dc If not switch RF signal off and back Adjust A25R31 slowly ccw just until test point drops to approximately 1 1 V Rotate A11R14 fully cw Adjust signal source amplitude to 2 40 5 dBm and reconnect to 5342A RF input test point on A16 should remain at approximately 1 1 V dc Adjust A11R14 slowly ccw just until test point on A16 jumps to approximately 6 5 1 5 V necessary repeat adjustment procedures Model 5342 Adjustments 5 41 OPTION 004 DIGITAL TO ANALOG DAC ADJ USTMENTS 5 42 Set up the equipment as shown below and proceed Z 22 27 53 wa 300070 0000000 3465 DIGITAL MULTIMETER HP 8620C SWEEPER HP _ 00 Set the 5342A to 500 MHz 18 GHz range AUTO mode b Connect DVM to DAC OUT set DVM to 20V range Set the generator to 999 MHz as indicated on 5342A display d On 5342A keyboard press Blue SET Key DAC The DAC variable resistor adjustments OFFSET R27 and GAIN ADJ R25 are located at the top rear of the A2 Display Driver Assembly Remove the top cover of the 5342A to gain accessto these adjust ments located below the top of the front frame e Adjust GAIN ADJ and observe DVM for indication of 9 99 volts dc f On 5342A keyboard press Blue SET Key DAC
27. 11 6625 3014 14 TECHNICAL MANUAL OPERATOR S ORGANIZATIONAL DIRECT SUPPORT AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR MICROWAVE FREQUENCY COUNTER TD 1225A V 1 U NSN 625 01 103 2958 HEADQUARTERS DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY SEPTEMBER 1981 SAFETY STEPS TO FOLLOW IF SOMEONE IS THE VICTIM ELECTRICAL SHOCK NOT TRY TO PULL OR GRAB THE INDI VI DUAL E POSSIBLE TURN OFF THE ELECTRI CAL POWER IF YOU CANNOT TURN OFF THE ELECTRICAL POWER PULL PUSH OR LIFT THE PERSON TO SAFETY USING A WOODEN POLE OR A ROPE OR SOME OTHER INSULATING MATERIAL n FOR HELP AS SOON AS POSSIBLE E THE I NJ URED PERSON IS FREE OF CONTACT WITH THE SOURCE OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK MOVE THE PERSON A SHORT DISTANCE AWAY AND IMMEDIATELY START ARTIFICIAL SAFETY This product has been designed and tested according to International Safety Requirements To ensure safe operation and to keep the product safe the information cautions and warnings in this manual must be heeded Refer to Section for general safety considerations applicable to this product RESUSCI TATI ON This manual includes copyright material reproduced by permission of the HEWLETT PACKARD Company TM 11 6625 3014 14 TECHNICAL MANUAL HEADQUARTERS DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY NO 11 6625 3014 14 Washington DG 10 September 1981 OPERATOR S ORGANIZATIONAL DIRECT SUPPORT AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL MICROWAVE FREQUENCY COUNTER TD 1225A V 1 U N
28. AC Power Module Input power module consisting of an IEC approved connector a fuse 0 75 amp for 100 200 volt operation 0 375 for 220 240 volt operation and a pc line voltage selector Refer td paragraph 2 6 for details selector switch Selects a short or long pseudorandom sequence CW position provides a short prs or mode with FM tolerance of 20 MHz The FM position provides a long prs or wide mode with FM tolerance of 50 MHz p p NOTE Most measurements should be made with the rear panel FM CW switch in the The FM position should be used only when the input signal has significant amounts of FM 220 MHz p p INT EXT selector switch Selects the intemal 10 MHz crystal oscillator signal an extemal 10 MHz source for the time base circuit The extemal source must be connected to the adjacent connector 7 NOTE f the INT EXT switch is switched and causes momentary loss of clock the microprocessor may hang up and cause the display to stop counting To recover press LINE switch to SIBY then to ON EXT FREQ SID connector Accepts 10 MHz extemal time base sgnal when INT EXT switch is in EXT position FREQ SID OUT connector Supplies a 10 MHz squarewave output at 1 5 volts peak to peak IF OUT connector provides the intermediate frequency IF output of the Preamplifier circuit for test or monitor of the IF DAC connector Provides the output voltage of t
29. The following charts are provided as an aid to troubleshooting 5342A assemblies A3 thru A9 A11 thru A14 A25 and A26 This information was to be published in the permanent 5342 manual but was inadvertently omitted its intended location was the apron of the appropriate assembly schematic diagram A6 OFFSET LOOP AMPLIFIER ASSEMBLY CONDITIONS No signal input 5342A in CHECK mode Q1 Q2 94 U2 E 13 12 4 E 121 5 05 2 1 6 07 13 0 128 53 3 1 6 C 110 1151 147 00 4 121 6 1 9 7 124 CONDITIONS A7 Assembly removed 5342 in CHECK mode Q4 92 NOTE F 45 05 2 1154 function of CR4 41 54 8 44 42 3 1 58 14 17 4 11 b 7 124 A7 MIXER SEARCH CONTROL ASSEMBLY CONDITIONS 4 and 8 VCO assemblies removed from instrument Uus Q2 Q3 Q4 65 1 001 1 0 01 0 75 0 0 13 07 0 0 3 24 3 35 B 0 00 B 05 B 06 B 01 B 06 5 438 5 331 05 C 48 C 148 46 7 147 7 146 8 41 8 3 5 CONDITIONS 5342 in CHECK MODE NOTE and U4 voltages approximately the same as with VCO s removed Qi Q2 Q3 Qe 95 05 0 0 13 2 8 0 0 0 0 40 36 06 34 8 07 7 17 48 48 C 002 A8 MAIN ASSEMBLY CONDITIONS 5342A In CHECK mode qi Q2 Ut 28 75 1 001 1 002 3 4 82 3 23 3 28 C C 151 5 4 0 5 3 7 7 4 8 7 47 8 4 0 8 3 7 A9 LOOP AMPLIFIER ASSEMBLY CONDITIONS 5342A in CHECK
30. 1104 4 TP Via 22 1 oooP epp UB UA UEM 4 84 9 10 6 4 15V L 7 OFST V cw i rk R33 323 Ri I 680K I50K IK lt 42 i TP2 a R43 TO XAI2 14 Q6 96 via 22 gt 15 I Q4 Ay N TO AI6B 3 AMPLITUDE 002 003 m C33 VIA A22 AT2 1000 NT USED C32 9 114 I 10UH lo 73 RET VG R35 1000 a 1 62 FROM A22 MOTHERBOARD e C28 1000 iU 16 612 1000P T JT ty LI umo 1000P 1 1 Figure 8 45 A25 Preamplifier Assembly 8 191 5342 Service ASS ASSV Part of Figure 8 46 A26 Sampler Driver Assembly 8 192 Ko N REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS TABLE OF ACTIVE ELEMENTS REFERENCE HP PART MFR OR INDUSTRY DESIGNATION NUMBER PART NUMBER CR1 1901 0796 CR2 1901 0179 Q1 1854 0071 U1 1856 0060 A26 SAMPLER DRIVER ES Sii LO FREQ N J2 FROM FROM A25C31 O O0 5V 5 ROM 25 27 1000 P ASSEMBLY 05342 60026 SERIES 1708 CII 5V RI 20 p SEE NOTE N LI ADOUR 47 L3 L2 gi 3 Model 5342A Service NOTES INDUCTOR L2 IS FORMED BY A DIODE CLIP HP PART NO 05342
31. 28480 1250 0257 A2Q1 1854 0560 9 1 TRANSISTOR NPN SI DARL PD 310MW 04713 SP56740 A2R1 0757 0420 3 1 RESISTOR 750 196 125W F TC 04 100 24546 C4 1 0 T0 751 F A2R2 1810 0125 0 1 NETWORK RES 8 PIN SIP 125 PIN BPCG 28460 1810 0125 A2R3 0683 5105 4 1 RESISTOR 51 5 25W FC TC 400 4500 01121 CB3105 A2R4 0683 2205 9 8 RESISTOR 22 5 25W FC TC 400 4500 01121 CB2205 A2R5 0683 1015 7 2 RESISTOR 100 5 25W FC 400 4500 01121 CB1015 A2R8 2100 3607 5 1 RESISTOR VAR CONTROL CCP 1M 10 LIN Not supplied 01121 WP4N102P105U2 with 05342 60028 must be ordered separately A2R6 0683 2205 9 RESISTOR 22 5 25W FC TC 400 4500 01121 CB2205 A2R7 0683 1025 9 1 RESISTOR 1K 5 25W FC TC 400 4600 01121 CB1025 A2R6 0683 2205 9 RESISTOR 22 5 25W FC TC 400 4500 01121 CB2205 A2R10 0683 4725 2 11 RESISTOR 4 7K 5 25W FC TC 400 4700 01121 CB4725 A2R11 0683 2205 9 RESISTOR 22 5 25W FC TC 400 4500 01121 CB2205 A2R12 0683 4725 2 RESISTOR 4 7K 5 25W FC TC 400 4700 01121 CB4725 A2R13 0683 2205 9 RESISTOR 22 5 25W FC 400 4500 01121 CB2205 A2R14 0683 2205 9 RESISTOR 22 5 25W FC TC 400 4500 01121 CB2205 A2R15 0683 2205 9 RESISTOR 22 5 25W TC 400 4500 01121 CB2205 A2R16 0683 2205 9 RESISTOR 22 5 25W FC 400 4500 01121 CB2205 A2R17 1810 0164 7 1 NETWORK RES 9 PIN SIP 15 PIN 8PCG 28480 1B10 0164 A2R18 0683 4725 2 RESISTOR 4 7K 5 25W FC TC 400 4700 01121 CB4725 A2R19 0683 4725 2 RESISTOR 4 7K 5 25W TC 400 4700 01121 CB4725 A2
32. 7 B counter not exercised 8 LPDREAD LPDWRT LSYNHI LSYNLO device select codes not exercised 9 PRS generation circuitry not exercised Q0 Tests oniy that at least one ot the two diodes is not open 8 88 Model 5342 Service Table 8 7 Probable Failed Assemblies by Test Mode DIAG DIAG COUNT 50 MHz 1 GHz exl n A1 1 1 A8 A17 9 M ASSEMBLIES A2 A25 A14 17 13 10 18 19 A20 21 24 5 u ATkey board 6 17 gate time generation 121 A2 keyboard decoding circuitry such as 2022 012 U18 U 19 7 A14LSYNHI LSYNLO LPDREAD LPDWRT device select codes 3 ATA LKBRD device select code 8 18 500 kHz output 4 A counter 9 17 prs generation 5 14 LCTRRD LCTRWRT LTIMRD LTIMWRT device select codes 10 A13 B counter exercised 8 89 Model 5342A Service Table 8 8 Diagnostic Modes of the 5342A To go to a diagnostic mode press front panel set key twice SET SET and then the number corresponding to the desired mode For example pressing SET SET 8 goes into diagnostic mode 8 the keyboard check To leave a diagnostic mode press RESET The following de scribes the available diagnostic modes TABLE 8 8 DIAGNOSTIC MODES DIAGNOSTIC MODE FUNCTION 0 Displays mnemonics SP 23 followed by Hd SP indicates that the VCO s are sweeping 2 indicates that the unlatched power detector is set indicating an IF of sufficient amplitude and an IF in the range of 50 10
33. 8 320 U8 ANALOG TO DIGITAL CONVERTER The output of U12 feeds the U8 analog to digital converter which converts the dc voltage at U8 5 to a 13 bit 2s complement digital word The microprocessor after detecting the end of the A to D converson reads the digital word in two 8 bit bytes The input power is computed and displayed ROM U4 contains the firmware subroutine which controls the amplitude measurement process and PROM U3 contains the corrections for frequency as measured by the counter and level as measured by the U8 Analog to Digital Converter 8 323 Register U5 is used by the microprocessor to write to the A16 Amplitude Assembly U1 10 clocks the data on the data lines into U5 when the LAMP signal is low and the LR HW signal goes low to high 8 322 U5 3 contains the START CONVERSION input to U8 Wen START CONVERSION go high 085 digital logic is initialized and BUSY is latched high Wen START Conversion retums low the conversion begins 8 323 U5 6 controls the HIGH BYTE ENABLE HBEN input of U8 and the STATUS ENABLE STEN input of U8 Wen HBEN is high the high order data bits five most significant bits appear at U8 29 30 31 32 33 HBEN low causes these outputs to float high Z state STEN high enables the status bits BUSY and OVERRANGE OVRG BUSY indicates conversion complete The microprocessor waits 40 ms after the START pulse and then continually reads the BUSY bit U8 36 until the bit is low conver
34. BIO HOSPWRT 2 LCTR RD 89 LKBRD TO T B LTIMRD T BT LTIM WRT V B3 LCIR 89 LPD READ I 1 810 ett DECODING 4 o x x x x x LPD WRT LSYN H1 x 812 LSYN LO TO X GT 19 20 33 34 35 36 Gn 39 40 A2284J1 16 LINES ADDRESS BUS INPUT REGISTER 2 IMN POT FROM A2J2 2 END END SR OUTPUT BUFFER 8 LTIMRD FROM XAI4B 6 TRIGGER 11 22 2 50n V 4142 5 DIGITAL FROM 3 PANEL FM SWITCH A23 POWER MODULE Aig PRIMARY POWER ASSEMBLY 20 POWER ASSEMBL Y 5 ANALOG 5 2 15V A2 SWITCH DRIVE ASSEMBLY 16 16 12 13 1 24 14 I2V OVEN ASSEMBLY TO XAiT U2 FROM XA22 11 11 OVEN MONITOR 4193 AMI 10 O LIRA TO DISPLAY A2 DISPLAY DRIVER ASSEMBLY Dg DT a 9 LOVRST FROM LKBRD FROM 148 9 XAI4BCIO HDSPWRT FROM NOTE A2JI PIN NO S GIVEN CONNECTS TO A22J VIA RIBBON CABLE 2 A22J PIN NO ARE SAME AS 242 PIN 5 E G LIRQ CONNECTS TO A2J2 1 AND GOES TO 22 1 1 VIA CABLE W2 ARROW ON CABLE POINTS TO PIN O
35. current is drawn from the 45v supply thru Q2 and resistor R7 to feedthru capacitor C7 on U2 via A22 motherboard This cument passes thru coil U2L3 diode CR2 and coil L1 to ground Diode CR2 is tumed on heavily with approximately 30 mA of cument This causes the input signals RF IN to flow freely thru diode CR2 capacitor C4 and dissipate in resistors R9 and R7 to ground 8 338 In addition to tuming on diode CR2 heavily for the high attenuation mode diode CR1 is tumed on lightly with less than 1 mA of curent to act like a resistor of 100 to 200 ohms to allow small amount of signal to pass through diode CR1 and capacitor C2 to RF OUT and to U1 Sampler providing 15 to 18 dB of attenuation The current that tums diode CRI on very lightly is provided from the 45V supply thru resistor R2 and R3 to U2C5 L2 CRI and 11 8 339 The current thru diode CRI is determined by the value of resistor A16R2 which is selected at the factory during manufacture to produce the comect amount of attenuation in the high attenuation mode This value is labeled on the outside of the U2 assembly 8 340 OPTION 004 DIGITAL TO ANALOG CONVERSION DAC 8 341 The digitalto analog DAC conversion option 004 provides an analog output at the rear panel DAC OUT connector Any group of three consecutive digits on the front panel display may be selected to produce an analog output of from 0 to 10 volts dc as described in This conversion is performed by the circuit show
36. diode transistor logic digital voltmeter emitter coupled logic ELECT ENCAP EXT FET F F FH FOL H FM FP FREQ FXD GE GHz GL GND HET HEX HD HOW HF HG Hi HP HPF HR HV Hz Ic ID IF IMPG in INCD INCL INP INS INT kg kHz lb tc LED LF LH LIM LIN tin LK WASH LO LOG log LPF Lv m mA MAX mg MHz Table 6 2 Abbreviations and Reference Designations Continued electromotive force electronic data Processing electrolytic encapsulated external farad field effect transistor flip flop flat head fillister head frequency modulation front panel frequency fixed gram 7 germanium 7 gigahertz giass ground ed henry hour heterodyne hexagonal head hardware high frequency mercury high Hewlett Packard high pass filter hour used in parts list 7 high voltage Hertz integrated circuit inside diameter intermediate frequency impregnated inch incandescent include s input insulation internal kilogram kilohertz kitohm 7 kilovoit pound inductance capacitance light emitting diode low frequency Jong hand limit linear taper used in parts list linear lockwasher low local oscillator logarithmic taper used in par
37. u3 OVER CURRENT SHUT DOWN E _ T 5V REF 12 OVEN TRANSFORMER SV D SENSE R17 A20 SECONDARY POWER ASSEMBL Low PASS FILTER Low PASS FILTER VOLTAGE REGULATOR VOLTAGE REGULATOR Low PASS FILTER A21 SWITCH DRIVE ASSEMBLY UCET 5ViA VOLTAGE REGULATOR 52V am em m c L VOLTAGE REGULATOR 15 lt VOLTAGE REGULATOR EH OVEN CONTROLLER 24 I DON VCvES 5342 8 278 A22 MOTHERBOARD 8 279 The A22 Motherboard contains the XA Assembly No connectors for the plug in printed circuit assemblies cards and provides interconnections between the cards The motherboard also contains terminals and connectors for interconnection of assemblies to the front and rear panels 8 280 A23 POWER MODULE 8 281 The A23 Power Module is mounted on the rear panel of the 5342A and contains a connector for a power cable a fuse and a pc card The pc card can be inserted in any one of four positions to select 100 120 200 or 240 volt ac operation The schematic diagram of the power module is shown in Figure 8 43 a detailed description is contained in paragraph 2 6 8 282 A24 OSCILLATOR ASSEMBLY 8 283 The A24 oscillator board contains a 10 MHz crystal oscilator that supplies the intemal signal to the A18 Time Base Buffer Assembly An Option 001 A2
38. 14 Microprocessor to 2 Display that blanks the dis play during power up Low signal from rear panel switch in EXT position that selects extemal oscillator input to A18 Time Base Buffer instead of intemal oscillator Low signal from rear panel switch CYFM in FM position that selects long prs and illuminates indi cator on display Low signal cause MPU on 14 Microprocessor to con tinuously increment the addresses on the address bus for diagnostic purposes Low signal from decoder on 14 Microprocessor to en able reading from and writing to 15 HP IB Option 011 Low signal from A17 Timing Generator that enables coun ter A or B on A13 Counter Assembly depending upon the state of the LO switch signal Low signal from A2 Display Driver or HP IB Option 011 that intemupts A14 Micro processor Low signal enables A2 Display Driver to send keyboard information to A14 Microprocessor A5 Multiplexer Local Oscil lator output to A26 Sampler Driver Model 5342A Service Table 8 2 Signal Names Continued MNEMONIC NAME FROM FUNCTION LO Switch Local Oscillator Switch LOVL OL Low Overload A25C 29 LPD READ Low Power LPDRD Detect Read Low Power 14B 10 XA12 14 Detect Vite XA9 9 LPOS SLOPE Low Positive LPOS SL Slope LPW RST Low Power XA11 4 4 A25C34 Option 002 Reset RD Low Timing XA14B 6 XA17 8 LTMRD Read Low Timing
39. 18 GHz 10 FM CW MODE FM mode see Eee din ets TODO MP F 3 22 Model 5342A Operation Table 3 4 Option 011 HP IR Program Code Set Continued 11 SAMPLE RATE Front panel sample rate Hold Fast sample no delay Sample then hold Send trigger command trg 7 or trg 702 to start measurement If 5342A is in remote and addressed to listen and other than Hold T1 the trigger command causes the 5342A to automatically go to Sample then Hold T3 OUTPUT MODE Output only when addressed Wait until addressed RE display is blanked and new measurement initiated If in Hold T1 then measurement is not completed but stays in Hold Does not return control to local AUTOMATIC OFFSETS Automatic frequency offset Automatic amplitude offset CHECK MODE SR1 No input can be present at RF connector Counter must be in SAMPLE RATE full ccw Be sure to send RESET command RE before making other measurements 3 75 In the output only when addressed mode the counter pulls SRQ at the end of a mea surement and then checksto see if it has been addressed to talk If not SRQ is cleared and it starts the next measurement If it has been addressed to talk it outputs the measurement clears SRQ and starts the next measurement In the wait until addressed output mode the counter pulls SRQ at the end of a measurement and waits in a loop until it has been addressed to talk Wen it is addressed to talk it outputs the
40. 1854 0071 A7Q5 1854 0071 7 TRANSISTOR NPN SI PF 300MW FT 200MHZ 28480 1854 0071 A7Q6 1854 0345 8 TRANSISTOR NPN 2N5179 1 0 72 PD 200MW 04713 2N5179 A7R1 0698 7101 5 1 RESISTOR 3K 5 125W cc TC 350 857 01121 BB3025 A7R2 0698 5426 3 2 RESISTOR 10K 10 125 CC TC 350 857 01121 1031 A7R3 0698 5426 3 RESISTOR 10K 10 125W CC TC 350 857 01121 1031 A7R4 0698 5180 6 4 RESISTOR 2K 5 125W TC 350 857 01121 BB2025 A7R5 0698 5181 7 1 RESISTOR 3 6K 5 125W CC 350 857 01121 BB3625 A7R6 0698 6294 5 1 RESISTOR 47K 5 125W TC 466 875 01121 BB4735 A7R7 0698 3378 0 2 RESISTOR 51 5 125W CC TC 270 540 01121 BB5105 A7R8 0698 5075 8 2 RESISTOR 130 5 125W CC 330 800 01121 BB1315 A7R9 0698 3113 1 3 RESISTOR 100 5 125W CC 270 540 01121 BB1015 7 10 0698 5172 6 2 RESISTOR 13 5 125W 270 540 01121 1305 7 11 0698 5567 3 1 RESISTOR 27K 5 125W 466 875 01121 BB2735 7 12 0698 5174 8 1 RESISTOR 200 5 125 330 800 01121 2015 A7R13 0698 3113 1 RESISTOR 100 5 125W CC TC 270 540 01121 BB1015 A7R14 0698 5565 1 1 RESISTOR 2 2K 5 125W 350 857 01121 BB2225 7 15 0698 5180 6 RESISTOR 2 5 125 CC 350 857 01121 2025 A7R16 0698 5180 6 RESISTOR 2K 5 125 CC TC 350 857 01121 BB2025 A7R17 0698 5180 6 RESISTOR 2K 5 125W CC TC 350 857 01121 BB2025 A7R18 0698 3378 0 RESISTOR 51 5 1
41. 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 3879 A7C26 0160 3878 6 CAPACITOR EXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 3878 A7C27 0160 3877 5 CAPACITOR FXD 100PF 20 200VDC 28480 0160 3877 A7C28 0160 3878 6 CAPACITOR FXD 1000 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 3878 7 1 1901 0518 8 2 DIODE SCHOTTKY 28480 1901 0518 A7CR2 1901 0518 8 DIODE SCHOTTKY 28480 1901 0518 A7L1 9100 2268 9 8 COIL MLD 22UH 10 Q 45 095DX 25LG NOM 28480 9100 2268 A7L2 9100 2268 9 COIL MLD 22UH 10 Q 45 095DX 25LG NOM 28480 9100 2268 A7L3 9100 2247 4 3 COIL MLD 100NH 10 Q 34 095DX 25LG NOM 28480 9100 2247 A7L4 9100 2268 9 COIL MLD 22UH 10 Q 45 095DX 25LG NOM 28480 9100 2268 A7L5 9100 2268 9 COIL MLD 10 Q 45 095DC 25LG NOM 28480 9100 2268 A7L6 9100 2247 4 COL MLD 100 NH 10 Q 34 095DX 25LG NOM 28480 9100 2247 A7L7 9100 2268 9 COIL MLD 22UH 10 Q 45 095DX 25LG NOM 28480 9100 2268 A7L8 9100 2268 9 COIL MLD 22UH 10 Q 45 095DX 25LG NOM 28480 9100 2268 A7L9 9100 2247 4 COIL MLD 100 NH 10 Q 34 095DX 25LG NOM 28480 9100 2247 A7L10 9100 2268 9 COIL MLD 22UH 10 Q 45 095DX 25LG NOM 28480 9100 2268 A7L11 9100 2268 9 COIL MLD 22UH 10 Q 45 095DX 25LG NOM 28480 9100 2268 A7Q1 1854 0345 8 2 TRANSISTOR NPN 2N5179 SI TO 72 PD 200MA 04713 2N5179 A7Q2 1854 0092 2 2 TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD 200MW FT 600MHZ 28480 1854 0092 A7Q3 1854 0092 2 TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD 200MW FT 600MHZ 28480 1854 0092 A7Q4 1854 0071 7 2 TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD 300MW FT 200MHZ 28480
42. 22 TORUM FAST 5 ig 18 XAI4A CI a 68 E 1 FROM 16 e E SEDENT UEM PES 4 15 75 14 7 pub i Md ri cue E eoe 2 STA UD gos LO SQ 425 029 Figure 8 35 A12 IF Detector Assembly 8 171 Model 5342 Service 1 a z o Q o SOLDER SIDE of Figure 8 36 13 Counter Assembly 8 172 DESIGNATIONS TABLE OF ACTIVE ELEMENTS REFERENCE HP PART MFR OR INDUSTRY DESIGNATION NUMBER PART NUMBER CR1 CR2 Q1 02 U1 U2 U3 U7 U4 U5 UB U9 410 U8 U11 U12 U16 U13 U14 U17 U18 U15 1901 0040 1854 0071 1820 0634 1820 1199 1820 1112 1820 1197 1820 1950 1820 1225 1820 1251 1820 1251 1820 1052 Same Same Same SN74LS04N SN74LS74N SN74L5253N SN74LSOON MC10212P MC10231P SN74LS196N SN74LS196N MC10125L Model 53424 ONT ASSEMBLY 05542 80011 SERIES 1720
43. 2205 81025 CB2205 CB472S CB2205 84725 5 82205 CB2205 8220 181090164 C84725 84725 84725 84725 081015 684725 84725 84725 84725 18 51 06 00 1251 06 00 1251 0600 4743 7 N7445N 174 LS293N SNTQ37N SN74LS14N 5 743678 8874458 SN7189N SN74LSO2N SNT4L 0SN SN7189N 0 8095 474 31 0 8095 8N74L 158N SNT4L874N SNT4LS74N DM74L8173N OROE R BY DESCRIPTION 1200 0565 6 7 Model 5342A Replaceable Parts Reference Designation 836 43C2 A3CS A3C4 4365 83 6 asc 9 83610 2130 ascia 45513 A3CIS 16 A3C17 A3CIa 83619 83 20 3 21 43622 43 23 43624 3 25 A3C26 91 asCR2 83693 ACRU ASCRS 483 8 3 87 AXCRA 2 A3L1 axle 4361 A182 4303 A365 A396 A307 A308 A309 3610 n A3RU 385 A3R6 A3R8 ABR A3R10 A3R11 A3R42 3813 83818 ASR Se A3R16 3817 318 843819 43820 6 8 Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Continued Mfr code HP Part Number Description 05342 60003 DI COUNT AMPLIFIER Lv SERIES 1816 CAPACITOReFXD _orUF 20 100 0 CER XD 9008 20 100 0 CER AC IT OReFXO 1000PF 20 100V DC CER CI TOReFXD 1000PF 20 100v0C CER Pa CITUR FXO amp aUF 6 0150 3879 016093879 0150 38
44. 23 Jin Jimerto Sur a 42027 Cable BErcacon ISRAEL Electronics Engineering ot Motorola Israel Lid 16 Kremenetski Street P 0 8ox 25016 Tel Aviv 38973 Telex 33569 Cable BASTEL Tel Aviv JAPAN Yokogawa Hewlett Packard Ltd Chuo 4th Floor 4 20 Nishinakajima 5 chome Codogaws lsaka shi Osake Tel 06 304 6021 Telex 523 3624 Yokogawa Hewlett Packard Ltd E me ree oo inami ku Te 03 331 6111 Telex 232 2024 YHP Tokyo Cable YHPMARKET TOK 23 724 Yokogawa Hewlett Packard Ltd Nakamo Building m ME a wura ku Tel 052 571 5171 Yokogawa Hewiett Packard Ltd Tamgawa Building 2 24 1 Tsuruya cho ku okohama 2 m 1252 Telex 382 3204 YHP YOK Yoki Hewiett Packard Ltd Mito Mitsui Building 305 1 chome San no maru Mito il 310 0292 25 7470 Yokogawa Hewlett Packard Ltd Inoue Building 1348 3 Asahi cho 1 chome Kanagawa 243 24 0452 Yokogama foret Packard Ltd Kamagaya Asahi ps th Floor 3 4 Tsukuba Saitama 360 Tet ale 24 6663 KENYA Technical Engi Services E A Ltd Box 18311 Nairobi Tel 55679 556590 557726 Telex 22629 Cable PROTON Medical Only International Aeradio E A Ltd 0 Box 19012 Nairobi Airport Nairobi Tel 336055 56 Telex 22201 22301 Cable INTAERIO Nairobi KOREA Samsung Electronics Co Ltd 15th Floor Bldg 25 5 1 Choong Moo Ro Chung Ku Tet 23 6811
45. 3 61 Amplitude Option 002 3 62 The amplitude option provides the capability of measuring the amplitude of the input signal and simultaneously displaying the frequency 5 leftmost digits and the amplitude level in dBm 4 rightmost digits The maximum operating level of 5 dBm for the standard 5342A is extended to 20 dBm for Option 002 The frequency is displayed to a resolution of 1 MHz and the level is displayed to a resolution of 0 1 dBm The sensitivity of the 5342A with Option 002 is approximately 3 to 5 dB less than the standard 5342A depending upon frequency 3 63 Extended Dynamic Range Option 003 3 64 The extended dynamic range option extends the maximum operating level of 5 dBm for the standard 5342A to 20 dBm for Option 003 by insertion of an attenuator at the input ahead of the sampler The insertion loss of the attenuator results in a sensitivity decrease of approximately 3 to 5 dB depending upon the frequency of the signal 3 65 HP IB Interface Option 011 3 66 The Hewlett Packard Interface Bus HP IB Option 011 allows the functions of the 5342A to be controlled remotely and allows measurement data to be ouptut to the bus Programm ing information for Option 011 is given in paragraphs 3 69 through 3 80 Model 5342A Operation 3 67 Digital to Analog Converter DAC Option 004 3 68 The DAC option allows selection of any three consecutive digits in the display and con version of these digits to an analog vol
46. 4 17 4 30 10 Hz 500 MHz Input Sensitivity Tes IMQ 4 18 4 31 500 MHz 18 GHz Input Sensitivity Test Standard and Option 003 Instruments Only 4 19 4 32 500 2 18 GHz Input SWTest 4 20 4 33 500 MHz 18 GHz Maximum Input amp 227 4 34 FM Tolerance 4 24 4 35 Automatic Amplitude Discrimination Test 4 26 Model 5342 Table of Contents Section VII VIII TABLE OF CONTENTS Continued Title Page PERFO RMANCE TESTS Continued 4 36 500 MHz 18 GHz Input Minimum Level and Amplitude Accuracy Tes Option 002 10 Hz 500 MHz Input 500 Minimum Level and Amplitude Accuracy Test Option 002 4 28 4 38 10 Hz 500 MHz 500 Maximum Input Test Option 002 4 39 10 Hz 500 MHz Input 5005W Test Option 002 430 Digital to Analog Converter DAC Output Teg Option 004 4 31 ADJUSTMENTS ie eer pee eas 2 1 EET LE AD Equipment Required 5 1 Factory Selected Components Adjustment Locations 5 10 Safety Considerations rcs cess IZ Adjustment Procedures
47. 6 12 10 order a part listed in the replaceable parts table quote the Hewlett Packard part number the check digit indicate the quantity required and address the order to the nearest Hewlett Packard office The check digit will ensure accurate and timely processing of your order 6 13 To order a part that is not listed in the replaceable parts table include the instrument model number instrument serial number the description and function of the part and the number of parts required Address the order to the nearest Hewlett Packard Office 6 14 DIRECT MAIL ORDER SYSTEM 6 15 Whin the USA Hewlett Packard can supply parts through a direct mail order system Advantages of using the system are as follows a Direct ordering and shipment from the HP Parts Center in Mountain View Califomia b No maximum or minimum on any mail order there is a minimum order amount for parts ordered through a local office when the orders require billing and invoicing c Prepaid transportation there is a small handling charge for each order d No invoices to provide these advantages a check or money order must accompany each order 6 16 Mail order forms and specific ordering information is available through your HP office Addresses and phone numbers are located at the back of this manual 6 17 OPTION RETROFIT KITS 6 18 To order a retrofit kit for field installation of Options 001 002 003 004 or 011 refer to paragraph 2 25 fo
48. All IF Limiter Assembly 8 57 A12 IF Detector Assembly 8 57 A13 Counter 8 59 A14 Microprocessor Assembly 8 60 Microprocessor Operation 8 60 A15 Option 011 HP IB Assembly 8 65 A16 Option 002 Amplitude Measurements Assembly and A16 Option 003 Extended Dynamic Range Assembly 8 65 A17 Timing Generator Assembly 8 65 Pseudorandom Sequence Generation 8 65 Gate Time Generation 8 67 Sample Rate 8 68 A18 Time Base Buffer Assembly 8 68 19 A20 A21 Power 8 69 A22 eter ba tercer aet lec d 8 71 A23 Power Module 8 71 A24 Oscillator Assembly 8 71 A25 Preamplifier 8 71 A26 Sampler Driver Assembly 8 72 Options Theory Options 002 003 004 and 011 8 72 Option 002 Amplitude Measurements Overall Theory 8 73 IntiodctlOD ed RA E PUR 8 73 Block Diagram Op
49. CC 66 875 0698 5283 069893375 069898373 0757 0280 0757 0316 0598 3378 0698 4102 0698 6294 06 9805176 0698 5177 RESISTOR 10 5X 125 7 120 9400 RESISTOR 33 5X 1258 CC 270 540 RESISTOR 470 6 125 CC RESISTOR 1K 1 1251 F 10 RESISTOR 42 21 125 PEU FACTORY SELECTED PART RESISTOR 51 5 125w CC TC2e270 9540 RESISTOR 2 06k 71 41254 0 00 RESISTOR 47 SX 1269 CC 196 876 RESISTOR 510 SX 125 CC YCue330 800 RESISTOR 820 Sx 125 CC 330 400 FACTORY SELECTED PART Q uuum ut r wo See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value Mfr Part Number 05342 60003 0160 3879 016023879 0180 3878 016023878 TOC OREKOOOWLF 0160 3876 0160 3454 016003879 016023872 016 003879 TOC8OKO0OMLF 0160 3879 0160 3879 0180 3876 016003878 016000128 0150 3879 0160 3878 0180 3879 0180 0491 016023878 016093879 016003878 016093877 016093878 1901 0040 1901 0040 190100535 1901 0535 1901 0050 1901 0535 1901 0535 1901 0050 9170 0029 9170 0029 211020436 20 48 VK200 20 48 SPS 3611 25245 25245 1853 0015 1864 0548 1864 0071 185400071 1854 0071 1850 0071 1854 05046 8820 Eel bet 0u1 78106 881031 441 8 70 1338 4 1 8 0 2 5 885115 881031 2100 5273 882425 884735 881005
50. D3 sends d Segments a b c and d are stored in U11 The D4 data lines sends e segment information D5 sends f D6 sends g D7 sends decimal point Segments e f g alp are stored in U8 For example if it were desired to display 2 in the DS21 or least significant digit then segments a b g e and d must be lighted a fa fo 9 dp o d To light these segments the following action occurs In address location 1111 the output of U17 is inverted U11 1 D1 1 02 0 03 1 D4 are stored In address location 1111 in U8 1 D1 0 2D2 1 D3 0 2D4 are stored Wen the 13 state counters puts out 0000 then the output of U11 will be 1101 5 7 9 11 and the output of U8 wil be 1010 5 7 9 11 The column scanner has output U7 1 low and all other outputs high U2 10 is also low but it is not connected to any digit Thus 45 0 volts is applied to 0521 and the correct segment inputs to 0521 are grounded to tum on segments a b e and d which formsa digit 2 The DO D3 data lines and AO A1 address lines are also connected from driver U17 to the Option 004 DAC circuit on A2 assembly Figure 8 25 Refer to paragraph 8 340 for Option 004 circuit description 8 138 Keyboard Operation 8 139 Ven a key pushbutton switch is depressed it is not immediately recognized but must wait until the column scanner reaches that particular key However since the scan rate i
51. THREE STATE CONTROL INDEX NER NOT USED DATA BUS ENABLE REGISTER REGISTER BUS AVAILABLE VALID MEMORY ADDRESS ACCUMULATOR A 1 INSTRUCTION ACCUMULATOR REGISTER B CONDITION CODE REGISTER READ WRITE DATA BUFFER Voc PIN 8 Vcg PINS 1 21 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 07 06 05 04 03 02 01 00 Figure 8 14 1421 Expanded Block Diagram a RESET This input is used to reset and start the MPU from a powerdown condition resulting from a power failure or an initial start up of the processor If a positive edge is detected on the input this will signal the MPU to begin the reset sequence This will start execution of a routine to initialize the processor from its reset condition All the higher order address lines will be forced high For the restart the last two FFFE FFFF locations in memory will be used to load the program counter During the restart routine the intemupt mask bit is set and mus be reset before the MPU can be intenupted by IRQ b NONMASKABLE INTERRUPT NMI A low going edge on this input request that a nonmask intemrupt sequence be generated within the processor As with the INTER RUPT REQUEST signal the processor will complete the curent instruction that is being executed before it recognizes the NMI signal The interupt mask bit in the Condition Code Register has no effect on NMI The Index Register Program Counter Accumu lators and Condition Code Register are stored away on the stack At the end o
52. and the integrator formed by operational amplifier U2 and integrating capacitor C 10 This integrator is also used by the error signals from A7 and is part of compen sation for the phase locked loop 8 161 Variable resistors R1 SEP CENTER FREQ and R2 SWEP RANGE are adjusted to provide a triangular waveform at test point TP1 of 4 to 4 volts which corresponds to VCO search frequency range of approximately 380 MHz to 270 MHz 8 162 Wh HSRCH EN low both diodes CR4 are reversed biased and the search generator is effectively isolated from the integrator U2 Wh HSRCH EN low the loop is main tained in a locked condition by the phase signals at XA6 10 and XA6 10 These signals are summed and integrated by U2 and then filtered by the low pass filter formed by R21 C12 and R20 The emor signal drives the offset VCO to maintain a constant 500 kHz offset 8 163 Two voltage regulators convert the 15 and 15 volt inputs to 12 and 12 volts respec tively The 12 volt regulator consists of transistor Q2 diode CRI resistors R4 R6 and capacitors and C3 The 12 volt regulator consists of transistor diode CR2 resistors and R11 capacitors C8 and C6 8 164 Wen the 500 kHz detector on A7 detects that there is not a 500 kHz difference frequency present the HSRCHEN at XA6 8 goes TIL high and enables and U1B Since U1D 13 is tied to it is already enabled The threshold voltages
53. ratio voltage tuned oscillator vacuum tube voltmeter volts switched watt with working inverse voltage wirewound without yttrium iron garnet characteristic impedance the parts list will be in upper case Abbrevistion Prefix MULTIPLIERS Multiple tera 10 giga 10 mega 108 kilo 10 10 10 centi 10 milli 10 micro 10 nano 10 t temto 30 7 atto 10 o5 3oag zoa4A Model 5342A Replaceable Parts 6 4 6 7 REPLACEABLE PARTS LIST 6 8 Tables 6 3 through 6 8 pre the lists of replaceable parts and are organized as follows a Electrical assemblies and their components in alphanumerical order by reference designation b Chassismounted parts in alphanumerical order by reference designation Table 6 3 only c Miscellaneous parts 6 9 The information given for each part consists of the following a The Hewlett Packard part number b Part number check digit CD C The total quantity Qty in each assembly d The description of the part e typical manufacturer of the part in a five digit code f manufacturers number for the part 6 10 The total quantity for each assembly is given only once at the first appearance of the part number in the list for that assembly 1 A2 etc 6 11 ORDERING INFORMATION NOTE Parts suppliers use the following ordering data until a parts manual is available
54. 0 Te 96 361 13 54 36 13 58 SWEDEN Hewiett Packarc Sverige AB mghetsvagen 3 Fack 5 18 Bromma 20 jer 108 730 05 50 Terexa 10221 MEASUREMENTS Stucknelr Hewlett Packard Sverige Frotallsgatan 30 5 421 32 Vastra Frolunda Tet 1031 49 09 50 Telex 10721 via Bromma otfice SWITZERLAND Hewiert Packard Schweiz AG Zurcherstrasse 20 Box 307 CH 8952 Schlieren Zurich Tel 01 7305240 Telex 53933 npag ch Cable CI Hewlett Packard Schweu AG Chateau Bioc 19 CH 1219 Le Lignon Geneva Tel 022 Telex 27333 ch Cable HEWPACKAG Geneva SYRIA General Electronic inc Nuri Basha Annaf Ebn Kays Street Box 5781 Damascus Tel 3324 87 Telex 11215 ITIKAL Cable ELECTROBOR DAMASCUS Medical Personal Calculator only Sawah amp Co Place Azm BP 2308 Damascus 16 367 19 697 14 268 Telex 11304 SY Cable SAWAH DAMASCUS Suleman Hilal El PO Box 2528 Mamoun Bitar Street 56 58 DemascusTe 11 46 63 Telex 11270 Cable HILAL DAMASCUS TUNISIA Tunisie Electronique 31 Avenue de la Liberte Tunis Tel 280 144 Corema 7 Av de Carthage Tunis Tel 253 821 Telex 12319 CABAM TN TURKEY TEKNIM Company Ltd Riza Sah Pehlevi Caddesi No 7 Kavakidere Ankara Tel 275800 Telex 42155 TKNM TR Medical only EMA Muhendishk Kollektif Sirket Mediha Eidem Sokak 41 6 Yuksel Caddes Ankara 17 56 22 Cable EMATRADE Ankara Analytical
55. 0 2 10 0 4 20 0 6 30 0 8 40 1 0 50 2 6 Model 5342A Installation 2 30 Installation of Extended Dynamic Range Option 003 2 31 Option 003 consists of A16 Extended Dynamic Range Assembly 05342 60037 and U2 Attenuator Assembly 5088 7038 See Figure 8 22 location of U2 Option 002 or 003 NOTE The parts that comprise this option are listed at the end of Table 6 6 a Remove the top and bottom covers and top plate from instrument b Place instrument top down c At inside front panel disconnect cable from A1J 1 A1J 3 25 1 IF OUT INT and 25 2 IF OUT EXT d Solder one end of the white red green 14 inch wire 8120 0483 to feedthrough Capacitor terminal on A25 Preamplifier Assembly NOTE Prior to installing U2 5088 7038 assembly connect the color coded wires as shown below Place heat shrinkable tubing 0890 0706 over the connections and apply heat TO U1 WHITE BLACK RED TO FRONT 5088 7038 PANEL WHITE BROWN RED e Solder free end of white red green wire other end connected to 25 in step d to A22 Motherboard at XA16B pin 3 f Solder white black red wire from U2 to A22 Motherboard XA16B pin 3 g Solder white brown red wire from U2 to A22 Motherboard XA16B pin 4 h Remove the N type input connector from front panel and replace with U2 5088 7038 i Connect rigid coax supplied from U2 to 1 on Sampler U1 j Install A16 board 05342 60037 int
56. 0000 3F53 8 136 Model 5342 Service Table 8 21 Option 011 HP IB Troubleshooting 1 Acceptor Handshake Troubleshooting HP IB CABLE a Setup 59401A BUS SYSTEM ANALYZER Set 5342A rear panel address switch to 59401A settings TALK MEMORY OFF ONLY COMP OFF TALK Mode AS HALT 1 0 0 REN true REN light on DIO switches to 5342A listen address 87654321 00100001 Al b Remove the 14 Microprocessor assembly from the 5342A Perform the actions listed Table 8 21A to verify the acceptor handshake Use a 546A Logic Pulser to apply a clock pulse to a particular circuit node Use a 545A Logic Probe to check the state of circuit nodes Table 8 21A Acceptor Handshake HP IB STEP ACTION COMMENTS 9 Apply power Since the 5342A s listen address is on the data lines U33 14 should be high If not check inputs U3314 5 67 9 10 11 12 should be TTL high i RU U33 3 13 should be TTL low Clock 031111 U20 10 and 92916 once should go high U23 2 should go high U1 8 should go high Interrupt flag U10 5 should go high NOTES DAV ON means that LDAV at A15U31 6 is TTL Low NRFD ON means that HRFD at A15U22 14 is TTL Low NDAC ON means that HDAC at A15U25i14 is TTL Low 8 137 Model 5342A Service Table 8 2
57. 0160 0576 A16C30 0160 0128 5 CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 20 50VDC CER 28480 0160 0576 A16C31 0160 3879 4 CAPACITOR FXD 66UF 10 6VDC 90201 TOC686K006WLF A16C32 0160 0576 5 CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 20 50VDC CER 28480 0160 0576 A16C33 0160 0576 5 CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 20 50VDC CER 28480 0160 0576 A16C34 0160 3879 5 CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 20 50VDC CER 28480 0160 0576 A16C35 0160 0128 3 1 CAPACITOR FXD 2 2UF 20 50VDC CER 28480 0160 0128 A16C36 0160 3879 7 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 3879 A16C37 0160 0576 5 CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 20 CER 28480 0160 0576 A16C38 0160 0576 5 CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 20 50VDC CER 28480 0160 0576 A16C39 0160 3879 7 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 3879 A16CR1 1901 0040 1 3 DIODE SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO 35 28480 1901 0040 A16CR2 1901 0040 1 DIODE SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS 0 35 28480 1901 0040 A16CR3 1901 0731 7 1 DIODE PWR RECT 400V 1A 28480 1901 0731 A16CR4 1902 0064 1 1 DIODE ZNR 7 5V 5 DO 7 PO 4W 05 28480 1902 0064 A16CR5 1901 0040 1 DIODE SWITCHING 30V 50 2NS DO 35 28480 1901 0040 A16K1 0490 0617 4 1 RELAY REED 1C 250MA 28VDC 5VDC COIL 28480 0190 0617 A16L1 9140 0131 5 2 COIL MLO 10MH 5 Q 60 240X 74LG NOM 28480 9140 0131 A16L2 9140 0131 5 COIL MLO 10MH 5 Q 60 240X 74LG NOM 28480 9140 0131 1601 1853 0058 8 5 TRANSISTOR 81 PD 300MN FT 200MHZ 07263 832248 A16Q2 1853 0058 8 TRANSISTOR PNP 81 PD 300
58. 0583 1015 0683 2205 0683 1025 RESISTOR 51 5X 25 RA 76 400 500 RESISTOR 22 5X 25 FC 00 500 RESISTOR 100 5 258 FC 0 500 RESISTOR 22 5X 254 FC 00 500 RESISTOR 1K Sx 7 00 600 0683 2205 0683 4725 0083 2205 0683 4725 0683 2205 RESISTOR 22 5 25 FC 400 500 RESISTOR 7 SX 25 FC 1 00 700 RESISTOR 22 5 25 FC 400 500 REST STOR Sy 25W 400 700 RESISTOR 29 54 25 FC 00 500 RESISTOR 22 5X 25 FC 1 8 400 500 RESISTOR 22 Sx 4254 00 4500 RESISTOR 22 5 TCE 00 500 THORK RES QsPINSSIP 15 P IN SPCG RESISTOR 7 5 2Sw FC TC2 u00 700 RESISTOR 7 25 400 700 RESISTOR 4 7K 5X 25w FC d 00 4700 RESTS TOR 4 aSuFCTCE 400 700 RESISTOR 100 5 25 FC 1 400 500 RESISTOR 7K SX 25 FC 00 4700 0583 2205 0683 2205 0683 2205 1810 0164 0683 4725 0683 4725 0683 4725 0683 4725 0683 1015 0683 4725 0683 4725 0583 4725 0683 4725 RESISTOR 4 7 25 FC 700 RES ISTOR U 7K 5 25 FC TC32000 4700 RESISTOR 4 7 SX 25 FC 00 4700 VUN NOOO on CONNECTOR SGL CONT 1 10 8482 SQ CON CT OR SGL CONT PIN 1 1 4e Me BSCe S7 SQ 362 CONT PIN 1 10 Me 83 87 SG 125190600 12 1 0
59. 1 OVEN OSCILLATOR GONTROLLER 1 5 5 pog 14 14 zi RI 8 Service NOTES REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS WITHIN THIS ASSEMBLY ARE ABBREVIATED ADD ASSEMBLY NUMBER TO ABBREVIATION FOR COMPLETE DESCRIPTION 2 UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED RESISTANCE IN OHMS CAPACITANCE IN INDUCTANCE IN HENRIES 3 THE FOLLOWING ASSEMBLIES ARE NOT FIELD REPAIRABLE CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR 0960 0394 b A24 OPTION 001 IOMHZ OSCILLATOR 10544 60011 Figure 8 44 A24 Oscillator Assembly 8 189 Model 5342A Service M 8 190 TO 1 TOREAR PANEL TO A5 BOARD BOTTOM VIEW Part of Figure 8 45 A25 Preamplifier Assembly V TO A22 MOTHERBOARD DESIGNATIONS TABLE OF ACTIVE ELEMENTS REFERENCE HP PART MFR OR INDUSTRY DESIGNATION NUMBER PART NUMBER CR1 CR2 1901 0535 Same CR3 CR5 1901 0040 Same Q1 Q2 1854 0591 8FR 90 Q3 Q4 1854 0071 1853 0058 32248 1853 0020 Same 1826 0372 Same 1826 0065 LM311N 1820 0054 7400PC Model 5342A Service 6 R25 30 C26 01 IF QUT lt STRIPLINE VIA A22W3 J3 a 623 FROM 01 SAMPLER UIPI IF OUT EXT J2 TX 1 001 5V A 15V F R24 1 REAR PANEL 100 3 R34 RST 510 R29 R30 FROM 15V 68IK 68IK
60. 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 QC O O O O O O O O O O LS I O0 O O1 O0 O0 O gt O gt CO CO O gt O C O CO CO O gt 0 OX O CO KO CO CO O I O1 O1 4 N N N N NIL O N NN O HO M M MM Ox IF DETECTOR ASSEMBLY SERIES 1720 CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF PA 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 16PF 5 500VDC CER 0 30 CAPACITOR FXD 100PF 20 200VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 16PF 4 596 500VDC CER 04 30 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 CER CAPACITOR FXD 27PF 10 500VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 20 50VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 68UF 10 eVDC TA CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01 UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 10UF 20 25VDC CAPACITOR FXD 10UF 20 25VDC TA CAPACITOR FXD 68UF 10 eVDC TA CAPACITOR FXD 68UF 10 6VDC CAPACITOR FXD 2 2 25 200VDC CER DIODE SCHOTTKY DIODE SCHOTTKY DIODE SCHOTTKY DIODE SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO 35 COIL MLD 180NH 10 Q 34 095DX 25LG NOM COIL MLD 180NH 10 Q 34 095DX 25LG NOM COIL MLD 10UH 10 Q 60 095DX 25LG NOM COIL MLD 10UH 10 Q 60 095DX 25LG N
61. 13 5 dBm 10 5 dBm 4 37 Option 002 only 17 dBm 10 MHz 12 5 dBm 50 MHz 100 MHz 300 MHz 520 MHz 7 dBm 10 MHz 50 MHz 100 MHz 300 MHz 520 MHz 10 Hz 500 MHz Input Maximum Input Test For 20 dBm reading 5342A 436A Power Meter reads 10 Hz 500 MHz Input SWR Min return loss over 100 MHz 500 MHz range Amplitude measurement mode DAC Output Test 4 38 Option 002 only 18 5 dBm 21 5 dBm 10 75 dB 9 98V 4 39 Option 002 only 4 40 Option 004 only 4 33 Model 5342 Adjustments SECTION V ADJ USTMENTS 5 1 INTRODUCTION 5 2 This section describes the adjustments required to maintain the 5342A s operating charac teristics within specifications Adjustments should be made when required such as after a per formance test failure or when components are replaced that may affect an adjustment 5 83 Table 5 1 is list of all adjustable components in the 5342A and indicates the order in adjustments should be performed 5 4 EQUIPMENT REQUIRED 5 5 The test equipment required for the adjustment procedures is listed in Table 1 4 Re commended Test Equipment Substitute instruments may be used if they meet the critical specifications 5 6 FACTORY SELECTED COMPONENTS 5 7 Factory selected components are identified by an asterisk in parts lists and schemati
62. 17 A17TP3 Troubleshooting the A17 prs generator To troubleshoot the prs generator on A17 consisting of A17U7 U4 U5 U2 U1 and various gates pull the A18 time base buffer board from the instrument to disable the 1 MHz clock into A17 Put A17 on an extender board connect logic probe and logic pulser power leads to A17 5V and ground and perform as follows U7 U4 U5 SHIFT REGISTER CHECK 1 Put AP clip on U3 and connect clip lead from U3 9 to ground Verify that U5 1 is high Clear U7 U4 U5 by applying 1 pulse with logic pulser to TP5 test point Monitor U5 9 with logic probe to see that the clear input pulses low if clear input powers up low then apply a pulse to U19 9 then to U14 2 to cause the clear input to go high Apply logic pulser to 4 test point and monitor the shift register outputs After 1 pulse at TP4 U5 3 should go from low to high Apply 2 more pulses at TP4 U5 5 should go from low to high Apply 12 more pulses at TP4 U4 12 should go from low to high Apply 5 more pulses at TP4 U7 6 should go from low to high U2 U1 Counters Check 1 Connect AP clip to U3 Connect clip lead from U3 1 to ground Verify that U1 1 is high If not pulse U19 9 then U14 2 with logic pulser Verify that U2 3 is high and U2 5 is low If not pulse U19 9 Connect another clip lead from U3 5 to ground Verify that U1 9 is low Move clip lead from U3 5 to U3 6 so that U3 6 is grounded Verify that U1 9
63. 1854 0345 YRANS ISTOR NPN 2 5179 sI 10 72 pDs200MW 245179 2100 2489 0698 3380 0698 5425 0598 5178 0598 5174 RESTSTOR TRMR SK 10 SIDEeADJ 1eTRN ETSoxso2 RESISTOR 75 5X 1251 CC 270 510 887505 RESISTOR 10K 10 125 CC 350 857 881031 RESISTOR 1 5 1258 TCs 350 857 881525 RESISTOR 200 5 125 CC 330 00 882015 RESISTOR q 7X SX 1258 CC T 350 857 884725 RESISTOR u 7K SX 125 TC amp e350 4857 884725 RESISTOR 13 5 1268 CC 270 540 881305 RE SISTOR 4 78 5X 125 160 857 884725 RESISTOR 130 5 125 CC 330 800 881315 0698 5999 0698 5999 0098 6172 0698 5999 0698 5075 069603376 0698 3378 0598 7212 0698 3376 0098 6172 0698 5996 0698 5075 0698 3378 RESISTOR 43 5 1251 CC TC2 270 5u0 884305 RESISTOR 51 SX 125 CC 270 540 885105 RESISTOR 100 1X 05w F 0 100 3 1 8 170 100 0 RESISTOR 43 SX 125 1 89270 540 884305 RESISTOR 13 5X 1298 270 540 881305 RESISTOR 560 5 1258 CC 7 8 350 800 885615 RESISTOR 130 5x 1251 CC 1 3 350 800 881315 RESIS TOR 51 5 125w CC 1 8 270 540 885105 1826 0372 1826 0572 IC 5 GHZ LIMITER AMP 1826 0372 5 GHZLIMITER AMP 182600372 ooooo SPUTUM NUc o D LANEOUS PARTS 03 63 0133 CONTACTeFINGER 13 0 09 036320133 0380 0970 STANDOFF 375 INeLG
64. 2 25 To obtain the necessary parts for installation of an option order by part number as listed below refer to Section for ordering information Option Name Part Number 001 High Stability Time Base HP Model 10544A 002 Amplitude Measurement 05342 60200 Kit 003 Extended Dynamic Range 05342 60201 Kit 004 Digital to Analog Converter 05342 60202 Kit 001 HP IB 05342 60019 HP IB Assy 05342 60029 HP IB Input Assy NOTE If the instrument in which Option 004 is to be installed has a series number 1812 or lower the U7 ROM on A14 Microprocessor wil have to be replaced Order U7 ROM Part Number 1818 0706 to replace the old U7 ROM 1818 0331 2 26 Installation of 10 MHz Oscillator Option 001 2 27 Option 001 consists of oven controlled crystal oscillator time base 10544A which has a pc card connector Option 001 is installed in the same connector on the motherboard asthe stand ard oscillator A24 See Figure 8 44 install Option 001 proceed as follows a Remove the standard oscillator from A24 connector b Install Option 001 oscillator into A24 connector Attach Option 001 oscillator to the motherboard by means of two 6 32X5 16 pan head screws Install the screws from the bottom of the motherboard using star washers d Perform Option 001 oscillator adjustment as described in 2 28 Installation of Amplitude Measurement Option 002 2 29 Option 002 consists of U2 High Frequency Amplitude assembly and A2
65. 20 100VDC CER DIODE ZNR 13 3V 5 00 7 PD 4W 059 DIODE ZNR 13 3V 5 00 7 PD 4W_TC 059 DIODE SWITCHING 30V 50 2NS DO 35 DIODE SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO 35 TRANSISTOR PNP SI PD 300MW FT 150MHZ TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD 300MW FT 200MHZ TRANSISTOR PNP SI PD 300MW ET 150MHZ TRANSISTOR PNP SI PD 300MW FT 150MHZ RESISTOR TRMR 5K 10 SIDE ADJ 1 TRN RESISTOR TRMR 1K 10 C SIDE ADJ 1 TRN RESISTOR 9 90K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 3 16K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 1K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10K 1 125 0 100 RESISTOR 3 16K 1 125W TC 0 100 RESISTOR 1K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 511 1 125W TC 0 100 RESISTOR 1K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 7 5K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 13 3K 1 125K F TC 0 100 RESISOTR 1K 1 125W 0 100 RESISOTR 3 16K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 5 11K 1 125 0 100 RESISTOR 5 62K 1 125W 0 100 RESISTOR 1 1K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 200 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 100 1 125 F TC 100 RESISTOR 3 83K 1 125 0 100 RESISTOR 21 5K 1 125 0 100 RESISTOR 1 5 1 125W 0 100 RESISTOR 1 5 196 125W 5 0 100 RESISTOR 3 16K 1 125W F TC 0 100 IC SCHMITT TRIG TYL LS NAND QUAD 2 INP IC OP AMP 8 DIP P A6 MISCELLANEOUS PARTS CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM 88C 8Z SQ PIN P C BOARD EXTRACTOR EXTRACTOR ORANGE See introduction to this section for ordering inform
66. 28480 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 28480 5342 Replaceable Parts 42 600 15001 05X0050A2 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 2263 0121 0445 150D105X0050A2 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3878 0160 2260 0160 2265 0160 2260 0160 0576 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 150D105X0050A2 150D105X0050A2 0160 3879 0160 4082 0160 4082 0160 4082 0160 4082 0160 4082 0160 4082 0160 4082 0160 4082 0160 3029 0160 3029 1901 0535 1901 0535 1901 0040 1901 0040 1901 0040 05342 80002 05342 80002 9100 0346 9100 0346 05342 80002 05342 80002 9100 0346 9100 2265 9100 2265 9100 2247 9100 2247 9100 2247 9100 2265 9100 2265 8FR 90 8FR 90 1854 0071 18544 0071 832248 1853 0020 BB1015 BB5115 BB1021 BB5015 BB1625 BB2715 BB2725 BB2035 BB91G5 05342 80004 6 33 Model 5342A Replaceable Parts Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Continued Reference HP Part C Qty Description Mfr Mfr Part Number Designation Number D Code A25R11 05342 80004 1 RESISTOR MODIFIED 28480 05342 80004 A25R12 0698 5996 2 2 RESISTOR 560 5 125W TC 330 800 01121 BB5615 A25R13 05342 80004 1 RESISTOR MODIFIED 28480 05342 80004 A25R14 05342 80004 1 RESISTOR MODIFIED 28480 05342 80004 A25R15 0698 5996 2 RESISTOR 560 5 125W CC TC 330 800 01121 BB5615 A25R16 0698 5075 8 1 RESISTOR 130 5 125W CC TC 330 800 01121 BB1315 A2
67. 3 ut boc TE Counter must be triggered to enter JE trs 7 diagnostic mode 6 For 5 seconds wait This resets the counter to amplitude and frequency measurements Model 5342 Performance Tests SECTION IV PERFORMANCE TESTS 4 1 INTRODUCTION 4 2 The procedures in this section test the electrical performance of the 5342A using the speci fications Table 1 1 5 performance standards Those specifications which are inherent to the design obvious during operation are not covered in these tests For example worst case acquis tion time is determined by the period of the sweep and the length of the pseudo random sequence If the counter acquires the signal it must have acquired it in a time less than specified 4 3 OPERATIONAL VERIFICATION 4 4 The abbreviated checks given in paragraphs 4 12 through 4 18 be performed to give high degree of confidence that the 5342A is operating properly without performing the complete performance test The operational verification should be useful for incoming QA routine maintenance and after instrument repair The Option O11 HP IB Verification Program is described in paragraphs 4 19 through 4 26 The Option 004 DAC test is contained in para 4 5 COMPLETE PERFORMANCE TEST 4 6 The complete performance test is given in paragraphs 4 28 througH 4 40 All tests can be performed without access to the inside of the instrument 4 7 EQUIPMENT REQUIRED 4 8
68. 500 MHz 18 GHz In this test two microwave generators are used to provide two signals into the 5342A The relative level of the two signals is adjusted to the specification and the 5342A must count the higher amplitude signal HP 11667 POWER SPLITTER CABLEA HP 8481A POWER SENSOR Set generator 1 to 18 GHz and at a level to deliver 5 dBm to the 5342A To set this level disconnect generator 2 from the 11667A and terminate that input port of the 11667A with a 909A Option 012 500 termination Con nect the 8481A to the 5342A end of cable A and adjust the 86290A output fer a 5 dBm reading Set generator 2 to 500 MHz and at a level to deliver 25 dBm to the 5342A To set this level disconnect generator 1 from the 11667A input recon nect generator 2 to 11667A and terminate the generator 1 input of the 11667A with a 909A 500 termination Connect the 8481A to the 5342A end of cable A and adjust 86222 for a 25 dBm reading Connect both Generators to the 11667A inputs Connect cable A to the 5342 Verify that the 5342A counts 18 GHz Increase the level of gener ator 2 until the 5342A counts incorrectly measure that level by using the same procedure described above and record on test record Set generator 1 to 2 5 GHz and at a level to deliver 5 dBm to the 5342A using the technique described above Set generator 2 to 2 0 GHz and at a level to delivery 11 dBm to the 5342A using the technique descri
69. 5600 OTC Parkway Englewood 80110 303 771 3455 CONNECTICUT 12 Lunar Orive New Haven 06525 Te 203 389 6551 TWX 710 465 2029 FLORIDA PO Box 24210 2727 N W 62 Street Ft Lauderdale 33309 Tel 3051 973 2600 4428 Emerson Street Unit 103 Jacksonville 32207 904 725 6333 PO Box 13910 6177 Lake Ellenor Or Orlando 32809 305 859 2900 Box 12826 Sune 5 Bidg 1 Office Park North 32575 Tet 904 476 8422 GEORGIA 105005 450 Interstate North Parkway Atlanta 30348 404 955 1500 TWX 810 766 4890 Service Only Augusta 30903 404 736 0592 PO 2103 1172 Davis Drive Warner Robine 31098 812 322 0449 HAWAII 2875 So Street Honolulu 96825 808 955 4455 ILLINOIS 5201 Tolview Dr Rolling Meadows 60008 Tel 312 255 9800 TWX 310 687 2260 INDIANA 7301 North Shadeland Ave India 1845250 1317 842 1000 TWX 810 260 1797 IOWA 2415 Henz Road lowa Clty 52240 Tei 319 338 9466 KENTUCKY Medical 3901 Atkinson Dr Sune 407 Atlunson Square LoulsvHie 40218 502 456 1573 LOUISIANA Box 1449 3229 39 Wilkams Boulevard Kenner 70063 Tal 504 443 6201 MARYLAND 5707 Whitestone Road Baltimore 21207 Tai 301 944 5400 TWX 710 862 9157 2 Choke Cherry Road Rockville 20850 Tei 301 948 6370 TWX 710 828 9684 MASSACHUSETTS 32 Hartweit Ava Lexi n 02173 6 Ea TWX 710 326
70. 8 42 Offset Loop Operation 8 43 8 124 lel me 8 43 Time Base PSR Section 8 46 Corto TECH scooters Td C Ed bac DR dni 8 46 8 130 Detailed Theory of Operation 8 46 Model 5342A Table of Contents vi Section Title lt Hj j Ol Qo N A AB EN qo R M co CO NIIN OY OY N N 22 NJ NIIN Ol KO CO UJ GJ UJ B CHER GB BE 0 N te TABLE OF CONTENTS Continued Page SERVICE Continued Al Display Assembly and A2 Display Driver Assembly Keyboard Operation Direct Count AmplifierAssembly senec recess de ess wha eh donb CR REN CR ee 18 49 5 RF Multiplexer Assembly 8 49 6 Offset Loop Amp Search Generator Assembly 8 50 A7 Mixer Search Control Assembly 8 51 A8 VCO 8 52 9 Main Loop Amplifier Assembly 8 53 A10 Divide by N Assembly 8 53 Two Modulus Prescaler Technique 8 55 Counter Divider Chain Utilizing 95 Complement 8 56
71. 883305 884745 1 8 10 1001 1 8 0 2 1 8 70 2061 7 884735 885115 888215 Model 5342 Replaceable Parts Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Continued Reference HP Part Number 0698 6242 5 RESISTOR 1 2 SX 125 TC22350 857 861225 0598 294 3 SISTOR 7 SX 1254 9466 4875 884735 0693 5183 RESISTOR 4 5X 1251 2 884325 0698 6242 SX 125 1 2 350 857 81225 0598 5179 RESISTOR 1 8 Sx 125 CC 2 350 857 881825 Description Mfr Part Number 0598 3374 RESISTOR 20 5X 125 270 540 882005 0698 6242 RESISTOR 1 2K 5 125w 1 350 857 881225 0698 5241 RESISTOR 750 5 125 TCwe330 R00 887515 0698 5176 RESISTOW 510 5 125 885116 0698 8373 RESISTOR 470 5 125 CC 1 600 1 137 884745 0757 0316 RESISTOR 42 2 Jx 125 20 100 4 1 2 0698 7080 RESISTOR 27 5X 125 CC 4 270 540 2705 0757 0276 RESISTOR 61 9 1X 125w F TCzO 100 C e1 8eTO 6192 0698 51 74 RESISTOR 200 5X 125 CC TCue330 800 882015 0598 6242 RESISTOR 1 2 5 125 CC 35 0 857 881225 0698 5176 RESISTOR 510 5x 125 CC TCt 330 800 885115 0598 6241 RESISTOR 750 5 25 CC TCre330 800 7515 069 241 RES ISTOR 750 5 125w CC 1 8 120 800 887515 0598 7080 RESISTOR 27 SX 125w CC
72. Base For amplitudes greater than approximately 5 dBm at the high fre quency input the ATT signal at XA16B 3 changes from 7 1 volts low levels to 0 1 volts high levels To verify proper operation apply a 500 MHz 10 dBm signal to the 5342A high frequency inPut Select AUTO and AMPL off Increase the input level while monitoring XA16B 3 on the ATT test point with a DVM Decrease input level until ATT goes to 7 volts again The input signal level where this occurs should be around 1 2 dB less than the level which originally caused ATT to go low 8 132 Model 5342 Service Table 8 20 Option 002 Amplitude Measurements Troubleshooting Continued ANALOG TO DIGITAL CONVERTER CHECK Using DVM measure the following voltage points 1 Check the 10 volt reference at the 10 TP or A16U8 3 for 10 00 volts 2 Check the 6 6 TP or A16U8 7 for 6 64V DC 3 Check the 3 2V TP or A16U8 8 for 3 20V DC Apply a 50 MHz 10 dBm signal to the 5342A low frequency input Set the 5342A to 500 10 Hz 500 MHz range 1 MHz resolution sample rate full CCW and AMPL mode Monitor U5 6 and the start conversion signal at U5 3 with an oscilloscope U5 6 U5 7 15 COMPLEMENT OF U5 6 U5 3 START CONVERSION EX Pe 10 msec CAUTION U8 is a large scale MOS integrated circuit Its inputs are susceptible to damage by high voltage and static charges Particular care should be exercised when
73. CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 01UF 20 CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR EXD 330UF 10 6VDC TA CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR EXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 330UF 10 6VDC DIODE SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO 35 DIODE SWIT CHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO 35 COIL MLD 22UM 10 Q 75 155DX 375LG NDM COIL MLD 22UM 10 Q 75 155DX 375LG NDM COIL MLD 22UM 10 Q 75 155DX 375LG NDM RESISTOR 1 5K 5 125W CC TC 350 857 RESISTOR 3 6K 5 125W CC TC 350 857 RESISTOR 1 5K 5 125W CC TC 350 857 RESISTOR 3 6K 5 125W CC TC 350 857 RESISTOR 100 5 125W CC TC 270 540 RESISTOR 3 6K 5 125W CC TC 350 857 CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SG IC FF TTL S D TYPE POS EDGE TRIG IC CNTR TTL LS DECD ASYNCHRO IC CNTR TTL LS DECD ASYNCHRO IC DRVR TTL NOR QUAD 2 INP IC SCHMITT TRIG TTL NAND QUAD 2 INP A18 MISCELLANEOUS PARTS PIN P C BOARD EXTRACTOR EXTRACTRO ORANGE See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 28480 56289 28480 28480 56289 28480 28480 28480 28480 56289 28480 28480 28480 56289 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 28480 01295 01295 01295 01295 01295 28480 28480 Model 5342A Replaceable Parts 05342 60018 150D066X000682 0160 3879
74. Capacitor Corp Signetics Corp Mepco Electra Corp No M F Description for this Mfg No Analog Devices Inc Coming Glass Wks Bradford Amperex Elek Com Semicon amp MC Div National Semiconductor Corp Hewlett Packard Co Corporate HQ Mepco Electra Corp Advanced Micro Devices Inc Mostek Corp Sprague Hectric Co Electro Motive Corp Sub IEC Beckman Instruments Inc Helipot Div Littelfuse Inc Brown Co Mallory Capacitor Co MFG NO MANUFACTURER NAME ADDRESS ZP CODE Los Angeles CA Milwaukee W Dallas TX Somerville NJ City of Ind CA Saugerties NY Syracuse NY Wppany NJ Phoenix AZ Santa Clara CA Mountain View CA Sanford CA Burbank CA Sunnyvale CA Mineral Alls TX Norwood MA Bradford PA Slatersville RI Santa Clara CA Palo Alto CA San Diego CA Sunnyvale CA Carrollton TX North Adams MA Wimantic CT Fullerton CA Des Plaines IL Huntsville AL Indianapolis IN 6 45 Model 5342A Manual Changes SECTION VII MANUAL CHANGES 7 1 INTRODUCTION 7 2 This section contains information necessary to adapt this manual to apply to older instruments 7 3 MANUAL CHANGES 7 4 This manual applies directly to Model 5342A Microwave Frequency Counters with serial number prefix 1840A 7 5 As engineering changes are made newer instruments may have serial prefix numbers higher than those listed on the title page of this manual The manuals for these instruments will be supplied with MAN
75. ERS A B ASSEMBLY 108542 OI SERIES NE PRO Service 3 i COUNTER B RE MULTIPLEXER 2200 FROM KA IPT 8 lt LO 3WITCH a PE ut ID TO XA3 41 1 16 f RESET 2 2 ca Rg 4 Or 1600 UTA 50 SOROR vl 1 wx 1 LIF GATE muamo i penne R29 1 t 14 as 14 E M 7 DIRECT 81 R30 Pra un map 9 2j FROM KA3111 14 519 5 i F ih aye TD yet ype 1819 I 5 BY oF TO VIS 1 ieri T ig me Ves i BY i i Fits 16 2 93 t E 9 V al DN igs 5 1 RIID 5 14 i te 3 mom p 4 3 ore E USE D s 9e FROM 15 0 2 1 j 10 T 14 5 l uso D L Ip Az Six DECAGE FROM F P gt E p 14 E T IT 4 TO XAI4AU6 FROM B LE 1 Y 3 4 5 3 IBV x IE FROM g ORE E I 0555 1 T A 1 I I FROM 3 M xaar 8 644 l SUPPLY TD UISA B D PEE COUNTE
76. Equipment Supplied DESCRIPTION HP PART NUMBER Detachable Power Cord 229 cm 7 feet long 8120 1378 5342A 1 3 Model 5342A General Information 1 4 Table 1 3 Accessories Available Bail Handle Kit 5061 2002 Rack Mounting Adapter Kit Option 908 5061 0057 Rack Mounting Adapter Kit with slot for access K70 59992A to front connectors from rear Transit Case 9211 2682 Service Accessory Kit refer to Model 10842A Microwave Attenuators Model 8491B 8494 5 6H Signature Analyzer Model 5004A 1 11 DESCRIPTION 1 12 The 5342A Microwave Frequency Counter measures the frequency of signals in the range of 10 Hz to 18 GHz with a basic sensitivity of 25 dBm Signals in the frequency range of 10 Hz to 500 MHz are measured by the direct count method Signals in the frequency range of 500 MHz to 18 GHz are down converted to an IF by a heterodyne conversion technique forapplication to the counter circuits The unique conversion technique employed results in high sensitivity and FM tolerance in addition to automatic amplitude discrimination The counted IF is added to the local oscilator frequency to determine the unknown frequency for display 1 13 OPTIONS 1 14 Options available with the 5342A are described in Table 1 1 and paragraph 3 57 If an option is included in the initial order it will be installed at the factory and ready for operation upon receipt If an option is ordered for field installation it will be supplied as
77. NOTE The measured frequency will now be negatively offset by the frequency captured when in HOLD RESET RESET Pressing key clears the display and initiates a new measurement without clearing stored values of offset or center frequencies Clears any blinking ready state key indicators but does not clear steady state indicators 5342A maintains current operating modes Figure 3 3 Operating Procedures Continued 3 11 Model 5342 Operation 5342 MICROWAVE FREQUENCY COUNTER HEWLETT PACKARD M I d GHz ose FREQ C7 RESOLUTION i KHr TO MEASURE AMPLITUDE Example To simultaneously display frequency to 1 MHz resolution 5 leftmost digits and amplitude to 0 1 dB resolution 4 rightmost digits AMPL Press TO SET AMPLITUDE OFFSET Example To add 4 3 dB to the measured amplitude SET OFS dB ENTER iB IE Example To subtract 4 3 dB from the measured amplitude SET OFS dB CHS ENTER 3 12 Figure 3 4 Amplitude Measurements Option 002 5342 Operation 5342A MICROWAVE FREQUENCY COUNTER VB PACKARD mug ck tori Po hac s a om KHr ees FREQ m RESOLUTION SAMPLE RATE B MANUMEY QOKHx SET OFS ug OFS D Nr 7 REMOTE a oa E GKH a GJ AC DAC KEY The DAC key is effective only when
78. O gt O gt O gt OO CABLE ASSY OUTPUT 05342 60106 A2 MISCELLANEOUS PARTS SPACER RVT ON 312 IN LG 152 IN ID ORDER BY DESCRIP TION SOCKET IC 24 CONT DIP SLDR 1200 0565 SOCKET IC 24 CONT DIP SLDR 1200 0600 KIT WIRES 05342 60124 See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 6 43 Model 5342A Replaceable Parts Table 6 8 Option 001 Replaceable Parts Reference HP Part Qty Description Mfr Mfr Part Number Designation Number Code A15 05342 60015 2 HP IB ASSEMBLY SERIES 1720 28480 05342 60015 15 1 0160 3879 7 1 CAPACITOR FxD 9 20 oovDC CER 28480 0160 3879 A15C2 0160 3879 7 CAPACITOR FxD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 3879 A15C3 0160 3879 7 CAPACITOR FxD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 3879 15 4 0160 3879 7 010 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 3879 A15C5 0160 3879 7 CAPACITOR FxD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 3879 A15C6 0160 3879 7 CAPACITOR FxD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 3879 A15C7 0160 3879 7 CAPACITOR ExD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 3879 A15C8 0160 3879 7 CAPACITOR FxD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 3879 A15C9 0160 0106 9 1 CAPACITOR FxD 01UF 20 eVDC 56289 1500606X000682 A15C10 0160 3879 7 CAPACITOR ExD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 3879 A15C12 0130 3879 7 CAPACITOR FxD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 3879 A15C13 0160 3879 7 CAPACITOR FxD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160
79. RESISTOR 365 1 5W TC 0 25 28480 0757 0027 A25R37 0698 7259 4 2 RESISTOR 9 09K 1 05W F TC 0 100 24546 C3 1 8 T0 9091 G A25R38 0698 7253 8 3 RESISTOR 5 11K 1 05W TC 0 100 24546 C3 1 8 T0 5111 G A25R39 0698 7259 4 RESISTOR 9 09K 1 05W TC 0 100 24546 C3 1 8 T0 9091 G A25R40 0698 7253 8 RESISTOR 5 11K 1 05W F TC 0 100 24546 C3 1 8 T0 5111 G A25R41 0698 7250 5 1 RESISTOR 3 83K 196 05W 0 100 24546 C3 1 8 T0 3831 G A25R42 0698 7253 8 RESISTOR 5 11K 1 05W 0 100 24546 C3 1 8 T0 5111 G A25R43 0698 7243 6 1 RESISTOR 1 96 1 05W 0 100 24546 C3 1 8 T0 1961 G A25R44 0698 5994 0 1 RESISTOR 6 8K 5 125W 350 857 01121 BB6825 A25R45 0698 8373 5 1 RESISTOR 470K 5 125W CC TC 600 1137 01121 BB4745 25 1 1251 0600 0 4 CONNECTOR SGL CONT 1 114 MM BSC SZ SQ 28480 1251 0600 A25TP2 1251 0600 0 CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 114 MM BSC SZ SQ 28480 1251 0600 A25TP3 1251 0600 0 CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 114 MM BSC SZ SQ 28480 1251 0600 A25TP4 1251 0600 0 CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 114 MM BSC SZ SQ 28480 1251 0600 A25U1 1826 0372 2 2 IC 5 GHZ LIMITER AMP 28480 1826 0372 A25U2 1826 0372 2 IC 5 GHZ LIMITER AMP 28480 1826 0372 A25U3 1826 0065 0 1 IC 311 COMPARTOR 8 DIP P 01295 8N72311P A25U4 1826 0054 5 1 IC GATE TTL NAND QUAD 2 INP 01295 8N7400N A25W1 05342 60108 4 1 CABLE ASSEMBLY RF 28480 05342 60108 A25W2 05342 60107 3 2 CABLE ASSEMBLY PREAMP DRIVER
80. TERMINAL TEST POINT PCB TERMINAL TEST POINT PCB TERMINAL TEST POINT PCB TERMINAL TEST POINT PCB TERMINAL TEST POINT PCB TERMINAL TEST POINT PCB TERMINAL TEST POINT PCB TERMINAL TEST POINT PCB TERMINAL TEST POINT PCB TERMINAL TEST POINT PCB IC INV TTL LS HEX 1 INP IC GATE TTL LS NOR QUAD 2 INP PROW WATCHED PAIR IC NMOS B192 BIT ROM 45C NS 3 S IC FF TTL LS D TYPE POS EDGE TRIG COM IC MUXR DATA SEL TTL LS 2 TO 1 LINE IC MUXR DATA SEL TTL LS 2 TO 1 LINE IC 7550 CONVB AD DIP C IC GATE TTL LS NAND 8 INP IC CNTR TTL LS DECD ASNCHRO IC REF AMPL TO 5 IC OP AMP TO 94 IC SWITCH 16 DIP F IC OP AMP 8 DIP P IC OP AMP TO 99 IC OP AMP TO 99 IC SWITCH 16 DIP P IC OP AMP TO 99 A16 MISCELLANEIOUS PARTS TERMINAL STUD FKD TUR SWGFRM MTG SOCKET IC BLK 14 CONTACT SOCKET IC 20 CONT DBL STRP DIP SLDR SOCKET IC 40 CONT DIP BLDR SOCKET IC 24 CONT DIP BLDR PINIP C BOARD EXTRACTOR EXTRACTOR ORANGE KIT WIRES TUBING KS 093WD 048 RCVD 02 WALL TUBING KS 125WD 062 RCVD 02 WALL SCREW MACH 4 40 1 IN LG PAN HD POZI WASHER LK EXT T NO 4 116 IN ID TERMINAL SLDR LUG PL MTG FOR 6 SCR CABLE TIE 062 625 DEA 091 WD NYL See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value Model 5342A Replaceable Parts Mfr Part Number Code 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 28480 02111 24546 24546 24546 24546 02111 24546 24546 02111 24546 24546 24546 24546 28480 24546 28480 24546
81. Tab e 4 4 CHECK POINT 1 CHECK POINT 023 kanas kanae 1 a Lot Hish F UIHT Enter Manual lente Frea Table 4 4 Sample Printout ffzet MHZ Rensll OFS NZI Toes Sade APSE PAGE pM CHECK xEECHLL an CHECK iB 3 Heasurgmzntz HOLD megzurementa then HOLD Saar Le CHECK POINT 11 Model 5342A Performance Tests 12 REMOTE CHECK 14 LOCAL LOK OUT Eeturn to LOCAL HOLE Off 1 CHECK POINT 2 FS DE 3 Enter AMF OFFSET OFFSIDE Koes OFS 1 Hes A 12 Model 5342 Performance Tests 4 27 DIGITAL TO ANALOG CONVERTER DAC OUTPUT TEST OPTION 004 Specification Accuracy 5 mV 0 3 mV C from 25 Description The 5342A is set to the 500 MHz 18 GHz range and a 999 MHz signal is applied to the type N connector A DVM is connected to the DAC OUT connector on the rear panel The front panel keyboard is used to select digits 999 and the DVM observed for an indication of 9 99 volts dc Then the 000 digits are selected and the DVM observed for 0 volts dc Setup 009000 0000000 3465 DIGITAL MULTIMETER HP 8620C SWEEPER HP 86222A Set the 5342A to the 50
82. Tool Kit TK 100 G 5180 00 605 0079 Oscilloscope 05 26 1 0 6625 00 127 0079 Signal Generator AN USM 205 6625 01 007 4796 Sweep Oscillator SG 1121 V 1 U 2 each 6625 01 019 7890 RF Plug In HP 86290 6625 00 138 9905 RF Plug In HP 86222A 6625 01 018 8548 Voltmeter AN USM 451 6625 01 060 6804 Isolation Transformer Allied Electronics P N 705 0048 Service Accessory Kit HP 10842A Analyzer Spectrum IP 12 16 P GR 6625 00 424 4370 Tunning Section PL 1406 0 6625 00 140 0156 IF Section PL 1388 U 6625 00 431 9339 Power Meter TS 3793 U 6625 00 033 5050 Power Sensor HP 8481A 6625 00 354 9762 Power Splitter HP 11667A 6625 01 017 2713 Logic Pulser HP 546A Current Tracer HP 547A Logic Probe HP 575A Voltmeter Sampling ME 426 U 6625 00 113 3491 Frequency counter TD 1225A V 1 U 6625 01 103 2958 Logic State Analyzer HP 1607A Signature Analyzer HP 5004A TS 3791 U 6625 01 068 8641 Swept Frequency Analyzer HP 8755B Modulator HP 11665B Detectors HP 11664a 2 each Oscilloscope Mainframe HP 182T Directional Coupler HP 778D Directional Coupler HP 11692D Bus System Analyzer HP 59401A FUNK O VO OS un ICT MD D Ia ni Ia a z DG GTP TD MD z guuuUugguouuguuug D D D D D D D D D D D D D D B 5 SECTION IV REMARKS Counter Electronic TD 1225A V 1 U REFERENCE CODE REMARKS Test by use of keyboard and display Replace fuses knobs power cord as required Repair normally perfo
83. _ a amm d ys E FI s 42 ca a x rmn pog x un USUS URUN Y a E 1 eds WD IEE ie or XUL AUR ken em i Jone i J F f rp m E m gt I 3 Sy I HE TABLE OF ACTIVE ELEMENTS REFERENCE HP PART MFG OR INDUSTRY 544 DESIGNATION NUMBER PART NUMBER 79 SANE 4 U1 936 1820 1197 SN74LSO0N gnome ac U2 U5 U6 U8 1820 1144 9LSO2PC U3 U4 09 e Ho a ie U10 U14 U19 1820 1112 SN74LS74N I i ca U34 U35 N T U 1820 1211 SN74LS86N ZG L ooo er u11 1820 1216 SN74LS138N mena Milles 5 912 1820 1206 SN74LS27N CELINE E mm z P ae ae U13 1820 1199 SN74LSO4N ee S lt FS 1 015 1820 1885 DM74LS173N s d d I ERR E T 016 1820 1196 AM74LS174N ES xd 917 1820 1198 SN74LS03N ee NE U18 030 1820 1368 DMB8096N Deo ce j U20 U29 1820 1282 SN74LS109N Does rece uen T wa a 021 024 U27 1820 1997 SN74LS374PC n eme TT 4 9 bela ri opm 1 U22 U25 U28 U31 1820 1689 MC3446P ELE rx Z T mms i E u23 1816 1154 eL Ju 026 1816 1155 E apma
84. is high This loads data into U1 and U2 counters Monitor U1 15 with logic probe and pulse TP4 test point with pulser 14 times ON 14th clock U1 15 should pulse high 8 110 Model 5342 Service Table 8 14 A17 Timing Generator Troubleshooting Continued A17 LDIR GATE and LIF GATE troubleshooting Set the 5342A to 10 Hz 500 MHz range sample rate full ccw no input signal and 100 Hz resolution With an oscilloscope monitor LDIR GATE at 5 and TP6 A17 as shown below GATE isse 365 As resolution is changed the width of the gate signal TP6 high should vary as follows Resolution Width 1 MHz 1 us 100 kHz 10 us 10 kHz 100 us 1 kHz 1ms 100 Hz 10 ms 10 Hz 100 ms 1Hz 1 sec Change the range of the 5342A to the 500 MHz 18 GHz range and place the counter in MAN mode and observe ec SAMPLE RATE TP6 on A17 As the resolution is change the width of the gate signal should vary as follows Resolution Width 1 MHz 10 us 100 kHz Four 10 us width pulses 100 us between each 10 kHz Four 100 width pulses 100 between each 1 kHz Four 1 ms width pulses 100 between each 100 Hz Four 10 ms width pulses 100 between each 10 Hz Four 100 ms width pulses 100 between each 1Hz 1 sec For resolutions from 100 kHz to 10 Hz each gate time consists of four gate signals separated by 100 us dead time 8 111 Model 5342 Service Table 8 14 A17 Timin
85. n __ XA20 0 THERB0ARD TABLE OF ACTIVE ELEMENTS ITTF 18 18 19 19 20 20 21 21 xx 06342 80022 REFERENCE PART MFR OR INDUSTRY V l P _ DESIGNATION NUMBER PART NUMBER E 519 I H 1906 0079 Same 1906 0051 1801 0784 Same i a 1902 0522 5340 6 p FB5 1990 0485 1 1826 0234 18150 4 1825 0106 REGULATOR OVERCURRENT PROTECTION SHUTO 1 DISCHARGE R23 2 4 646 1 li REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS Pio 21 I C1 C22 MDTHERBOARD je CR1 CH5 08542 80022 051 A23 INFUT POWER P O A22 T4 MODULE 0980 0444 MOTHERBOARD OVEN 01 013 105342 50022 1 TRANSFORMER l 1 I 4 oF FC BOARD LINE i U1 U4 uw 1 us 1 001 JI L l z TABLE OF ACTIVE ELEMENTS EE MEERN 2 g a REFERENCE PART MFR OR INDUSTRY 1 CONTROL VOLTAGE ZJ DESIGNATION NUMBER PART NUMBER i 8 9 1902 0522 I I 1906 0096 MDA202 1 1 1902 0644 Same 5 1901 0040 1990 0486 Same FUSE SRN 2 1854 0635 D44H5 510 BLO t 1854 0634 MPS U01 75 HOO gt 12 12 24V RETURN GROUND 2 1854 0215 5753611 120v 1853 0326 Same 11 1 24v OVEN 2412 2 1853 0036 Same pany
86. of Figure 8 34 A11 IF Limiter Assembly 8 168 L3 12 R3 a o 20 z 65 5 P1 Model 5342 Service 45V A RS R4 220 100K 5 RI2 1000 P O R14 1000 LEUR 4 4 TO 25 34 REFERENCE R13 DESIGNATIONS 8200 45V CA RI 5000 T NV C3 R3 0 MFR OR INDUSTRY DESIGNATION NUMBER PART NUMBER FROM XAIO TI 7 7 CHECK CR1 CR2 1901 0535 U1 1826 0065 5000 9043 E IF INPUT U2 1826 0372 Same FROM A25 J2 UH 50a STRIPLINE ap 1 2 3 4 5 6 v OUTPUT 5 yat 11 12 5 i5 Ol D L3 RI 5V Figure 8 34 A11 IF Limiter Assembly 8 169 5342 Service be COMPONENT SIDE 1 SOLDER SIDE Part of Figure 8 35 A12 IF Detector Assembly 8 170 Model 5342 Service 12 IF DETECTOR ASSEMBLY 05342 60012 SERIES 1720 mM mE mE E ES R3 15 6 R2 a HIGH POWE
87. service adjust align calibrate replace or other maintenance actions welding grinding riveting straightening facing rema chining or resurfacing to restore serviceability to an item by correcting specific damage fault malfunction or failure in a part subassembly module component or assembly end item or system j Overhaul That maintenance effort service action necessary to restore an item to a complete ly serviceable operational condition as prescribed by maintenance standards 1 DMWR in appro priate technical publications Overhaul is normally the highest degree of maintenance performed by the Army Overhaul does not normally return an item to like new condition k Rebuild Consists of those services actions necessary for the restoration of unserviceable equipment to a like new condition in accordance with original manufacturing standards Rebuild is the highest degree of materiel maintenance applied to Army equipment The rebuild operation includes the act of returning to zero those age measurements hours miles etc considered in classifying Army equipments components B 1 11 6625 3014 14 Model 5342A B 3 Column Entries a Column 1 Group Number Column 1 lists group numbers the purpose of which is to identify components assemblies subassemblies and mod ules with the next higher assembly b Column 2 Component Assembly Column 2 contains the noun names of component assem blies
88. subassemblies and modules for which main tenance is authorized c Column 8 Maintenance Functions Column 3 lists the functions to be performed on the item listed in column 2 When items are listed without maintenance functions it is solely for purpose of having the group numbers in the MAC and RPSTL coincide d Column 4 Maintenance Category Column 4 specifies by the listing of a worktime figure in the appropriate subcolumn s the lowest level of maintenance authorized to perform the function listed in column 3 This figure represents the tive time required to perform that maintenance function at the indicated category of maintenance If the number or complexity of the tasks within the listed maintenance function vary at different maintenance categories appropriate worktime figures will be shown for each category The num ber of task hours specified by the worktime figure represents the average time required to restore an item assembly subassembly y compo nent module end item or system to a serviceable condition under typical field operating conditions This time includes preparation time troubleshoot ing time and quality assurance quality control timein addition to the time required to perform the specific tasks identified for the maintenance functions authorized in the maintenance allocation chart Subcolumns of column 4 are as follows Operator Crew Organizational Direct Su
89. time second plane angle siow blow fuse used in parts list silicon controlled rectifier screw selenium sections semiconductor superhigh frequency silicon silver slide signal to noise ratio single pole double throw spring split ring ingle poie single throw single sideband stainiess steel steel 7 square standing wave ratio synchronize timed slow blow fuse tantalum temperature compensating time delay wow on uou non on TGL THD THRU TOL TRIM TSTR TTL TV UHF UNREG VA Vac VAR VDCW VFO VHF Vpk Vp p Vrms VSWR wi 20 All abbreviations Model 5342A Replaceable Parts terminat thin film transistor toggle thread through titanium tolerance trimmer transistor transistor transistor logic television television interference traveling wave tube micro 10 used in parts list microfarad used in parts list ultrahigh frequency unregulated volt voltampere volts ac variable voltage controlled oscillator volts dc volts dc working used in parts list volts filtered variable trequency oscillator very high frequency volts peak Volts peak to peak volts rms voltage standing wave
90. 0 CER 0160 3878 01 UF 20 10 CER 0160 3879 3 20 15V 15003355001 542 PACTTOR FXD 01 UF 20 100v DC CER 0160 3879 CAPACITORSFX 0 7 SPF SPF 100V DC CER 0160 2029 AC PF 20 100V CER 0160 3878 D 1000 20 100 0 CER 0160 3878 AC IT OR FXD 1000PF 20 100 0 CER 0160 3678 tUF 20 Soy CER 0160 0576 CIrOReFXD 22PF SX 200 0 CER 0 30 0160 3875 ncns oogcoo 0160 3878 016093878 0160 3878 016000576 0160 3875 016023875 016 05679 01 6003878 010003878 22PF 5 200V CER 0 50 016 003875 CAP ACTTORSFXD 20 100V DC CER 0160 3879 1000 e20X 100VDC CER 0160 3878 1000PF 20 100 0 CER 016 003878 DIODE SWITCHING 15V SOMA 750 8 00 7 1901 0179 DIODE SWITCHING 15V SOMA 750 00 7 1901 0179 DIODE SWITCHING 15V SOMA 750 8 00 7 1901 0179 DIODE 15V SOMA 750 PS 00 7 1901 0179 DIODE SwIYCHING 15V SOMA 750 00 7 1901970179 2100 1 15V SOMA 750 PS 00 7 190190179 190100179 1901 0179 1901 0179 190190179 1901 0179 9170 0029 917000029 COPESSHIELDING BEAD 9170 0029 CORE SHIELDING BEAD 9170 0029 910002265 9100 2255 9100 22
91. 01295 BN74L874N A15U35 1820 1112 8 IC FF TTL L8 POS EDGE TRIG 01295 BN74L874N A15U36 1820 1197 9 IC GATE TTL L8 NAND QUAD 2 INP 01295 BN74L800N 5000 9043 6 1 PIN P C BOARD EXTRACTOR 28480 5000 9043 5040 6852 3 1 EXTRACTOR ORANGE 28480 5040 6852 A29 05342 60029 6 1 HP 1B INPUT ASSEMBLY SERIES 1720 28480 05342 60029 29 1 1251 3283 1 1 CONNECTOR 24 PIN MICRORIBBON 28480 1251 3283 A29J2 1200 0485 2 1 OKT IC 14 PIN PC M7G1 AGLE CONT 28480 1200 0485 2951 3101 1973 7 1 SWITCH 8L 7 1A N8 DIF SLIDE ASSY 28480 3101 1973 A29W5 0120 1966 3 1 CABLE ASSY 26AWG 24 CNDCT 28480 8120 1966 A29 MISCELLANEOUS PARTS 0380 0644 4 2 STANDOFF METRIC SHORT STUD MOUNTS FOR 28480 0380 0644 1830 1098 4 2 CLEVIS 0 070 IN W SLTS 0 454 IN PIN CTR 00000 ORDER BY DESCRIPTION 2190 0034 5 2 WASHER LK HLCL NO 10 194 IN ID 28480 2190 0034 05342 00017 8 1 PLATE PATCH 28480 05342 00017 See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 6 44 Model 5342 Replaceable Parts Table 6 9 Manufacturers Code List Any Satisfactory Supplier Norelco North Amer Philips Ltg Corp Allen Bradley Co Texas Instr Inc Semiconductor Cmpnt Div RCA Corp Solid State Div Spectrol Electronics Corp Ferroxcube Corp GE Co Semiconductor Prod Dept KDI Pyrofilm Corp Motorola Semiconductor Products Precision Monolithic Inc Fairchild Semiconductor Div Comell Dubilier Div Fed Pac U S
92. 0698 6648 0698 3437 0360 1682 0360 1682 1858 0060 05342 20107 0380 0486 0520 0127 0570 0007 0570 0024 1205 0011 1250 0901 1250 1353 05342 00009 05342 00011 05342 00013 05342 00016 05342 40001 NA 0000 NNANN ANANO oo OM W oo N ee N o N NIN SAMPLER DRIVER ASSEMBLY SERIES 1720 27PF 5 500VDC CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 47PF 20 200VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 47PF 20 200VDC CER 01UF 20 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 1 CAPACITOR FXD 1 5UF 10 20VDC TA 01UF 20 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 1 CAPACITOR FD 1UF 20 50VDC CER 1 CAPACITOR FXD 15PF 5 50VDC CER 0 30 CAPACITOR FDTHRU 1000PF 20 200V CER CAPACITOR FDTHRU 1000PF 20 200V CER 1 DIODE SWITCHING 15V 50MA 750PS D0 7 1 SUPPORT CONNECTOR OUTPUT 1 SUPPORT CONNECTOR INPUT 1 COIL MLD 50NH 20 Q 40 0950K 25LG NDM 1 TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD 300MW FT 200MHZ RESISTOR 20 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 3K 5 125W CC TC 350 857 RESISTOR 1 8K 5 125W CC TC 350 857 RESISTOR 31 6 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 30 5 125W CC TC 270 540 RESISTOR 62 5 125W CC TC 270 540 RESISTOR 620 5 125W CC 330 800 RESISTOR 133 1 125W F TC 0 100 lllo 2 TERM
93. 1 IC BER TTL NDN INV HEX 1 INP 27014 DM8095N A17U19 1820 1196 8 1 IC FF TTL LS D TYPE POS EDGE TRIG COM 01295 8N74L8174N A17U20 1820 1255 0 1 IC INV TTL MEX 1 INP 01295 8N74368N A17 MISCELLANEOUS PARTS 5000 9043 6 2 PIN P C BOARD EXTRACTOR 28480 5000 9003 5040 6852 3 2 ORANGE 28480 5040 6852 See introduction to this section for ordering information 6 26 Indicates factory selected value 18 18 1 18 2 18 18 4 18 5 18 6 18 7 18 8 18 9 18 10 18 11 18 12 A18C13 A18CR1 A18CR2 A18L1 A18L2 A18L3 A18R1 A18R2 A18R3 A18R4 A18R5 A18R6 A18TP1 A18U1 A18U2 A18U3 A18U4 1805 05342 60018 0180 0106 0160 3879 0160 3879 0180 0106 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0180 1714 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0180 1714 1901 0040 1901 0040 9140 0179 9140 0179 9140 0179 0698 5178 0698 5181 0698 5178 0698 5181 0698 3113 0690 5181 1251 0600 1820 0693 1820 1251 1820 1251 1824 1074 1820 1056 5000 9043 5040 6852 A NAN NNNNN NONNO NINN o000 O N Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Continued Reference HP Part Description Mfr Mfr Part Number Designation Number Code foo Ere TIME BASE BUFFER ASSEMBLY SERIES 1720 60UF 20 eVDC TA CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 600 20 eVDC TA
94. 1 LR Hir 7 7 ae 1 EE Fo c ded M 2 etus de dem Figure 8 39 Option 002 A16 Amplitude Measurements A27 Low Frequency Amplifier and U2 High Frequency Amplifier Assemblies 8 179 5342 Service REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS TABLE OF ACTIVE ELEMENTS A16 Option 0031 REFERENCE HP PART MFG OR INDUSTRY DESIGNATION NUMBER PART NUMBER 1901 0040 1853 0058 532248 1854 0246 2N3643 1820 1199 5 741504 Part of Figure 8 40 Dption 003 A16 Extended Dynamic Range Assembly 8 180 OPTION 003 U2 ATTENUATOR ASSEMBLY 5088 7038 SERIES 1720 TO U1 SAMPLER TO FRONT PANEL WHT BRN RED OPTION 003 A16 EXTENDED P O XA16 DYNAMIC RANGE ASSEMBLY 05342 60037 SERIES 1720 NOTES REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS WITHIN THIS 3 ASTERISK INDICATES SELECTED ASSEMBLY ARE ABBREVIATED ADD COMPONENT AVERAGE VALUES SHOWN ASSEMBLY NUMBER TO ABBREVIATION 4 0215 A NON REPAIRABLE ASSEMBLY FOR COMPLETE DESCRIPTION SCHEMATIC IS INCLUDED FOR UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED REFERENCE ONLY RESISTANCE IN OHMS CAPACITANCE IN MICROFARADS INDUCTANCE IN MICROHENRIES Figure 8 40 Option 003 A16 Extended Dynamic Range Assembly 8 181 Model 5342A Service COMPONENT SIDE 1 1 SOLDER SIDE Part of Figure 8 41 A17 Timing Generator Assembly 8 182
95. 100 5 25W FC TC 400 500 01121 CB1015 9100 3064 5 1 TRANSFORMER POWER 28480 9100 3064 A20 MISCELLANEOUS PARTS 1205 0219 0 2 HEAT SINK SGL TO 66 PKG 28480 1205 0219 1251 0400 0 1 CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BBC SZ SG 28480 1251 0600 3050 0003 3 1 NM NO 6 141 IN ID 375 IN 00 28480 3050 0003 3050 0082 8 2 WASHER FL NM ND 4 116 IN ID 188 IN 00 28480 3050 0082 5000 9043 6 1 PIN P C BOARD EXTRACTOR 28480 5000 9043 05342 00012 3 2 HEAT SINK SOLID 28480 05342 00012 5040 6852 3 1 EXTRACTOR ORANGE 28480 5040 6852 See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 6 29 11 6625 3014 14 5342 Replaceable Parts Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Continued Reference HP Part C TN Mfr Mfr Part Number Designation Number D oy Description Code A21 05342 60021 0 1 SWITCH DRIVE ASSEMBLY SERIES 1804 28480 05342 60021 A21C1 0180 0229 7 4 CAPACITOR 33UF 10 10VDC 56289 150D336X901082 A21C2 0180 0229 7 CAPACITOR 33UF 10 10VDC 56289 150D336X901082 A21C3 0180 0159 2 2 CAPACITOR FXD 2200 20 10VDC 56289 150D227X001082 21 4 0180 0159 2 CAPACITOR 2200 20 10VDC 56289 1500227 001082 21 5 0180 0229 7 CAPACITOR 33UF 10 10VDC 56289 1500336 901082 21 6 0180 0210 6 4 CAPACITOR 3 3UF 20 15VDC 56289 1500335 0015 2 21
96. 125 MHz 28480 1854 0574 Page 8 175 Figure 8 37 A14 Schematic Diagram Change the series number top of page from 1808 to 1804 Replace the input circuit of U11A left side of diagram with the following circuit CHANGE 5 Page 6 7 Table 6 3 A2 Replaceable Parts Change A2 series number from 1804 to 1720 Delete A2C17 0160 3878 CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100VDC 28480 0160 3878 Delete A2C18 0160 0573 CAPACITOR FXD 4700PF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 0573 Delete A2C19 0160 0573 CAPACITOR FXD 4700PF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 0573 Page 8149 Figure 8 24 2 Schematic Diagram Change A2 series number top of diagram from 1804 to 1720 Delete A2C17 1000P from U9 pin 1 top left part of diagram Delete 2 18 and C19 4700P from 013 pin 1 top left part of diagram Page 6 8 Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Change A3 series number from 1804 to 1720 Delete A3C26 0160 3878 CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 3878 Page 8 I53l Figure 8 26 Schematic Diagram Change A3 series number top of diagram from 1804 to 1720 Delete A3C26 1000P from U2 pin 4 Page 6 3o Table 6 3 A21 Replaceable Parts Change A21 series number from 1804 to 1720 Change 21 14 215 from 0698 3441 to 0757 0280 RESISTOR 1K 1 125WF TC 0 100 0329B 4 1 8 1001 8 187 Figure 8 43 21 Schematic Diagram Change A21 series number top right of di
97. 1K 10 125W 330 800 RESISTOR 10 5 125W CC TC 120 400 RESISTOR 10K 10 125W CC TC 350 857 RESISTOR 22 5 125W CC TC 270 540 RESISTOR 1K 10 125W TC 330 800 RESISTOR 10 5 125W CC TC 120 400 RESISTOR 4 7K 5 125W TC 350 857 RESISTOR 10K 10 125W CC TC 350 857 RESISTOR 2K 5 125W CC TC 350 857 NOT ASSIGNED RESISTOR 120 5 125W CC TC 330 800 RESISTOR 1K 10 125W TC 330 800 SWITCH SL 8 1A NS DIP SLIDE ASSY 1A SWITCH SL 4 1A NS DIP SLIDE ASSY 1A CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ ROM MOS 2K x8 18324 IC DRVR TTL BUS DRVR QUAD 1 INP IC DRVR TTL BUS DRVR QUAD 1 INP IC GATE TTL LS NAND QUAD 2 INP Indicates factory selected value 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 56289 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 56289 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 02114 28480 01121 28480 01121 28480 01121 28480 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 18324 18324 28480 01295 Model 5342A Replaceable Parts 05342 60014 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 150D606X0
98. 2 A7C6 0160 3878 6 10 CAPACITOR FXD 100PF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 3878 A7C7 0180 1701 2 4 CAPACITOR FXD 6 8UF 20 6V DC TA 56289 150D685X0006A2 A7C8 0160 3879 7 CAPACITOR EXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 3879 A7C9 0180 1701 2 CAPACITOR FXD 6 8UF 20 6VDC 56289 1500685 0006 2 A7C10 0160 3878 6 CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 3878 A7C11 1080 1701 2 CAPACITOR FXD 6 8UF 20 6VDC TA 56289 15D0685X0006A2 A7C12 0160 3878 6 CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 3878 A7C13 0160 2879 7 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 3879 A7C14 0180 1701 2 CAPACITOR FXD 6 8UF 20 eVDC TA 56289 150D685X0006A2 A7C15 0160 3875 7 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 3879 A7C16 0160 3875 3 1 CAPACITOR FXD 22PF 5 200VDC CER 04 30 28480 0160 3875 7 17 1060 3878 6 CAPACITOR EXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 3878 A7C18 1060 3878 6 CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 3878 A7C19 0160 3879 7 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 CER 28480 0160 3879 A7C20 0160 3877 5 2 CAPACITOR FXD 100PF 20 200VDC CER 28480 0160 3877 A7C21 0160 3878 6 CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 3878 A7C22 0160 3879 7 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 CER 28480 0160 3879 A7C23 0160 3878 6 CAPACITOR EXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 3878 A6C24 0160 3878 6 CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 3878 7 25 0160 3879 7 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF
99. 2 O O O C gt C SC CS e R E a v l c 3 21 5342 Operation Table 3 4 Option 011 HP IB Program Code Set FREQUENCY MODE SELECT MANUAL SET MANUAL CENTER FREQUENCY SMXXXXXE X s represent nonfixed length data string of up to 5 characters Decimal points cause entire string to be ignored signs and spaces are allowable Number is in MHz and must be less than 18 GHz or will be ignored Example 5 10000 for 10 GHz center frequency SM775E for 775 MHz center frequency 5250 for 5 25 GHz center frequency AMPLITUDE MODE SELECT Amplitude off Amplitude on FREQUENCY OFFSET MODE SELECT Frequency Offset off Frequency Offset on SET FREQUENCY OFFSET SOMZEXXXXXX XXXXXXE X s represent nonfixed length data string representing offset fre quency in MHz Spaces are ignored Example SOM10 7E for 10 7 MHz positive offset SOM 4000 25E for 4 00025 GHz negative offset AMPLITUDE OFFSET MODE Amplitude Offset off Amplitude Offset on SET AMPLITUDE OFFSET SOB XX XE X s represent nonfixed length data string representing offset amplitude in dB Spaces are ignored Example SOB 10 1E for 10 1 dB negative offset SOB3 5E for 3 5 dB positive offset SOB10E for 10 dB positive offset RESOLUTION 10 Hz 500 MHz 500 MHz
100. 24546 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 01295 01295 28480 18324 01295 01295 01295 24355 01295 01295 27014 06665 27014 27014 27014 27014 27014 27014 28480 23884 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 00000 28480 28480 28480 3 3 8 10 1961 C3 3 8 T0 1001 G C3 3 8 T0 619R F C3 3 8 T0 1002 G C3 3 8 T0 8245 F C3 3 8 T0 1001 G C3 3 8 T0 1002 G C3 3 8 T0 1002 G C3 3 8 T0 1002 G 0698 7332 43P101 C4 1 8 T0 1101 F C4 1 8 T0 5111 F 4 1 8 0 4221 C4 1 8 T0 2371 F 43P103 C4 1 8 T0 7501 F C4 1 8 T0 7501 F 43P201 C4 1 8 T0 9098 C4 1 8 T0 7501 F C4 1 8 T0 7501 F C4 1 8 T0 8258 F 0698 6362 C4 1 8 T0 8258 F 0698 6362 C4 1 8 T0 8258 F 4 1 8 0 4641 ORDER BY DESCRIPTION ORDER BY DESCRIPTION ORDER BY DESCRIPTION ORDER BY DESCRIPTION ORDER BY DESCRIPTION ORDER BY DESCRIPTION ORDER BY DESCRIPTION ORDER BY DESCRIPTION ORDER BY DESCRIPTION ORDER BY DESCRIPTION ORDER BY DESCRIPTION SN 4L525BN SN74L525BN 05342 60005 252708 PROGRAMMED SN74LS175N SN74L36BN SN74L36BN AD7550BD SN4L830N SN4L8290N 1 0070 14 OP 07CJ LF13333N LM301AN LHOO02CH LF2564 LF13333N LHOD44ACH 0360 0065 CSA2900 14B 1200 0525 1200 0552 1200 0565 5000 9043 5040 6852 05342 60122 0890 0706 0890 0983 ORDER BY DESCRIPTION 2190 0005 0360 0042 1400 0249 6 39 Model 5342A Replaceable Parts Table 6 5 Option 002 Replaceable Parts Reference HP Part Qty Descri
101. 38 Procedure for Selecting Resistor R15 on Direct Count Amplifier A3 8 39 If resistor A3R15 is not propery selected for value average value 42 2 ohms the 5342A may exhibit a miscount at the low frequency direct count input for frequencies near 500 MHz To properly select A3R15 perform the following Set the 5342A to the 10 Hz500 MHz RANGE and select 1 kHz RESOLUTION b Wh assembly on an extender board monitor A3U4 14 with an oscilloscope c signal at A3U4 14 must go positive by 100 mV 325 mV 100 mV 25 mV SIGNAL AT A3U4 14 d To determine the value of 15 first decide how much the actual upper voltage level at A3U4 14 must change in order to fall between 75 mV to 125 mV For every 5 mV increase required the value of A3R15 must be increased by 1 ohm and for every 5 mV decrease the value of A3R15 must be decreased by 1 ohm For example if the actual voltage only goes positive by 25 mV then a 75 mV increase is required Increase 15 by 1501 e Use a 1 0 125Wesistor for A3R15 The following are HP part numbers for resistors which may be used Value Part No 61 90 0757 0276 56 20 0757 0395 51 10 0757 0394 46 40 0698 4037 42 20 0757 0316 38 30 0698 3435 34 80 0698 3434 31 60 0757 0180 28 70 0698 3433 5342 Service 8 40 Procedure for Selecting Resistor R16 and Capacitor C10 on Direct Count Amplifier A3 8 41 If resistor A3R16 and capacitor A3C10 are not the
102. 42 with respect to 01 The clock driver consists of U23A and B and 92 clock driver consiss of U23C and D 8 232 The address outputs of U21 pass through three state inverting line drivers U16 U18 and U8 Since the Bus Available control line U21 7 is low the three state drivers are always enabled In direct memory access applications which are not implemented in the HP 5342 Bus Available goes high indicating that the MPU has stopped and that the address bus is available The address lines drive U12 and ROM UI U4 and U7 The U12 RAM occupies 128 memory locations from 2080 to To see how this is implemented consider what happens when the address 0080 is output by the MPU 15 A14 A13 A12 11 A10 9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 AO 0 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 8 0 0 0 9 9 0 0 8 0 Model 5342A After going through the inverting line drivers U16 U18 and U8 the address lines become 15 A14 A13 A12 A10 9 8 A7 5 4 A2 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 F F 7 8 233 To address location in RAM the enable inputs must be true Consequently U12 11 must be low U12 12 must be low U12 14 must be low U12 10 must be high U12 13 must be high and U12 15 must be low The seven address inputs then select one of 128 locations in the RAM For the case of 0080 sent out by the MPU it is seen that U12 11 goeslow when the inputs to U22D are both high high indicating tha
103. 464 1 125W F TC 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 4640 F A21R22 0757 0280 3 RESISTOR 1K 1 125W F TC 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 1001 F A21R23 0698 3155 1 RESISTOR 4 64K 1 125W F TC 0 100 24546 4 1 8 0 4641 A21R24 0698 3155 1 RESISTOR 4 64K 1 125W 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 4641 F A21R25 0757 0465 6 RESISTOR 100K 1 125W 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 1003 F A21R26 0698 3150 6 2 RESISTOR 2 37K 1 125W 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 TO 2371 F A21R27 2100 3211 7 1 RESISTOR TRMR 1 10 C TOP ADJ 1 TRN 28480 2100 3211 A21R28 0757 0419 0 RESISTOR 681 1 125W 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 681R F A21R29 0698 3150 6 RESISTOR 2 37 1 125W 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 TO 2371 F A21R30 0698 0084 9 RESISTOR 2 15K 1 125W 0 100 24546 4 1 8 0 2151 See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 6 30 Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Continued Model 5342A Replaceable Parts Reference HP Part Description Mfr Mfr Part Number Designation Number Code A21R31 A21R33 A21R37 A21TP1 A21TP2 A21TP3 A21TP4 A21U1 A21U2 A21U3 A21U4 0698 0084 0757 0465 0698 3155 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1820 0493 1820 0493 1826 0355 1826 0428 1205 0273 5000 9043 5040 6852 cO RESISTOR 2 15K 1 125W TC 0 100 RESISTOR 100K 1 125 0 100 RESISTOR 4 60K 1 125W 0 100 CONNECTO
104. 5 22 Adjust resistor A25R28 Preamp Gain by connecting the equipment as shown below and perform step a HP 436A POWER METER 8620 SWEEPER HP 86222A HP 8481A POWER SENSOR Set 8620C to 75 MHz at 15 dBm monitoring the rear panel IF OUT power with the a 436A Power Meter adjust A25R28 BAL for maximum signal level as read on the 436A 5 5 Model 5342A Adjustments 5 23 Adjust capacitor A25C11 175 MHz rolloff by connecting the equipment as shown below and proceed IF OUT a HP 8620C HP 86290A 1417 85548 8552 SWEEPER Set 5342A in AUTO mode HOLD and diagnostic mode 7 SET SET 7 Counter should display 350 5 MHz indicating that the MAIN VCO is at 350 5 MHz b Transpose IF OUT INT and IF OUT EXT cables on A25 cables connected to A25J1 and J 2 This causes the IF output of A25 to be routed to the rear panel connector of the 5342A for ease in connecting the signal to the spectrum analyzer Set the spectrum analyzer for a center frequency of 100 MHz 20 MHz div 300 kHz BW Adjust the frequency of the 86290A level 15 dBm for an IF around 10 MHz as seen on the spectrum analyzer Now change the 86290A frequency such that the IF increases As the IF approaches 175 MHz the amplitude will roll off The amplitude at 175 MHz must be adjusted to be 10 1 dB less than the amplitude at 50 MHz amplitude is essentially flat from below 1 MHz out to 160
105. 500 MHz 18 GHz input of 5342A b Monitor the IF signal at 11 12 with RF voltmeter such as the 3406 Adjust A11R1 for maximum output signal 5 25 Adjust resistors A12R2 12 12 Gain as follows a Connect a 75 MHz 50 dBm signal to 500 MHz18 GHz input to the 5342 b Monitor the IF COUNT signal at XA12 8 with an RF voltmeter such as the 3406A and adjust A12R2 B1 and A12R12 B2 for maximum observed output as indicated by the voltmeter 5 26 Adjus resistor A12R7 Sensitivity as follows Set 5342A to AUTO Adjust A12R7 maximum ccw b Apply a 1 GHz 30 dBm sgnal to the 500 MHz18 GHz input of the 5342 Set 5342 to MANUAL 5 7 Model 5342 Adjustments g h 5 27 a b d Measure the dc voltage at A12TP1 and record Disconnect the 1 GHz signal from the 5342A input Measure the dc voltage at A12TP2 and adjust 12 7 OFS for same voltage as recorded in step b within 5 mV Set 5342A to AUTO Remove test leads and verify that counter counts 1 GHz at 30 dBm Adjust resistor A25R31 overload indication as follows Standard 5342A only Apply 1 GHz signal at 46 0 dBm to the 5342A 500 MHz 18 GHz connector Tum A25R31 full cloc kwise counter should display 1 GHz Slowly tum A25R31 OFST counterclockwise until the display of the counter fills with dashes Verify that countercounts 1 GHz 5 dBm signal 5 28 Direct Count Adjutment
106. 53 The following paragraphs describe the general operation of the extender board 05342 60036 Included is a description of the 3 DIP switches 1 S2 and S3 the two toggle switches 54 and S5 and test points R1 R2 and R3 Figure 8 4 shows the signals present at R1 R2 and R3 Figure 8 5 is the schematic diagram of the extender board 8 54 The 05342 60036 extender board is used for troubleshooting the A14 Microprocessor Assembly in the 5342A This extender board not only allows operation of A14 outside the instru ment casting but it also permits a Isolation of the 16 line address bus and the 8 line data bus from the rest of the instrument b Generation of START SIOP signals for performing signature analysis on individual ROM s on A14 Manual control of the microprocessor reset 8 55 The 51 switch leftmost switch opens the data bus Wh all switches up the switches are in the closed position The S2 and S3 switches open the 16 lines of the address bus 8 56 Tes points R1 R2 and R3 are used in taking signatures of the A14 ROM outputs as described in Table 8 9 U1 and U2 decode address lines to generate signals which bracket the addresses of each specific ROM The signal at R1 is low only when ROM UI is enabled The signal at R2 is low only when ROM U4 is enabled The signal at R3 is low only when ROM U7 is enabled 8 57 If the A14 Microprocessor is put into free run as described in Table 8 9 the signals shown Figur
107. 57 30240 Mating Cables Avallable HP 10631A 0 9 metres 3 ft HP 10631B 1 8 metres 6 ft HP 10631C 3 7 metres 12 ft HP 10631D 0 5 metres 1 5 ft Cabling Restrictions 1 A Hewlett Packard Interface Bus System may contain no more than 1 8 metres 6 ft of connecting cable per instrument 2 The maximum accumulative length of connecting cable for any Hewlett Packard Inter face Bus System is 20 0 metres 65 6 ft Figure 2 3 Hewlett Packard Interface Bus Connection Model 5342 Operation SECTION Ill OPERATION 3 1 INTRODUCTION 3 2 This section contains operating information including operating characteristics descrip tions of controls and indicators and operating procedures 3 3 OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS 3 4 The following paragraphs describe the operating ranges and modes resolution sample rate AM and FM characteristics and auto amplitude discrimination Front panel controls and indicators are described in Figure 3 1 rear panel controls and connectors are described in Fig ure 3 2 Operating procedures are explained in Figure 3 3 Amplitude measurements Option 002 are described in Figure 3 4 DAC operation Option 004 is described in Figure 3 5 3 5 Operating Ranges 3 6 There are two basic operating ranges 10 Hz to 500 MHz and 500 MHz to 18 GHz Frequencies in the lower range are measured directly while measurements in the 500 MHz to 18 GHz range are made indirectly by a harmonic heterodyne
108. 60122 0890 0706 0890 0983 2200 0155 2190 0005 0360 0042 1400 0249 C300 O OO N gt NI ONN O OO O OO O OO O OO OO O1 OOO U NO BRAN M MO ON OROROIOnmoodos do Table 6 5 Option 002 Replaceable Parts P G N i N N gt Na pp aa Description 1 96K 1 05 0 100 RESISTOR 1K 196 05W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 619 1 125W 100 RESISTOR 10K 196 5W 0 100 RESISTOR 82 5 196 125W 0 100 RESISTOR 1K 196 05W 0 100 RESISTOR 10K 1 05W F 0 100 RESISTOR 10K 1 05W 0 100 RESISTOR 10K 1 05W F 0 100 RESISTOR 1K 196 125W 0 100 RESISTOR TRMR 100 10 C SIDE ADJ 17 RESISTOR 1 1K 196 125W 0 100 RESISTOR 5 11K 1 125W F 0 100 RESISTOR 4 22K 1 125W F 0 100 RESISTOR 2 37K 1 125W F 100 RESISTOR TRMR 10K 10 C SIDE ADJ 17 TRN RESISTOR 2 15K 1 125W 0 100 RESISTOR 1K 1 125W 100 RESISTOR TRMR 200 10 C SIDE ADJ 17 TRN RESISTOR 909 1 125W 0 100 RESISTOR 7 5K 196 125W 0 100 RESISTOR 7 5 1 125W 0 100 RESISTOR 825 1 125W 0 100 RESISTOR 15K 1 125W 0 25 RESISTOR 825 1 125W 0 100 RESISTOR 1 1 125W 0 25 RESISTOR 825 1 125W 0 100 RESISTOR 4 64K 1 125W F 0 100 TERMINAL TEST POINT PCB
109. 7 1 9 LD5 A14A 8 A0A6 LD6 A14A 9 312H LD7 A14A 10 54C7 Table 8 9 A14 Troubleshooting Select the signature as follows Signal Name Location Signature DO U3 9 IPFC 01 U3 12 2945 D2 U3 4 127F D3 U3 7 7779 04 U3 12 5779 D5 U3 9 163C D6 U3 7 87CH D7 U3 4 P227 A14 Troubleshooting Select the signature obtained when the START and STOP of the 5004A is on R2 test point as follows Signal Name Location Signature DO U4 23 FAA3 01 U4 22 9597 D2 U4 21 UHU3 D3 U4 20 A6A8 D4 U4 19 196H D5 U4 18 24F6 D6 U4 17 A956 D7 U4 16 92F1 A14 Troubleshooting Select the signatures as follows Signal Name Location Signature DO U1 23 6000 D1 U1 22 6P3H D2 U1 21 HP60 D3 U1 20 P686 04 U1 19 65 0 05 UI 18 A520 D6 U1 17 P903 PT U1 16 HAUC Model 5342 Manual Changes CHANGE 5 CONTD hace ers ipu Schematic Diagram Change A14 series number top of diagram from 1804 to 1720 Delete C26 1000P and C27 470P from U17 15 to circuit common Delete R22 2000 between U11 1 and V left middle of diagram Delete C25 001 between U11 1 and circuit common Delete R23 12011 between U11 1 and circuit common Page 6 32 Table 6 3 A24 Replaceable Parts Change A24 series number from 1804 to 1432 Change 2411 from 9100 2430 to 9140 0179 COIL MLD 22UH 10 Q 55 155DX 375LG 0217B 15 4445 7 Change 2411 from 9100 2430 to 9140 0179 COIL MLD 22UH 10 Q 55 155DX 375
110. 7 0180 0210 6 CAPACITOR 3 3UF 20 15VDC 56289 1500335 0015 2 A21C8 0180 0210 6 CAPACITOR 3 3UF 20 15VDC 56289 150D335X0015A2 A21C9 0180 0210 6 CAPACITOR 3 3UF 20 15VDC 56289 150D335X0015A2 A21C10 0180 1746 5 1 CAPACITOR 15UF 10 20VDC 56289 150D156X9020B2 A21C11 0180 1701 2 1 CAPACITOR 6 8UF 20 6VDC 56289 150D685X0006A2 A21C12 0180 0197 8 1 CAPACITOR FXD 2 2UF 10 20VDC 56289 150D225X9020A2 A21C13 0160 0576 5 2 CAPACITOR 1UF 20 CER 28480 0160 0576 A21C14 0180 0491 5 1 CAPACITOR 10UF 20 25VDC 28480 0180 0491 A21C15 0180 2373 6 3 CAPACITOR 580UF 150 10 35VDC AL 28480 0180 2373 A21C16 0180 2373 6 CAPACITOR 580UF 150 1095 35VDC AL 28480 0180 2373 A21C17 0160 0576 5 CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 20 50VDC CER 28480 0160 0576 A21C18 0160 3878 6 1 CAPACITOR FXD 100PF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 3878 A21C19 0160 0945 2 1 CAPACITOR FXD 910PF 5 100VDC MICA 28480 0160 0945 A21C20 0180 2373 6 CAPACITOR FXD 580UF 150 1095 35VDC AL 28480 0180 2373 21 21 0160 0161 4 1 CAPACITOR 01UF 1096 200VDC POLYE 28480 0160 0161 A21C22 0180 0229 7 CAPACITOR FXD 33UF 10 10VDC 56289 150D336X9010B2 A21CR1 1902 0522 6 2 DIODE ZNR 1N5340B 6V 5 PD 5W IR 1UA 04713 1N5340B A21CR2 1906 0096 7 1 DIODE FW BRDG 200V 2A 04713 MDA202 A21CR3 1902 0522 6 DIODE
111. 778 3401 2 3 4 Telex 22575 Cable ELEKSTAR Seoul AN Ltd 162 1 Apt 14 Av D Luis Caixa Postal 107 Tel 27091 27114 Telex 6 203 NEGON Mo Cable NEGON NEW ZEALAND Hewlett Packard 2 Ltd 4 12 Cruickshank Street Kilbirnie Wellington 3 0 Box 9443 Courtney Place Weli 877 199 Cable HEWPACK Wellington Hewlett Packard 2 Ltd Pakuranga Professional Centre 2 7 Pakuranga Highway Box 51092 Tel 569 651 Cable HEWPACK Auckland Analytical Medical Only Medical Supplies N Z Ltd Scientific Division 79 Carton Gore Road Newmarket 0 Box 1234 Auckland Tel 75 289 Cable DENTAL Auckland Analytbical Medical Only Medical Supplies N Z Ltd Private Norrie Porirua Tet 75 098 Telex 3858 Analytica Medical Y Supplies N m 239 Stanmore Road Christchurch 892 019 DENTAL Christchurch 0 Supphes N 2 Ltd 303 Great King Street P 0 Box 233 nedin 88 817 Cable DENTAL Dunedin NIGERIA The Electronics Instrumentations Ltd N68 770 Oyo Road Oluseun House 5402 Parumoana Streets Ibadan Tet 61577 Teiex 31231 TEIL Nigeria Ibadan 2 The Electronics Instrumenta tions Ltd 144 Agege Motor Road Mushin 6645 coe THETEIL Lagos PAKISTAN Mushko amp Company Ltd Oosman Chambers Abdullah Haroon Road Karachi 3 Ta S1 51 1527 512927 Cable TOOPERA
112. 8904 MICHIGAN 23855 Research Drive Farmington Hills 48024 Tel 313 476 6400 724 West Centre Ave Kalamazoo 49002 Tel 606 323 8362 MINNESOTA 2400 Prior Ave St Paul 55113 Tei 612 636 0700 MISSISSIPPI 322 N Mart Plaza Jackson 39206 Tei 601 982 9363 MISSOURI 11131 Colorado Ave Kansas City 64137 Ter 816 763 8000 TWX 910 771 2087 1024 Executive Parkway St Louis 63141 314 878 0200 NEBRASKA Medica 7 7 Mercy Road Omaha 68106 Tel 402 392 0948 NEVADA Las Vegas 702 736 6610 NEW JERSEY W 120 Century Rd Paramue 07652 Tel 201 265 5000 TWX 710 990 4951 Crystal Broak Professional Building Route 35 Eatontown 07724 201 542 1384 NEW MEXICO P 0 Box 11634 Staton E 11300 Lomas Blvd 87123 Tar Suey 21390 TWX 910 989 1185 156 Wyatt Drive Las Cruces 88001 Tel 505 526 2484 TWX 910 9983 0550 NEW YOAK 5 Automation Lane Computer Park Albany 12205 Tet 518 458 1550 TWX 710 444 4961 550 Perinton Office Park Falrport 14450 716 223 9950 TWX 510 253 0092 5858 East Molloy Road Syracuse 13211 Tel 315 455 2486 1 Crossways Park West Woodbury 11797 1516 921 0300 TWX 510 221 2183 NORTH CAROLINA 5605 Roanne Way Greensboro 27405 Tel 919 852 1800 OHIO Madicai Computer Only Biog 300 135 Kemper Rd Cincinnati 45426 Tet 513 671 7400 16500 Sprague Road Cleveland 4413
113. A5 logic 1 then the A counter multi plexer is enabled otherwise the three state outputs are in the high Z state and the contents of 8 59 Model 5342A Service 8 60 the A counters are output on the data lines to the microprocessor LCTRRD low and the A5 logic then B counter multiplexer is enabled and its contents are output on data lines 8 221 After passing through main gate 011 the signal is switched to either the A counter or the B counter by gates associated with 2 flip flop U12A and U12B If the A counter is selected the IF signal is divided by 2 by U12B and divided by 2 again by U16B The output of U16B 14 passes through ECL to TTL level converter U15 The outputs of these first two binaries are connected to the 0 data inputs of the multiplexer and are read first by the microprocessor 8 222 For example the output of the first binary in the A counter chain U12B 14 is connected via an ECL to TIL converter to U9A 6 Consequently the state of the A counter stwo least signifi cant binaries is read by the microprocessor by sending LCTRRD low A5 logic 1 A4 logic 1 the inverter U7 causes the 0 data inputs of the multiplexer to be connected to the multiplexer outputs The outputs of the first decade counter following the binaries are read in a similar fashion These outputs are connected to the data input of the multiplexer For example to read first decade of the A count
114. ARGENTINA ADOR Hewlett Packard Mexicana Computadoras y Equipos SA de Newent Packard Argentina Penta Sur No 6501 A E n Xochimilco Moe 502212 Eloy Altaro No 1824 3 Piso Mexico 23 D F Te 31 50634 55 A 9 482 Tees C1700 lex 12244 1GY Cable HEWPACKARG Brasi Telex 2548 CYEDE ED Hewiett Packard Mexicana Biotron SAC y M Rua P m S A VENEZUELA Ai 90000 Pono Ai 5 Canen SENE Medical Ar Ave No 2184 Hewieti Packard de Venezuela uenos Aires Tet A Montt EG Te 30 46 34 9056 34 0460 Cibi HEWPAGK Porto Age ira Ma t Ta aika Compania Electro M dica S bax soaa lex Tel 69 88 77 145 05 Fiamencos DOLIVA ite Tex 044 400 NICARAQUA San isidro Casilla 1030 196 MAS sea tme 3 insti an Aparato Posts 680 Te tras Edificio Sagra n ina O bor de Janeiro RJ Langabaek Kier S A EL SALVADOR Edificio Ter n Pub Booth 25424 SISIDRO La 257 80 94 DDD 021 rei Aereo 54098 Instrumentacion y Procesamiento Cable ELMED Lima Tole 41530 53221 Telex 391 212 1005 HEWP BR Electronico el Salvador 25114 23412 23454 22400 URUGUAY Telex CWC 5298 1TT 3560082 HEWPACK 304415 Bulevar los Heroes 11 48 Cable ROTERAN Managua Ferr
115. Amplifier Assemblies 8 179 8 40 Option 003 A16 Extended Dynamic Range 8 187 8 41 A17 Timing Generator 8 183 A18 Time Base Buffer 8 185 8 43 A19 A20 A21 and A23 Power Supply 8 187 8 44 A24 Oscillator Assemblies 8 189 8 45 A25 Preamplifier Assembly 8 191 8 46 A26 Sampler 8 193 11 6625 3014 14 0 INSTRUCTIONS 0 1 SCOPE This manual describes Microwave Frequency Counter TD 1225A V 1 U fig 1 1 and pro is refe vides maintenance instructions Throughout this manual the TD 1225A V 1 U red to as the Hewlett Packard HP Model 5342 0 2 INDEXES OF PUBLICATIONS a DA Pam 310 4 Refer to the latest issue of DA Pam 310 4 to determine whether there are new editions changes or additional publications pertaining to the equipment b DA Pam 310 7 Refer to DA Pam 310 7 to determine whether there ar modification work orders MWO S pertaining to the equipment 0 3 FORMS AND RECORDS a forms Reports of Maintenance and Unsatisfactory Equipment Maintenance records and reports which are used by maintenance personnel at all leve
116. CIRCUIT IS FORMED T 1 00 5 6 8 001 1 I I 100PF lt 1 MAIN OSC 7 TO XASCIO I __ BOA STRIPLINE D REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS ce R 100P I MAIN VCO 3 TO 7 12 i STRIPLINE S3 J CRI f P O R12 ei BEAD 4700 001 PI FROM XA9 6 T MAIN CONTROL jJ c2 2 4001 SEE NOTE n RIA I I Fg 4700 1 I 1271 0122 0065 1902 3171 1854 0071 i 1854 0071 f 1826 0372 re 75 100P 1 2 4 6 8 r 5 10 8 2 4 6 8 V gt 5 son m LII 22UH I 1 1 I I I 15V 10 10 1 I I lt o lt lt o 2 9 9 lt 1 Figure 8 31 A8 Main VCO Assembly 8 163 Model 5342 Service 12 92 82 77219 e UI dtd Gud 7618 Bi COMPONENT SIDE 1 3OLDER SIDE 1 EE A P1 Part of Figure 8 32 A9 Main Loop Amplifier Assembly 8 164 Model 5342 Service nn gt enee 1 03 BILATERAL SWITCH SYMBOL SEE NOTE 1 U3B NARROWB
117. CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 05342 60012 0160 3878 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 2262 0160 3877 0160 2262 0160 3879 0160 3879 0150 0115 0160 4084 TDC686K006WLF 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0180 0491 0180 0491 5DC686K006WLF 5DC686K006WLF 0160 3872 1901 0535 1901 0535 1901 0535 1901 0040 9100 2250 9100 2250 9100 2265 9100 2265 9100 2265 VK200 20 48 VK200 20 48 2N5179 BB5125 ET50X502 BB3005 0698 3457 4 1 8 0 4 1 8 0 50 501 9105 0698 7964 5115 C4 1 8 T0 201 F ET50X502 C4 1 8 T0 1002 F 0698 3457 C4 1 8 TO 68R1 F BB5125 BB7505 BB8205 BB2015 BB1515 BB3005 BB2015 BB3015 BB3015 BB1021 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 111 111 6 19 Model 5342A Replaceable Parts Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Continued 0600 88 Reference HP Part Qty Description Designation Number A 0 OR ONT PIN 1 1u 1201 A1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 12010 12011 12012 12013 12014 12015 1826 0065 1826 0372 1820 1225 1826 0372 1820 0765 1820 1322 1820 1197 1820 1285 1820 1285 1820 1193 1820 0174 1820 1255 1820 1112 1820 1204 1820 1193 5000 9043 5040 6852 OICOO
118. Check the U27 outputs for all TTL low e U21 CHECK If U27 is working it is possible to control the state of the microprocessor data bus and thereby check out 021 024 016 To checkout U21 ground U12 5 with another clip lead U12 12 is still grounded This enables U21 With the 59401A DIO switches all set to 1 all switches up clock U27 11 with the Logic Pulser Now clock U21 11 Check the outputs of U21 2 5 6 9 12 15 16 19 for all TTL low Now change all the 59401A DIO switches to 0 all switches down Clock U27 11 with the Logic Pulser Verify that the U21 outputs are still TTL low Now clock U21 11 Verify that the U21 outputs are all high f U24 CHECK Change the clip lead on U12 from pin 5 to pin 13 so that U12 13 is grounded Check that U21 1 is TTL high If U21 1 remains low after the clip lead is removed the serial poll FF U29 must be set high To do this ground U29 14 and clock U29 12 Verify that U29 10 is TTL high U12 13 grounded enables U24 U27 should still be enabled by the ground on U11 12 With the 59401A DIO switches all set to 0 switches down clock U27 11 and clock U24 11 Verify that the out puts of U24 2 5 6 9 12 15 16 19 are all TTL high Change the 59401A DIO switches to 1 all Switches up Clock U27 11 with the Logic Pulser Verify that all the U24 outputs are still TTL high Now clock U24 11 and verify that the U24 outputs are all TTL low g U16 CHECK Remove t
119. Continued The U1 Sampler may be checked for continuity does not guarantee proper oper ation across the frequency range however in the following manner 1 Remove U1 sampler Refer to Table 8 18 2 Measure the following resistance values on an ohmmeter set to the 1 resistance range 1 mA constant current Different values are obtained if the current is different than 1 mA IF OUTPUT RF INPUT ut IF OUTPUT SAMPLER DRIVER INPUT TABLE 8 16 Ali A25 RF INPUT 10092 100 2 IF a 1 OUT SAMPLER DRIVER INPUT Measure from the RF Input to IF OUT both forward and reverse bias Ohmmeter should read 5700 forward bias e for reverse bias Measure from the RF Input to IF OUT both forward and reverse bias Ohmmeter should read 5700 forward bias for reverse bias Measure from the RF input to ground Ohmmeter should read 50 50 Measure from sampler driver input to ground Ohmmeter should read 50 50 8 117 Model 5342 Service Table 8 16 A11 A12 A25 U1 IF Troubleshooting Continued Check the IF signal at 11 1 using a 10 MO 10pF oscilloscope probe Signal should appear as follows If this signal is not present suspect A25 Check the IF LIM signal at XA11 12 with 10 M0 10 pF oscilloscope probe Signal should appear as shown 8 16 A12 A25 If this signal is not present suspect A11 Check the IF COUNT si
120. Equipment required for the complete test and operation verification is listed in Table 1 4 Any equipment which satisfies the critical specifications given in the table may be substituted for the recommended model numbers 4 9 TEST RECORD 4 10 Results of the operational verification may be tabulated on the Operational Verification Record fable 4 1 Results of the performance test may be tabulated on the Performance Test Record 4 1 Model 5342A Perfommance Tests 4 11 OPERATIONAL VERIFICATION PROCEDURES 4 12 Self Check a Select 1 Hz resolution AUTO mode 500 MHz 18 GHz range Set self check mode and verify counter displays 75 000000 MHz 1 count b Set 5342A to 10 Hz 500 MHz range Connect rear panel FREQ SID OUTPUT to front panel input Select 50 impedance Verify that the 5342A counts 10 000000 MHz 1 count 4 13 10Hz 500MHz Input Sensitivity Test 500 1 Standard and Option 003 Instruments Only Setup HP 8620C HP 86222A SWEEPER HP 436A POWER METER HP 11667A POWER SPLITTER POWER SENSOR Set the 5342A to 10 Hz 500 MHz range and 500 e Set 8620C to 10 MHz and a level of 19 3dBm 25 mV ms as measured on the 436A Power Meter Measure actual sensitivity and verify that the 5342A counts at 10 MHz 100 MHz 520 MHz and record on operational verification record Table 4 1 Disconnect 11667A and connect 8481A directly to 86222A output Set 8620C to 25 MHz at a le
121. INVERSE OF U32 012 LIRQ generated U27 is read by by U23 6 going MPU which clears low MPU reads U19A Causes HRFD U18 buffer to to go high indi discover reason cating that inter for interrupt face is ready for next data byte 8 369 Source Handshake 8 370 The source handshake controls the LDAV control line of the HP IB in response to the state of the HDAC and HRFD control lines which are controlled by the acceptor handshake circuitry in the listening device Wen the 5342A operating program finishes a measurement the microprocessor reads State In buffer U30 to see if the counter has been addressed to talk If the counter has been addressed to talk the microprocessor reads Interupt In buffer U18 to determine the state of Data Out flip flop U9B If U9B 9 is high then the previous data byte has been accepted by the listener and a new data byte maybe written into Data Out register U21 Wen a data byte is written into U21 U9B 9 is reset low and the source handshake logic sets LDAV low two 2 periods later Wen the listener sets HDAC high U9B 9 goes high on the next positive transition of the 2 clock Since the listener has accepted the data a new data byte is written into U21 However LDAV will not go low again until the listener sets HRFD high to indicate that it is ready for more data Data Out register U21 is always enabled if the Serial Poll FF U29 is set low The output data bus drivers U22 U25 U31 and the source handshake
122. LOOP AMPLIFIER ASSEMBLY Ald DIVIDE 8Y SECTION A26 DIRECT COUNT SECTION A3 DIRECT COUNT AMPLIFIER ASSEMBLY SAMPLER DRIVER ASSEMBLY AS RF MULTIPLEXER ASSEMBLY J2 EXT IN REAR PANEL 24 OSCILLATOR ASSEMBLY LO SWITCH OFFSET OSCILLATOR SECTION forrset osc MAIN OSC 500 A7 MIXER CONTROL ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY OFFSET LOOP AMPLIFIER ASSEMBLY iF SECTION 25 11 PREAMPLIFIER y IF LIMITER ASSEMBLY TIME BASE PRS SECTION A18 TIME BASE SUFFER ASSEMBLY 1 MHz TO A12 A17 500 kHz TO A7 A10 10 MHz TO 23 REAR PANEL DATA BUS AND A i ADDRESS BUS IF DETECTOR ASSEMBLY LIF GATE A13 COUNTER ASSEMBLY COUNTER B L DIR GATE TIMING 7 I GENERATOR ASSEMBLY TIME BASE PRS SHORT x PRS LONG L Z A2 DISPLAY DRIVER ASSEMBLY KEYBOARL MICROPROCI DISPLAY ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY ONTROL s SECTION 5 1 I DON 7 8 Jeziseuiu AS 4208 01 9 A10 DIVIDE BY N N REGISTER lee mee RS N N DATA FROM A14 FROM XA18 3 MAIN LOOP A9 MAIN LOOP AMPLIFIER NARROW WIDE CONTROL A7 MIXER SEARCH CONTROL 500 kHz TO A5 MULTIPLEXER A6 OFFSET LOOP AMP SEARCH SEARCH E ftem 1 10 500 kHz FROM XA18 3 OFFSET LOOP 991IAJOS I
123. MHz and adjust output level and 8495B for a level of 17 dBm as measured on the 436A Power Meter 84956 set to 10 dB or greater Take a measurement at 10 MHz 5 MHz 100 MHz 300 MHz 520 MHz and verify that 5342A reading is within 1 5 dB of 436A reading At each frequency increase level by taking out 10 dB in the 8495B and verify that readings agree to within 1 5 dB Record the actual 5342A amplitude measurements on the performance test record 4 5 4 28 Model 5342 Performance Tests 4 38 10 Hz 500 MHz Input 500 Maximum Input Test Option 002 Specification 20 dBm Setup HP 3312A FUNCTION GENERATOR HP 436A SF POWER METER 8481 POWER SENSOR 84958 ATTENUATOR Set the 8495B to 10 dB Set the 3312 to 13 MHz sine wave with AMPLITUDE set to 10 Adjust amplitude vernier for a 15 dBm output level 5 dBm on 436A Set the 5342A to ANPL mode 500 10 Hz 500 MHz range and connect the 3312A output to the 5342A input Increase the 3312A output until the 5342A measures 20 dBm Disconnect output of 3312A from 5342A and connect it to 8495B Power meter should display 10 dBm 1 5 dB allowing for the 10 dB of 8495 B Record on performance test record Table 4 5 Reconnect 3312A to 5342A and increase power output until 5342A dashes the display to indicate overload This must occur at a level greater than 20
124. NOM 3 TURNS COI 3 TURNS COIL MLD 50NH 20 40 095DX 25LG NOM COIL MLD 10UH 20 Q 40 095DX 25LG NOM COIL MLD 10UH 20 Q 40 095DX 25LG NOM COIL MLD 100NH 20 Q 40 095DX 25LG NOM COIL MLD 100NH 20 Q 40 095DX 25LG NOM COIL MLD 100NH 20 Q 40 095DX 25LG NOM COIL MLD 10UH 20 Q 40 095DX 25LG NOM COIL MLD 10UH 20 Q 40 095DX 25LG NOM TRANSISTOR NPN SI PO 180MW FT 4GHZ TRANSISTOR NPN SI PO 180MW FT 4GHZ TRANSISTOR NPN SI PO 300MW FT 200MHZ TRANSISTOR NPN SI PO 300MW FT 200MHZ TRANSISTOR PNP SI PO 300MW FT 200MHZ TRANSISTOR PNP SI PO 300MW FT 150MHZ RESISTOR 100 5 125W CC TC 270 540 RESISTOR 510 5 125W CC TC 330 800 RESISTOR 1K 10 125W CC TC 330 800 RESISTOR 300 5 125W CC TC 330 800 RESISTOR 1 6K 5 125W TC 350 857 RESISTOR 270 5 125W 330 800 RESISTOR 2 7K 5 125W CC 350 857 RESISTOR 20K 5 125W TC 466 875 RESISTOR 9 1 5 125W CC TC 120 400 RESISTOR MODIFIED See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 5280 56289 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 56289 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 56289 56289 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 25403 25403 28480 28480 07263
125. OO ANANO IC 311 COMPARATOR 8 DIP P IC 5 GHZ LIMITER AMP IC FF ECL D V S DUAL IC 5 GHZ LIMITER AMP IC CNTR TTL BIN ASYNCHRO NEG EDGE TRIG IC GATE TTL S NOR QUAD 2 INP IC GATE TTL 1 NAND GUAD 2 INP IC GATE TTL LS AND OR INV 4 INP IC GATE TTL LS AND OR INV 4 INP IC NTR TTL LS BIN ASYNCHRO IC INV TTL HEX IC INV TTL HEX 1 INP IC FF TTL L8 0 POS EDGE TRIG IC GATE TTL L8 NAND DUAL 4 INP IC CNTR TTL LS BIN ASYNCHRO A12 MISCELLANEOUS PARTS PIN P C BOARD EXTRACTOR EXTRACTOR ORANGE SN72311P 1826 0372 MC10231P 1826 0372 SN74197N SN74502N SN74LS00N SN74LS54N SN74LS54N SN74LS197N SN7400N SN74368N SN74LS74N SN74L320N SN74LS197N 5000 9043 5040 6852 See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 6 20 Model 5342A Replaceable Parts Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Continued Reference HP Part Description Mfr Mfr Part Number Designation EE E AT 3C1 0160 3879 CAPACITOR FXD 01 UF 20 100VbC CER 01 60 3879 A13C2 0160 3879 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 0160 3879 A13C3 0160 3879 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 0160 3879 13 4 0160 3879 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 0160 3879 A13C5 0160 3879 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 0160 3879 A13C6 0160 3879 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 0160 3879 A13C7 0160 3879 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 0160 3879 A13C8 0160 3879 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 0160 3879 A13
126. OUT 4 xA148 8 8 1820 1430 AM74LS161N 1820 1197 5 741 500 1820 1433 SN74LS164N 1820 1211 SN74LS86N 1820 1112 SN74LS74N 1820 1202 9LS10PC 4 1820 1442 SN74LS290N FROM XA14B 6 1820 1180 5009 1820 1225 MC10231P E m 1820 1254 DM8095N 1820 1196 AM74LS174N 1820 1255 DM8098N cie RIS 18 18 BY 9 13 19 17 17 et 5V Figure 8 41 A17 Timing Generator Assembly 8 183 Pc e a e Service 1 COMPONENT SIDE 1 SOLDER SIDE Part of 418 Time Base Buffer Assembly REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS TABLE OF ACTIVE ELEMENTS REFERENCE HP PART DESIGNATION NUMBER CR1 CR2 1901 0040 1820 0693 1820 1251 1820 1074 1820 1056 MFR OR INDUSTRY PART NUMBER Same 74574 SN74LS196N SN74128N SN74132N FROM __ J2 REAR PANEL 10 lt FROM S4 REAR PANEL 9 FROM A24 OSCILLATOR 24 15 512 CIO R5 IN 01 100 5V RI R6 1500 LEXT 3600 HINT V C12 45V 01 R4 600 01 R I500 m 2 e a _ M Y Y 509 STRIPLINE 1 54 50 01 I MHZ TO 12 10 XAIT 6 i i
127. Operation waits until the complete code is sent and received After R and then 5 are sent the micro processor sets the resolution accordingly and then goes to the beginning of the measurement Wen the controller sends A an intenupt is generated and A is read by the microprocessor It then waits for the complete code to be sent which in this case is AU The microprocessor again goes to the start of the measurement cycle NOTE The following output formats pertain to input signals of specified sensitivity Table 1 1 For less sensitive input signals refer to paragraph 3 82 3 77 The 5342A outputs measurement data in the following fixed length formats a NO OFFSET FREQUENCY ONLY SP SP SP XXXX XXXXXX E 06 CR LF X frequency space carr age return line feed b NO OFFSET FREQUENCY AND AMPLITUDE SP SP SP XXXXX XXXXXX E 06 A SP E 0 CR LF amplitude c OFFSETS in both FREQUENCY and AMPLITUDE SP FS XXXXXX XXXXXX 86 AS E CR LF offset offset d OVERLOAD Amplitude off SP SP SP 99999 999999 09 CR LF caused by excessive input level e DISPLAY OVERFLOW Amplitude off SP F SP SP 99999 999999 E 06 CR LF caused by offset which makes display overflow f OVERLOAD Amplitude on SP SP SP 99999 999999 E 09 A SP SP 99 9 E CR LF caused by excessive input level DISPLAY OVERFLOW Amplitude on SP SP SP XXXXX XXXXXX E 06 A SP SP 99 9 E C
128. RESISTOR 10K 5 25W FC TC 400 4700 081035 A13R28 0683 1035 RESISTOR 10K 5 25W FC 400 4700 081035 A13R29 0683 1315 RESISTOR 130 5 25W 400 4600 081315 A13R30 0683 5115 RESISTOR 510 5 25W TC 400 4600 085115 A13R31 0683 3315 RESISTOR 330 5 25W FC 400 4600 083315 A13R32 0683 1025 RESISTOR 1K 5 25W FC 400 4600 081025 A13R33 0683 5115 RESISTOR 510 5 25W TC 400 4600 085115 A13R34 0683 5115 RESISTOR 510 5 25W FC TC 400 4600 085115 1 1 1251 0600 CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ 1251 0600 A13TP2 1251 0600 CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ 1251 0600 A13TP3 1251 0600 CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ 1251 0600 A13TP4 1251 0600 CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ 1251 0600 A13TP5 1251 0600 CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ 1251 0600 OOO OO OoOo OL OOO 2 1 O Im mmo x O NO NON SN SES SE SERERE SERERE RE SE SE SE SE SM SM SM See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 6 21 Model 5342A Replaceable Parts Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Continued Reference HP Part Qty Description Mfr Mfr Part Number Designation Number Code A13TP6 1251 0600 A13TP7 1251 0600 A13TP8 1251 0600 A13U1 1820 0634 A13U2 1820 0634 A13U3 1820 1199 A13U4 1820 1112 A13U5 1820 1238 A13U6 1820 1238 A13U7 1820 1199 A13U8 1820 1197 A13U9 1820 1238 A13U10 1820 1238 A13U11 1820
129. Sensitivity 1 GHz 12 4 GHz 18 GHz All except Option 002 4 17 Option 002 only 500 MHz 18 GHz Input Minimum Level and Amplitude Accuracy Test 436A readings within 1 5 dB 1GHz 1 24 GHz 18 GHz 500 MHz 18 GHz High Level Test Standard gt 5 dBm dashes display Options 002 counts 1 GHz 10 dBm 4 19 through HP IB Verification 4 26 Option 011 only 4 27 Option DAC Output Test 004 only 4 9 Model 5342 Performance Tests oe ae CO J Q Table 4 2 Model 9825A Program dim C 40 dspb MOLEL 5342A rrecuency Counter wait 2000 code ent select 5 if 5 721 error celculetcr aedcress wait 1000 gtc code if S gt 730 e se out of address renge high wait 1000 qto code if 5 lt 700 out cf address rengeslow wait 1000 gto dev ctr S prt 5342A HP IB TEST spe 2 prt CHECK POINT 1 rem ctr beerp prt REDOTE on AUTO on soc 2 CHECK POINT 1 Press CONTINUE str if 151 7 prt CHECK POINT 2 wrt ctr dsp MANUAL 5000 wrt ctr AU beer prt HANUAL off AUTU 2 dep CHECK POINT Z Press CONTINUE stp if L l gto 13 prt CHECK POINT 3 wrt ctr Ohl beep dsp FREQ OFFSET mode swait 5000 wrt prt Ors Off i5po 2 dsp CHECK POINT 3 Press CONT
130. U1 8 252 For the long prs operation is similar this time 12 is preset U2 and 14 is preset into 01 so that after 19 consecutive 1 sin the prs the out of U1 sets U14A 3 low so that U14D 11 is low and clears the prs generator 8 253 To allow sufficient settling time for the multiplexer on A5 after switching 2 microseconds of dead time are added to each transition in the sequence which means that the transitions of the LIF GATE signal which enables counter A or counter B on A13 are delayed with respect to the LO Switch signal which switches the A5 multiplexer and switches between counter A and counter B on A13 as shown below 118 11 1 5 tus lus 11 gt q 2 SELECT COUNTER A SELECT COUNTER B LO SWITCH LIF GATE _ 8 DEAD TIME TIME TIME COUNTER COUNTER COUNTER B COUNTER A B ACCUMULATING ACCUMULATING ACCUMULATING ACCUMULATING 8 254 The dead time in the LIF GATE signal is generated by D flip flops U9A U9B exclusive OR U6D and D flip flop U15A The dead time is generated when U6D 11 goes high for two periods of the 1 MHz clock Wh U6D 11 high U10B is disabled and the prs clock at U10C 8 remains high The reset input to U15A 1 is low during the prs generation so that U15A 5 is low Wen the preset input U15A 4 goes low also the output goes high for the time that the preset 5342 Service Signal
131. ZNR 1N5340B 6V 5 PD 5W IR 1UA 04713 1N5340B A21CR4 1902 0644 3 1 DIODE ZNR 1N5363B 30V 5 PD 5W TC 29MV 28480 1902 0644 A21CR5 1901 0040 1 1 DIODE SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS 00 35 28480 1901 0040 A21DS1 1990 0486 6 1 LED VISIBLE LUM INT 1MCD IF 20MA MAX 28480 5082 4684 A21L1 9100 2276 9 1 COIL MLD 100UH 1096 Q 50 095DX 25 LG NOM 28480 9100 2276 2101 1854 0635 9 1 TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD 50W 03508 D44H5 A21Q2 1854 0634 8 1 TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD 1W FT 50MHZ 04713 MPS UO1 2103 1854 0215 1 2 TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD 350MW FT 300MHZ 04713 SPS3611 A21Q4 1853 0326 3 1 TRANSISTOR PNP SI PD 1W FT 50MHZ 28480 1853 0326 A21Q5 1853 0036 2 1 TRANSISTOR PNP SI PD 310MW FT 250MHZ 28480 1853 0036 A21Q6 1853 0363 8 1 TRANSISTOR PNP SI PD 50W 03508 X45H281 A21Q7 1826 0275 4 2 IC 78L12A V RGLTR TO 92 04713 MC78L12ACP A21Q8 1826 0275 4 IC 78L12A V RGLTR TO 92 04713 MC78L12ACP A21Q9 1854 0246 8 2 TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD 350MW FT 250MHZ 04713 SPS 233 A21Q10 1853 0058 8 2 TRANSISTOR PNP SI PD 300MW FT 200MHZ 07263 S32248 A21Q11 1854 0246 8 TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD 350MW FT 250MHZ 04713 SPS 233 A21Q12 1853 0058 8 TRANSISTOR PNP SI PD 300MW FT 200MHZ 07263 32248 A21Q13 1854 0215 1 TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD 350MW FT 300MHZ 04713 SPS 3611 A21R1 0757 0419 0 5 RESISTOR 681 1 125W TC 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 TO 681R F A21R2 0757 0417 8 1 RESISTOR 562 1 125W 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 562R F A21R3 0698
132. a X U32 1820 1202 9LS10PC x STER T U33 1820 0904 93L24PC cs cl i From c ee uu Settee yu 7 LREN Los ON ME QU IUE I zs p Ju SE a E a EX ary ERE DEN PES s Kael Figure 8 38 Option 011 15 HP IB Assembly 8 177 Model 5342A Service 1 COMPONENT SIDE f SOLDER SIDE Part of Figure 8 39 Option 002 A16 Amplitude Measurements A27 Low Frequency B 178 Amplifier and U2 High Frequency Amplifier Assemhlies 5342
133. across resistor R3 which tums transistor Q5 on The collector of Q5 then drops from a high to a TTL low 8 170 01 is a phase detector which produces fixed amplitude variable duty cycle pulse trains at its two outputs The duty cycle of the pulse train is proportional to the phase difference between the signals at its inputs The OFFSET 1 and OFFSET 2 outputs summed integrated and amplified by to provide a dc control voltage to the A4 OFFSET VCO Wen the frequency at U1 1 is less than or equal to the 500 kHz reference frequency at U1 3 U1 2 goes TIL low A TIL low at U2 4 is necessary but not sufficient to disable the search waveform on A6 8 171 The third input to the NOR gate on U2 isthe LPOS Slope sgnal from A6 This signal is TTL low when the search signal from is sweeping the A4 VCO from low frequencies to high fre quencies Consequently if a 500 kHz difference frequency is obtained and LPOS Slope is low then the offset VCO must be 500 kHz less than the main VCO 8 172 A8 MAIN VCO ASSEMBLY 8 173 The synthesizer uses two voltage controlled oscillators which are essentially identical in operation A8 and A4 The oscillator circuit shown in Figure 8 37 consists of transistor Q1 feed back capacitor C7 and varactor diodes CR1 and CR2 Resistors R14 and provide dc bias for Q1 Capacitor C11 resonates with the inductance of femte bead 1 to provide a low impedance path to ground for frequencies
134. address switch 2951 is located as shown in Figure 8 20 d Insert the A29 Interconnection board 05342 60019 into the rear panel slots provided from inside Screw the two mounting studs 0380 0644 and washers 2100 3171 into the HP IB connector to attach the board to the rear panel e Connect the plug of the cable strap from A29 to J2 on A22 Motherboard with arrow on installed plug pointing toward front panel f Perform the Option O11 HP IB Verification in paragraph 4 19 of this manual g Refer to paragraph 2 36 for HP IB interconnection data and to paragraph 3 69 for programming gt information 2 36 HP IB Interconnections 2 37 HEWETI PACKARD INTERFACE BUS Interconnection data concerning the rear panel HP IB connector is provided in Figure 2 3 connector is compatible with the HP 10631A B C D HP IB cables The HP IB system allows interconnection of up to 15 including the con troller HP IB compatible instruments The HP IB cables have identical piggy back connectors on both ends so that several cablescan be connected to a single source without special adapters or switch boxes System components and devices may be connected in virtually any configu ration desired There must of course be a path from the calculator or other controller to every device operating on the bus Asa practical matter avoid stacking more than three orfour cables on any one connector If the stack getstoo large the force on the stac
135. and an AP clip on A12U15 Place the START probe and STOP probe of the 5004A Signature Analyzer on U15 12 which is the Qp output Place the CLOCK probe of the 5004A on U15 8 which is the 1 MHz input to A12 Place the GROUND probe U15 7 Place the CLOCK START and STOP switches on the 5004A to positive slope buttons out Connect the 10 MHz FREQ STD output on the rear panel of the 5342A to the high fre quency input of the 5342A 8 120 Model 5342 Service Table 8 16 A17 A12 A25 U1 IF Troubleshooting Continued Place the data probe on 5V to see if characteristic 1 s signature of UP73 is obtained If not replace U15 CHECK the signature at U6 3 to see if the 10 MHz signal is entering the digital filter properly This signature should be 55H1 Check U6 signatures and work back along the incorrect signature signal path U6 1 A1C9 U5 1 UP73 U8 1 0000 U9 1 0000 U6 2 OU16 U5 2 6097 U8 2 0000 U9 2 1F2C U6 3 55H1 U5 3 NA U8 3 HPO1 U9 3 0000 U6 4 P258 US 4 NA 08 4 P258 U9 4 6097 U6 5 1F2C U5 5 9HPO U8 5 0000 U9 5 2F60 U6 6 0000 U5 6 9HPO U8 6 UP73 U9 6 UP73 U6 7 0000 U5 7 0000 U8 7 0000 U9 7 0000 U6 8 0000 U5 8 A1C9 U8 8 UP73 U9 8 0000 U6 9 UP73 U5 9 2F60 U8 9 UP73 U9 9 UP73 U6 10 0000 U5 10 NA U8 10 0000 U9 10 UP73 U6 11 0000 U5 11 NA 08 11 0000 U9 11 0000 06 12 UP73 U5 12 1F2C 08 12 UP73 U9 12 0000 U6 13 0000 U5 13 UP73 U8 13 0000 U9 13 UP73 06 14 UP73 U5 14 UP73 U
136. arben ra CYPRUS Kypronics 19 Gregorics Xenopoulos Street PO Box 1152 Nicosia Tei 45628 29 Kyp anics Pangems Telex 3018 CZECHOSLOVAKIA Vyvorova P ovozm 2 Vyzkumwch Ustavu v Bechovicich CSSR 25097 Bechovice Prahy Tel 89 93 41 Telex 121333 institute Medica Bionics Vyskumny Ustav Lekarske Bioniky Jediova 6 5 88346 Bratislava Kramare Tel 425 Telex 93228 DDR Entwickiungslabor der TU Dresden Forschungsinstitut Meinsberg 008 7305 Waidheim Meinsberg Tei 37 667 Telex 518741 Export Contact AG Zuenich Guentner Forgber Schlegeistrasse 15 1040 Bertin Tel 42 74 12 Telex 111889 DENMARK Hewlett Packard 5 Datave 52 OK J460 Birkerod 02 81 66 40 Cable HEWPACK AS Telex 37409 dk Hewiett Packara AS Naverve 1 DK B600 Silkeborg 06 82 71 66 Telex 37409 dk Cable HEWPACK AS cos International Engineering Associates 24 Husseir Hegaz Street Kasr el Aint Cairo Tel 23 829 2067 Cable INTENGASSC Mohamed Sam Amin Sam Amin Trading 18 Abdel Aziz Gawisn Abdine Cairo Tet 24932 Cable SAMITRO CAIRO FINLANO Hewlett Packard Ov Nahkahousurt PO Box 6 SF 0021 Helsinki 2 190 6923031 HEWPACKOv Helsinki Telex 12 1563 HEWPA SF FRANCE Hewlett Packard France Quarner Courtaboeut Boite Postale No 31401 Orsay Cedex Tel 907 78 25 HEWPACK Orsay Telex 50
137. assembly on extender boards Monitor the Vin Test point same as A16U8 5 The following waveforms should be observed 16 TEST POINT B P 50 MHz 10 dBm INPUT OPTION 002 8 127 Model 5342 Service Table 8 20 Option 002 Amplitude Measurements Troubleshooting Continued If the input level is increased to 0 dBm the gain of A16U12 is decreased which decreases the level of Vin as follows A16 Vi TEST POINT 50 MHz 0 dBm INPUT gt MSEC If the above waveforms are present it indicates that the analog loop consisting of A27 Low Frequency Amplitude module and the analog portion of A16 circuits are functioning properly To test U2 High Frequency Amplitude module portion of the high frequency loop apply a 500 MHz signal at 10 dBm to the high frequency input of the counter 5342A set up for 500 MHz 18 GHz range and monitor the Vin test point Similar waveforms should be observed If these waveforms are present go to step 2 Analog to Digital Converter Check The following steps troubleshoot the analog loop 1 Apply a 50 MHz 10 dBm signal to the low input Select AMPL and place the 5342 in diagnostic mode 6 SET With a measure the DETECTED RF LF input to A16 at BACKSIDE OF BOARD This voltage should be approximately 0 04 Volts Increase the input level 10 dBm and measure A16U18 2 This voltage should be approximately 0 70 Volts If not check U17 15 for thes
138. be done be cause the power supply looses regulation if not run at approxi mately 75 of full load The following table shows which as semblies are connected to the various supply voltages SUPPLY FROM TO 5V D XA20 18 18 1 A2 A12 A13 14 A15 A16 A17 A19 5 2V 21 5 5 A4 A5 7 AB A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A15 16 A17 A25 A26 15V XA21 14 4 7 9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A15 A16 A17 A25 15 XA21 13 7 A9 A10 A11 12 A13 15 A16 A17 A25 5V A XA21 1 1 4 5 7 8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A16 A18 A25 A26 12V oven XA21 14 A24 8 8 12V XA21 16 16 24 3 24V 21 11 1 24 8 8 The waveforms in the following paragraph require using an isolation transformer as described in the CAUTION preceding step 1 8 97 Model 5342 Service Table 8 10 A19 A20 A21 Power Supply Troubleshooting Continued 3 2 Troubleshooting Pull A19 and A20 from the instrument and put A21 an extender board Plug the 5342A to the line but leave the ON STBY switch in STBY Measure the voltage at test lead TLS labeled TLS 13 5V which is the positive side of A21C20 and verify that this voltage is approximately 13 5 volts If not suspect rectifier A21CR2 or oven transformer T4 b With the 53424 still in STBY monitor test points TP2 and TP3 on A21 with an oscilloscope Short TPJ and TPG lower right corner TP on A21 together O
139. be in the high state for interrupts to be recognized The has high impedance intemal pullup however 3 extemal resistor to Vcc should be used for wire OR and optimum control of interrupts d Valid Memory Address VMA This output indicates to peripheral devices that there is a valid address on the address bus In nomal operation this signal should be utilized for enabling peripheral interfaces This signal is not three state One standard TIL load and 30 pF may be directly driven by this active high signal e Read Vite R W This TIL compatible output signals the peripherals and memory devices whether the MPU is in a Read high or We low state The normal standby state of this signal is Read high Three state Control going high will tum Read We to the off high impedance state Also when the processor is halted it will be in the off state The output is capable of driving one standard TIL load and 130 pF 8 230 The MPU U21 is driven by a two phase clock 41 at U21 3 and 42 at U21 37 As shown in Figure 8 37 the two phase clock is derived from the 1 MHz input at XA14B 8 8 Switch 52 allowsa 1 MHz clock to be used normal operation or a 500 kHz clock debugging purposes The switch must be set as shown for 1 MHz operation or 500 kHz operation 1MHz OPERATION 500 KHz OPERATION 52 52 8 231 The 1 MHz signal now passes through delay generator formed by U22A 1228 U24F which delays
140. capacitor C17 converts 15 volts to 5 6 volts and the voltage regulator consisting of transistor Q1 diode CRI resistors R1 R3 and capacitor C3 converts 15 volts to 5 6 volts 8 181 A10 DIVIDE BY N ASSEMBLY 8 182 The A10 Divide by N assembly is essentially a programmable frequency divider and phase detector As shown in Figure 8 33 output of the A8 Main VCO enters at DIV XA10 8 and is initially divided by two by the flip flop U6 The divider chain formed by 012 U9 U13 U14 and U8 divides the output of U6 4 by The division factor is programmed from the A14 Microprocessor assembly via the data bus lines The output of the divider chain goes from U8 through U3B to the U2 phase comparator where it is compared to a 50 kHz reference fre quency The phase error outputs of the U2 phase comparator MAIM 1and MAIN 2 are conditioned by the A9 Main Loop Amplifier and cause the A8 MAIN VCO to go to that fre quency which when divided by N in the divider chain on A10 produces a 50 kHz output 8 183 Registers U10 U15 and U7A provide storage for the BCD encoded N data sent from A14 and registers U16 U11 and U17 provided buffer storage for the N data Decade divider U1 out puts a 50 kHz reference frequency to U2 against which the N divided VCO frequency is compared Service Model 5342A Service 8 54 8 184 The N divider chain formed U12 U9 U13 U14 and U8 is programmed by the A14 Microprocessor asse
141. cia ATI AT o E oro mia ay MOTHERBOARD i ME t 106342 600221 yi nv r ZEN Ti li 1 1 1 1 1 E li aa 186 P o _ 1 wzRED GRY GUB 5 lt 4 4 ny 35900 l D HU 8 8 5 dou 1 I I 1 1 TABLE OF ACTIVE ELEMENTS 1 EM CIL NR OS 1 HOM 4 3 5 RETURN PART MFA OR INDUSTRY 8 5 T gt bog Nr m DESIGNATIO NUMBER PART NUMBER EN REGULATOR CA 1906 0059 Same Rie cog i 1 isu 1 t LE CR2 1990 0543 Same gt 4 AME 981 052 2140 0018 AAC NEN i 5 13 13 lt 1 1 1 1 13 15 L 16 2 154 1 i I i fou 1 1 1 Hoty ak Lalo 2 9 REGULATOR E ii MN a 1 L5 14 UH 2 5 TP CE C1012 ove pyram CRI CRS E2 ig 081 N t H 1 14 5 JO wo _ aT _ BRS 5 2 4 12 16 75 ww we REGULATOR 19 74 22 20 20 23 23 24 24 19 19 6702 RETURM 3 30 Pio A72 v MOTHERBOARD 15 15 ov Pit NARI 4 79 3 PIG A2 05542 40072
142. circuits however are only enabled in talk mode and LATN set high 8 371 A timing diagram of a typical source handshake is shown below Since U9B 9 is high the microprocessor clocks data into U21 This clock also resets U9B 9 low U9B 9 going low causes the input to flip flop U4B to go low and 04 5 output goes low on the next 2 clock positive transition Since U4 9 is low and HRFD is high the input to flip flop U4A 2 goes high and the U4 5 output goes high on the next clock Wen U4 5 goes high LDAV at U36 3 goes low Sometimes later the listener set HDAC high to indicate that the data has been accepted HDAC going high causes the U4 12 flip flop input to go high and the U4 9 output goes high on the nex clock pulse Since U4 9 is high and U4 5 is high U12 6 goes high and sets the Data Ready flip flop U9 9 to high Wen U9B 9 goes high U4 2 input goes low and causes the U4 5 flip flop output to go low on the next clock This causes LDAV to retum high After LDAV goes high the listener reset HDAC low in preparation for the next handshake cycle Since Service 8 83 Model 5342A Service U9B 9 is high the microprocessor writes the second data byte into U21 U21 11 going high resets U9B 9 to a low which sets the 4 9 flip flop output low However the source hand shake logic can not indicate the presence of the second data byte by pulling LDAV low until the listener sets HRFD high When HRFD finally does go high
143. counters count 48 to 102 counts during the 4 microsecond gate U6 13 TP5 will be high If the IF is in the range of 22 MHz to 128 MHz U6 10 TP6 will be high Dual flip flop U13 is loaded with this qualifier infor mation every 8 microseconds by a clock signal from U11 12 TP4 After a 1 microsecond delay the U5 U10 counters are reset by a low level from U14 6 Figure 8 73 shows the timing for the filter Transfer TP4 Reset 05 010 Figure 8 13 Filter Timing on A12 IF Detector 5342 Service 8 212 Wen the instrument is sweeping the 14 Microprocessor issues LPDREAD which enables the three state buffer driver U12 and data from 12 is placed onto the data bus The 48 102 MHz detector output D6 is examined and when D6 is low high the micro processor stops sweeping the main oscillator After the sweep has stopped the microprocessor issues LPDWI which sets the U7 11 output of the latch formed by U7C and U7D to the low state U7 11 TP10 goes low when LPDWI goes low since U13 5 is high since U6 13 is high then U6 10 must also be high 8 213 The program then begins the N determination At the conclusion of the N determi nation the microprocessor sends LPDREAD and examines the latched 22 128 MHz detector D7 If the input power has dropped below 32 dBm or if the IF has exceed the range of 22 MHz to 128 MHz then U13 5 will have been low at some time and the U7 11 output of latch U7C U7D
144. dBm Record this level on performance test record Table 4 5 4 29 Model 5342 Performance Tests 4 39 10 Hz 500 MHz Input 500 SWR Test Option 002 Specification 1 811 Description Using a lower frequency range directional coupler such as the 778 D the test setup described in paragraph 4 13 is used to sweep the low fre quency input over the range of 100 MHz to 500MHz and the return loss is measured Return loss must be 210 75 dB over the range Setup 8755 182T EXT HORIZ INPUT mune 5 Bass 8620 86222 R SWEEPER MOD DRIVE HP 11665A MODULATOR SWEEP OUT HP 778D DIRECTIONAL COUPLER HP 11664 7 DETECTOR Same as described in paragraph 4 32 except use 86222 plug in and setup to sweep from 100 MHz to 500 MHz Replace the 11692D Dual Directional Coupler with the 778D Dual Directional Coupler Calibrate the system with a short open at the 7780 output which normally feeds the 5342A low frequency input the 5342 to 500 and diagnostic mode 5 described inj Table 8 8 to prevent switching between frequency and amplitude measurements Verify that the return loss is 210 75 dB Record on performance test record Table 4 5 4 30 Model 5342A Performance Tests 4 40 Digital to Analog Converter DAC Output Test Option 004 Specification Description Setup Accuracy 5 mV 0 3 mV C
145. decade Bit 10 U1 2 10 decade Count 0 Total Count 3 4 8 10 75 counts Multiply all the counts after the 1st by 4 since Count display 75 MHz the input to the decade counters has essentially been prescaled by 4 8 107 Model 5342 Service Example 2 CHECK Mode 100 Hz Resolution OFF DATA BITS TRIGGER WORD COMMENTS SHOULD BE DATA BITS 9 8 4 3 2 I o Count 0 Count 0 Count 0 Count 5 Count 7 Count 8 Count 1 Count 0 Count 0 Total Count 4 187500 0 750 000 Display of 75 0000 MHz ooooaooooo oooo o ooco ooooooooo ee nO Example 3 Apply 10 MHz from EXT FREQ STD OUT to 10 Hz 500 MHz input and select the direct count range with 1 Hz resolution OFF DATA BITS TRIGGER WORD COMMENTS SHOULD BE DATA BITS 10 9 8 4 3 2 Count 0 Count 0 Count 0 Count 0 Count 5 Count 2 Count 6 Count 0 Count 0 I o ooooooooo OO 0000000 0 1 0 1 0 0 In the direct count mode because of the divide by 4 on A3 the output of the decade dividers must be multiplied by 16 instead of 4 So total count is 16 625 000 0 10 000 000 and is displayed as 10 000000 MHz To check the B counter
146. for U1D 12 are 0 8 volts and 1 6 volts which means that a logic 1 condition is not recognized until the input to U1D 12 moves from below 0 8 volts up through 1 6 volts A logic condition does not occur until the signal moves from above 1 6 volts down through 0 8 volts Assuming a 0 8 volt level at U1D 12 to start with the operation is as follows U1D 11 is high which drives U1B 6 low and U1A 3 high Wh U1A 3 high 04 is tumed off and CR4 is reversed biased since the voltage at U2 inputs is at 1 5 volts Since U1B 6 is low is forward biased and sinks current from the integrating capacitor C10 This causes the voltage at the output of operational amplifier U2 6 to increase linearly until the voltage at U1A 2 crosses above 1 6 volts Wh the output of U1A 3 high the LPOS Slope signal is high and pre vents the loop from locking up on an offset VCO signal which is 500 kHz higher than the main VCO This is so because with LPOS Slope high the offset VCO is changing from its high fre 5342 quencies to lower frequencies A 500 kHz difference frequency resulting from this sweep would be on the upper sideband Wh LPOS Slope low the offset VCO is changing from low fre quencies to higher frequencies A 500 kHz difference resulting from this sweep only occurs if the offset VCO frequency is 500 kHz less than the main VCO frequency 8 165 Wen the sweep ramp present at U1D 12 crosses above the upper threshold of 1 6 volts t
147. from 25 C The 5342 is set to the 500 MHz 18 GHz range and a 999 MHz signal is applied to the type N connector A DVM is connected to the DAC OUT connector on the rear panel The front panel keyboard is used to select digits 999 and the DVM observed for an indication of 9 99 volts dc Then the 000 digits are selected the DVM observed for O volts dc 1 02 k 000000 9000000 Maj M 3465 8620 DIGITAL MULTIMETER SWEEPER HP eee Set the 5342A to the 500 MHz 18 GHz range AUTO mode Connect DVM to DAC OUT set DVM to 20V range Set the generator to 999 MHz as indicated on 5342A display e 5342A keyboard press Blue SET Key DAC Observe DVM for indication of 9 99 0 01 Enter on performance test record 4 5 On 5342A em press SET key DAC Observe DVM for 0 01 Enter on performance test record 4 5 e 5342A keyboard press Blue Key DAC 0566 Observe DVM for 9 00 0 01 Enter on performance test record 4 5 4 31 Model 5342 Performance Tests Table 4 5 Performance Test Record 5342A S N Date RESULTS es TEST ACTUAL 10 Hz 500 MHz Input Sensitivity 500 10 Hz 1 kHz 500 kHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 50 MHz 250 MHz 520 MHz 10 Hz 500 MHz Input Sensitivity 1 10 Hz 1 kHz 500 kHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 25 MHz
148. high levels 7 Digital to GAIN Adjust maximum 9 99V DAC Can be done Analog DAC output anytime Adjustments OFFSET Adjusts minimum OV DAC Option 004 output 5 12 ADJ USTMENT PROCEDURES 5 13 Power Supply Adjustments 5 14 Adjust resistor A21R27 20 kHz frequency as follows a Place A21 on extender board Monitor A21TP2 with an oscilloscope b Adjust A21R27 bottom right side pot for a 50 pus 1 us period as shown A21TP2 c Replace A21 in instrument 5 3 Model 5342 Adjustments 5 15 Adjust resistor A21R17 5V D as follows Wh a 3465A Multimeter in the DAC VOLTS FUNCTION and 20V range measure the dc voltage of the 5 2V supply at XA21 5 5 Adjust A21 R17 for a 5 20 0 1 40 05 V dc WARNING PRIOR TO MAKING ANY VOLTAGE TESTS ON THE A19 PRIMARY POWER ASSEMBLY THE VOLTMETER TO BE USED OR THE 5342A MUST BE ISOLATED FROM THE POWER MAINS BY USE OF AN ISOLA TION TRANSFORMER A TRANSFORMER SUCH AS AN ALLIED ELECTRONICS 705 0084 120V AC MAY BE USED FOR THIS PURPOSE CONNECT THE TRANSFORMER BETWEEN THE AC POWER SOURCE AND THE AC POWER INPUT TO THE 5342 5 16 Adjust resistor A19R5 over current threshold as follows a Put A19 on extender board b Apply power to 5342A via the isolation transformer c Connect scope probe to A19TPJ and scope probe ground to A19TPG d Adjust A19R5 for 1 volt amplitude on trailing edge of pulse as shown sip su Momentarily short 5V on A
149. in manual mode connect signal to type N connector and SET MAN MHz ENTER 5 GHz MHz kHz Hz The manual center frequency is entered and displayed with 1 MHz resolution and must be within so MHz of the input signal frequency connected to 500 MHz 18 GHz connector Figure 3 3 Operating Procedures Continued 5342 Operation TO ENTER OFFSET FREQUENCY Example To add 12 5 MHz to the measured frequency SET OFS MHz ENTER Example To subtract 12 5 MHz from the measured frequency SET OFS MHz CHS ENTER a s ma a TO RECALL OFFSETS OR CENTER FREQUENCY Example To recall a center frequency RECALL MAN MHz Press Press and hold Displays center frequency to 1 MHz resolution Example To recall an offset frequency RECALL Press Press and hold Displays offset TO REMOVE OFFSETS Example To remove offset from display OFS MHz Press LED in key goes out function is off and display shows actual mea sured frequency Offset is still stored in memory and can be added to the measurement by pressing OFS MHz again Figure 3 3 Operating Procedures Continued Model 5342 Operation AUTOMATIC OFFSETS Example To hold a measurement and use it as a negative offset in subsequent measurements Rotate SAMPLE RATE cw to HOLD Blue SET OFS MHz key OTTO Rotate SAMPLE RATE ccw to nomal
150. load in series with the A20T1 transformer the current drawn from transistors 1901 02 is limited If A19Q1 Q2 have failed because of excessive current due to a failure in the A21 overcurrent protection circuitry then replacing 1901 Q2 and using the 1 load allows the power supply to be checked out without danger of blowing A19Q1 Q2 again 22 extender board such as HP P N 05342 60034 and cut the traces on pin 8 and 8 as shown below b Solder a 1 20W resistor HP P N 0819 0006 above and below the cut as shown PIN 8 8 ON OPPOSITE SIDE CUT TRACE 1 20W RESISTOR Insert A20 in the above extender board into the instrument Insert A21 on stand ard HP P N 05342 60034 extender board into the instrument Short A21TPJ to TPG low right test point Insert A19 on extender into instrument Monitor A19TP4 with the scope probe ground on A19 TPG test point emitter of Q2 If an isolation transformer is not used do NOT make this measurement 19 4 Scope ground to TPG test point Remove short from TPG to TPJ 8 100 Table 8 10 A19 A20 A21 Power Supply Troubleshooting Continued Remove special extender board and remove the short between A21TPJ and TPG Insert A20 into XA20 19 4 Scope ground on A19TPG AF Green LED on A20 should be lit Now monitor A19TP5 and observe adjust A19R1 for 1V on trailing edge With Scope ground on t
151. of 43 200 0 0005 5 36 Adjust resistor R29 Loop Gain as follows a Set up equipment as in following diagram HP 3400A RMS VOLTMETER TO A16 TP 100 HP 8601A iENERATOR SWEEPER b Set 5342A to 500 10 Hz 500 MHz range AMPL mode and diagnostic mode 6 Set the 8601A to 100 MHz at approximately 20 dBm d W the 3400A measuring the ac voltage from the 100 kHz test point output of A16U15 to the common pin on the board adjust the 8601A output level for an ac voltmeter reading of 2 24 0 005 ms e Wh the 3465A measuring the dc voltage from the VIN test point A16U8 5 to the common pin on the board adjust A16R29 the rightmost potentiometer A16 for a dc level of 5 02 30 01 V dc 5 37 Adjust resistor R26 dc Offset as follows a Wh the same set up as above set the 8601A for an output level of approximately 28 dBm at 100 MHz b Adjust the 8601A output level for an ac voltage reading at the 100 kHz test point of 8 9 30 1 mV ms c Adjust R26 for a dc voltage reading at the VIN test point of 0 320 20 001 V dc 5 10 Model 5342 Adjustments 5 38 A27 Adjustments Resistors A27R9 A27R10 Set up the equipment as in the following diagram o 6 o 436 860 GENERATOR SWEEPER POWER METER b Set the 8601A to 10 MHz and with the output connected to the 8481A adjust the 8601A output level for a reading on the 436A of 10 00 0 02
152. of a main oscillator and an offset oscillator to provide two output frequencies to A5 RF Multiplexer in the range of 300 MHz to 350 MHz which are locked to the counters 10 MHz time base The frequency is selected with 100 kHz resolution by the A14 Microprocessor The main oscillator is formed by the A8 Main VCO assembly the 9 Main Loop Amplifier assembly and the AIO Divide by N assembly The microprocessor controls the division factor N A10 which determines the main oscillator frequency The offset oscillator consists of the A4 Offset VCO assembly the A7 Mixer Search Control assembly and the A6 Off set Loop Amplifier assembly The offset loop is phase locked at a frequency 500 kHz below the main VCO frequency Figure 8 10 js a block diagram of the synthesizer section which is described in the following paragraphs 8116 Main Loop Operation 8 117 A buffered signal from the A8 Main VCO is fed back to the A10 Divide by N assembly The division factor N is programmed by the A14 Control assembly and is chosen by the relation N programmed frequency 50 kHz For example if the program requests a frequency of 346 7 MHz then N would be equal to 6934 2346 7 0 05 Wen the main loop is locked the output of the divide by N circuitry on A10 is 50 kHz This is compared to a 50 kHz signal which is derived 5342 from time base and phase error is sent to the A9 Loop Amplifier The phase error signals available at XA10
153. of the coax wires red blue and green that were installed in step e and solder these wires to the terminals listed below Coax Terminal Red A27C10 Blue A27C9 Green A27C8 Apply heat to shrink the tubing at the connections made in step g and h Remove attaching nut from front panel N type input connector and disconnect rigid coax W from J1 on Ul Sampler Remove W from instrument Mount A27 Low Frequency Amplitude Assembly in the recessed angle of the casting behind front frame see 8 22 Attach A27 to casting with two pan head screws supplied Place a star washer under the other screw The wire previously soldered to 27 10 hasa black ground wire attached Solder the end of this black wire to the ground lug installed in preceding step Solder the free end of white red green wire other end connected to A25ATI in step d to A22 motherboard at XA16B pin 3 NOTE Prior to installing U2 High Frequency Amplitude Assembly connect the colorcoded wires as shown below Place heat shrinkable tubing 0890 0983 for coax and 0890 0706 for single wires over all con nections to 02 Model 5342A Installation WHITE BLACK REO u2 HIGH FREQUENCY AMPLITUDE ASSEMBLY 5088 7035 WHITE BROWN RED YELLOW n Connect rigid coax 8120 2516 from U2 High Frequency Amplitude Assembly to J1 on Sampler U1 Install U2 input connector through front panel Fasten with attaching nut o Solder white black red wire fr
154. only Yilmaz Oryurek Mugalaa Cad 16 6 Tei 25 03 09 17 80 26 Telex 42576 OZEK TR Cable OZYUREK ANKARA Box 1641 Sharjah Tel 241213 Teiex 8136 SH EMITAC SHARJAH UNITED KINGDOM Hewlet Packara Ltd King Street Lane GB Winnersh Wbk ngham Berks RGt1 5AR 10734 78 47 74 Hewpie London Telex 8471789 10 Trataigat House Navigation Roac Altrincham Cnestvre 4 INU Tel 061 928 6422 Telex 668068 Hewletl Packard Ltt Court dereward Rise Judey Road Halesowen West Midiands B62 850 Tet 021 550 9911 339105 Hewlett Packard Lig Wedge House 799 London Road GB Thornton Heath Surrey CR4 6XL Tei 1011 684 0103 8 Telex 946825 Hewlett Packard Ltd 10 Wesiey St Castietord Yorks WF10 Te 0977 550016 Telex 557355 Hewieft Packard itd 1 Wallace Way GB Hitchin Herttordshire SG4 OSE Tel 0462 31111 Telex 82 59 81 Hewiet Packard Lid 2C Avonbeg Industrial Estate Long Mile Road Dublin 12 Tel Dubbo 514322 514224 Telex 30439 USSA Hewlett Packard Representative Otice USSA Boulevard 4 17 kw 12 Moscow 101000 Tel 207 59 24 Telex 7825 newpak su YUGOSLAVIA Iskra Standard Hewlett Packard Men DENI 51 Ljubljana 3t E 7932 1674 Telex 31583 SOCIALIST COUNTRIES NOT SHOWN PLEASE CONTACT Hewlett Packard Ges m t H Handeiskai 52 A 120
155. oscilloscope Enter on performance test record Table 4 5 b 10 MHz 25 MHz E 23 7 9 e onnn 49 50 i uo 9 9 a 8620 86222 1740 SWEEPER OSCILLOSCOPE 5342A settings remain unchanged Adjust 86222A output for a 141 mV p p 50 mV rms reading on the 1740A Increase the frequency of the 8620C from 10 MHz 25 MHz and verify that the counter counts properly Monitor the output level on the oscil loscope for 141 mV p p 50 mV rms over the range Measure actual sensitivity at 15 MHz 25 MHz and enter on performance test record Table 4 5 4 18 Model 5342 Performance Tests 4 31 500 MHz 18 GHz Input Sensitivity Test Standard and Option 003 Instruments Only Specification Description Setup Sensitivity 25 dBm 500 MHz 12 4 GHz 20 dBm 12 4 GHz 18 GHz For Option 003 Sensitivity 22 dBm 500 MHz 12 4 GHz 15 dBm 12 4 GHz 18 GHz The 5342A is set to the 500 MHz 18 GHz range and a signal at the rated sensitivity is applied to the type N connector The frequency is slowly varied over the range of 500 MHz to 12 4 GHz and the 5342 is checked for proper counting The output level of the test genertor is increased to the second value the frequency is slowly varied from 12 4 GHz to 18 GHz and the 5342A checked for proper counting For Option 002 sensitivity is tested in paragraph 4 37 H
156. output as small as possible the 5342A should be operated in the manual mode with minimum required resolution and asfast a sample rate as possible If operating with a low sample rate or high resolution 1 Hz is highest and a rapidly changing counted input the DAC output will change in large increments The AUTO operating mode may also have a similar effect with a resultant loss of smoothness in the DAC output 8 346 OPTION 011 HEWLETT PACKARD INTERFACE BUS HP IB 8 347 Introduction 8 348 The A15 HP IB Assembly servesasan interface between the microprocessoron A14 and the device controlling the lines of the HP interface bus as shown in Figure 8 38 A15 HP IB consists of seven interface registers which are used by the microprocessor for interpreting commands and data sending status sending data interpreting intemupts etc two command decoding ROM s source handshake circuitry and acceptor handshake circuitry 8 349 Interface Registers 8 350 There are seven interface registers on A15 which are used by the A14 microprocessor to communicate with the device controlling the HP interface bus A register is selected by the microprocessor when the microprocessor sends that particular registers address This address is decoded by 1 of 8 decoder U11 Decoder U11 is enabled by the LHPIB signal decoded from address lines on A14 and the phase 2 clock 02 also from A14 A particular register is selected by decoding two least significan
157. pam Ee amp s Hong Kong Ltd niv 39th Floor Connaught Road Centrai Tel 255291 5 Telex 74765 SCHMC HX SCHMIDTCO Hong Kong INDIA Star Ltd Kasturi Buildings Jamshedj Tata Rd Bombay 400 020 Tel 29 Telex 011 2156 Cable BLUEFROST Biue Star Ltd Sahas 414 2 Vir Savarkar Marg Prabhadevi Bombay 400 025 Tel 45 78 87 Telex 011 4093 Cable FROSTBLUE Blue Star Ltd Band Box House Prabhadevi Bombay 400 025 Tel 45 73 01 Telex 011 3751 Cable BLUESTAR Blue Star Ltd 7 Hate Street Box 506 Calcutta 700 001 Tel 23 0131 Telex 021 7655 Cable BLUESTAR Blue Star Ltd Bhandari House 7th amp 8th Floor 91 Nehru Place New Delhi 110 024 Tel 634770 amp 635166 Telex 031 2463 Cable BLUESTAR Star Ltd Blue Star House 11 11A Magarath Road Bangalore 560 025 Tel 55668 Telex 043 430 Cable BLUESTAR Blue Star Ltd Meeakshi Mandiram 1678 Mahatma Gandhi Rd Cochin 682 016 32069 32161 32282 Telex 0885 514 Cable BLUESTAR Star Ltd Tt Sarojini Devi Road Secunderabed 500 003 Tei 70126 70127 Telex 015 459 Cable BLUEFROST Blue Star Ltd 2 34 eq ert High Road Medres 500 0 Tel 82056 Telex 041 379 Cable BLUESTAR INDONESIA BERCA Indonesia P T 496 Jkt Jin Abdul Muis 62 karta Ja Tel 40369 4988649255 356038 Telex Jkt 42895 Cable BERCACON BERCA Indonesia P T P O Box 174 Sby
158. portion of display The fourth digit from the right displays a sign for signals below 0 dBm indicator lighted indicates the rear panel CWM switch is in FM position This selects the wide band mode which provides wider FM 50 MHz p p tolerance FREQ Keys The FREQ keys select the mode of operation and control the display NOTE Some keys are equipped with center indicator lights that serve as prompters to the user A blinking indicator light states a ready condition for the key function that was selected and the instrument is waiting for a mode or number to be entered A steady indicator light states that the key function that was selected is in operation AUTO key Selects the automatic mode of operation to acquire and display input signal frequencies in the 500 MHz18 GHz range The instrument goes into this mode when power is tumed on MAN MHz key Selects manual mode for input signal frequencies in the 500 MHz 18 GHz range Input signal frequency mus be known within 50 MHz and entered into display via the black numbered keys Figure 3 1 Front Panel Controls and Indicators 3 5 Model 5342 Operation 3 6 Blue key Pressing this key activates the blue labeled functions of the RESOLUTION keys RESET key Clears the display and restarts a measurement Clears any blinking lights in key center indicators SET key Mus be pressed prior to selecting OFS dB OFS MHz or MAN MHz The SET condition is indica
159. positive transition of HDSPWI to produce the write pulse to U8 3 and U11 3 8 145 A3 DIRECT COUNT AMPLIFIER ASSEMBLY 8 146 The input signal is applied to the BNC connector and switch S23 on the AI Display assembly as shown in Figure 8 24 upper left of Al schematic Switch S23 routes the signal through either a 1 path or a 500 path to As shown Figure 8 26 the Z switch transistors Model 5342A Service Q7 and Q6 bias the 1 input at pin 8 of U7 and the 500 input at pin 7 of U7 to turn balanced amplifier U7 either on or off depending upon which signal path has been selected by switch 523 The impedance select line biases pin 7 or 8 approximately 2 volts 500 or 3 3 volts 1 8 147 The 500 signal path consists of 0 1 amp fuse F1 3 5V rms maximum input clamping diodes CR8 CR5 and the limiting diode bridge formed by CR3 CR4 CR6 CR7 which limit the output to 1 volt peak to peak 8 148 The 1 path consists of ac coupling capacitor A1R13 A1C1 A2 compensation network C8 R13 clamping diodes 1 CR2 source follower and emitter follower Q1 Field effect transistor Q2 is biased as a cument source for Q3 8 149 Balanced amplifier U7 provides complementary outputs of the input signal increased in amplitude by times 2 These complementary outputs drive differential amplifier U6 which pro vides amplification of times 10 so that the overall gain from U7 input to U6 output is mately tim
160. proper value the 5342A will exhibit mis count at low levels for frequencies near 10 Hz at the high impedance direct count input This mis count is caused by leakage of the 300 MHz synthesizer frequency into the low frequency input To select A3R16 and A3C10 perform the following a Wh the 5342A set to the 10 Hz 500 MHz range impedance select set to 17MM 1 Hz resolution apply a 10 Hz signal at a level of 50 mV mns if the counter propery counts 10 Hz leave A3R16 at 510 0698 3378 and A3C10 at 2 2 pF 0160 3872 b If the counter miscounts change A3R16 to 5100 0698 5176 and change A3C10 to 10 pF 0160 3874 8 42 Procedures for Selecting Resistor R16 on Main Loop Amplifier A9 8 43 Wenever a repair is made in the main synthesizer loop consisting of assemblies A9 8 and A10 it may be necessary to change the value of resistor A9R16 If A9R16 is not the proper value the counter will miscount at high frequencies This miscount will be independent of input signal level Start with ASR16 equal to 10 HP P N 0683 1565 and test as follows a Tes setup 18 GHz GENERATOR 8620 86290 141T 8552A 8554B b Set the signal generator to 18 GHz and approximately 10dBm Place the 5342A to AUTO and observe 18 GHz count c Set 5342A to MANUAL and observe the 5342A rear panel IF OUT on the spectrum analyzer Set spectrum analyzer SCAN WTH to 5 MHz and observe the following 8 16 Model 5342 Service d
161. same connector used for Option 002 A16 Amplitude Assem bly and the U2 assembly is installed insde the high frequency input connector as is a similar module used by Option 002 Therefore only one of these options can be installed in the same instrument 8 335 A detailed description of the operation of Option 003 circuit shown in the schematic diagram is provided in the following paragraphs 8 336 For low attenuation of the input signal high level current is supplied from the current source in A25 Preamplifier Assembly to pin B3 on A16 Extended Dynamic Range Assembly See Figure 8 40 This current tums on transistor A16Q3 which tums on Q1 and provides curent from the 5V supply thru transstor Q1 and resistor R3 to feedthru capacitor C5 U2 Attenuator Assembly via A22 Motherboard This current passes thru coil 0212 diode 1 and coil L1 to ground Diode CRI is tumed on heavily with approximately 30 mA of curent This allows the input signals RF IN at 1 to flow freely thru diode CRI capacitor C2 to RF OUT to U1 Sampler This is the low attenuation mode 8 337 For the high attenuation mode there is little or no current from the current source sup plied to A16B3 In this case transistor Q3 will not be tumed on and transistor Q2 will be tumed on by a base current being drawn thru resistor R6 diode 1 and resistor R4 to the 5V supply For this high attenuation mode transistor Q2 is tumed on Q1 is tumed off Wh transistor Q2 on
162. sig nals in its range of 0 5 18 GHz in favor of the highest amplitude signal in the range Thus if there is 20 dB separation typically better than 10 dB between the highest amplitude signal and any other signal in the 0 5 18 GHz range the counter automatically measures the highest amplitude signal 8 103 Amplitude discrimination is a feature of the HP 5342A because of two design features the bandwidth of the preamplifier which is 175 MHz means that there are no gaps between the power spectrums produced by mixing hamonics of the oscillator with the input and limiting of Model 5342A all IF signals produced by inputs greater than the counter s sensitivity means that the IF is at the frequency of the largest amplitude signal in the input spectrum and is frequency modulated by the lower amplitude signals This is the well known AM to PM conversion characteristic of limiters The bandwidth and roll off of the preamp are chosen so that the PM does not introduce errors into the count 350 MHz 700 MHz 1050 MHz 1400 MHz 17 5 GHz 175 MHz pe 1 N 2 N 3 N 4 N 50 8 104 If there were gaps then there could be a signal in the 0 5 18 GHz range which would not appear in the down converted IF Thus this signal even if it were the largest could not be measured 8 105 SENSITIVITY 8 106 The limiting factor in determining the sensitivity of the HP 5342 is the effective noise bandwidth of the IF Since the IF signal to noise ratio must b
163. the 5342A in diagnostic mode 0 If the counter displays SP instead of SP23 followed by Hd then the failure is likely to be in the A26 Sampler Driver since the other com ponents in the IF were exercised in step 5 Go to Table 8 18 for A26 Sampler Driver troubleshooting b Check U1 Sampler per Table 8 16 step b AMPLITUDE MODE Place the 5342A in Amplitude Mode and proceed a Set 5342A front panel range switch to the 10 Hz 500 MHz position and the impedance select switch in the 50 ohm position Connect rear panel FREQ STD OUT to direct count input front panel of 5342 Verify that counter displays 10 MHz at approximately 11 dBm If the counter displays an erroneous frequency reading problem is likely to be in A27 Low Frequency Amplifier Assembly switching diodes CR1 CR2 or in the direct count assembly Refer to DIRECT COUNT TEST MODE in step 3 Set 5342A front panel range switch to 500 MHz 18 GHz Apply a 600 MHz signal at 0 dBm the input N type connector of the 5342 Verify that counter displays the correct fre quency and power readings If the counter displays are erroneous frequency reading problem is likely to be in U2 High Frequency Amplitude Assembly or U1 Sampler and related circuitry Refer to AUTO 1 GHz MODE in step 6 If the instrument displays an erroneous amplitude frequency measurement or an erro neous amplitude measurement only refer to Table 8 204 HP IB MODE Perform the Option 011 HP IB P
164. the 5342A rear panel A rear panel switch generates an LEXT signal which when TTL low disables gate U5C and hence the intemal 10 MHz and enables gate U5A which allows the extemal standard to pass through gate U5B 8 268 The 10 MHz output of 5 is divided by 10 U3 to provide 1 MHz output to A12 IF Detector and to the prs generator on A17 Timing Generator Dividers U2 and U1 divide by 20 to provide a 500 kHz output to the phase detector on A7 Mixer Search Control assembly and to the diyide by 10 circuit A10 Divide by N assembly Model 5342 Service 8 269 A19 A20 A21 POWER SUPPLY 8 270 The power supply used in the 5342A is a high efficiency switching regulator which is made up of the A19 Primary Power Assembly the A20 Secondary Power Assembly and the A21 Switch Drive Assembly The ac line voltage is directly rectified on A19 Consequently A19 is isolated from the rest of the instrument and care mus be exercised when voltage mea surements are made on A19 A19 measurements should be made by supplying power to the 5342A via an isolation transformer 8 271 SIMPLIFIED BLOCK DIAGRAM Figure 8 I6 is a simplified block diagram of the 5342A power supply As shown in the diagram the supply consists of six major elements an input rectifier filter pair of push pull switching transistors 1901 Q2 an RF transformer 20 output rectifiers and associated linear voltage regulators a pulse width control feed back net
165. the output of U18 is shorted to its input by switch U1312 3 to prevent 018 from saturating The output of U18 drives U14 which converts the input voltage to a current by driving Q11 The cument flowing through Q11 sets the gain of differential pair Q10 Q12 and this gain is directly proportional to the Q11 current The 1 MHz input to A16 is applied to decade divider U10 and the 100 kHz output is amplified by differential pair Q10 Q12 The output of 010 Q12 is filtered by the 100 kHz active filter U16 to produce a 100 kHz sinewave Since this signal must drive 50 ohms on the U2 assembly or A27assembly it first passes through buffer driver U15 The gain of the loop is adjusted by resistor R29 8 319 The voltage atthe input to U14 3 is directly proportionalto the amplitude of the micro wave signal since the voltage at U14 3 determines the amplitude of the 100 kHz signal The volt age at U12 3 is equal to the voltage at U14 3 due to the feedback around U14 Amplifier 012 amplifies this voltage by X1 for input levels above about 2 dBm or by X16 low range for levels below about 2 dBm The gain of U12 iscontrolled by Low Range bilateral switch U13 which is controlled by the LLRNG bit output of U5 14 If U5 14 is low then U12 amplifies by X16 U13 7 6 open and 113110 11 closed If U5 14 is high then U12 amplifies by X1 13 7 6 closed and U13 10 11 open Any dc offset in the loop and 012 is corrected by adjusting resistor R26
166. then the VCO frequency is measured by the low frequency counter After determining which harmonic produced zero beat the mea sured VCO frequency is multiplied by fx Nefvco One of the major differences between the heterodyne technique and the transfer oscillator technique is the fact that the heterodyne Model 5342A Service converter employs a filter to select only one harmonic of the intemal oscillator to mix with the unknown whereas the transfer oscillator mixes the unknown simultaneously with all harmonics of the intemal frequency fip Nef OR Neff IF LOW AMPLER AMP FILTER FREQUENCY COUNTER SAMPLER IF DRIVER DETECTOR Nefy fx OR fx 2 12 fx OR fy Nef2 THEREFORE PROGRAMMABLE FREQUENCY SYNTHESIZER SYNTHESIZER CONTROL iE 2 11 12 fy fo fx Nefy Figure 8 6 Harmonic Heterodyne Technique 8 87 Figure 8 6 is a simplified block diagram of the harmonic heterodyne technique In this technique all of the harmonics of an intemal oscillator a programmable frequency synthesizer locked to the counters time base are simultaneously mixed with the unknown signal by the sampler and sampler driver samplers are like harmonic mixers except that the conduction angle is much the sampling diodes in the HP5342A sampler for example conduct for only a few picosecond during each period of the sampling signal The out
167. through the shift register formed by U5 U4 and 07 Feedback taps exclusively OR two of the shift register outputs to generate the next input This feedback generates the prs For the short prs U3B 4 is high and U6A is used to perform the exclusve OR function the output of U7 6 is not used for the short prs For the long prs 1 is high and U6B performs the exclusive OR The data is then fed back to the input of the shift register at US 1 2 via inverter U3C 8 251 The short prs is 15 bits long and stops after 14 consecutive highs in the sequence are detected The long prs 5 20 bits long and stops after 19 consecutive highs in the sequence are de tected The detection of the number of consecutive highs in the sequence is performed by pre settable counters U2 and U1 For the short prs 1 is preset into U2 least significant counter and 15 is preset into U1 most significant counter by a low level on U2 9 and U1 9 Wen a high appears in the sequence the U2 counter is incremented by the prs clock at U2 2 Wen a low appears in the sequence U2 and UI are reset to the initial preset conditions and counting up begins again After 14 consecutive highs in the prs U2 has counted to 15 and the output U2 15 has enabled U1 so that the 14th clock causes the output U1 15 to go high This causes U8A 3 to go low which resets the latch formed by U14A and U14B so that U14D 11 goes low to reset U7 U4 U5 U2 and
168. well as providing protection against electrical shock in case of a fault A terminal marked with the symbol must be connected to ground in the manner described in the installation operating manual and before operating the equipment Frame and chassis terminal A connection to the frame chassis of the equipment which normally includes all exposed metal structures Altemating current power line Direct cument power line Altemating or direct current power line The WARNING signal denotes a hazard calls attention to a procedure practice or the like which if not correctly performed or adhered to could result in personal injury The CAUTION sign denotes a hazard It calls attention to an operating procedure practice or the like which if not correctly performed or adhered to could result in damage to or destruction of part or all of the product Service 8 5 Model 5342 Service 8 20 SIGNAL NAMES 8 21 Table 8 list of signal names used in the 5342A The list is in alphabetical order and includes the mnemonics for cross reference with the schematic diagram signal names A descrip tion of the function of each signal and the source and destination is included in the table Table 8 2 Signal Names MNEMONIC NAME ro FUNCHON Address 0 XA14A 3 XA13 1 XA15A 3 XA16A 3 A22W4 5 22 1 24 Address 1 14 41 13 2 15 21 6 4 A22W4 6 22 1 23 Ad
169. will have been reset to a high If the D7 bit read by the microprocessor is low then the N determi nation is considered invalid and the sweep routine is recentered at a point 100 kHz lower in fre quency than when it previously stopped searching 8 214 At different points in the algorithm the microprocessor issues LPDREAD and examines bit D4 LOVL If this bit is high then the input signal level to the counter exceeds 5 dBm and microprocessor sends dashes to the 5342A display 8 215 A13 COUNTER ASSEMBLY 8 216 The IF Count signal enters the A13 Counter Assembly shown in Figure 8 36 at XA13 17 and is capacitively coupled via C10 into the main gate of the counter U11C U11 isa high speed ECL AND gate Wen U11 9 and U11 10 are both low 0 8V high 1 5V low the gate is enabled and the IF Count signal is passed through the gate to be counted Flip flop U4B selects either the IF Count signal at XA13 17 or the Direct B signal from the direct count amplifier at XA13 14 to be counted If in direct count mode the microprocessor sets the D1 bit to logic and writes to the counter so that low counter write will clock a logic into U4 9 Wen operating in the 500 MHz 18 GHz range D1 will be logic 1 and the U4 9 output will be a logic 1 This enables U11B and disables U11C 8 217 There are two operating modes one during and one after acquisition During acquisition the A5 multiplexer is switched betwe
170. with a 10 GHz offset 3 25 1 150 iB Hi 1 red 702 As Bi p ert Aiert o 2 sto 1 3 end ae 423002833798 como ao 14230028335 15 36 14230828328 08 212 54 14230828332 3 27 5342 operation 3 81 HP IB PROGRAMMING NOTES 3 82 The HP IB output is affected by input signal level as follows a For input signal levels greater than or equal to specified sensitivity the 5342A outputs measurement data as described in b Forinput signal levels less than the actual sensitivity by 0 1 dB or more or for no input the counter outputs zeros when addressed to talk c For input signal levels just on the edge of the ccunter s actual sensitivity approximately a 0 1 dB band the detectors which indicate sufficient signal level for counting may become intermittent resulting in very long acquisition times The counter s display holds the previous reading during the prolonged acquisition but the counter will not output any data when addressed to talk This will hang up the program at the read statement d With the 9825A use the time statement and err statement to branch around the read statement if it takes longer than a specified number of milliseconds to complete an 1 0 operation The following example program can be used when there is more than read statement in the program If there is only one read statement then sta
171. 0 25LG NOM 9100 2247 0100 2268 COIL MLD 22UH 1096 Q 45 095DX 25LG NOM 9100 2268 9100 2268 COIL MLD 22UH 1096 Q 45 095DX 25LG NOM 9100 2268 9100 2268 COIL MLD 100UH 10 Q 34 0950 25LG NOM 9100 2247 9100 2268 COIL MLD 22UH 1096 Q 45 095DX 25LG NOM 9100 2265 9100 2268 COIL MLD 22UH 1096 Q 45 095DX 25LG NOM 9100 2268 9100 2268 COIL MLD 22UH 1096 Q 45 095DX 25LG NOM 9100 2268 9100 2268 COIL MLD 100UH 1096 Q 34 095DX 25LG NOM 9100 2247 9100 2268 COIL MLD 22UH 1096 Q 45 095DX 25LG NOM 9100 2268 9100 2268 COIL MLD 22UH 1096 Q 45 095DX 25LG NOM 9100 2268 9100 2268 TRANSISTOR NPN 2N5179 31 TO 72 PD 200HW 2N5179 0698 5174 TRANSISTOR NPN 1 PD 30007 FT 200MHZ 1854 0071 0698 3394 RESISTOR 200 5X 125M CC TC 130 4600 BB2015 0698 5172 RESISTOR 43 5X 125M CC TC 270 4540 BB4303 0698 5994 RESISTOR 13 5X 125M 270 4540 BB1305 0698 3376 RESISTOR 560 5X 125M CC TC 330 4800 BB5615 0698 5079 RESISTOR 43 5X 125M CC TC 270 4540 BB4305 0698 3374 RESISTOR 130 5X 125M CC 330 4800 BB1315 0698 3374 RESISTOR 51 5X 125M CC TC 270 4540 BB5105 0698 3342 RESISTOR 43 5X 125M CC TC 270 4800 BB4305 0698 5352 RESISTOR 120 5X 125M CC 330 4800 BB1215 0698 5635 RESISTOR 13 5X 125M CC TC 270 4540 BB1305 0698 3942 RESISTOR 130 5X 125M CC TC 330 4800 BB1315 0698 3942 RESISTOR 4 71 5X 125M CC TC 350 4857 BB4725 0698 3942 RESISTOR 4 71 5X 125M CC TC 350 4857 BB4725 0698 3942 RESISTOR 4 71 5X 125M CC TC 350 4857 BB4725
172. 0 NETWORKeRES 8 1 SIP 1 25 PINSSPCG RESISTOR 270 5X 1251 CC 330 800 RESISTOR 160 5X 1258 CC 1 330 800 RESISTOR 130 5 125 CC TCs 330 800 0598 5075 0698 5075 0675 1021 RESISTOR 130 5 1254 TCze330 800 RESISTOR 130 SX 125 8 320 4800 RESISTOR 1K 10 125 CC TCu 330 B00 881515 881515 881021 5060 9436 505029436 5060994036 506029436 506029436 22 SWIYC PUSHBUTTON SWITCH PUSHBUTTON SWITCH PUSHBUTTON SWITCH PUSH BUTTON ITCH PUS HBUTTON 5060 9436 5060 9436 506029436 5060 9436 5050 9436 Sw1TCH PUSHBUTTON SWITCH PUSHBUTTON SWITCH PUSHBUTTON SWITCH PUSHBUTTON SWITCH PUSHBUTTON 5060 9436 5060 9436 5064 9436 5000 9436 5060 9436 5060 9436 5050 9435 5060 9436 506079436 5060 9436 4444 414444 See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 5342 Replaceable Parts Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Continued Reference Part Mfr Designation Number 5 Description Code Mfr Part Number 50609436 ITCH PUSHBUTTON 50 60 9436 50 6099436 SWITCH PUSHBUTTON 506099436 506029436 Sw ITCH PUSHBUTTON 506099436 506 099436 SWITCH PUSHBUTTON 5000 9436 50 6099416 SWITCH PUSHBUTTON 506009430 506029436 SWITCH PUSH BUTTON 5060 9436 5060 9436 8w ITCH PUSHBUTTON 5060 9436 506029436 SWITCH PUSHBUTTON 060 9436 605099436 ITCH PUSHBUT
173. 0 Tel 216 243 7300 TWX 810 423 9430 330 Progress Rd Dayton 45449 Tel 513 859 8202 1041 Kingsmill Parkway Columbus 43229 Tet 614 436 1041 OKLAHOMA Box 32008 5301 N Mendan Avenue Oklahoma City 73112 Tel 405 721 0200 4110 S 100th E Avenue Grant Bldg Tulsa 74145 OREGON 17890 SW Lower Boones Ferry Road Tualatin 97062 503 620 3350 PENNSYLVANIA 111 Zeta Drive Pittsburgh 15238 Tel 412 782 0400 1021 8th Avenue King of Prussia Industrial Park King of Prussia 19406 Tal Visi 265 7000 TWX 510 550 2670 PUERTO RICO Hewlett Packard Inler Americas Puerto Rico Branch Office Calle 272 203 Urg Country Club Carolina 00924 Tel 809 762 7255 Telex 345 0514 SOUTH CAROLINA P 0 Box 6442 6941 0 Trenholm Road Columbia 23260 Tel 803 782 6493 TENNESSEE 8914 Kingston Pike Knoxville 37922 Tel 615 523 0522 3027 Vanguard Or Director s Plaza Memphis 38131 Tei 1901 346 8370 Nashville Medical Service ont Tel 815 244 54 TEXAS 4171 North Mesa Suite C110 E Paso 79902 915 533 3555 1270 201 Arapaho Richardeon 75080 Tei 214 231 6101 Box 42815 10535 Harwin Houston 77036 Tel 1713 776 6400 Lubbock Medical Service only Tei 1806 799 4472 205 Billy Mitchell Road San Antonio 78226 Tel 1512 434 8241 UTAM 2180 South 3270 Wes Street Lake City 84119 Tel 801 972 4711 VIRGINA Box 1
174. 0 140 0 6000 Frankfurt 56 Tel 0611 50 04 1 HEWPACKSA Frankturt Telex 24 13249 d Hewlett Packard GmbH Technisches Buro Boblingen Herrenberger Strasse 11 0 7030 B blingen Wurttemberg Te 10703 667 1 HEWPACK B blingen 07265738 bbn Hewlett Packard GmbH Technisches Buro Dusseldorf Emanuel eutzze Str 1 Seestern D 4000 Dusseldorf Tel 10211 59711 Teer 085 86 533 d Packstd Tecnriscnes Bura Hamburg Wendenstrasse 23 D 2000 Hamburg 1 Tet 040 23 13 93 Cable HEWPACKSA Hamburg Telex 2 63 032 nphn 4 Hewieit Tecna sches Am Grossmarkt 5 2 3000 Hannover 91 Tel 0571 46 60 2 Telex 392 3259 Hewlett Smor Technisches Buro Nurnberg Nesmeyerstrasse 90 D amp 500Nurnberg Tel 10911 56 30 83 Telex 0623 860 Hewlett Packard Technisches Eschenstrasse 5 D 802 Taufkirchen Tet 1089 617 1 Hewlett Packard GmbH Technisches Buro Bertin Kaitnstrasse 2 4 0 1000 Berlin 30 Tet 030 24 90 86 Telex 018 3405 hpbin d GREECE Kostas Karayannis 8 Street Athens 133 Tel 32 30 303 3237 731 Telex 21 59 62 RKAR GR RAKAR ATHENS Analyticat INTECO G Papathanassiou 8 Co 17 Marni Street Athens 103 Tel 5522 915 5221 989 Telex 21 5329 INTE GR Cable INTEKNIKA Medical Technomed Hellas Ltd 52 Skouta Street Athens 135 Tei 3626 372 Telex 2
175. 0 3878 A25C17 0160 2260 A25C18 0160 2265 A25C19 0160 2260 A25C20 0160 0576 25 21 0160 3879 25 22 0160 3879 25 23 0160 3879 25 24 0180 0230 25 25 0180 0230 25 26 0160 3879 25 27 0160 4082 25 28 0160 4082 25 29 0160 4082 A25C30 0160 4082 A25C31 0160 4082 A25C32 0160 4082 A25C33 0160 4082 A25C34 0160 4082 A25C35 0160 3029 A25C36 0160 3029 A25CR1 1901 0535 A25CR2 1901 0535 A25CR3 1901 0040 A25CR4 1901 0040 A25CR5 1901 0040 A25L1 05342 80002 A25L 05342 80002 A25L3 9100 0346 2514 9100 0346 2515 05342 80002 2516 05342 80002 A25L7 9100 0346 A25L8 9100 2265 A25L9 9100 2265 A25L10 9100 2247 A25L11 9100 2247 A25L12 9100 2247 A25L13 9100 2265 A25L14 9100 2265 A25Q1 1854 0591 A25Q2 1854 0591 A25Q3 1854 0071 2504 1854 0071 2505 1853 0058 A25Q6 1853 0020 A25R1 0698 3113 A25R2 0698 5176 A25R3 0675 1021 A25R4 0698 3114 A25R5 0698 8073 A25R6 0698 8354 A25R7 0698 6000 A25R8 0698 6123 A25R9 0698 6681 A25R10 05342 80004 cO OOO OO OO C2 00 OO NN NOOO NN N MM ME NNO RQ nPKNPKPKMNOCOO I40 I OO0 OO OO O cO CO O O CO cO Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Continued Reference HP Part Qty Description Mfr Part Number Designation Number cae 15 p m k CAPACITOR 20 BOVDC TA CAPACITOR EXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC
176. 0 MHz 3 indicates that there is a proper IF for both the Main VCO and OFFSET VCO 3 is displayed after the VCO s have stopped sweeping Hd indicates harmonic determination has been complete it is displayed at the end of the prs Counter displays OSC in MHz to 100 kHz sign of IF for subtract and for add and the harmonic number N For example IF is added 344 2 MHz 10 99 rounded to 11 ee ti I ua S Hz zu 3 q iC This is displayed at the end of the harmonic determination The sign of the IF indicates that the Nth harmonic of the VCO is less than the unknown so that the IF must be added the sign of the IF indicates that the Nth harmonic of the VCO is greater than the unknown so that the IF must be subtracted Counter continuously displays the contents of the A counter during harmonic determination Counter continuously displays the contents of the B counter during the harmonic determination Counter continuously displays the measured IF frequency Reso lution determined by resolution selected before going to diagnostic mode 4 5 Put 5342A in AMPL mode Option 002 then select diagnostic mode Option 002 only 5 Counter display scontinously the corrected amplitude Multiplexer on front end is not switching between frequency and amplitude 6 Put 5342A in AMPL mode Option 002 then select diagnostic Option 002 only mode 6 Counter displa
177. 0 MHz 18 GHz range AUTO mode Connect DVM to DAC OUT set DVM to 20V range Set the generator to 999 MHz as indicated on 5342A display On 5342A keyboard press Blue SET Key DAC Observe DMV for indication of 9 99 0 01 Enter on operational verifi cation record Table 4 7 On 5342A press Blu SET Key DAC EXE s Observe DVM for 0 0 01 Enter on operational verification record On 5342A keyboard press Blue Key DAC Observe DVM for 9 00 0 01 Enter on performance test record 4 16 Model 5342 Performance Tests 4 28 PERFORMANCE TEST PROCEDURES 4 29 10 Hz 500 MHz Input Sensitivity Test 500 Standard and Option 003 Instruments Only Specification Description Setup 500 position sensitivity 25 mV ms for frequencies from 10 Hz 520 M Hz The 5342A is set to the 10 Hz 500 MHz range and a signal at the rated sensitivity is applied to the BNC input The frequency is slowly swept up to 10 MHz at constant level and the 5342A reading is checked for the proper count For the range of 10 MHz to 520 MHz a different generator is used For Option 002 sensitivity is tested in paragraph 4 37 a 10 Hz 10 MHz TEST OSCILLATOR HP 6518 Set the 5342A to 500 10 Hz 500 MHz range 1 Hz resolution Set 651B to 10 Hz and 25 mV ms Increase the frequency of the 651B and verify that the 5342A counts proper frequency from 10 Hz to 10 MHz Measur
178. 00 37C6 0000 3APP 0000 0000 4FC9 32U8 6U2C 5FUA 6U28 0003 4378 6322 0000 6321 0355 6 99 9003 9003 AH9F 0000 0003 l ELIT Model 5342 ERRATA Cont d Table 1 Troubleshooting Information Continued The following charts are provided as an aid to troubleshooting 5342A assemblies A3 thru A9 11 thru A14 A25 and A26 This information was to be published in the permanent 5342A manual but was inadvertently omitted Its intended location was the apron of the appropriate assembly schematic diagram A25 PREAMPLIFIER ASSEMBLY CONDITIONS No Input Signal No Sampler Driver Input Disconnect cable from 26 2 Be sure to ground A26 ground to chassis ground with clip lead Qi Q2 U2 Q3 0 09 E 0 04 171 4 36 0 4 37 2 0 28 RN 087 B 079 81 351 18 307 3 028 11 37 434 4500 11 001 1 002 71 030 C 12 10 i 1151 t 1402 293 18 290 Q4 t ov B 0 685 16 if LOVL line grounded 104 pin 31 0 03 14 54 if LOVL line grounded 104 3 95 1216 14 55 if LOVL line grounded U4 31 11 41 14 55 if LOVL line grounded U4 pin 3 12 15 9 81 if LOVL line grounded U4 pin 3 96 41216 9 81 LOVL line grounded U4 pin 3 B 11 45 9 115 if LOVL line grounded U4 31 C 412316 49 80 if LOVL line gr
179. 0006A2 150D685X0006A2 0160 3878 0160 3878 0160 3875 0160 3878 0160 3878 0160 3878 0160 3878 0160 3878 0160 3878 0160 3878 0160 3878 0160 3878 0160 3878 9100 2268 VK200 20 48 VK200 20 48 VK200 20 48 BB1021 BB5615 BB1625 BB3015 BB1225 BB7505 BB8215 BB3025 BB2225 BB4305 BB1021 1251 0600 SN75LS196N MC4044P SN7420N SN74LS74N MC10231P 1820 0736 SN74S74N SN74LS160N SN74LS160N SN74LS174N SN74LS175N MC12013L SN74LS160N SN74LS160N SN74LS174N SN74LS175N SN74LS174N 5000 9043 5040 6852 Model 5342A Replaceable Parts Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Continued Reference HP Part Qty Description Mfr Mfr Part Number Designation Number Code 05442 60011 IF LIMITER ASSEMBLY SERIES 1720 05342 60011 A11C1 0160 3879 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 CER 0160 3879 A11C2 0160 3879 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 CER 0160 3879 A11C3 0160 3879 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 0160 3879 11 4 0160 3879 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 CER 0160 3879 A11C5 0160 3879 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 0160 3879 A11C6 0180 0490 CAPACITOR FXD 68UF 10 eVDC TA TDC686K006WLF A11C7 0180 0490 CAPACITOR FXD 68UF 10 eVDC TA TDC686K006WLF A11CR1 1901 0535 DIODE SCHOTTKY 1901 0535 A11CR2 1901 0535 DIODE SCHOTTKY 1901 0535 A11L1 9100 2247 COIL MLD 100NH 10 Q 34 095DX 25LG NOM 9100 2247 A11L2 9100 2265 COIL MLD 10UH 1096 Q 60 095DX 25LG NOM 9100 2265 A11L3 9100 2265 COIL MLD 10UH 10 Q 60 095DX
180. 002 The information in Table 4 3 tells what occurs during each test and what should be observed by the operator if the test has been successfully completed At the conclusion of each test the program stops and displays the current check point To advance to the next test simply press CONTINUE If it is desired to repeat a test set the variable 1 via the keyboard 1 L EXEC UTE To go on to the next test after looping set L back to when the program halts 0 4 EXECUTE Record on operational verification record Table 4 1 4 25 Wen the 9825A displays at the end of check point 14 enter YES if the 5342A has Option 002 Enter NO if the amplitude option is not present 4 26 Table 4456 a sample printout from the 9825A 5342 Performance Tests Table 4 1 Operational Verification Record 5342 S N Date PARAGRAPH TEST RESULTS FAIL 4 13 All except 10 Hz 500 MHz Input Sensitivity Test 500 1 MQ Option 002 500 10 MHz 500 100 MHz 500 520 MHz 1 M 25 MHz 4 14 Option 002 only 10 Hz 500 MHz Input 500 Minimum Level and Amplitude Accuracy Test Readings within 1 5 dB 10 MHz 100 MHz 520 MHz 415 Option 002 only 10 Hz 500 MHz input 500 Maximum Input Test 436 reading gt 10 dB when display dashes 500 MHz 18 GHz Input Sensitivity Test
181. 0048 Hewiett France Bureau de verte de le Chemin Jes 162 59130 Te 178 33 81 25 Cable HEWPACK Eccty Terex 3 26 17 Hewlett Packard France Bureau vente de Toulouse Pencertre Je Chemin de la 20 3300 Toulouse Le Mirai 5114011 12 Cable HEWPACK 51957 Teiex 510957 Hewlett Packard France Le Ligoures Bureau de vente de Marseilles Place Rouee de villenueve F 13100 Aix en Provence Tei 42 9 41 02 Cable HEWPACK MARGN 410770 Hewiett Packaro France Bureau de vente de Rennes 2 Ailee de ia Bourgnette 1124 F 35100 Rennes C dex 99 51 42 44 Cable HEWPACK 74912 740912 Hewlett Packard France Bureau de vente de Strassbourg 18 rue du Canal Marne F 67300 Schiltigheim Tet 88 83 08 10 83 11 53 Telex 890141 Cable HEWPACK STRAG Hewlett Packard France Bureau de vente de Lille immeubie Rue van Gogn F 59650 Villeneuve d Tel 201 91 41 25 Telex 16 01 24 Hewlett Packard France Bureau de Vente Centre 2 affaires Paris Nord Batiment Ampere Rue de ia Commune de Paris BP 300 F 95153 Le Blanc Mesni C dex 101 931 88 50 Hewlett Packard France Bureau de vente de Bordeau Av Pat Kennedy F 33700 Meriguac Ter 156 97 2 GERMAN FEDERAL REPUBLIC Hewlett Packard GmbH Vertriebszentraie Frankfurt Berner Strasse 717 Postlacn 56
182. 006B2 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 2743 0160 2743 0160 2743 0160 3879 0160 3651 150D606X0006B2 0160 3651 0160 2743 0160 3878 0160 0571 0160 3878 1901 0040 1901 0040 1901 0040 VK200 20 48 1854 0574 BB1031 1810 0055 BB1061 1810 0164 BB1031 1800 0055 BB4725 BB4725 BB1021 BB1021 BB4725 BB2205 BB1021 BB1005 BB1031 BB2205 BB1021 BB1005 BB4725 BB1031 BB2025 BB1215 BB1021 3101 1850 3101 1841 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1818 0698 NBT26B NBT26B 1818 0697 8N74LS02N 6 23 Model 5342A Replaceable Parts Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Continued Reference HP Part C Qty Description Mfr Mfr Part Number Designation Number D Code A14U6 1820 1144 6 1 IC GATE TTL LS NOR QUAD 2 INP 01295 8N74LS02N A14U7 1818 0706 9 1 IC ROM MOS 3K X 8 28480 1818 0706 A14U8 1820 1255 0 1 IC INV TTL HEX 1 INP 01295 8N74368N A14U9 1820 1202 7 1 IC GATE TTL LS NAND TPL 3 INP 01295 8474LS10N A14U10 1820 1199 1 3 IC INV TTL LS HEX 1 01295 8N74LSD9N A14U11 1820 1425 6 1 IC SCHMITT TRIG TTL L8 NAND QUAD 2 INP 01295 8N74LS132N A14U12 1818 0135 8 1 IC NMOB 1K NAM STAT 360 NS 3 8 04713 MCM68A10L A14U13 1820 1208 3 1 IC GATE TTL LS OR QUAD 2 INP 01295 8N74LS32N A14U14 1820 1240 3 2 IC DCDR TTL S 3 TO 8 LINE 3 INP 01295 8N748138N A14U15 1820 1199 1 IC INV TTL LS 1 01295 8N74LSDAN A14U16 1820 1368 6 2 1
183. 010 Wen 0010 is output by the MPU address decoding causes U20 7 to go low Since only one device can drive the data bus time all other device code outputs are high so that the device buffers on these devicesare in the high Zstate To see how 0010 causes U20 7 to go low consider that the inverted address lines at the output of inverter buffers 016 018 08 will be A15 A14 A13 A12 A10 A9 A8 A7 A5 A4 A2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 Since A1 and A2 are all high these inputs to U20 will cause 7 to be decoded and U20 7 to low provided that the control inputs U20 4 and U20 5 are both low U20 5 goes low when the inputs to 0220 are both high high and 92 high U20 4 is low when 017 decodes the address output by the MPU and the address in the range of 0010 to 0017 U17 11 is low when U17 14 is high and U17 13 is low provided that the control input U17 15 is low Since inverted A3 is high and inverted A4 is low the U17 11 output will be low provided that U17 15 is low U17 15 is low provided that U13A 2 and U13A 1 are both low U13A 1 is low since inverted A5 is high Inverted A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 all high is decoded by U9A U9B and U13C A9 is also high Thus 014 is enabled Since inverted 8 A7 are all high the decoded 7 output U14 7 goes low In summary U14 7 goes low only when inverted A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 7 are all high Inverted A5 h
184. 0160 3879 150D606X000682 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 150D337X900682 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 150D337X900682 1901 0040 1901 0040 9140 0179 9140 0179 9140 0179 BB1525 BB3625 BB1525 BB3625 BB1015 BB3625 1251 0600 SN74S74N SN74LS196N SN74LS196N SN74128N SN74132N 5000 9043 5040 6852 6 27 Model 5342A Replaceable Parts Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Continued Reference HP Part Description Mfr Mfr Part Number Designation Number Code A19 05342 60019 6 PRIMARY POWER ASSEMBLY SERIES 1720 28480 05342 60019 A19C1 0180 2802 6 2 CAPACITOR FXD 140UF 50 10 250VDC AL 56289 39D147F250M94 A19C2 0180 2802 6 CAPACITOR FXD 140UF 50 10 250VDC AL 56289 39D147F250M94 A19C3 0180 2216 4 1 CAPACITOR FXD 820PF 5 300VDC MICA 28480 0160 2216 19 4 0180 1975 2 2 CAPACITOR FXD 4UF 50 10 350VDC AL 56289 390405F350EE4 A19C5 0180 1975 2 CAPACITOR FXD 4UF 50 10 350VDC AL 56289 390405F350EE4 A19C6 0180 0106 9 2 CAPACITOR FXD 60UF 20 6VDC TA 56289 150D606X000682 A19C7 0180 0106 9 CAPACITOR FXD 60UF 20 eVDC TA 56289 150D606X000682 A19CR1 1906 0069 4 1 DIODE FW BRDG 40DV 14 28480 1906 0069 A19CR2 1990 0543 6 1 OPTO ISOLATOR LED PXSTR IF 150MA MAX 28480 1990 0543 A19DS1 2140 0018 0 2 LAMP GLOW A9A C 90 58VDC 700UA T 2 BULB 0046G AGA C A19DS2 2140 0018 0 LAMP GLOW A9A C 90 58VDC 700UA T 2 BULB 0046G AGA C A19Q1 1854 0311 8 2 TRANSISTOR NPN 2N4240 SI TO LL PD 35W 01928 2N242
185. 050 8120 1378 1 1 CABLE ASSY 18AWG 3 CNDCT JGK JKT 28480 8120 1378 5040 7219 8 1 STRAP HANDLE CAP FRONT 28480 5040 7219 5040 7220 1 1 STRAP HANDLE CAP REAR 28480 5040 7220 5060 9604 3 1 28480 5060 9804 05342 00020 3 1 GUARD CABLE 28480 05342 00020 See introduction to this section for ordering information indicates factory selected value 6 36 Model 5342A Replaceable Parts Table 6 4 Option 001 Replaceable Parts Reference tr Designation Code 10544 60011 1 CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR ASSEMBLY 28480 10544 60011 See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 6 37 Model 5342A Replaceable Parts Table 6 5 Option 002 Replaceable Parts Reference HP Part Qty Description Mfr Mfr Part Number Designation Number Code A16 05302 60038 9 AMPLITUDE MEASUREMENT ASSEMBLY 28480 05342 60038 SERIES 1812 A16C1 0160 3879 7 10 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 4 209 100VDC CER 28480 0160 3879 16 2 0160 3879 7 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER A16C3 0160 3879 7 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER A16C4 0160 3879 7 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER A16C5 0160 3879 7 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER A16C6 0160 3879 7 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER A16C7 0160 3879 7 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER A16C8 0160 0490 4 3 CAPACITOR FXD 68UF 10 6 VDC A16C9 0160 0579 5 15 CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 20 50VDC CER A16C10 0160 0576 5 CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 20
186. 05342 00013 05342 00016 05342 40001 6 35 Model 5342A Replaceable Parts Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Continued Reference HPP Oty D Mir Part Numb Designation Code CHASSIS PARTS B1 3160 0209 4 1 FAN TBAX 45 CAM 115V 50 60 HZ1 5 THK 28480 3160 0209 F1 2110 0360 2 1 FUSE 75A 250V SLO BLO 1 25X 25 UL IEC 75915 313 750 F1 2110 0421 6 1 FUSE 375A 250V SLO BLO 1 25X 25 UL 75915 313 375 FL1 9135 0042 6 1 FILTER LINE WIRE LEADTERMS 28480 9135 0042 42 1250 0083 1 4 CONNECTOR RF FEM SGL HOLE FR 50 28480 1250 0083 J3 1250 0083 1 CONNECTOR RF BNC FEM SGL HOLE FR 50 OHM 28480 1250 0083 J4 1250 0083 1 CONNECTOR RF BNC FEM SGL HOLE FR 50 OHM 28480 1250 0083 J5 1250 0083 1 CONNECTOR RF BNC FEM SGL HOLE FR 50 OHM 28480 1250 0083 MP1 5020 8815 0 1 CASTING FRONT FRAME 28480 5020 8815 MP2 5020 8816 1 1 CASTING REAR FRAME28480 5020 8816 MP3 5020 8837 6 2 STRUT CORNER 28480 5020 8837 MP4 5004 0423 0 1 TOP COVER 28480 5001 0423 MP5 5061 1940 4 1 BOTTOM COVER 28480 5061 1940 MP6 05342 00001 0 1 PANEL REAR 28480 05342 00001 MP7 5342 20102 4 1 PANEL FRONT 28480 05342 20102 MP8 05342 20405 7 1 HOUSING MAIN 28480 05342 20105 MP9 5001 0439 8 2 TRIM FRONT SIDE 28480 5001 0439 MP11 5040 7201 8 4 FOOT STANDARD 28480 5040 7201 MP12 5040 7203 0 1 TRIM TOP 1 28480 5040 7203 MP13 05342 00002 1 1 PANEL SUB 28480 05342 00002 MP14 05342 00003 2 1 COVER CASTING 28480 05
187. 059 R23 R25 R34 ae U14 015 ____ og U20 021 E oen j J TABLE OF ACTIVE ELEMENTS dr sx cemere 5s ml H 13 1 1 5 P a L A1Q1 Q13 1853 0318 56562 A2 um i U1 U4 1820 0539 SN7437N QUE i 1820 0468 SN7445N x 1820 1443 SN74LS293N Mb CE 1820 1416 SN74LS14N Pa 1820 1049 DM8097N a pe ence memes 1820 0428 DM7489N pue 1820 1144 9L302PC NCC CEPS 1820 1200 SN74LS05N T 1820 1254 DM8095N ui la vc a 1820 1 1 97 SN74LSOON AGO m de 1820 1428 SN74LS158N Mei ee ee 1820 1112 SN74LS74N 1820 1885 DM74LS173N Deleted 1 14 U15 120 U21 jh Figure 8 24 A1 Display Assembly and A2 Assembly Driver Assembly 8 149 8 150 blank LDA FROM A2 DISPLAY DRIVER ASSEMBLY 05342 60028 ADDITIONS FOR OPTION 004 Model 5342A Service XA14 B3 WHT GRY 2 22 lt MOTHERBOARD KNEE T EEE CZ ee Rr FROM A2J1 12 13 m UL 0109 X Y 12 NC l COMMON 15 FROM A2J1 11 14 021 lis NC lt 0 SERS 25 FROM A2U16 13 03 03 7 D FROM A2U16 11 22 FROM A2U G 3 2 eO 5 R23 4700 i MOST SIGNIFICANT
188. 0698 5136 RESISTOR 31 5X 125M TC 270 4540 BB5105 0698 2212 RESISTOR 100 05X 125M F TC 0 100 C3 1 8 TO 100R G 0698 5132 RESISTOR 13 5X 125M CC TC 270 4500 BB1305 0698 5615 RESISTOR 130 5X 125M TC 330 4800 BB1315 0698 5385 RESISTOR 75 5X 125M CC TC 275 4500 BB7505 0698 1576 RESISTOR 51 5X 125M CC TC RTC 4540 BB5105 0698 5426 RESISTOR 10 5X 125 CC TC 350 4859 BB1031 2330 2489 RESISTOR 749 10X 125M C SIDEWADJ 1 TRW BB50X502 0698 5936 RESISTOR 1 58 5X 125M CC 350 4857 BB1525 7820 3622 10 5 GHZ LIMITER AMP 1828 0372 0333 0133 AB MISCELLANEOUS PARTS CONTACT FINGER 13 WD DD FREE HGT BB CU 0383 0133 STANDARD 375 IN LG 440THD 0380 0970 SCREW GROUND 05342 20101 See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 0330 0020 0542 2010 GOO O1O1 O0 O O O gt C O0 O gt UMM 1 CO CO OW CO BOO CO O O O gt O gt O gt O1 01000100 ANH 6 15 Model 5342A Replaceable Parts Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Continued Reference HP Part Qty Description Mfr Mfr Part Number Designation 0160 4084 0160 0165 0180 0210 0160 3879 0160 3879 0180 1701 0160 3879 0160 0301 0160 0153 0160 0160 0160 4084 0140 0200 0180 0228 0180 0210 0160 3879 0160 0153 0180 0228 0160 0137 0160 3879 1902 0049 1901 0040 1901 0040 1902 0049 9140 0131 9140 0131 9140 0131 1853 00
189. 0VbC CER 010 20 100VDC 01UF 20 100VDC CER 01UF 20 100VDC CER 01UF 20 100VDC CER 01UF 20 100VDC CER 01UF 20 CER 010 20 100VDC 01UF 20 100VDC CER 01UF 20 CER 01UF 20 01UF 20 100VDC CER 01UF 20 100VDC CER 010 20 100VDC 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 10 35VDC TA CAPACITOR EXD 01UF 20 CER CAPACITOR FXD 60UF 20 TA CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100V DC CER DIODE ZNR 12 1V 5 DO 7 PD 4W 064 TRANSISTOR NPN SI DARL PO 310MW TRANSISTOR PNP SI PD 310MW FT 250MHZ RESISTOR 10K 5 25W FC TC 400 700 RESISTOR 200 5 125W CC TC 330 800 RESISTOR 10K 10 125W CC TC 350 857 RESISTOR 10K 10 125W CC TC 350 857 RESISTOR 10K 10 125W CC TC 350 857 RESISTOR 10K 10 125W CC TC 350 857 RESISTOR 1K 10 125W CC TC 330 800 RESISTOR 1K 10 125W CC TC 330 800 RESISTOR 5 1K 5 125W CC TC 350 857 RESISTOR 3 6K 5 125W CC TC 350 857 RESISTOR 5 1K 5 125W CC TC 350 857 RESISTOR 2 4K 5 125W CC TC 350 857 RESISTOR 5 1K 5 125W CC TC 350 857 RESISTOR 3 6K 5 125W CC TC 350 857 RESISTOR 2 4K 5 125W CC TC 350 857 RESISTOR 10K 10 125W 350 857 RESISTOR 3 6K 5 125W CC TC 350 857 RESISTOR 2 4K 5 125W CC TC 350 857 RESISTOR 1M 5 125W CC TC 600 1137 RESISTOR 6 8K 5 125W CC TC 350 857 RESISTOR 1K 10 125W CC TC 330 800 RESISTOR 4 7
190. 1 A17R22 A17R23 A17R24 A17R25 A17R26 A17R27 A17TP1 A17TP2 17 17 4 A17TP5 A17TP6 A17TP7 A17TP8 A17TP9 A17TP10 A17U1 A17U2 A17U3 A17U4 A17U5 A17U6 A17U7 A17U8 A17U9 A17U10 05342 60017 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0180 0291 0160 3879 0180 0106 0160 3879 1902 3182 1854 0560 1853 0036 0683 1035 0698 5174 0698 5426 0698 5426 0698 5426 0698 5426 0675 1021 0675 1021 0698 7102 0698 5181 0698 7102 0698 5566 0698 7102 0698 5181 0698 5566 0698 5426 0698 5181 0698 5566 0698 7097 0698 5994 0675 1021 0698 5999 0698 5999 0683 1435 0698 5566 0698 5181 0698 7102 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1820 1430 1820 1430 1820 1197 1820 1433 1820 1433 1820 1211 1820 1433 1820 1197 1820 1112 1820 1202 NONONNNNNNNNNNNNNNNA Oo cO O gt O gt O gt O C0 CO O Inm O1O1 O O O O 0000 00 0200 00 26 Ere NA 11 nm 2 1 TIMING GENERATOR SERIES 1720 CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 10
191. 1 Option 077 HP IB Troubleshooting Continued 2 Source Handshake Troubleshooting amp Setup HP IB CABLE 99 ody J 59401A BUS SYSTEM ANALYZER Set rear panel address switch to Talk only 594014 settings REN true REN light ON HALT LISTEN mode TABLE 8 21 b Remove the A14 Microprocessor assembly Perform the actions listed in Table 8 278 to verify the OPTION 011 source handshake Use a 546A Logic Pulser to clock circuit nodes and a 545A Logic Probe to check the state of circuit nodes Table 8 21B Source Handshake HP IB DAV NRFD NDAC ACTION Light Light Light us uag 924 0213 049 9513 U4 5 0363 N High High Low Low High Low High 1 W 5 power to 5342 OFF OFF O Low 1 OFF OFF Lo 1 OFF OFF Low 1 g Low 9 Press EXECUTE on High 6 Clock U4 1 7 Go to Step 1 and the Hand shake Sequence Repeats 8 138 Model 5342A Service Table 8 21 Option 011 HP 1B Troubleshooting Continued 3 U23 U26 ROM Troubleshooting a Setup HP IB CABLE 960582 FH 000 J 59401A BUS SYSTEM Set rear panel address ANALYZER switch to 59401A settings MEMORY COMP TALK Mode HALT SRQ REN True b Remove the A14 Microprocessor assembly from the 5342A Place A15 HP IB assembly on an extender Place an AP clip on
192. 1 and 1 are used by the main loop to drive the VCO frequency to the programmed frequency 8 118 The A9 Main Loop Amplifier sums and integrates the two phase detector outputs of A10 The error signal is then passed through one of two low pass filters Wen the HP 5342 is search ing for an input signal in the range of 500 MHz to 18 GHz the main loop VCO is programmed to step from 350 MHz to 300 MHz in 100 kHz steps in approximately 90 milliseconds To achieve this fast search rate a wideband low pass filter of approximately 2 kHz bandwidth is selected Wen the counter is actually making a measurement by opening the main gate and counting the IF fre quency a namow band low pass filter of approximately 100 Hz bandwidth is selected to achieve high spectral purity in the VCO output 8 119 The signal at the output of A9 drives the A8 Main VCO to a frequency which mini mizes the signal Three buffered outputs are provided one output is fed back to the A10 Divide by N another goes to the A5 RF Multiplexer the third goes to the A7 Mixer Search Control assembly and is used by the OFFSET LOOP to set the offset VCO to a frequency which is exactly 500 kHz below the Main VCO frequency 8 120 Offset Loop Operation 8 121 The frequency of the main V CO and the frequency of the offset VCO are fed to a mixer on the A7 Mixer Search Control asembly The difference frequency at the output of the mixer is fed to a phase detector and a 500
193. 1 0600 0 CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ 28480 1251 0600 A19TP8 1251 0600 0 CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ 28480 1251 0600 A19 MISCELLANEOUS PARTS 0380 0342 9 4 STANDOFF RVT ON 125 IN LG 6 32TMD 00000 ORDER BY DESCRIPTION 1205 0085 8 2 HEAT SINK TO 66 PKG 28480 1205 0083 1400 0486 7 3 BRACKET RTANG 312 LG X 375 LG 312 WD 28480 1400 0486 1400 0776 8 1 CABLE TIE 01 4 DIA 19 WD NYL 28480 1400 0776 7120 1340 6 4 WARNING LABEL 28480 7120 1340 5000 9043 6 1 BOARD EXTRACTOR 28480 5000 9043 5040 6852 3 1 EXTRACTOR ORANGE 28480 5040 6852 05342 00019 0 1 SHIELD PROTECTIVE 28480 05342 00019 See introduction to this section for ordering information 6 28 Indicates factory selected value Model 5342A Replaceable Parts Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Continued Reference HP Part Description Mfr Mfr Part Number Designation Number Code A20C1 A20C2 A20C3 20 4 A20C5 A20C6 A20C7 A20C8 A20C9 A20C10 A20C11 A20C12 A20CR1 A20CR2 20 20 4 A20CR5 A20DS1 A20L1 A20L2 A20L3 A20L4 A20L5 A20Q1 A20Q2 A20R1 A20R2 A20R3 A20T1 05342 60020 9 SECONDARY POWER ASSEMBLY SWERIES 1720 28480 05342 60020 0180 1780 7 2 CAPACITOR FXD 500UF 75 10 10VDC AL 56289 39D507G010EJ4 0160 0576 5 3 CAPACITOR FXD 10F 20 50VDC 28480 0160 0576 0160 0576 5 CAPACITOR FXD 10F 20 50VDC CER 28480 0160 0576 0180 1780 7 CAPACITOR EXD 500UF 75 10
194. 1 4693 Cable ETALAK HUNGARY Muszer gy s M r stechnika Szoigalata Hewlett Packard Service Lenin 67 241 1391 Budapest VI 42 03 38 Telex 22 51 14 ICELAND Medical Only Elding Trading Company inc Hafnarnvoli Trygovag tu Box 895 1S Reykjavik Tel 1 58 20 1 63 03 Cable ELDING Reykjavik IRAN Hewlett Packard Iran 19 No 13 Fourteenth St Mir Emad Avenue Box 41 2419 Tehran Tel 851082 5 Telex 213405 hewp ir IRELAND Hewlett Packard Ltd King Street Lane G8 Winnersh Wokingham Berks RG11 SAR 0734 78 47 74 Telex 847178 Cable Hewpie London ITALY hewlett Packard italiana S p A Amerigo Vespucci 2 2astale 3645 i 20124 Milano Tei 102 6251110 unes HEWPACK T Milano Telex 32046 Hewlett Pacxatd S p 9 1 35190 Padova Tel 1049 66 58 88 Teiex 41612 Hewpacki Hewlett Packard Italiana S p A S 1C 1 00113 Roma lel 54 69 61 51514 Cable Roma Hewlett Packard 5 p Corso Giovanni Lanza 94 150133 Torino Te 011 6822457659308 Medical Calcuiators Only Hewlett Packard italiana S p Via Principe Nicola 43 G C 195126 Catania Tei 095 37 05 04 Hewlett Packard S p Via Amerigo Vespucci 9 1 80142 Napoli Ter 081 33 77 11 Telex 51 5 1 Rome Hewlett Packard italiana S p A Masi 98 1 4013
195. 100 2 por 4 lt VAT COUNTER ASSEMBLY unt 16 FROM A25 C29 Bus DRIVER bcd 15 15 04 Kalas ary 06 XAIA4A 9 3 EPD READ FROM XA 48 10 A2 84 1 TPS FROM 2 LIRA 13 a 16 M LEN MAD MEE Model 5342A Service Jun 08 qu A4 Di 12 D is 6 03 14 04 15 A8 05 16 492 06 23 calor 8i DIRECTIONAL LINE DRIVER 24 8 LINES DATA B RAM zo l BTS LAMPMTR V BT4 LHPIB 011 9 eee eee m LXROM A16 LFRERUN gi gt iAeEN m j 1 1 4 1 t I FROM XAIT 4 IRECT IF SELECT LIF 4 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 l 1 L 14 7 LCTR WRT FROM XA14B 3 ASSEMBLY rm mnbt sk DIRECT AMPLIFIER SWITCH HECL RESET OUTPUT MPX BUS ORIVI i COUNTER B 8 LCTR RD 148 2 ADDRESS BUS DATA BUS 09 05 ER DIRECT FROM 2 DIRECT B D 2 z LONG SHORT PRS PRS 4 LOIR GATE 5 9 SCHMITT 9 A22W IMAZ LINE 16 DRIVER ADDRESS _ 1 83 DAC SPEC
196. 100 kHz PEE TED 10 CHO 1 MHz 1 MHz FROM A17 TIMING GENERATOR ASSEMBLY ADDRESS BUS FROM A14 MICROPROCESSOR ASSEMBLY NOTE SWITCHING SHOWN MEASURING AMPLITUDE OF SIGNAL 5 18 GHz INPUT I 3 TP 100 kHz VIN DETECTOR R4 E DETECTED 100 kHz LF DATA BUS TO A14 MICROPROCESSOR ASSEMBLY ADC U8 8 16 U6 U7 ROM SPOW Model 5342A the microwave signal to U212 RF OUT CR2 is off since the AMPL ON signal is at 40 7 volts A positive signal at the AMPL ON input approximately 42 5 volts tums on CR2 and routes the signal to detector CR3 CRI is off in this model The detected microwave signal DETEC TED RF HF exists through feedthrough capacitor C10 This dc level can vary from 500 uV for inputs around 30 dBm up to 2 volts for 20 dBm inputs 8 309 The 100 kHz HF input from A16 is detected by Shottky diode CR4 which is in thermal proximity to CR3 The DETECTED 100 kHz HF output is sent to A16 for comparison with the detected microwave signal 8 310 A27 Low Frequency Amplitude Assembly 8 311 This assembly shown in Figure 8 39 performs the same function as the U2 assembly by switching the input signal in the range of 10 520 MHz between the A3 Direct Count Ampli fier for frequency measurements and A27CR3 Shottky diode detector for amplitude measure ments The frequency range foramplitude doesnot go below 10MHz due to
197. 10VDC AL 56289 39D507G010EJ4 0160 0573 2 1 CAPACITOR FXD 4700PF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 0573 0180 1746 5 2 CAPACITOR EXD 15RF 10 20VDC TA 56289 150D156X902082 0180 0160 5 2 CAPACITOR FSD 22UF 20 35VDC 56289 150D226X0035R2 0180 1746 5 CAPACITOR FXD 15RF 10 20VDC TA 56289 150D156X902082 0180 0160 5 CAPACITOR FSD 22UF 20 35VDC 56289 150D226X0035R2 0160 0576 5 CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 20 50VDC CER 28480 0160 0576 0180 0651 9 2 CAPACITOR FXD 1700UF 75 10 10VDC AL 09023 UFT 1700 10 0180 0651 9 CAPACITOR FXD 1700UF 75 10 10VDC AL 09023 UFT 1700 10 1906 0079 6 1 DIODE FW BRDG 100V 10A 28480 1906 0079 1906 0051 4 1 DIODE FW BRDG 100V 1A 28480 1906 0051 1901 0784 0 2 28480 1901 0784 1901 0784 0 28480 1901 0784 1902 0522 6 1 DIODE ZNR 1N53408 6V 5 PO 5W IF 1UA 04173 1N53408 1990 0485 5 1 LED VISIBLE LUM INT 800UCD IF 30MA MAX 28480 5082 4984 9100 3065 6 2 28480 9100 3065 9140 0250 9 2 COIL 1MM 2 25 3125DX 9LG NDM SOR 100KHZ 28480 9140 0250 9140 0250 9 COIL 1MM 2 25 3125DX 9LG NDM SOR 100KHZ 28480 9140 0250 9100 3065 6 28480 9100 3065 9140 0249 6 1 COIL 30UM 25 4DX 875LG NDM SRF 100KHZ 28480 9140 0249 1826 0214 1 1 IC V RGLTR TD 220 04713 MC7915CT 1826 0106 0 1 7815 V RGLTR TO 22004713 7815 0683 4305 4 1 RESISTOR 43 5 25W 400 500 01121 4305 0684 0271 7 1 RESISTOR 2 7 10 25W 400 500 01121 27 1 0683 1015 7 1 RESISTOR
198. 149 8 24 Al Schematic Diagram Change SERIES 1720 at top of diagram of Display Assembly to SERIES 1916 7 6 OLDER INSTRUMENTS 7 7 To adapt this manual to older instruments having a serial prefix lower than 1840A perform the backdating that applies to your instruments serial prefix as listed in Table 7 1 below Table 7 1 Manual Backdating If Instrument has Serial Prefix Make the Following Changes to Manual 1 12 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 1 Page 6 7 Table 6 3 2 Replaceable Parts Change A2 series number from 1828 to 1804 Delete A2C20 0160 0570 CAPACITOR FXD 220PF 2096 100VDC CER 28480 0160 0570 Change A2R22 from 0683 10151 1000 to 0683 2015 RESISTOR FXD 200 5 25 FC TC 400 600 0160G CB2015 Change A2U13 from 1820 1425 to 1820 1197 IC GATE TIL LS NAND QUAD 2 INP 0169H SN74LSOON Change A2U22 from 1820 1885 to 1820 0574 IC FF TIL D TYPE COM CLEAR QUAD 0340F DM8551N Page 8 149 Figure 8 24 A1 and A2 Schematic Diagram Change A2 series number from 1828 to 1804 Change the value of resistor A2R22 from 100 to 200 ohms Delete capacitor C20 from A2U8 pin 3 5342 Manual Changes CHANGE 2 Page 6 23 Table 6 3 A14 Replaceable Parts change A14 series number from 1840 to 1812 Change A14U7 part number from 1818 0706 to 1818 0331 Annotate that the older part number 1818 0331 is obsolete and the new part number 1818 0706 is the re
199. 17 to ground Observe red LED on A21 tum on and green LED on A20 tum off for approximately 2 seconds f Remove isolation transformer and replace A19 5 17 Main Synthesizer Adjustment 5 18 Adjust resistor A8R22 Main VCO free run frequency as follows Put 5342A in 10 Hz 500 MHz range 500 Using cable with BNC on one end clip leads on the other connect XA5 10 the Main OSC signal to the direct count input of the 5342A and measure the main VCO frequency b W a clip lead ground 1 c Adjust A8R22 for a 325 22 MHz reading d Remove ground on Model 5342 Adjustments 5 19 Offset Synthesizer Adjustments 5 20 Offset Synthesizer adjustments are made on assemblies A4 and as follows Adjust A4RI Offset free run frequency as follows 1 Put 5342A in 10 Hz 500 MHz range 500 Using cable with BNC on one end clip leads on the other connect 4 10 the Offset OSC signal to the direct count input of the 5342A and measure the Offset VCO frequency 2 Wh a clip lead ground A6TP1 3 Adjust 4 for a 325 22 MHz reading 4 Remove ground on 1 b Adjust A6R1 A6R2 search sweep as follows 1 Remove the A7 Assembly from the 5342A 2 Connect scope probe to A6IP1 3 Adjust A6R1 and A6R2 to obtain 8V peak to peak 0 8 triangular wave form centered around as shown adjusted properly the period will be 7 5 32 ms 5 21 IF Adjustment
200. 175 MHz INPUT 8 110 HP 5342A BLOCK DIAGRAM DESCRIPTION 8 111 Figure 8 9 is a block diagram of the HP5342Ashowingthe major assemblies of the instru ment There are five major sections The direct count section the synthesizer section the IF section the time base section and the control section Each of these are discussed in the following paragraphs 8 112 Direct Count Section 8 113 The direct count section consists of the A3 Direct Count Amplifier assembly and the A13 Counter assembly Frequencies less than 500 MHz may be measured directly by the direct count input The input signal which is applied to the front panel connector is amplified and con ditioned by the input amplfier on A3 The direct count main gate also on A3 is enabled for a specific period of time determined by the resolution selected by the LDIR GATE signal from A17 During the time that the A3 main gate is enabled counts pass through the main gate to Counter A on the A13 Counter assembly where they are totalized At the conclusion of the gate time the A14 Microprocessor assembly reads the contents of Counter A and sends the result to Al Display along with the correct annunciators and decimal point The microprocessor tinually reads the status of a hardware flag on A17 which indicates the end of the sample rate delay At the end of the delay the measurement process begins again 8 114 Synthesizer Section 8 115 The synthesizer section consists
201. 1950 A13U12 1820 1225 A13U13 1820 1251 A13U14 1820 1251 A13U15 1820 1052 A13U16 1820 1225 A13U17 1820 1251 A13U18 1820 1251 CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM B3C SZ SQ 1251 0600 CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ 1251 0600 CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ 1251 0600 IC CNTR MOS DECD 1820 0634 IC CNTR MOS DECD 1820 0634 IC INV TTL LS MEX 1 01295 04N IC FF TTLLS D TYPE POS EDGE TRIG SN74LS74N IC MUXR DATA SEL TTL LS 4 TO 1 LINE DUAL SN74LS253N IC MUXR DATA SEL TTL LS 4 TO 1 LINE DUAL SN74LS253N IC INV TTL LS HEX 1 1 01295 GATE TTL 15 NAND QUAD 2 INP SN74LS00N IC MUXR DATA SEL TTL LS 4 TO 1 LINE DUAL SN74LS253N IC MUXR DATA SEL TTL LS 4 TO 1 LINE DUAL SN74LS253N IC GATE ECL OR NOR 3 INP MC10212P IC FF ECL D M S DUAL MC10231P IC CNTR TTL LS DECD ASYNCHRO SN74LS196N IC CNTR TTL LS DECD ASYNCHRO SN74LS196N IC XLTR ECL TTL ECL TO TTL QUD 2 INP MC10125L IC FF ECL D M S DUAL MC10231P IC CNTR TTL 1 DECD ASYNCHRO SN74LS196N IC CNTR TTL LS DECD ASYNCHRO SN74LS196N 010 OO TOO A13 MISCELLANEOUS PARTS 5000 9043 PIN P C BOARD EXTRACTOR 5000 9043 5040 6852 EXTRACTOR ORANGE 5040 6852 See introduction to this section for ordering information indicates factory selected value 6 22 14 A14C1 A14C2 A14C3 A14C4 A14C5 A14C6 A14C7 A14C8 A14C9 A14C10 14 11 14 12 14 13 14 14 14 15 14 16 A14C20 A14C21 A14C22 A14C23 A14C24 A14C25 A14C26 A14C27 A14
202. 2 Specification 20 dBm Setup HP 436A HP 3312A _ FUNCTION GENERATOR POWER METER o j 8481 POWER SENSOR HP 8495B ATTENUATOR Set the 8495B to 10 dB Set the 3312A to 13 MHz sine wave with AMPLITUDE set to 10 Adjust amplitude vernier for a 15 dBm output level 5 dBm on 4364 Set the 5342A to AMPL mode 500 10 2 500 MHz range and connect the 3312A output to the 5342A input Increase the 3312A output until the 5342A measures 20 dBm Disconnect output of 3312A from 5342 and connect it to 8495B Power meter should display 10 dBm 1 5dB allowing for 10 dB of 8495 Enter on operational verification record Table 4 7 Reconnect 3312A to 5342A and increase power output until 5342A dashes the display to indicate overload This must occur at a level greater than 20 dBm Enter on operational verification record 4 4 5342 Tests 4 16 500 MHz 18 GHz Input Sensitivity Test Standard and Option 003 Instruments Only Specification Description Setup Sensitivity 25 dBm 500 MHz 12 4 GHz 20 dBm 12 4 GHz 18 GHz For Option 003 Sensitivity 22 dBm 500 MHz12 4 GHz 15 dBm 12 4 GHz 18 GHz The 5342A is set to the 500 MHz 18 GHz range and a signal at the rated sensitivity is applied to the type N connector The frequency is slowly varied ove
203. 2 Table 1 1 Specifications Change 10544A Short Term Stability to lt X 10 for 1 second average time Cont d Model 5342A Manual Changes Table 1 Troubleshooting Information The following charts are provided as an aid to troubleshooting 5342A assemblies A3 thru A9 A11 thru A14 A25 and A26 This information was to be published in the permanent 5342A manual but was inadvertently omitted Its intended location was the apron of the appropriate assembly schematic diagram Q7 5 15 B 5 1 1501 45 1 2 9 500 5 1 1 c a 0 27 5001 1 23 1 0 37 0 37 5 15 1 4 1 3 4 5 5 0 A3 DIRECT COUNT AMPLIFIER CONDITIONS No signal input and A17 removed from instrument Q3 Q4 QS 06 5 15 4 4 15001 5 1 1 5 115001 2 9 1 MM 5 15 1 93 500 1 88 1 0 0 00 1 74 1 74 1 75 0 00 1 9 500 3 3 1 0 3 3 500 1 9 1 OnNAUMAWN A A4 OFFSET VCO ASSEMBLY CONDITIONS No signal input 342A in CHECK mode junction of varactors CR2 to V 1 4 in CHECK mode 5 RF MULTIPLEXER ASSEMBLY CONDITIONS 5342A in CHECK mode Disconnect A5W1 from A26 2 u3 91 DIODE SWITCH SIMPLIFIED DRAWING 70 004 0 004 OFS VCO IN MAIN VCO IN Model 5342A Manual Changes Cont d Table 1 Troubleshooting Information Continued
204. 2 4 Installation of Extended Dynamic Range Option 003 2 7 Installation of Digital to Analog Conversion DAC Option 004 2 7 Installation of HP IB Option 011 HP B Interconnections 2 39 5342A Listen Address HP IB Descriptions OPERATION ie b Em ada zil 321 Introduction nen eR perl PEE ER RR Ld RE 31 3 3 Operating Characteristics 3 5 Operating Ranges 3 1 3 7 Resolution Keys zl CHECK DAC and ENTER Keys 3 12 FREQ K VS sido RE rbi DU eec dE pA 3 2 3 14 Automatic Mode 3 2 3 16 Manual Mode 3 2 3 18 Offset Frequencies 3 2 Amplitude and Offset Measurements 22 Digital to Analog Converter DAC Operation 324 SET RESET RECALL and CHS Keys 3 2 3 25 SAMPLE RATE GATE and 32 3 30 AM ka e eR E pd aana a RR Ke aska 3 3 Tol raniCe ues ciis xui ces ge bees DS 3 3 Automatic Amplitude Discrimination
205. 2 5 MHz 6250 19 23 us 600 MHz 337 5 MHz 6750 20 77 us 650 MHz 350 0 MHz 7000 21 54 us For example m If the MAN CNTRL FREQ is changed to 600 MHz then the period of A10TP1 changes If this doesn t occur then the divide by N circuitry on A10 is faulty 8 115 Model 5342 Service Table 8 16 A11 A12 A25 U1 IF Troubleshooting Set up signal generator at 50 MHz to deliver 0 6V into 500 as measured on an oscillo scope with 100 MHz bandwidth INPUT TO 5342A OSCILLOSCOPE SET TO 500 M NOTE In the following step for instruments containing Option 002 or 003 inject the 50 MHz test signal at the U1 Sampler Input This requires removal of the semirigid coax cable from U1 input This action is necessary due to the filter in U2 at the 500 MHZ 18 GHz input Apply the 50 MHz signal generator output to the 500 MHz 18 GHz input of the 5342A Place the 5342A in AUTO and the range switch in the 500 MHz 18 GHz position The IF OUT on the rear panel of the 5342A should appear as follows IF OUT REAR PANEL OSCILLOSCOPE IN 500 POSITION OT us If this output is as shown above go to step 3 If this output is not present then either the U1 Sampler or the A25 Preamplifier has failed Check the A25 Preamplifier by checking the dc voltages on the active components as given on the apron of the A25 schematic 8 116 Model 5342 Service Table 8 16 A11 A12 A25 Ut IF Troubleshooting
206. 20 1853 0020 1853 0020 1854 0071 0757 0279 0698 6123 0757 0280 0757 0199 0698 5184 0757 0199 0698 6123 0698 5184 0698 3446 0757 0279 0757 0280 0698 3150 0757 0290 0757 0198 0757 0418 0683 1065 0757 0283 0757 0280 0757 0283 1820 1325 1251 0600 1820 1112 1820 0493 5000 9043 5040 6852 NAAA 0 O4 gt IO OO S SERIES 1720 CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 20 50VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 056UF 10 200VDC POLYE CAPACITOR EXD 3 3UF 20 15VDC TA CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR EXD 6 8UF 20 6VDC TA CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 012UF 10 200VDC POLYE CAPACITOR EXD 1000 10 200VDC POLYE CAPACITOR FXD 8200PF 10 200VDC POLYE CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 20 50VDC CER CAPACITOR EXD 390PF 5 300VDC MICA CAPACITOR FXD 22UF 10 15VDC TA CAPACITOR FXD 3 3UF 20 15VDC TA CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 10 200VDC POLYE CAPACITOR FXD 22UF 10 15VDC TA 33UF 20 25VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER DIODE ZNR 6 19V 5 DO 7 PD 4W 022 DIODE SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO 35 DIODE SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO 35 DIODE ZNR 6 19V 5 DO 7 PD 4W 22 COIL MLD 10MM 5 Q 80 24DX 74LG NOM COIL MLD 10MM 5 Q 80 24DX 74LG NOM COIL MLD 10MM 5 Q 80 24DX 74LG NOM TRANSISTOR PNP SI PD 300MW ET 150M
207. 20106 L3 IS A WIRE LINK 2 CAPACITOR CI2 IS MOUNTED ON BACK OF BOARD TO SAMPLER UIP2 Figure 8 46 A26 Sampler Driver Assembly 8 193 HEWLETT PACKARD SALES amp SERVICE OFFICES AFRICA ASIA AUSTRALIA ANGOLA Telectra Empresa Tecnica de tquipamentos El ctricos S A R L Barbosa Rodrigues 42 DT Postal 6487 Luanda Tel 355156 TELECTRA Luanda AUSTRALIA Hewlett Packard Australia Ltd 31 41 Joseph Street Blackburn Victoria 3130 Box 36 Doncaster East Victoria 3109 Tel 89 6351 Telex 31 024 HEWPARD Melbourne Hewiett Packard Australia ly Ltd 31 Bridge Street Nw South Wales 2073 Tet 449 6566 Telex 21561 Cable HEWPARD Sydney Hewlett Packard Australia 153 Greenhili Road Parkside S A 5063 Tel 272 5911 Telex 82536 HEWPARD Adelaide Hewlett Packard Australia Ltd 141 Suring Highway Nedlands W A 6009 86 5455 Telex 93859 Cable HEWPARD Perth 11260019 121 Street Fyshwick A CT 2609 Tel 95 2733 Telex 62650 Cable HEWPARD Canberra Hewlett Packard Australia 5th Hoot Teachers Union Building 495 499 Street Spri Hill 4000 Queensiand Tel 229 1544 Cable HEWPARD Brisbane GUAM Medical Personal Calculators Only Guam Medical Supply Inc 4 Ease Building Room 210 Box 8947 Tamuning 3 96911 646 4513 Cable EARMED Guam HONG KONG
208. 215 RESISTOR 20 5X 25 FC 400 500 82005 RESISTOR 100 5 125 270 540 881015 RESISTOR 13 5 1258 1 270 540 881305 RESISTOR 51 SX 1258 CC 270 540 885105 0698253111 069823111 0698 5174 069803380 069851113 RESISTOR 30 5X 125 CC 1 4 270 540 883005 RESISTOR 30 5X 1258 CC TCs 270 840 883005 RESISTOR 200 SX 1251 CC 330 800 882015 RESISTOR 75 5 125 CC 270 540 887505 RESISTOR 100 Sx 125 168 270 540 881015 RESISTOR 6 8 5 125 CC 7 120 4400 886865 RESISTOR 15 Sx 125w 270 540 881505 RESISTOR 240 5 1258 CC TC8S 330 B00 01121 BB2415 RESISTOR 75 1 125w F 10 0 100 Chat 670 7580 RESISTOR 6 8 SX 125 CC 120 400 886805 0698 5661 0598 5998 0698 5564 0757 0398 0698 5561 See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factorv selected value 6 11 Model 5342A Replaceable Parts Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Continued wa aru ae T E eere mide mamme qu ven Mfr Reference HP Part p Qty Description Cod Mfr Part Number Designation Number ode 468 16 0598 1112 1 RESISTOR 100 125w 27 0 5 01121 881015 86817 9698 624 RESISTOR 750 5 1254 1 30 800 01121 7515 BERIA 0698 7228 7 RESISTOR 464 1 05 F 1 0 100 24546 321 8 0 648 45819 069841276 0 RESISTOR
209. 255 DM8098N AM vi iy 5t 4 Zi E j E Ec i Ug 1820 1202 91510 02 id ik ta la mL y M NT MERE TED M x ee 10 U15 124 1820 1199 SN74LS04N S m B 2 m AN i LU OS Mens 2 U11 1820 1425 SN74LS132N MEDIE s C H 3 E M 012 1818 0135 68101 1 3 4 U13 1820 1208 731532 a Fa 0 Eu U14 1820 1240 5 745138 ls x CM ic pe sua U16 U18 1820 1368 DMB8096N E E cee le Say JEL m U17 1820 1072 SN748139N d T THO mEmra ge Bern 019 1820 1112 SN74LS74N nun en I U20 1820 1240 SN748138N RECON s IE IE 021 1820 1480 MC6800L 193 1820 1 804 6842 020 Bie Wise a DE OQ 6 22 TEE RM _ TOF OIE lt Sas THT T OBE 72 XAITUS lt 80041414 meo E m 24 i AE prr x s E BIS TO 121 i3 row _ M ILOILL WAS T as mue 7 mer a z _ ANA rp PS Bl is gt B z Figure 8 37 A14 Microprocessor Assembly 8 175 Model 5342 Service gld gl 8l L 6 40108 gL 8 3015 ENINOdW
210. 25LG NOM 9100 2265 A11R1 2100 3207 RESISTOR TRMR 5K 10 SIDE ADJ 1 TRN 2100 3207 A11R2 0698 7102 RESISTOR 5 1K 5 125W CC TC 350 857 5125 A11R3 0698 5176 RESISTOR 510 5 125W CC 330 800 BB5115 A11R4 0698 7964 RESISTOR 100K 5 125W CC TC 466 875 0698 7964 A11R5 0698 3113 RESISTOR 100 5 1125 TC 270 540 BB1015 A11R6 0698 5996 RESISTOR 560 5 125W CC TC 330 800 BB5615 A11R7 0698 3111 RESISTOR 30 5 125W CC TC 270 540 BB3005 A11R8 0698 7185 RESISTOR 220K 5 125W CC TC 600 1 137 BB2245 A11R9 0698 7185 RESISTOR 220K 5 125W CC TC 600 1137 BB2245 A11R10 0698 3113 RESISTOR 100 5 125W CC TC 270 540 BB1015 A11R11 0698 7026 RESISTOR 91 5 125W CC 270 540 BB9105 A11R12 0875 1021 RESISTOR 1K 10 125W CC TC 330 800 BB1021 A11R13 0698 5993 RESISTOR 8 2K 5 125W CC 350 857 BB8225 A11R14 2100 3352 RESISTOR TRMR 1K 1096 C SIDE ADJ 1 TRN 2100 3352 A11TP2 1251 0600 CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ 1251 0600 A11TP3 1251 0600 CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ 1251 0600 A11TP4 1251 0600 CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ 1251 0600 A11U1 1826 0065 IC 311 COMPARATOR 8 DIP P SN72311P A11U2 1826 0372 IC 5 GHZ LIMITER AMP 1826 0372 A11 MISCELLANEOUS PARTS 5000 9043 PIN P C BOARD EXTRACTOR 5000 9043 5040 6852 EXTRACTOR ORANGE 5040 6852 OOA OO BRABNNNNN 1 6 0 8 1 2 9 5 5 1 3 8 9 7 0 0 0 0 2 See introduction to this section for orderin
211. 25W CC TC 270 540 01121 BB5105 A7R19 0698 5075 8 RESISTOR 130 5 125W CC TC 330 800 01121 BB1315 A7R20 0698 5172 6 RESISTOR 13 5 125W CC TC 270 540 01121 BB1305 21 0698 3113 1 RESISTOR 100 5 125W 270 540 01121 1015 7 22 0698 3379 1 1 RESISTOR 68 5 125W 270 540 01121 8805 7 1 1251 0600 0 1 CONNECTOR SGL CONT 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ 28480 1251 0600 A7U1 1820 0630 3 1 IC MISC TTL 04713 MC4044P A7U2 1820 1208 1 1 IC GATE TTL LS NOR TPL 3 01295 SN74LS27N A7U3 1826 0372 2 2 IC 5 GHZ LIMITER AMP 28480 1826 0732 A7U4 1826 0372 2 IC 5 GHZ LIMITER AMP 28480 1826 0372 See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 6 14 Model 5342A Replaceable Parts Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Continued Eum o0 em m mum Desig nation Code 05342 60008 MAIN VCD ASSEMBLY SERIES IT26 05842 60806 0160 0228 CAPACITOR FXD 22LF 104 15960 TA 1805224 441582 0160 3878 CAPACITOR FXD 1006PF 20 CER 0160 3878 0160 3878 CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER 0160 3878 0160 3877 CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 200VDC CER 0160 3878 0160 3878 CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER 0160 3878 0160 3877 CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 4 209 6 200VDC CER 0160 3877 0160 3877 CAPACITOR FXD 2 28F 25RF 200VDC CER 0160 3872 0160 3878 CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER 0160 3878 0160 3878 CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER 0160 3878 0160 3878
212. 2778 No 7 Koger Exec Center Suite 212 23502 804 461 4025 6 9669 2914 Hungary Springs Road Richmond 23228 Tel 804 285 3431 WASHINGTON Bellefieid Office Pk 1203 1141 Ave SE Bellevue 38004 Tel 206 454 3971 TWX 310 443 2446 WEST VIRGINIA Me icabAnalytical Only Charleston 304 345 1640 WISCONSIN 9004 West Lincoln Ave West Alka 53227 1414 541 0550 FOR U S AREAS NOT LISTED Contact the regional meaarest you Georgi North Hollywood Caidornia Rockville Maryland Rothng Meadows liknas Ther complete addresses are 5100 above Service Onty ama 8 195 8 196 blank 310 4 SB TB TB TM TM TM TM TM TM 38 100 43 180 43 0118 11 6625 539 14 3 11 6625 2780 14 amp P 11 6625 2964 14 amp P 38 750 740 90 1 750 244 2 TM 11 6625 3014 14 APPENDIX A REFERENCES Index of Technical publications Preservation Packaging Packing and Marking Materials Supplies and Equipment Used by the Army Calibration Requirements for the Maintenance of Army Materiel Field instructions for painting and preserving Electronics Command equipment including camouflage pattern painting of electrical quipment shelters Operator s Organizational Direct Support and General Support Maintenance Manual Test Set Transistor TS 1836C U NSN 6625 00 159 2263 Changes 1 2 Operator s O
213. 28480 05342 60107 A25W3 05342 60107 3 CABLE ASSEMBLY PREAMP DRIVER 28480 05342 60107 A25 MISCELLANEOUS PARTS 1200 0647 8 1 SOCKET XSTR 3 CONT TO 18 DIP SLDR 28480 1200 0647 1250 0901 2 2 CONNECTOR RF SMB M SGL HOLE FR 50 DNM 28480 1250 0901 1400 0486 7 3 BRACKET RTANG 312 LG X 375 LG 312 WD 28480 1400 0486 2190 0033 4 1 WASHER LK INTL 7 5 16 IN 314 IN ID 28480 2190 0033 2950 0007 4 1 NUT HEX DBL CHAM 5 16 32 THD 094 00000 ORDER BY DESCRIPTION 05342 00006 5 1 COVER PREAMPLIFIER28480 05342 00006 05342 00007 6 1 BRACKET SAMPLER 28480 05342 00007 05342 20103 5 1 SHELL CONNECTOR 28480 05342 20103 See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 6 34 Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Continued Model 5342A Replaceable Parts Reference HP Part Qty Description Mfr Mfr Part Number Designation Number Code A26C1 A26C2 A26C3 A26C4 A26C5 A26C6 A26C7 A26C8 A26C9 A26C10 A26C11 A26C12 A26C13 A26C14 A26CR1 A26CR2 A26J1 A26J2 A26L1 A26Q1 A26R1 A26R2 A26R3 A26R4 A26R5 A26R6 A26R7 A26R8 A26TP1 A26TP2 A26U1 A26W1 05342 60026 0160 4536 0160 3879 0160 3876 0160 3879 0160 3876 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 1745 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 0576 0160 4542 0160 4082 0160 4082 1901 0796 1901 0179 05342 20109 05342 20108 9100 0346 1854 0071 0757 0384 0698 7101 0698 5179 0757 0180 0698 3111 0698 4132
214. 342 00003 MP16 05342 00004 3 1 SHIELD PROTECTIVE 28480 05342 00004 MP17 05342 00005 4 1 SHIELD 28480 05342 00005 MP18 05342 00008 7 2 BRACKET MOTHER BOARD 28480 05342 00008 MP19 05342 00010 1 1 PLATE PATCH 28480 05342 00010 DELETE FOR OPTION 011 P1 1251 4735 0 1 CONNECTOR 42 PIN PRESSURE TYPE 28480 1251 4735 1 PART OF A22W7 LINE SWITCH S2 3103 0056 9 1 SWITCH THRM 167F 154 OPN DN RISE 28480 3103 0056 S3 3101 2306 2 2 SWITCH SL DPDT N3 STD 54 125VAC DC 28480 3101 2306 S4 3104 2306 2 SWITCH SL DPDT N3 STD 54 125VAC DC 28480 3101 2306 Ut 5088 7022 1 1 SAMPLER ASSEMBLY 28480 5088 7022 W1 8120 2482 0 1 CABLE ASSY COAX 5 512 IN LG 28480 8120 2482 W2 8120 0664 6 1 CABLE ASSY 26AWG 24 CNDCT 28480 8120 0664 W3 05342 60105 1 1 CABLE ASSEMBLY IF EXT 28480 05342 60105 MISCELLANEOUS PARTS 0370 1005 2 1 3 8 125 IN ID 28480 0340 1005 0530 0592 8 3 RETAINER PUSH ON TUB EXT 14 IN DIA 28480 0510 0592 0520 0139 0 2 SCREW MACH 2 56 875 IN LG PAN MD POZI 00000 ORDER BY DESCRIPTION 0624 0078 6 2 SCREW TAG 6 32 375 IN LG PAN MD POZI 28480 0624 0078 1400 0015 8 3 CLAMP CABLE 25 DIA 375 WD STL 28480 1400 0015 1400 0053 4 1 CLAMP CABLE 172 DIA 375 WD NYL 28480 1400 0053 1460 1345 5 2 TILT STAND SST 28480 1460 1345 2680 0172 1 2 SCREW MACH 10 32 375 IN LG 100 DEG 28480 2680 0172 3050 0050 0 1 WASHER FL MTLC 7 16 IN 5 IN ID 28480 3050 0
215. 342A Place the 5342A in 500 10 Hz 500 MHz range 1 MHz resolution sample rate full CCW and AMPL mode Monitor the AMPL SEL signal at XA16B 4 with an oscilloscope 8 130 Model 5342 Service Table 8 20 Option 002 Amplitude Measurements Troubleshooting Continued XA16B 4 AMPL SEL 50 MHz 10 dBm INPUT leto msec 7 If this signal shown above is not present go to diagnostic mode 6 and measure the following dc levels for AMPL on and AMPL off A16 DC Levels 50 MHz 10 dBm Input Front Panel U5 10 Q8 07 Collector Emitter Collector AMPL 0 2 14 6 0 02V 13 9V 13 IV AMPL OFF 13 9 14 5V 3 3 15 1 14 5V m 8 131 Model 5342 Service Table 8 20 Option 002 Amplitude Measurements Troubleshooting Continued 8 Apply a 10 dBm 500 MHz signal to the 500 MHZ 18 GHz input and press RESET Set the 5342A to 1 MHz resolution AMPL on and the 500 MHz 18 GHz range Check the AMPL ON signal at XA16B 4 and the FREQ ON signal at XA16B 3 with an oscilloscope AMP XA16B 3 l 20 ms 9 the waveforms shown above are not present go to diagnostic mode 6 and check the voltages in the following table A16 DC LEVELS 500 MHz 10 dBm INPUT Mode 10 Q5 Q9 Q6 Q4 Q1 02 Emitter 134 489 4 4 97 0 07 4 99 0 05 0 05C 428 0 078 508 508 0 2 4145 40010 486 0077 5 0 5 0 4 988 0468 078 44B 43 Note Oollector
216. 3441 8 3 RESISTOR 215 1 125W TC 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 215R F A21R4 0757 0419 0 RESISTOR 681 1 125W F TC 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 681R F A21R5 0757 0419 0 RESISTOR 681 1 125W F TC 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 681R F A21R6 0698 3155 1 5 RESISTOR 4 64K 1 125W 0 100 24546 4 1 8 0 4641 21 7 0698 5808 5 1 RESISTOR 4K 1 125W 0 100 24546 4 1 8 0 4001 A21R8 0698 3444 1 1 RESISTOR 316 1 125W TC 04 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 316R F A21R9 0811 1827 2 2 RESISTOR 1 10 3W PW 0 90 28480 0811 1827 A21R10 0757 0419 0 RESISTOR 681 1 125W 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 TO 681R F A21R11 0698 3155 1 RESISTOR 4 64K 1 125W TC 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 4641 F A21R12 0811 1827 2 RESISTOR 1 10 3W PW TC 0 90 28480 0811 1827 A21R13 0757 0346 2 1 RESISTOR 10 1 125W 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 TO 10RO F A21R14 0698 3441 8 RESISTOR 215 1 125W TC 04 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 215R F A21R15 0698 3441 8 RESISTOR 215 1 125W TC 04 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 215R F A21R16 0698 0082 7 2 RESISTOR 464 1 125W 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 4640 F A21R17 2100 3154 7 1 RESISTOR TRMR 1K 10 C SIDE ADJ 17 TRN 02111 43P102 A21R18 0757 0465 6 3 RESISTOR 100K 1 125W 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 1003 F A21R19 0698 0084 9 3 RESISTOR 2 15K 1 125W 0 100 24546 4 1 8 0 2151 A21R20 0757 0280 3 2 RESISTOR 1K 1 125W 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 1001 F A21R21 0698 0082 7 RESISTOR
217. 36A POWER METER HP 8620C HP 86222A SWEEPER R 86290 8481 POWER SENSOR Set the 8620 to 1 GHz at 5 0 dBm as measured by the 436 Power Meter Connect the 8620C output to the 5342A and verify that the counter counts 1 GHz Increase the level of the 8620C output until the counter s display fills with dashes Measure this level on the 436A and verify that it is greaterthan 5 dBm Enter the level at which the display is dashed on the performance test record Table 4 5 4 22 Model 5342 Performance Tests For Options 002 003 only HP 489A MICROWAVE HP 8620C SWEEPER AMPLIFIER 8495 ATTENUATOR HP 436A POWER METER HP 8481A POWER SENSOR Set the 84956 to 10 dB Set the 8620 to 1 GHz and connect the 84956 output to 8481 power sensor Adjust the 489A gain control and 86222A gain control for a 489A output level of 15 dBm 5 dBm displayed on 436A Connect the 489A output to 5342A and verify that the counter counts 1 CHz Increase the signal level until 5342A Option 002 displays 20 dBm 1 5 dB Enter on performance test record Reconnect signal to 5342A and increase level until display fills with dashes This must occur at a level gt 20 dBm Enter the level at which the display is dashed on the performance test record Table 4 5 Be sure to add 10 dB to 436
218. 3879 A15C1 0100 1788 6 1 CHOKE WIDBAND ZMAXB660 180 MHZ 02114 VK200 20 48 A15R1 0787 0390 0 1 RESISTOR 51 1 1 125W 0 100 24548 C4 1 8 T0 5181 F A15R2 1810 0164 7 3 NETWORK RES 9 PIN SIP 15 PIN 8PCG 28480 1810 0164 A15R3 1810 0164 7 NETWORK RES 9 PIN SIP 15 PIN 8PCG 28480 1810 0164 A15R4 1810 0164 7 NETWORK RES 9 PIN SIP 15 PIN 8PCG 28480 1810 0164 0360 0124 3 2 CONNECTOR 8GL CONT PIN 04 IN 6SC 32 RND 28480 0360 0124 0360 0124 3 CONNECTOR 8GL CONT PIN 04 IN 6SC 32 RND 28480 0360 0124 1501 1820 1197 9 2 IC TTL L8 NAND QUAD 2 INP 01295 BN74L800N A15U2 1820 1144 6 4 IC GATE TTL L8 NAND QUAD 2 INP 01295 BN74L802N A15U3 1820 1112 6 8 IC FF TTL L8 D TYPE PO8 EDGE TRIG 01295 BN74L874N 1504 1820 1112 8 EF TTL L8 D TYPE PO8 EDGE TRIG 01295 BN74L874N A15U5 1820 1144 6 IC GATE TTL L8 NOR QUAD 2 INP 01295 8N74L802N A15U6 1820 1144 6 IC GATE TTL L8 NOR QUAD 2 INP 01295 BN74L802N A15U7 1820 1211 8 1 IC GATE TTL L8 EXCL DR QUAD 2 INP 01295 BN74L886N A15U8 1820 1144 6 IC GATE TTL L8 NOR QUAD 2 INP 01295 BN74L802N A15U9 1820 1112 8 IC FF TTL L8 D TYPE POPS EDGE TRIG 01295 BN74L874N A15U10 1820 1112 5 IC FF TTL L8 D TYPE POPS EDGE TRIG 01295 BN74L874N A15U11 1820 1210 3 1 IC DCDR TTL L8 3 TO 8 LINE 3 INP 01295 BN74L5138N A15U12 1820 1206 1 1 IC GATE TTL L8 NOR TTL 3 INP 01295 BN74L827N A15U13 1820 1199 1 1 IC INV TTL L8 HEX 1 INP 01295 BN74L804N A15U14 1820 1112 6 IC FF TTL L8 D TYPE POS EDGE
219. 4 U S MAIL SED 049344
220. 4 board contains an oven controled crystal oscillator 10544A that results in higher accuracy and longer time periods between calibration Refer to the specification listed in Table T T The schematic diagrams for both oscilators is shown in Figure 8 44 8 284 A25 PREAMPLIFIER 8 285 The A25 Preamplifier Assembly shown in Figure 8 45 the two outputs from the sampling diodes in the U1 Sampler and provides approximately 42 dB gain for the sampler output This gain remains approximately flat out to 125 MHz and rolls off by 8 to 10 dB at 175 MHz This roll off for frequencies above 125 MHz prevents interference between the differ ence frequency produced by the desired Nth harmonic of the VCO mixing with the unknown and the difference frequency produced by the 1 harmonic of the VCO mixing with the unknown Refer to paragraph 8 105 for a detailed description of sensitivity 8 286 A level detecting diode 1 detects RF level and is used to indicate overload to the microprocessor The detected RF output is also used for controlling cument sources on A25 which are used to control pin diode attenuators in the Amplitude Option 002 and Extended Dynamic Range Option 003 8 287 The two sampler outputs are combined in C5 and C9 at the input and are passed to the first stage of amplification High frequency transistor Q22 and its associated circuitry pro vide approximately 10 dB gain Resistors and R7 provide negative fe
221. 40 A19Q2 1854 0311 8 TRANSISTOR NPN 2N4240 SI TO LL PD 35W 01928 2N4240 A19R1 0686 1045 9 3 RESISTOR 100K 5 5W CC 0 882 01121 E81045 A19R2 0686 1055 1 1 RESISTOR 1M 5 5W TC 0 1000 01121 E81055 A19R3 0686 1045 9 RESISTOR 100K 5 5W CC 0 882 01121 E81045 A19R4 0686 1005 1 3 RESISTOR 10 5 5W CC 0 412 01121 E81005 A19R5 2100 0552 3 1 RESISTOR TRMR 50 10 C SIDE ADJ 1 TRN 28480 2100 0552 A19R6 0683 3005 9 1 RESISTOR 30 5 25W FC TC 400 500 01121 C83005 A19R7 0698 0021 4 1 RESISTOR 3 3 10 5W CC 0 412 01121 E83361 A19R8 0813 0001 6 1 RESISTOR 1K 5 3W PW TC 0 20 28480 0813 0001 A19R9 0686 1045 9 RESISTOR 100 5 5W CC 0 882 01121 81045 A19R10 0686 1005 1 RESISTOR 10 5 5W CC 0 412 01121 E81005 A19R11 0686 1005 1 RESISTOR 10 5 5W CC 0 412 01121 E81005 A19RT1 0839 0006 5 2 THERMISTOR DISC 10 DGN TC 3 8X C DEG 28480 0839 0006 A19RT2 0839 0006 5 THERMISTOR DISC 10 DGN TC 3 8X C DEG 28480 0839 0006 A19RV1 0837 0106 2 2 VARISTOR 150VRMS 28480 0837 0106 A19RV2 0837 0106 2 VARISTOR 150VRMS 28480 0837 0106 A19T1 9100 3066 7 2 TRANSFORMER POWER 28480 9100 3006 A19T2 9100 3066 7 TRANSFORMER POWER 28480 9100 3066 A19TP4 1251 0600 0 5 CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ 28480 1251 0600 A19TP5 1251 0600 0 CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ 28480 1251 0600 A19TP6 1251 0600 0 CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ 28480 1251 0600 A19TP7 125
222. 42A and 436A power meter and is varied over the frequency range The amplitude reading of the 5342A is compared to the 436A Power Meter calibration factor included HP 8620C SWEEPER HP 86222A OR HP 86290A HP 436A POWER METER POWER SENSOR HP 11667A POWER SPLITTER HP 8495B ATTENUATOR Connect the 11667A directly to the 5342A type connector and connect the 8481A directly to the other 11667A output Set the 8620C at 500 MHz and adjust the output level and the step attenuator for 22 dBm as measured on the 436A Power Meter Set the 5342A to the 500 MHz 18 GHz range and select amplitude mode Slowly vary the 8620A up to 12 4 GHz and verify correct 5342A display Take measurements at 1 GHz and 12 4 GHz Verify that the 436A reading is within 1 5 dB of the 5342A reading Be sure to change the 436A cali bration factor with frequency Record difference between 436A and 5342A readings on verification record Set the 8620C to 12 4 GHz and adjust the output level to 15 dBm as measured on the 436A Power Meter Slowly vary the 8620C up to 18GHz and verify correct 5342A display Take a measurement at 18 GHz and verify that the 5342 is within 1 5 dB of the 436A reading be sure to adjust 436A calibration factor Record difference between 436A and 5342 readings on verification record Table 4 1 5342 Performance Tests 4 18 500 MHz 18 GHz High Level Test HP 8620C
223. 5 29 Adjust resistor A3R8 Balance as follows a b 5 30 5 31 5 8 Set 5342 to 10 Hz 500 MHz range and 500 Apply a 1MHz sine wave signal at a level of 25 mV ms Monitor A3TP1 output of U5 on scope and adjust A3R8 for a 5096 duty cycle Decrease input level further and adjust A3R8 for 5096 duty cycle Keep decreasing level and adjusting A3R8 to the point where the counter no longer counts 8 gt 0 2 us OSCILLATOR ADJUSTMENTS A24 Standard Oscillator Adjust the standard oscillator as follows Connect the rear panel FREQ 50 OUT of the 5342A to the input of a high resolution fre quency counter reciprocal taking such as an HP 5345A The 5345A should be referenced to an extemal frequency standard such as the HP 5061A Cesium Beam by connecting the extemal standard to the extemal oscillator input of the 5345A Remove the A24 oscillator and note the frequency offset marked on the label If oper ation of the counter will be overthe full temperature range then the 10 MHz oscillator must be offset by the marked amount in orderto keep the oscillator frequency within the manufacturer s temperature specification For example if 3 6 Hz is marked on the label then the oscillator is adjusted fora frequency of 10 0000036 MHz at 25 C If operation is solely at 25 C then the offset can be ignored Reinstall A24 and adjust the oscillator for a 5345A display of the frequency determined in step b Mode
224. 5 678987 is entered then 12 345678987 GHz should be displayed by the counter when the fequency offset is recalled The 9825A should print 75 MHz which is the output of the 5342A in check mode The 5342A RECALL light should flash on during output indicating that it has been addressed asa talker In the first part of the test the 5342A is placed in HOLD and a trg 722 is executed For each beep of the calculator observe that the 5342A GATE lights After the second measurement the 5342A is programmed for front panel control Vary the front panel sample rate pot and observe the change in GATE delay Press CONTINUE and the 5342A is programmed for fast sample Verify that the front panel pot has no effect and that there is minimum time between measurements Press CONTINUE and the 5342A is programmed for sample and HOLD Before each beep from the 9825A the 5342A is sent T3 which takes one measurement and holds 4 13 Model 5342 Performance Tests Table 4 3 Model 9825A Program Description Continued CHECK POINT TEST OBSERVE ON 5342A Only If Wait Until Addressed Status Byte Go To Local Local Lockout AMPL OPTION 002 Amplitude On Off Amplitude Offset On Off Set Amplitude Offset AMPL Output 4 14 At the start of this test the 5342A is placed in the ONLY IF addressed mode The GATE light should continually light indicating that measurements are continually being made until the 5342A is addressed to talk T
225. 5 Vienna Austria Tel 0222 35 16 2110 27 Cable HEWPAK Vienna MEDITERRANEAN AND MIDDLE EAST COUNTRIES NOT SHOWN PLEASE CONTACT Hewlett Packard S Mediterranean and East Operations 35 Kolokotroni Street Platia GA Kifissia Athens Greece 8080337 359 429 Cable HEWPACKSA Athens FOR OTHER AREAS NOT LISTED CONTACT Hewlett Packard S 7 rue du Bois Qu an PO Box CH 13217 Meyrin 2 Geneva Swiberiano Tel 022 82 70 00 Cable HEWPACKSA Geneva UNITED STATES ALABAMA Box 4207 8290 Whitesburg Or Huntsville 35802 205 881 459 8933 Blvo Birmingham 35206 Tel 205 836 2201 2 ARIZONA 2336 Magnolia St Phoenix 85034 Tel 602 244 1361 2424 Eas Aragor Ro Tucson 85706 Tel 602 889 4661 ARKANSAS Senece 5646 Brady Station Little Rock 72215 Tel 501 376 1844 CALIFORNIA 1430 East Ave Fullerton 1 Tet 714 870 1000 3939 Lankershim Boulevard North H 91604 213 877 1262 TW 910 499 2671 5400 West Rosecrans Bud P O 92105 World Way Posta Center 90009 Los 213 970 7500 TWX 910 325 6608 Loe Angeles 213 776 7500 3003 Scott Boulevard Santa Clara 95050 408 249 7000 TWX 910 338 0518 Tei 714 446 6165 9181 929 7222 9606 Aero Drive Box 23333 San Diego 92123 Tel i7 4 279 3200 Tarzana Tel 12 3 705 3344 COLORADO
226. 5 dBm 8 205 As shown in Figure 8 34 detecting diode CR1 and capacitor C2 detect the negative half cycle of the IF signal This dc level is sent to voltage comparator U1 which compares the detected level with a reference level set by the potentiometer R14 For input signals greater than approximately 15 dBm the detected IF appearing at U1 3 will be more negative than the refer ence voltage at U1 2 and the output at U1 7 wil be TTL high Wen the input level to the counter drops below about 15 dBm U1 7 will go TIL low which means that LPW RST is low The LPWRST signal causes the RS latch on A25 to be reset thus reducing the attenuation of the pin diode attenuator if it was set initially by a high level signal greater than 15 dBm The pin diode attenuators are present only when the Amplitude Option 002 or Extended Dynamic Range Option 003 is present Of course when neither option is present the LPW RST has no effect Resistor 4 on U1 provides hysteresis of about 1 dB in IF signal amplitude so that the output of U1 does not go high again until the IF amplitude increases by 1 dB over the level where it caused LPW RST to go low 8 206 A12 IF DETECTOR ASSEMBLY 8 207 The A12 IF Detector assembly shown in further amplitude limits the IF signal by amplifying it an additional 28 dB before sending it to the A13 Counter assembly to be counted A level detecting diode detects if the input signal level is of sufficient amplitude to
227. 51 5X 125 CC 1 2 270 540 01121 885105 5 20 0598 3111 9 RF SISTOR 30 5 125 TC22270 540 0112 683005 AKR 069853111 9 RESISTOR 30 5 1254 CC 2 270 540 01121 883005 ASR2 069805174 RESISTOR 200 5 125 01121 882015 ASRaY 0698 6241 2 RESISTOR 750 5 125 CC TC22330 A00 01121 887515 86824 0675 1021 FESISTOR jk 10X 1254 08 330 9800 01121 881021 4524 0598 1113 1 PESTSTOR 100 125 270 540 01121 881015 85826 059823376 A RESISTOR 43 Sx 125 CC TCs 270 9540 01121 884305 5827 069807228 7 RESISTOR 464 1x 058 7 0 100 246545 321 8 0 4 4 6 86 2 0698 33850 4 RESISTOR 75 5 1254 1 270 540 01121 887505 4501 1826 0372 5 GHZ LIMITER AMP 28480 1826 0372 Asu 1868 0059 9 TRANSISTOR ARRAY 28480 1858 0059 ASUS 1858 0059 9 TRANSISTOR ARRAY 28480 1858 0059 504 1826 0372 IC 5 GHZ LIMITER AMP 28480 1826 0372 6 5561 053425660100 CABLE ASSEMBLY MULTIPLEXER 28480 05342 60100 AS MISCELLANEUUS PARTS 0363 0155 CONTACTeFINGER 13 WD 09 e FREEeHGT 0363 0133 032040970 375 e 1IN LG 4e g0 THD 0380 0970 05342 20101 GROUND 05342 20101 See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 6 12 A6C1 A6C2 A6C3 A6C4 A6C5 A6C6 A6C7 A6C8 6 9 6 10 6 11 6 12 A6C13 A6CR1 A6CR2 A6CR3 A6CR4 A6Q1 A6Q2 A6Q3 A
228. 5342 60114 05342 60115 CABLE ASSY GRAY RED 28480 05342 60115 05342 60116 CABLE ASSY GRAY ORANGE 28480 05342 60116 05342 60117 CABLE ASSY GRAY YELLOW28480 05342 60117 05342 60118 CABLE ASSY GRAY GREEN 28480 05342 60118 Page 6 4 lable 6 6 Option 003 Replaceable Parts Change A16 part numbers in HP and Mfr columns from 05342 60037 to 05342 60016 Page 8 amp 179 Figure 8 39 A16 Schematic Diagram Change A16 part number and series number top of diagram from 05342 60038 SERIES 1812 to read 05342 60016 SERIES 1720 At left edge of diagram change the pin numbers of connectorj7to numbersasfollows CHANGE FROM Pin Numbers Number land 14 jl 2and 13 4and 11 5 and 10 3and 12 6and 9 N Ww 5342 Manual Changes CHANGE 4 Page 6 23 Table 6 3 A14 Replaceable Parts Change the series number from 1808 to 1804 Change A14R5 from 0698 5426 RESISTOR 10K 1096 125WCC 2350 4857 0160G BB1031 to read 0698 7097 RESISTOR 1M 5 125WCC TC 600 1137 01606 BBIO55 Add A14C25 0160 3879 CAPACITOR FXD 010 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 3879 Add 14 22 0698 5174 RESISTOR 200 5 125WCC 330 800 0160G BB2015 Add 14 23 0698 5562 RESISTOR 120 596 125WCC 300 800 0160G 1215 Delete A14R24 0675 1021 RESISTOR 1096 125WCC 330 800 01606 BBIO21 Delete A14Q1 1854 0574 TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD 500 MIN FT
229. 535 must be ordered as matched part 05342 80505 Option 003 U2 Attenuator 5088 7038 5088 7538 6 5 ABBREVIATIONS AND REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS 6 6 Table 6 2 lists abbreviations and reference designations used in the parts list the schematics and throughout the manual In some cases two forms of the abbreviation are used one all in capital letters and one partial or no capitals This occurs because the abbreviations in the parts list are always all capitals However in the schematics and other parts of the manual other abbrevi ation forms are used with both lower case and upper case letters 6 1 Model 5342A Replaceable Parts 6 2 A ac ACCESS ADJ A D AF AFC AGC AL ALC AM AMPL APC ASSY AUX avg AWG assembly attenuator isolator termination fan motor battery capacitor coupler diode diode thyristor varactor directional coupler delay line annunciator signaling device audible or visual lamp LED ampere alternating current accessory adjustment analog to digital audio frequency automatic frequency controt automatic gain control aluminum automatic level control amplitude modulation amplifier automatic phase control assembly auxiliary average american wire gauge Table 6 2 Abbreviation and Reference Designations REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS miceltaneous electrical pan tuse filter 7 hardware circulator etectrical
230. 546 C4 1 8 TO 619R F A27R3 0757 0418 9 RESISTOR 619 1 125W 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 TO 619R F A27R4 0757 0418 9 RESISTOR 619 1 125W F TC 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 TO 619R F A27R5 0757 0401 0 2 RESISTOR 100 1 125W TC 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 TO 101 F A27R6 0698 7202 7 1 RESISTOR 38 3 1 05W TC 0 100 24546 C3 1 8 TO 38R3 G A27R7 0757 0401 0 RESISTOR 100 1 125W F TC 0 100 24546 C3 1 8 TO 101 F A27R8 0698 3435 0 1 RESISTOR 38 3 1 125W TC 0 100 24546 C3 1 8 TO 10R3 F A27R9 2100 3053 5 1 RESISTOR TMR 20 20 C SIDE ADJ 17 02111 43P200 A27R10 2100 3095 5 1 RESISTOR 200 10 C SIDE ADJ 17 02111 43 201 05342 00015 4 1 COVER 28480 05342 00015 05342 20110 4 1 HOUSING 28480 05342 20110 U2 05342 80005 2 WF AMP ASSY 28480 05342 8005 W1 8120 2660 4 1 CABLE ASSY 28480 8120 2668 W2 05342 60119 7 1 CABLE ASSY LF 50 28480 05342 60119 W3 8120 2516 1 1 CABLE ASSY SEMIRIGID 28480 8120 2316 See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 6 40 Table 6 6 Option 003 Replaceable Parts Model 5342A Replaceable Parts Reference HP Part Qty Description Mfr Mfr Part Number Designation Number Code A16C1 A16C2 A16CR1 A16Q1 A16Q2 A16Q3 A16R1 A16R2 A16R3 A16R4 A16R5 A16R6 A16R7 A16R8 A16R9 A16R10 16 1 16 2 05342 60037 0180 0490 0180 0490 1901 0040 1852 0058 1852 0058 1854 0246 0
231. 55 9100 2255 9100 2255 CO IL MLD 1009 10 0560 0950 251 6 NOM 9100022605 47 10 0835 0950 X 25LG NOM 9100 2255 CO IL MLD 10 0825 0960 25 9100 2255 IL MLD 470NH 10 0835 0 950X 25LGeNOM 9100 2255 IL 10 0835 0950 X 25 LGeNOM 9100 2255 CO 120NH 10 0834 0950 251 0 9100 2248 CO IL MLD 7 10 9835 09SDX 25LGeNOM 9100 2255 ILeMLD 27UH 10 0845 0960 25LGeNOM 9100 2269 IL MLD 27UM yox QEUS 0 950x 25LGe NOM 9100 2269 IL amp MLD 470NH 10 0535 0950 x 2 SLGeNOM 910092255 LSMLO 47 10 Qx35 0950X 25LG NOM 9100 2255 CO JL 70 10 035 0950 X 25 c NOM 9100 2255 CO IL MLD u70NH 10 0835 0 950 25 6 9100 2255 COILeMLD10UH10X 055 0 0950X 25 LGeNOM 9100 2255 0 470NH 10 0235 0950 X 25 LGeNOM 9100 2255 9100 2248 9100 2255 9100 2269 9100 2269 9100 2255 9100 3255 910002255 9100 2255 9100 2265 9100 2255 6 6 5 3 3 7 6 7 7 7 7 7 7 3 3 6 4 4 4 4 5 0 0 4 4 4 4 4 05342 80001 1853 0058 1853 0058 1853 0058 0683 1215 0083 2005 0698 3113 069805172 0698 3378 COIL 5 TURNS 05342080001 TRANSISTOR PNP SI PDS300MW FTR200MMZ 832248 TRANSISTOR PNP SI FTR200MHZ 532248 TRANSISTOR PNP SI 200 MHZ 832248 RESISTOR 120 5 25 FC 6 0 81
232. 5R17 0698 6681 4 RESISTOR 9 1 5 125W CC TC 120 400 01121 BB9165 A25R18 0698 311 9 2 RESISTOR 30 5 125W 270 540 01121 BB3005 A25R19 0757 0399 5 1 RESISTOR 82 5 1 125W TC 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 TO 82R5 F A25R20 0698 3113 1 RESISTOR 100 5 125W CC 270 500 01121 BB1015 A25R21 0698 5562 8 2 RESISTOR 120 5 125W 330 800 01121 BB1215 A25R22 0757 0180 2 1 RESISTOR 31 6 1 125W F 0 100 28480 0757 0180 A25R23 0757 0038 3 1 RESISTOR 5 11K 1 125W TC 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 70 5111 F A25R24 0698 3113 1 RESISTOR 100 5 125W CC TC 270 540 01121 BB1015 A25R25 0698 3111 9 RESISTOR 30 5 125W CC TC 270 540 01121 BB3005 A25R26 0698 3378 0 1 RESISTOR 51 5 125W CC TC 270 540 01121 BB5105 A25R27 0698 5562 8 RESISTOR 120 5 125W CC TC 330 800 01121 BB1215 A25R28 2100 3207 1 1 RESISTOR TRMR 5K 10 C SIDE ADJ 1 TRM 28480 2100 3207 A25R29 0757 0485 0 2 RESISTOR 681K 1 125W TC 0 100 28480 0757 0485 A25R30 0757 0485 0 RESISTOR 681K 1 125W F TC 0 100 28480 0757 0485 A25R31 2100 3274 2 1 RESISTOR TRMR 10K 10 SIDE ADJ 1 TRN 28480 2100 3274 A25R32 0757 0469 0 1 RESISTOR 150K 1 125W TC 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 1503 F A25R33 0698 7966 0 1 RESISTOR 680K 5 125W TC 60 1137 01121 BB6845 A25R34 0698 5176 0 RESISTOR 510 5 125W CC TC 330 800 01121 BB5115 A25R35 0698 7241 4 1 RESISTOR 1 62K 1 05W TC 0 100 28480 0698 7241 A25R36 0757 0027 6 1
233. 600 1251 0600 182000539 1820 0468 182091443 1820 0539 182091416 ooo IC BFR TTL NAND QUAD 2eINP IC TTL BCDeTOsOEC qeTOe1Q LINE IC CNTR TTL LS BIN ASYNCHRO ICBFRTTLNAND QUA ICSCH ITTe TRIG TTL LS INV HEX JeINP IC BFR TTL NO MEX ICDCDRTTL BC De TO DECU TOe10eL INE IC906TL 64811 RAV TTL IC TTL LS NOR QUAD 2geINP IC INV TTL LS Ex 0 04817 RAM TTL TTL NO HEX toINP IC SCHMITTSTRIG TTL LS NAND DUM IC BFR TTL NO JoIN IC Uy EL TILLS Date 1 eL INE QUAD 182091049 1820 0468 182091028 1820 1144 182091200 1820 1028 1820 1254 1820 1025 1820 1254 1820 1428 182091112 1820 1112 1820918 5 IC YTL LS De TYPE POS EDGEe TRIG IC FF TYL LSDeTYPEPOSSEDGEeTRIG RGTR TTL L8 DeTYPE QUAD woo 42900 wOouwo A2 MISCEL LA NEOUS PARTS 0380 0336 SPACER RVT ON 312 e 152 e INS IO 12 0 1045 0 1 2u CONT DIPeSLOR See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value Model 5342A Replaceable Parts Mfr Part Number 05342060002 016023879 150D105x00 042 0160 3879 15 00104 9035 2 016093879 1500606 000682 016003878 0160 3879 1500337 x9000S2 0160 3879 150060 6 0006 0160 3878 016 0 057 0150 0573 0100 0570 8 36740 4 1 8 70 751 1810 0125 WwP N102P105UZ C85105 C8e205 681015
234. 6Q4 A6R1 A6R2 A6R3 A6R4 A6R5 A6R6 A6R7 A6R8 A6R9 A6R10 A6R11 A6R12 A6R13 A6R14 A6R15 A6R16 A6R17 A6R18 A6R19 A6R20 A6R21 A6R22 A6R23 A6R24 A6R25 A6U1 A6U2 0180 0228 0160 3879 0180 0210 0160 3879 0160 3879 0180 0210 0160 3879 0180 0228 0180 1701 0160 0125 0160 3879 0160 0162 0160 3879 1902 3193 1902 3193 1901 0040 1901 0040 1853 0020 1854 0071 1854 0020 1853 0020 2100 2489 2100 2633 0757 0288 0757 0279 0757 0442 0757 0280 0757 0442 0757 0279 0757 0280 0757 0416 0757 0280 0757 0440 0757 0289 0757 0280 0757 0279 0757 0438 0757 0200 0757 0424 0757 0407 0757 0401 0698 3153 0757 0199 0757 0427 0757 0427 0757 0279 1820 1425 1820 0493 1251 0600 5000 9043 5040 6852 00 SO ON OND NNO NO O gt O O Q O OO CO O COT CO GO O O CO OO AANA Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Continued Reference HP Part Qty Description Mfr Mfr Part Number een ae SERIES 1720 N CAPACITOR EXD 22UF 10 15VDC CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100 VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 3 3UF 20 15VDCTA CAPACITOR EXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 3 3UF 20 15VDC CAPACITOR EXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 22UF 10 15VDC CAPACITOR FXD 6 8UF 20 6VDC CAPACITOR EXD 2 2UF 20 CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 022UF 10 200VDC POLYE CAPACITOR FXD 01UF
235. 7 Bologna 59 30 78 87 JORDAN Mouasher Cousins Co PO Box 1387 Amman Tel 24907 39907 Telex SABCO JO 1456 Cable MOUASHERCO KUWAIT Ai Knaldiya Trading amp Contractim Box 830 Salat Kuwait Tel 42 4910 41 1726 Telex 2481 Areeg kt Cable VISCOUN LUXEMBURG Hewlett Packard Benelux SA NV Avenue Col Vert 1 Groenkraaglaan 8 1170 Brussels Te 02 672 22 40 Cable PALOBEN Brussels Teiex 23 494 MOROCCO Doibeau 81 rue Karatchi Casablanca Tel 22 41 82 87 23051 22833 Cable MATERIO Ger 190 Blvd Brahm Roudani Casablanca Tei 25 16 76 25 90 99 Telex 23 739 Cable GEREP CASA Cogedir 2 Rue d Agadir 156 Casablanca 27 65 40 Telex 21 737 Cable COGEDIR NETHERLANDS Hewlett Packard Benelux N V Van Heuven Goedhartiaan 121 PO Box 667 NL Amstelveen 1134 Tel 020 47 20 21 PALOBEN Amsterdam Telex 13 216 hepa NORWAY 5 Csterdaien 18 Box 34 1345 Osteraas 1021 1711 80 Telex 16621 hpnas n POLAND Technicznej Hewlett Packard Stawki 2 00 950 Warszawa Tel 33 25 88 39 87 43 Telex 81 24 53 pl UNIPAN Biuro 0551 0 07 447 Warszawa 6 Poiana Zaklady Naprawcze Sprzetu Medycznego Plac Komuny Paryskie 6 90 067 Lodz Tet 334 41 337 83 Telex 886961 PORTUGAL Teiectra Empresa T cnica de Equipamentos El ctr
236. 7 Low Frequency Amplitude Assembly modules and the 16 Amplitude Assembly pc board U2 isconnected to the high frequency input of the 5342A A27 is connected to the low frequency input and both of the modules are connected to the 16 board by the coax wires supplied See photo of installed option Figure 8 22 schematic diagram Figure 8 39 install the components proceed as follows NOTE The parts that comprise this option are listed in Table 6 5 a Remove the top and bottom covers and top plate from instrument b Place instrument top down c At inside front panel disconnect cables from A1J 1 1 3 25J 1 IF OUT INT and 25 2 IF OUT EXT d Solder one end of the white red green 14inch wire 8120 0483 to feedthrough capacitor terminal on A25 Preamplifier assembly 5342 Installation Install coax assembly 8120 2268 through A22 motherboard from top of instrument at A16 slot Place the wires through the holes as shown below BLUE GREEN YELLOW ORANGE RED BROWN 5342A lt 1 A22 MOTHER BOTTOM NOTE Prior to installing A27 Low Frequency Amplitude Assembly connect the wires as described below Solder one end of the black white blue 14 inch wire 8120 0471 to C7 feedthrough capacitor terminal on A27 Place heat shrinkable tubing 0890 0983 over connection at C7 Place heat shrinkable tubing 0890 0983 over three
237. 757 0407 0757 0442 0757 0399 0757 0418 0757 0442 0757 0280 0757 0399 0698 3155 0757 0442 0757 0421 0360 0535 0360 0535 8120 2516 0890 0706 05342 60123 5088 7038 FOH AHO EXTENDED DYNAMIC RANGE ASSEMBLY SERIES 1720 CAPACITOR FXD 68UF 10 6VDC TA CAPACITOR FXD 68UF 10 6VDC TA DIODE SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO 35 TRANSISTOR PNP SI PD 300MW FT 200MHZ TRANSISTOR PNP 1 PD 300MW FT 200MHZ TRANSISTOR 1 PD 350MW FT 250MHZ RESISTOR 200 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 82 5 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 619 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 1K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 82 5 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 4 64K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 825 1 125W F TC 0 100 TERMINAL TEST POINT PCB TERMINAL TEST POINT PCB CABLE ASSY SEMIRIGID A16 MISCELLANEOUS PARTS TUBING MS 093 0 046 HCVD 02 WALL KIT WIRES ATTENUATOR ASSEMBLY See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 05342 60037 TDC686KDD06WLF TDC686KDD06WLF 1901 0040 S32248 S32248 SPS 233 C4 1 8 TO 201 F C4 1 8 TO 1002 F C4 1 8 TO 82R5 F C4 1 8 TO 619R F C4 1 8 TO 1002 F C4 1 8 TO 1001 F C4 1 8 TO 82R5 F C4 1 8 TO 4641 F C4 1 8 TO 1002 F C4 1 8 TO 825R F ORDER BY DESCRIPTION ORDER BY DESCRIPTION 8120 2516 0890 0706 05342 60123 508
238. 78 0100 3 7 0180 0490 0180 0490 0160 3876 016023454 0160 3879 0150 1872 CAPACITOReFXO eRUF 10X eyOC T CAPAC ITOReFX D 47 20 doo voc CER CAPACITUReFXO 220 42103 1 0 CER CAPACITOR FXO 01UF ee20X 10 OVOC CER CAP AC 2 PPF 25 290 CER FACTORY SELECTEDPART CAPACITOR FXD o1UF 20 100VOC CER CAPACITORS amp RUFeetOX CAPACITORSFXO niuF 100V DC O1UF 20 100 0 CER CAPACI 47 20 200 0 CER 0160 3879 01800490 0150 3879 0180 3879 0100 3876 0160 3 78 01600128 016003879 016003878 016003879 YT OReFXD 100 PF e20xX 100V OC CER CAP AC 2 2UF 20X 50 0 CER CAPACITOReFXD o UF ee20X 100 CER 1000 PE 20X 100 VOC CER n1UF 20 100VOC CER 0180 0491 0160 3878 0160 3879 0160 3878 0100 3877 100 20 25 CAPAC IT 1000PF 9 20 100 0 CAP AC IT 09 0 01 20 100 VDC CER PA CITOSeFXD 1000 20 100 VOC CER CA PA CITORSFXD 190PF e20x 200 0 CER 016023878 CAPAC e20X 100 CER 1901 0040 1901 0040 1901 0535 1901 0535 1901 0050 190120535 190100535 1901 0050 SWITCHING 30V SOMA 2 5 00 35 DIODE SWITCHING 30V SOMA 2NS 00 35 DIOD SSCHOTTKv DIODE
239. 8 14 UP73 09 14 UP73 U10 1 UP73 U11 1 UP73 U7 1 6097 U14 1 0U16 U10 2 0000 U11 2 0000 U7 2 2F60 U14 2 55H1 U10 3 NA U11 3 0000 U7 3 1 U14 3 0000 U10 4 NA U11 4 UP73 U14 4 U10 5 0000 U11 5 0000 U14 5 0000 U10 6 0000 U11 6 UP73 U14 6 UP73 U10 7 0000 U11 7 0000 U14 7 0000 U10 8 1F2C U11 8 ACA2 U14 8 UP73 U10 9 0000 U11 9 55 1 U14 9 0000 U10 10 NA U11 10 U14 10 FH3F U10 11 NA U11 11 3340 U14 11 NA U10 12 0000 U11 12 0000 U14 12 ACA2 U10 13 UP73 U11 13 UP73 U14 13 0016 U10 14 UP73 U11 14 UP73 U14 14 UP73 Probe blinks 8 121 Model 5342A Service Table 8 17 A4 A6 A7 Offset Loop Synthesizer Troubleshooting 1 To test if the Offset Loop Synthesizer is working put the 5342A in AUTO 500 MHz 18 GHz range and no input signal Monitor the OFFSET CNTRL signal at AGTP1 and the MAIN CNTRL signal at A9TP1 MAIN CNTRL A9 TP1 OFFSET CNTRL A6TP1 Le 20 ms Also measure the A4 output signal levels with an RF millvoltmeter with a high imped ante probe XA4 10 should be around 600 mV rms and XA4 7 around 300 mV rms Both levels are 100 mV and essentially independent of frequency 2 To determine if A4 has failed use a clip lead to ground A6TP1 This forces the A4 VCO to its free run frequency of 325 MHz 2 MHz Connect XA4 10 the OFFSET OSC signal to the direct count input of the 5342A using a coax cable with BNC connector on one end and alligat
240. 8 7038 6 41 Model 5342A Replaceable Parts Table 6 7 Option 004 Replaceable Parts Reference HP Part Qty Description Mfr Mfr Part Number Designation Number Code 05342 60026 7 1 DISPLAY DRIVER ASSEMBLY SERIES 1826 28480 05342 60028 ASCO 0160 3879 7 6 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF Don 100VDC CE 28480 0160 3879 A2C3 0180 0230 0 1 CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 20 50VDC TA 56289 1500105X0050A2 A2C3 0180 0106 9 2 CAPACITOR FXD 60UF 20 6VDC 56289 1500606X0006B2 A2C4 0160 3879 7 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 3879 A2C5 0180 1743 2 1 CAPACITOR 1UF 10 35VDC TA 56289 150D104X9035A2 A2C6 0160 3879 7 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 3879 A2C7 0160 3878 6 2 CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 3878 A2C8 0160 3879 7 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 3879 A2C9 0160 3879 7 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 3879 A2C10 0180 1714 7 1 CAPACITOR FXD 330UF 10 6VDC TA 56289 1500337X900652 A2C12 C15 NOT ASSIGNED A2C11 0160 3879 7 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 3879 A2C16 0180 0106 9 CAPACITOR FXD 60UF 20 6VDC TA 56289 150D606X000682 A2C17 0160 3878 6 CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 3878 A2C18 0160 0573 2 2 CAPACITOR FXD 4700PF 20 100VDC 28480 0160 0573 A2C19 0160 0573 2 CAPACITOR FXD 4700PF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 0573 A2C20 0160 0570 9 1 CAPACITOR FXD 220PF 20 100VDC 28480 0160 0570 A2J2 1250 0257 1 1 CONNECTOR RF 8MB M 50
241. 80 1251 2034 A22XA17 1251 2026 8 CONNECTOR PC EDGE 18 CONT ROW 2 ROWS 28480 1251 2026 A22XA18 1251 2034 8 CONNECTOR PC EDGE 10 CONT ROW 2 ROWS 28480 1251 2034 A22XA19 1251 2582 1 1 CONNECTOR PC EDGE 24 CONT ROW 2 ROWS 28480 1251 2582 A22XA20 1251 1365 6 CONNECTOR PC EDGE 22 CONT ROW 2 ROWS 28480 1251 1365 A22XA21 1251 1365 6 CONNECTOR PC EDGE 22 CONT ROW 2 ROWS 28480 1251 1365 A22XA24 1251 2034 8 CONNECTOR PC EDGE 10 CONT ROW 2 ROWS 28480 1251 2034 0380 0383 8 5 STANDOFF RVT ON 125 IN LG 6 32 THQ 28480 ORDER BY DESCRIPTION 1251 2205 5 2 POLARIZING KEY PC EDGE CONN 28480 1251 2205 5040 0170 6 1 GUIDE PLUG IN PC BOARD 28480 5040 0170 A23 0960 0400 2 1 POWER MODULE UNFILTERED 28480 0960 0444 A24 05341 60047 9 1 10 MHZ OSCILLATOR ASSY SERIES 1804 28480 05341 60047 A24C1 0160 2143 6 1 CAPACITOR FXD 2000PF 80 20 1MVDC CER 28480 0160 2143 A24C2 0180 0552 9 1 CAPACITOR FXD 220UF 20 10VDC 28480 0180 0552 A24L1 9100 2430 7 1 COIL MLD 220UM 10 Q 55 156DX 375LG NOM 28480 9100 2430 A24Y1 0960 0394 1 1 CRYSTAL 28480 0960 0394 See introduction to this section for ordering information 6 32 Indicates factory selected value 42 600 25 1 01 80 0230 A25C2 0160 3879 A25C3 0160 3879 25 4 0160 3879 25 5 0160 3879 A25C6 0160 3879 A25C7 0160 3879 A25C8 0160 3879 A25C9 0160 3879 A25C10 0160 2263 A25C11 0121 0445 A25C12 0180 0230 A25C13 0160 3879 A25C14 0160 3879 A25C15 0160 3879 A25C16 016
242. 80 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 01295 01295 01295 01295 01295 01295 01295 01295 01295 01295 05342 60017 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 150D105X903582 0160 3879 150D606X000682 0160 3879 1902 3182 SPS6740 1853 0036 CB1035 BB2015 BB1031 1031 1031 1031 1021 1021 5125 BB3625 BB5125 BB2425 BB5125 BB3625 BB2425 BB1031 BB3625 BB2425 BB1055 BB6825 BB1021 BB4725 BB4725 CB1035 BB2425 BB3625 BB5125 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 SN74LS161N SN74LS161N SN74LS00N SN74LS164N SN74LS164N SN74LS86N SN74LS164N SN74S00N SN74LS74N SN74LS10N 6 25 Model 5342A Replaceable Parts Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Continued Reference HP Part Description Mfr Mfr Part Number Designation Number Code A17U11 1820 1442 7 ICCNTR TTL LS DECD ASYNCHRO 01295 8N74L8290N A17U12 1820 1197 9 ICGATE TTL LS NAND QUAD 2 INP 01295 8N74L800N A17U13 1820 1197 9 ICGATETTL LS NAND QUAD 2 INP 01295 8N74L800N A17U14 1820 1197 9 ICGATE TTL LS NAND QUAD 2 INP 01295 8N74L800N A17U15 1820 1112 8 IC FF TTL LS D TYPE POS EDGE TRIG 01295 8N74L800N A17U16 1820 1180 0 1 IC CNTR MOS 50088 MK5009P A17U17 1820 1225 4 1 IC FF ECL D M S DUAL 04713 MC10231P A17U18 1820 1254 9
243. 8120 1369 POWER INPUT SOCKET 8120 1378 8120 0698 8120 2104 Figure 2 2 Power Cable HP Part Numbers versus Mains Plugs Available WARNING BEFORE SWITCHING ON THIS INSTRUMENT THE PROTECTIVE EARTH TERMINALS OF THIS INSTRU MENT MUST BE CONNECTED TO THE PROTECTIVE CONDUCTOR OF THE MAINS POWER CORD THE MAINS PLUG SHALL ONLY BE INSERTED IN A SOCKET OUTLET PROVIDED WITH A PROTECTIVE EARTH CONTACT THE PROTECTIVE ACTION MUST NOT BE NEGATED BY THE USE OF AN EXTENSION CORD POWER CABLE WITHOUT A PROTECTIVE CONDUCTOR GROUNDING Model 5342A Installation 2 11 Operating Environment 2 12 TEMPERATURE The 5342A be operated in temperatures from 0 C to 55 C 2 13 HUMIDITY The 5342A may be operated in environments with humidity up to 95 How ever it should be protected from temperature extremes which cause condensation in the instrument 2 14 ALTITUDE The 5342A may be operated at altitudes up to 4 600 metres 15 000 feet 2 15 STORAGE AND SHIPMENT 2 16 Environment 2 17 The instrument may be stored or shipped in environments within the following limits TEMPERATURE 40 C to 75 HUMIDITY sac cutem npe tte Up to 9596 ALTITUDE 7 620 metres 25 000 feet 2 18 The instrument should also be protected from temperature extremes which cause condensation within the instrument 2 19 Packaging 2 20 ORIGINAL PACKAGING Containers and materials identical to those used in factory p
244. 901 512 60HA 7463 85C8 Connect the 5004A Signature Analyzer START and STOP probes to A16U9 8 test pin labeled 3 on A16 assembly the CLOCK probe to VMA 02 test pin on the A14 assembly and the GND probe to test pin on the A14 assembly Set the 5004 front panel switches as follows START cock Remove PROM A16U3 from its socket Signatures on A16U6 and U7 should be as follows Signal Name Location Signature H READ ADC 0000 L READ 0000 7331 0000 0110 0000 HHH8 0000 8UUH 0000 0000 0000 UFU5 0000 P9A7 0000 2045 DB3 DB11 0000 6C72 DB2 DB10 0000 LD6 9FFU LD1 899H LD2 0C48 LD3 407U 104 1305 LD5 912A LD6 PUF7 LD7 CHP2 DB4 DB12 DB5 DB7 BUSY DB6 OVERRANGE H READ ADC L READ 080 088 OXO01039T0 DB1 DB9 8 135 Model 5342 Service Table 8 20 Option 002 Amplitude Measurements Troubleshooting Continued Connect the 5004A Signature Analyzer START and STOP probes to A16U9 1 the CLOCK probe to test pin on the A14 assembly and the GND probe to Q test pin on the A14 assembly Set the 5004A front panel switches as follows START stop cock f Observe the following signatures 5V 0003 Characteristic High Signature Signature Pin Signature 854F U9 1 0002 8540 9UP2 6U2C 0003 6U28 0003 0003 0003 6114 854F 486 4FC9 a C91U 1 6114 3F53 0003 854U 3F50 0003 0000 3F50
245. 9B and if U18A 5 is high will clock a high into U19B 9 This output is the Key Down sgnal Key Down high goes to U22 9 10 and inhibits other addresses from being latched U19B 9 is also used as part of the Recall sub routine To recall a value the recalled value will be displayed as long as its associated key is depressed The program examines the output of U19B 9 and if it remains high continues to display the recalled value Wen the key is released U19B 9 will be reset by End of Scan and the program upon detecting this stops displaying the recalled value and displays the original display e g frequency 8 142 Flip flop U18B stores the interrupt U19B 9 going high at the end of the scan clocks a high into U18B 9 This is inverted by U10 and becomes which intenupts the micro processor The program jumps to a service routine which upon determining that the keyboard has requested service issues a low keyboard read command LKBRD This signal enables three state latch U22 which puts out its contents onto the bus LKBRD also enables the three state buffer U12 which puts out the contents of U19A U18B and the position of the front panel RANGE switch The program determines which key was pressed and acts accordingly The LKBRD also resets the interrupt flip flop U18B 8 143 Processor looks at 1 15 to check if operation is in direct mode 10 Hz 500 MHz or 500 MHz18 GHz mode 8 144 Capacitor C7 is used to differentiate the
246. A readings to account for the 8495B attenuator 4 23 Model 5342A Perfomance Tests 4 34 FM Tolerance Test Specification 20 MHz peak to peak CWmode 50 MHz peak to peak FM mode Description The FM tolerance specification indicates the worst case FM deviation which can be present a carrier that the counter can acquire and count If the deviations are symmetrical about the carrier then the counter averages out the deviations and displays the camer frequency A rear panel switch controls the CWnode and FM mode In this test a function generator is used to FM the 8620C and the output is examined on a spectrum analyzer to measure the peak to peak devi ation The amplitude of the modulating waveform is adjusted for a 20 MHz p p deviation and then a 50 MHzp p deviation EXT IF OUT FM INPUT HP 651B TEST OSCILLATOR HP 8620C HP 86290A SWEEPER Set 86290A to 4 GHz at 10 dBm Put 5342A in 500 MHz 18 GHz range and AUTO mode Observe IF OUT on the spectrum analyzer Set 5342A to manual mode to setup peak to peak deviation EXT 0 dBm IF OUT 10 MHz div 300 kHz BW 75 MHz A z 2 22 0 GHz 10 dBm input 4 24 Model 5342 Performance Tests Apply modulating signal to EXT FM input on the rear panel of 86290A Use a 100 kHz sine wave of sufficient amplitude to give 20 MHz p p FM deviation as shown Modulating rate for this photo was 100 k
247. A in CHECK mode and 1 MHz resolution Select each of the following trigger words EXAMPLES 1 2 and 3 and verify the proper 16074 display in the don t card bits of the trigger word 8 106 Model 5342 Service Example 1 CHECK Mode 1 MHz Resolution OFF DATA BITS TRIGGER WORD COMMENTS SHOULD BE DATA BITS 10 9 4 3 2 These two bits ignored 0 0 0 CHECK since they repre sent state of dividers on A3 This reads out least signifi cant counts In this case we re reading state of divider U12B bit 9 and divider U16B bit 10 Count equals 3 in this case Bit 7 U17 5 output 8 U17 9 output Bit 9 U17 2 10 U17 12 Count 8 in this case Bit 7 U13 5 output Bit U13 9 output Bit 9 U13 2 output Bit 10 U13 12 Count 1 in this case Bit 7 U1 15 10 decade Bit 8 U1 16 10 decade Bit 9 U1 1 10 decade Bit 10 U1 2 10 decade Count 0 Bit 7 U1 15 10 Bit 8 U1 16 10 Bit 9 U1 1 10 decade Bit 10 U1 2 Count 0 Bit 7 U1 15 10 decade Bit 8 U1 16 10 decade Bit 9 U1 1 10 decade Bit 10 U1 2 10 decade Count 0 Bit 7 U1 15 10 decade Bit 8 U1 16 10 decade Bit 9 U1 1 10 decade Bit 10 U1 2 10 decade Count 0 Bit 7 U1 15 10 decade Bit 8 U1 16 10 decade Bit 9 U1 1 10 decade Bit 10 U1 2 10 decade Count 0 Bit 7 U1 15 10 decade Bit 8 U1 16 10 decade Bit 9 U1 1 10
248. A usesthat message and examples of 9825A implementation of the messages 3 72 The 5342A must be assigned bus address Table 3 3 gives the allowable address switch settings 3 73 Table 3 4 gives the program code set for the 5342A Frequency and amplitude mode selection manual center frequency setting frequency and amplitude offset mode selection fre quency and amplitude offset setting resolution selection range selection FV CWnode selec tion and automatic offsets are all analogous to the corresponding front panel operations described previously 3 74 There are four sample rate modes 70 13 In the sample rate is determined by the setting of the front panel SAMPLE RATE control In 1 the counter is in hold To trigger a mea surement a trigger message must be sent In T2 the counter ignores any sample rate run down and initiates a new measurement as soon asthe previous measurement is over In T3 the counter takes a measurement and holds until the next T3 or trigger message 3 19 Model 5342A Operation 3 20 Local Lockout Clear Lockout and local Require Service Status Byte Status Bit Pass Control Table 3 2 5342 Bus Message Usage Transfers device dependent information from one device to one or more devices on the bus Causes a group of selected devices to simultaneously initiate a set of device dependent actions Causesan instrument to be set to a predefined state a ce
249. ABLE OF CONTENTS Continued Section Title Page GENERAL INFORMATION II lIntrod ction sisse Ee RR m ERE eR ER RE 1 1 Specifications Mee ERE PEERS I Safety Considerations L7 Instrument Identification Accessories 1 11 Description siis ise RR E USO EPDRERUEREERR RR ro M EC Service Equipment Available 1 4 Recommended Test Equipment 1 4 m INSTALLATION bith 2 1 234 Introduction cscs dees ees RE ER RR PER RR 2 1 Unpacking and Inspection 2 1 2 5 Installation Requirements 2 1 2 9 Power Cable 2 2 Operating Environment 2 15 Storage and Shipment 233 2 16 Environment 2 19 Packaging 220222252009 2 22 Field Installation of Options 224 Part Numbers for Ordering Option Kits Installation of 10 MHz Oscillator Option 001 2 4 Installation of Amplitude Measurement Option 002
250. AND SEE NOTE 1 47 FILTER X Bi 618 IN OUT IN OUT TURNUS 1000 OMH YYY 4 ON Vpp 01 i OFF Vss CIO 0082 00 PINS AND 2 JUMPERED 7 CLOSED PERMANENTLY rd 8 10 REFERENCE 5 6 7 8 10 11 DESIGNATIONS 1 1 WIDEBAND RIT SEE NCTE 1 l 2000 R9 LI L2 MAIN Use MAIN FRO 2 383 OMH TOMH XAIO I 9 RIS 12 2000 390P FROM 72 MAIN ACA Pie 001 TABLE OF ACTIVE ELEMENTS vn oe REFERENCE HP PART MFR OR INDUSTRY Se I 055 DESIGNATION NUMBER PART NUMBER SS V c4 CR1 CR4 1902 0049 FZ7240 Ol 1901 0040 Same 1853 0020 1854 0071 CRI 1820 1112 SN74LS74N 6 19 1820 0493 LM307N i 1820 1325 CD4066AF 5V 1 1 i 21 5K ki 2 E FROM XAI4A 3 2 Un 5 FROM 148 10 9 b gt CLK I R d N sas E PNE TEM Figure 8 32 A9 Loop Amplifier Assembly 8 165 Model 5342 Service COMPONENT SIDE 1 P1 Part of Figure 8 33 10 Divide by N Assembly 8 166 Model 5342A
251. ART OF m a t E FROM I 18 i Pi u S ws o att DETECTED RF CHF I oo 20 are eae oe Rai a p A27 LOW FREQ Too YN n I K 200 e au q Zr i fgg LEVEL CaL DETECTED sy DETECTED RF 1 u AMPLITUDE ASSY dm I en T 2 one gh i j eae qae doy pp nd I GBR VLL f AES 86550 L SERETED 100002 gri ERE Q 5 3 4 2 x 6 2 7 NUT 1 REFERENCE OESIGMATIONS WITHIN THIS ASSEMBLY ARE ABBREVIATED ADD ASSEMBLY 28000 7 LOH RANGE NUMBER ABBREVIATION FOR COMPLETE DESCRIPTION Bu 2 DETECTED look LF 2 in d e Liz 2 UNLESS OTHERWISE INDIATED 9 M 7 FEIN S RESISTANCE IN HMS po 13 MES CAPACITANCE IN MICROFARADS de PUN T s ee 54 3 ASTERISK INDICATES SELECTED COMPONENT AVERAGE VALUES SHOWN qm Re i 19 EHE 2 C3 4 RESISTOR AZ FACTORY SELECTED VALUE 18 LABELED 12 LIS ADDS An IEY O 99 CN 3 00 19 NON REBRIRABLE ASSEMBLY SCHEMATIC 15 INCLUDED FOR REFERENCE ONLY S ES 1 7 is 1 Our NES FROM 5 UTR 25 B ES RE PR A27 FROM
252. All 25 mV rms except Opt 002 50 mV rms 141 mV p p 4 31 500 MHz 18 GHz Input Sensitivity Standard Opt 003 500 MHz 25 dBm 22dBm except 1GHz Opt 002 5 GHz 10 GHz 12 4 GHz 15 GHz 20 dBm 15 dBm 17 GHz 21 5 dBm 18 GHz 500 MHz 18 GHz SWR Return loss Min return loss 9 Max SWR over 9 5 dB AMPL 2 10 GHz 5 dB FREQ 3 wi Min return loss over 10 18 GHz 9 5 dB AMPL 3 5 dB FREQ with Opt 002 5 dBm 20 dBm for Opt 002 003 18 5 dBm 20 MHz Pass 50 MHz Pass 500 MHz 18 GHz Maximum Input Dashed display Option 002 only for 20 dBm reading on 5342A 436A reads FM Tolerance CW Mode FM mode Automatic Amplitude Discrimination 17 5 GHz separation 500 MHz separation 4 32 Model 5342 Performance Tests Table 4 5 Performance Test Record Continued 500 MHz 18 GHz Input Minimum Level and Amplitude Accuracy Test RESULTS ACTUAL 20 5 dBm PARA NO Option 002 only 22 dBm 500 MHz 23 5 dBm 1GHz 10 GHz 12 4 GHz 15dBm 15 GHz 17 GHz 18 GHz 12 dBm 500 MHz 1 GHz 10 GHz 12 4 GHz 5dBm 15 GHz 17 GHz 18 GHz 10 Hz 500 MHz Input Minimum Level and Amplitude Accuracy Test 16 5 dBm 13 5 dBm
253. BB6225 C4 1 8 T0 383R F C4 1 8 T0 3161 F C4 1 8 T0 1001 F C4 1 8 T0 2371 F 1 8 0 6191 C4 1 8 T0 2152 F C4 1 8 T0 619R F C81065 C4 1 8 T0 2001 F C4 1 8 T0 1001 F C4 1 8 T0 2001 F CD4066AE 1251 0600 SN74LS74N LM307N 5000 9043 5040 6852 See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 6 16 10 10 1 A10C2 10 4 10 5 10 6 10 7 A10C8 A10C9 A10C10 10 11 10 12 A10C13 A10C14 A10C15 A10C16 A10C17 A10C18 A10C19 A10C20 10 21 A10L1 A10L2 A10L3 1014 A10R1 A10R2 A10R3 A10R4 A10R5 A10R6 A10R7 A10R8 A10R9 A10R10 A10R11 A10TP1 A10U1 A10U2 A10U3 A10U4 A10U5 A10U6 A10U7 A10U8 A10U9 A10U10 A10U11 A10U12 A10U13 A10U14 A10U15 A10U16 A10U17 05342 60010 0180 1701 0180 0106 0180 1701 0160 3878 0160 3878 0160 3878 0180 1701 0180 1701 0160 3878 0160 3878 0160 3875 0160 3878 0160 3878 0160 3878 0160 3878 0160 3878 0160 3878 0160 3878 0160 3878 0160 3878 0160 3878 9100 2268 9100 1788 9100 1788 9100 1788 0675 1021 0698 5996 0698 8073 0698 3114 0698 6242 0698 3380 0698 5177 0698 7101 0698 5565 0698 3376 0675 1021 1251 0600 1820 1251 1820 0630 1820 0069 1820 1112 1820 1225 1820 0736 1820 0693 1820 1429 1820 1429 1820 1196 1820 1195 1820 1888 1820 1429 1820 1429 1820 1196 1820 1195 1820 1196 5000 9043 5040 6Y852 WHDNWDOOCVUINDODWDORLONWD O 0 0
254. Bistrue or that Zis true if A and B are not both true Z AB or 7 This is frequently referred to as NAND for NOT AND EXAMPLE 2 says that Z is true if A is not true or if B is not true 2 Note that this truth table is identical to that of Example 1 The logic equation is merely a DeMorgan s transformation _of the equations in Example 1 The symbols are equivalent EXAMPLE Z A B Z A B and EXAMPLE 4 Z AeB i also share common truth table and are equivalent transformations of each other The NOTOR form Example 3 is frequently refered to as NOR NOTE In this manual the logic negation symbol is NOT used 8 64 Logic Implementation and Polarity Indication 8 65 Devices that can perform the basic logic functions AND and OR are called gates Any device that can perform one of these functions can also be used to perform the other if the re lationship of the input and output voltage levels to the logic variables 1 and 0 is redefined suitably 8 66 In describing the operation of electronic logic devices the symbol H is used to represent a high level which is a voltage within the more positive less negative of the two ranges of voltages used to represent the binary variables L is used to represent a low level which is a voltage within the less positive more negative range 8 67 A function table for a device shows implicitly or explicitly all the combinations of input conditions and the resulting output condi
255. C CER CAPACITOR EXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 60UF 20 6VDC TA CAPACITOR EXD 01UF 20 CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR EXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 33PF 10 200VDC CER CAPACITOR EXD 33PF 10 200VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 33PF 10 200VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 6VDC CAPACITOR FXD 68PE 10 200VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 60UF 20 6VOC TA CAPACITOR FXD 68PF 10 200VDC CER CAPACITOR EXD 33PF 10 200VDC CER NOT ASSIGNED CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR EXD 470 20 100VDC CAPACITOR FXD 100PF 20 100VDC CER DIODE SWUTCGUBG 30V 50MA 2NS DO 35 DIODE SWUTCGUBG 30V 50MA 2NS DO 35 DIODE SWUTCGUBG 30V 50MA 2NS DO 35 CHOKE WIDE BAND 2MAX 680 OHM 180 VHZ TRANSISTOR NPN 51 PO 500MW FT 125MHZ RESISTOR 10K 10 125W CC TC 350 857 NETWORK RES 9 PIN SIP 15 PIN SPCG RESISTOR 10M 10 125W CC TC 666 1262 NETWORK RES 9 PIN SIP 15 PIN SPCG RESISTOR 10K 10 125W CC TC 350 857 NETWORK RES 9 PIN SIP 15 PIN SPCG RESISTOR 4 7K 5 125W TC 350 857 RESISTOR 4 7K 5 125W TC 350 857 RESISTOR 1K 10 125W TC 330 800 RESISTOR 1K 10 125W TC 330 800 RESISTOR 4 7K 5 125W TC 350 857 RESISTOR 22 5 125W CC TC 270 540 RESISTOR
256. C DRVR BUS DRVR HEX 1 INP 01295 8N74166N A14U17 1820 1072 9 1 IC DCDR TTL S 2 TO 8 LINE DUAL 2 INP 01295 8N748139N A14U18 1820 1368 6 IC DRVR TTL BUS DRVR HEX 1 INP 01295 8N74366N A14U19 1820 1112 8 1 IC FF TTL LS D TYPE POS EDGE TRIG 01295 8N74LS74N A14U20 1820 1240 3 IC DCDR TTL S 3 TO 8 LINE 3 INP 01295 8 745138 A14U21 1820 1480 3 1 IC MICPROC NMOS 8 B17 04713 MC6800L A14U22 1820 1197 9 IC GATE TTL 15 NAND QUAD 2 INP 01295 8N74LS00N A14U23 1820 1804 5 1 IC DRVR CLOCK DRVR 04713 06842 A14U24 1820 1199 1 IC INV TTL LS HEX 1 01295 8N74LSDAN A14 MISCELLANEOUS PARTS 1200 0552 4 1 SOCKET IC 40 CONT DIP SLDR 28480 1200 0552 5000 9043 6 1 PIN P C BOARD EXTRACTOR 28480 5000 9043 5040 6852 3 1 EXTRACTOR ORANGE 28480 5040 6852 15 SEE TABLE 6 8 OPTION 011 16 SEE TABLE 6 5 OPTION 002 OR 6 6 003 See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 6 24 Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Continued Model 5342A Replaceable Parts Reference HP Part Description Mfr Mfr Part Number Designation Number Code A17 A17C1 A17C2 A17C3 A17C4 17 5 A17C6 A17C7 A17C8 A17C9 A17C10 A17C11 A17C12 A17C13 A17C14 A17C15 A17C16 A17C17 A17C18 A17C19 A17CR1 1701 A17Q2 A17R1 A17R2 A17R3 A17R4 A17R5 A17R6 A17R7 A17R8 A17R9 A17R10 A17R11 A17R12 A17R13 A17R14 A17R15 A17R16 A17R17 A17R18 A17R19 A17R20 A17R2
257. C28 A14CR1 14 2 A14CR3 A14L1 A14Q1 A14R1 A14R2 A14R3 A14R4 A14R5 A14R6 A14R7 A14R8 A14R9 A14R10 A14R11 A14R12 A14R13 A14R14 A14R15 A14R16 A14R17 A14R18 A14R19 A14R20 A14R21 A14R22 A14R23 A14R24 1451 1482 A14TP1 A14TP2 A14TP3 A14TP4 A14TP5 A14TP6 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 05342 60014 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0180 0106 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 2743 0160 2743 0160 2743 0160 3879 0160 3651 0160 0106 0160 3651 0160 2743 0160 3878 0160 0571 0160 3878 1901 0040 1901 0040 1901 0040 9100 1788 1854 0574 0698 5426 1810 0055 0698 7027 1810 0164 0698 5426 1810 0055 0698 5999 0698 5999 0675 1021 0675 1021 0698 5999 0698 8127 0675 1021 0698 6283 0698 5426 0698 8127 0675 1021 0698 6283 0698 5999 0698 5426 0698 5180 0698 5562 0675 1021 3101 1856 3101 1841 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1818 0698 1820 1081 1820 1081 1818 0697 1820 1197 ONDOD OOOOCOO O 000 MWOWNNND NN M EE NNN OWNNNWN Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Continued Reference HP Part Qty Description Mfr Mfr Part Number Designation Number Code 13 1 2 1 2 See introduction to this section for ordering information PROCESSOR ASSEMBLY SERIES BOLE CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VD
258. C9 0160 3879 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 0160 3879 A13C10 0160 3879 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 0160 3879 A13C11 0160 3879 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 0160 3879 A13C12 0160 3879 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 0160 3879 A13C13 0160 3879 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 0160 3879 A13C14 0160 3879 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 0160 3879 A13C15 0160 3879 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 0160 3879 A13C16 0160 3879 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC 0160 3879 A13C17 0160 3879 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 0160 3879 A13C18 0160 3879 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 0160 3879 A13C19 0160 3879 CAPACITOR EXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 0160 3879 A13C20 0180 1746 CAPACITOR FXD 1SUF 10 20VDC TA 150D156X9D20H2 A13C21 0160 3879 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 0160 3879 A13C22 0180 0106 CAPACITOR FXD 60UF 20 eVDC 150D606X000682 A13C23 0160 3879 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 0160 3879 3 0180 0106 DE SAE CHING OR 20 6VDC TA 150D606X000682 13CR1 1901 00400 30V 50MA 2NS DO 35 1901 0040 A13CR2 1901 0040 DIODE SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO 35 1901 0040 A13L1 9100 1788 CHOKE WIDE BAND ZXAX 680 180 MHZ VK200 20 48 1801 14540071 TRANSISTOR NPN Si PD 300MN FT 200MHZ 1854 0071 ET 1854 0071 TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD 300MN FT 200MHZ 1854 0071 13R1 1810 0055 NETWORK RES 9 PIN SIP 15 PIN SPCG 1810 0055 A13R2 0683 4725 RESISTOR 4 7K 596 25W FC TC 400 4700 084725 A13R3 0683 4725 RESISTO
259. CABLE ASSEMBLY SHIELD 28480 05342 60104 A22W6 05342 60112 0 1 CABLE ASSEMBLY SHIELD 28480 05342 60112 A22W7 05342 60111 9 1 CABLE ASSEMBLY POWER 28480 05342 60111 INCLUDES LINE SWITCH A22XA3 1251 1626 2 5 CONNECTOR PC EDGE 12 CONT ROW 2 ROWS 28480 1251 1626 22 4 1251 2034 8 CONNECTOR PC EDGE 10 CONT ROW 2 ROWS 28480 1251 2034 A22XA5 1251 2034 8 CONNECTOR PC EDGE 10 CONT ROW 2 ROWS 28480 1251 2034 A22XA6 1251 2034 8 CONNECTOR PC EDGE 10 CONT ROW 2 ROWS 28480 1251 2034 A22XA7 1251 1626 2 CONNECTOR PC EDGE 12 CONT ROW 2 ROWS 28480 1251 1626 A22XA8 1251 1626 2 CONNECTOR PC EDGE 12 CONT ROW 2 ROWS 28480 1251 1626 A22XA9 1251 1626 2 CONNECTOR PC EDGE 12 CONT ROW 2 ROWS 28480 1251 1626 A22XA10 1251 1365 6 5 CONNECTOR PC EDGE 22 CONT ROW 2 ROWS 28480 1251 1365 22 11 1251 1626 2 CONNECTOR PC EDGE 12 CONT ROW 2 ROWS 28480 1251 1626 A22XA12 1251 1365 6 CONNECTOR PC EDGE 22 CONT ROW 2 ROWS 28480 1251 1365 A22XA13 1251 1365 6 CONNECTOR PC EDGE 22 CONT ROW 2 ROWS 28480 1251 1365 A22XA14A 1251 2026 8 6 CONNECTOR PC EDGE 18 CONT ROW 2 ROWS 28480 1251 2026 A22XA14B 1251 2026 8 CONNECTOR PC EDGE 18 CONT ROW 2 ROWS 28480 1251 2026 A22XA15A 1251 2026 8 CONNECTOR PC EDGE 18 CONT ROW 2 ROWS 28480 1251 2026 A22XA15B 1251 2026 8 CONNECTOR PC EDGE 18 CONT ROW 2 ROWS 28480 1251 2026 A22XA16 1251 2026 8 CONNECTOR PC EDGE 18 CONT ROW 2 ROWS 28480 1251 2026 A22XA16B 1251 2034 8 6 CONNECTOR PC EDGE 10 CONT ROW 2 ROWS 284
260. CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER 0160 3878 0160 3878 CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER 0160 3878 0160 3877 CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 200VDC CER 0160 3877 0160 3878 CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER 0160 3878 0160 3878 CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER 0160 3878 0160 3878 CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER 0160 3878 0160 3878 CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER 0160 3878 0160 3877 CAPACITOR FXD 100PF 20 200VDC CER 0160 3877 0160 3878 CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER 0160 3878 0160 3878 1000PF 20 100VDC CER 0160 3878 0160 3878 CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER 0160 3878 0180 0210 CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER 0160 3878 0180 1701 CAPACITOR FXD 3 30F 20 15VDC TA 1500335X001542 0180 1701 CAPACITOR FXD 6 80F 20 6VDC 1500685X000642 0180 3075 CAPACITOR FXD 6 80F 20 6VDC TA 1500685X000642 0180 1701 CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER 0160 3878 0180 1701 CAPACITOR FXD 6 80F 20 6VDC 1500685X000642 0180 3876 CAPACITOR FXD 6 80F 20 6VDC TA 1500685X000642 0122 4069 CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER 0160 3878 0122 0065 CAPACITOR VOLTAGE VAR 29 PF 3V 0122 0065 1902 3179 CAPACITOR VOLTAGE VAR 29 PF 3V 0122 0065 9120 0016 DIODE 2NR 5 00 7 PDF 48 TC49 0624 1902 3171 9100 2268 CORE SHIELDING HEAD 0170 0016 9100 2268 COIL MLD 22UH 1096 Q 45 095DX 25LG NOM 9100 2268 9100 2267 COIL MLD 22UH 1096 Q 45 095DX 25LG NOM 9100 2268 9100 2268 COIL MLD 100UH 10 Q 34 095
261. CER CAPACITOR EXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR EXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 13PF 4 596 500VDC CER 04 30 CAPCITOR V TRMR CER 4 5 20PF 160V CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 20 50VDC CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR EXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01 UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 CER CAPACITOR FXD 13PF 5 500VDC CER 0 30 CAPACITOR FXD 13PF 5 500VDC CER 0 30 CAPACITOR FXD 13PF 5 500VDC CER 0 30 CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 20 6 50VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPA CITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR EXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 20 TA CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 20 TA 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FDTHRU 100PF 20 200V CER CAPACITOR FDTHRU 100PF 20 200V CER CAPACITOR FDTHRU 100PF 20 200V CER CAPACITOR FDTHRU 100PF 20 200V CER CAPACITOR FDTHRU 100PF 20 200V CER CAPACITOR FDTHRU 100PF 20 200V CER CAPACITOR FDTHRU 100PF 20 200V CER CAPACITOR FDTHRU 100PF 20 200V CER CAPACITOR FXD 7 5PF 5 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 7 5PF 5 100VDC CER DIODE SCHOTTKY DIODE SCHOTTKY DIODE SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DD 35 DIODE SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DD 35 DIODE SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DD 35 3 TURNS COI 3 TURNS COIL MLD 50NH 20 Q 40 095DX 25LG NOM COIL MLD 50NH 20 40 095DX 25LG
262. DAC Option 004 is installed Selects any three consecutive dis played digits to convert to voltage The position of the most significant digit of selected digits is determined by the black numbered key For example Blue key To select digits as follows H GHz kHz Hz dc voltage of 0 to 10 volts corresponding to the selected digits will be present at the DAC OUT connector the rear panel Selected digits 000 produces V output 999 produces 9 99V output NOTE Use the manual mode minimum required resolution 1 MHz is lowest and as fast a sample rate as possible to obtain the smoothest output Figure 3 5 DAC Operation Option 004 3 13 5342 Operation 3 45 OPERATOR KEYBOARD CHECK 3 46 Check for proper operation of the keyboard and display by pressing the keys listed and observing display To from keyboard check mode press RESET Press Display SET SET MON GHz MHk kHz Hz AUTO NGA ER a 1 Lj ic HH HHH HH MAN MHz uie gO OHH HHH HHH ASH LLII LILLA AA ALT Blue pet gegen bu LLLLLLLLLLL NOTE Do not press RESET key or procedure will need to be started over SET RECALL oat FA FLA AEF ou rw s s AMPL HE PED
263. DIGIT 15V _ rer our 74 R32 R33 270K 270K GAIN ADJ i 100K R34 I 15 3900 15V i COMMON SUMNING OFFSET JUNCTION 20v R30 15V 180K 180K RS U23 100K i DIGITAL ANALOG CONVERTER R29 3 XY 10 i Ay 2 FROM 2116 7 P pi NC FROM A2U16I5 0 I NC NC 5 as E LOGIC 13 SUPPLY 20245 c12 V cu FROM I 12 13 J1 12 13 i 10 cu 1 LEAST SIGNIFICANT DIGIT 15 I 7 15V 15V 22 Figure 8 25 Option 004 Display Driver Additions on A2 Assembly 8 151 Model 5342 Service COMPONENT SIDE 1 SOLDER SIDE 1 Part Figure 8 26 Direct Count Amplifier Assembly 8 152 REFERENCE DESIGNATION CR1 CR2 CR6 CR7 CR5 CR8 REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS 1901 0040 Same 1901 0535 Same 1901 0050 Same 1854 0215 SPS3411 1855 0081 2N5245 1853 0015 Same 1854 0546 Same 1854 0071 Same 1820 0736 Same 1820 1224 MC10214P 1826 0139 MC1458P1 1820 0982 Same FROM VIA A22W1 FROM 141 15 VIA U2 FROM AlJ3 VIA A22W2 DIRECT INPUT ASSEMBLY 05342 60003 SERIES 1804 _ ES a RIT 5100 R28 750 5V AAA SCHMITT TRIGGER AN Model 5342A Service 1 I 57 21 E 5 RI5 42 2 p s
264. DON Model Service 8 46 5342A 8 126 Time Base PSR Section 8 127 The time base section consists of the A24 Oscillator assembly which provides a 10 MHz sine wave to the A18 Time Base Buffer assembly A18 provides TIL compatible 10 MHz 1 MHz and 500 kHz outputs to the rest of the counter The A17 Timing Generator assembly uses the 1 MHz signal to provide gate times from 1 microsecond to 1 second in decade steps as well as generate a pseudorandom sequence during the N determination portion of the algorithm Based on the position of the rear panel FM switch the microprocessor selects a short prs 360 4 ms long for 20 MHz p p FM tolerance CWor a long prs 2 096 seconds long for 50 MHz p p FM tolerance FM 8 128 Control Section 8 129 The control section is made up of the A14 Microprocessor assembly the A2 Display Driver assembly and the A1 Keyboard Display assembly The program stored in ROM on the A14 assembly controls the operating algorithm of the instrument The A1 assembly is used by the operator to interface with the stored program Via the A1 keyboard the operator selects oper ating modes AUTO MANUAL CHECK resolution and offsets The Al assembly also displays measurement results The A2 Display Driver assembly controls A1 and provides the interface with the 14 Microprocessor 8 130 DETAILED THEORY OF OPERATION 8 131 The detailed theory of operation is provided in the following paragraphs in numerical order of t
265. F Amp to select frequency measurement Service 5342A RST High ECL Reset HEC LR High Display HSRCH EN High Search Enable IF Intermediate Frequency IF COUNT Intermediate Frequency to Counter Intermediate Frequency Limiter Output Intermediate Frequency output ISOLATOR Optical Isolator LAM PEN Option 002 Low Amplitude Enable AMP MTR Low Amplitude Option 002 Low Counter Read Low Counter We Low Digital to Analog Table 8 2 Signal Names Continued 14B 10 25 1 12 8 11 12 25 2 XA19 18 18 XA 16B 1 XA 14B 13 XA11 1 A22W XA13 7 XA12 1 rear panel W XA20 15 15 XA21 17 17 14B Z XA2U15 4 5 FUNCTION High signal from A13 Coun ter Assembly that resets the main gate on A3 Direct Count Amplifier Assembly High signal from A14 Micro processor causes data from bus to be written into RAM on A2 Display Driver Wen signal goes low contents of RAM are displayed High signal from 500 kHz detectoron A7 sent to Search Generator on A6 if the offset VCO frequency is not 500 kHz less than the main VCO frequency A25 Preamplifier output to All IF Limiter Assembly A12 IF Detector output to A13 Counter Assembly All IF Limiter output to A12 IF Detector Assembly A25 Preamplifier interme diate frequency output to rear panel connector Signals excessi
266. HZ TRANSISTOR PNP SI PD 300MW FT 150MHZ TRANSISTOR PNP SI PD 300MW FT 150MHZ TRANSIS TOR PNP SI PD 300MW FT 200MHZ RESISTOR 3 16K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 20K 5 125W CC 466 875 RESISTOR 1K 1 125 F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 21 5K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 6 2K 5j 125W CC TC 350 857 RESISTOR 21 5K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 20K 5 125W CC TC 466 857 RESISTOR 6 2K 5 125W TC 350 857 RESISTOR 383 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 3 16K 1 125W TC 0 100 RESISTOR 1K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 2 37K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 6 19K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 21 5K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 619 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10M 5 25W FC TC 900 1000 RESISTOR 2K 1 125 F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 1K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 2K 1 125W F TC 0 100 IC SW CMDS BILATL QUAD CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC S2 SQ IC FF TTLLS D TYPE POS EDGE TRIG IC OP AMP 8 DIP P A9 MISCELLANEOUS PARTS PIN P C BOARD EXTRACTOR EXTRACTOR ORANGE 0160 4084 0160 0165 150D335X0015A2 0160 3879 0160 3879 150D685X0006A2 0160 3879 0160 0301 0160 0153 0160 0160 0160 4084 DM15F391J0300WV1CR 150D226X901582 1500335 001542 0160 3879 0160 0153 150D226X9015H2 0160 0137 0160 3879 1902 0049 1901 0040 1901 0040 1902 0049 9140 0131 9140 0131 9140 0131 1853 0020 1853 0020 1853 0020 1854 0071 C4 1 8 T0 3161 F BB2035 C4 1 8 T0 1001 F 4 1 8 0 2152 6225 C4 1 8 T0 2152 F BB2035
267. HZ TRANSISTOR PNP SI POs500M FTa260MHZ TRANSISTOR PNP SI 500 TRANSISTOR PNP 31 0 50 OMHZ TRANSISTOR PNP 31 FT amp MHZ 8196 1853 0318 4107 185320318 1853 0318 4199 1863 0318 1010 1853 0318 TRANSISTOR PNP SI PDSS5U0MW OMKZ TR NSISTOR PNP 81 TRANSIS TOR PNP 81 TRANSISTOR PNP 81 PORSUOMW FT26 OMHZ TRANSISTOR PNP SI 500 810911 185350318 1012 1853 0318 1013 1853 0318 AIRY 0698 5075 182 0698 5075 4184 0698 5075 A1RU 1810 0080 AIRS 069805075 A1R6 0698 5075 AIR 0698 5075 0698 5075 0698 5075 0698 5075 TRANSISTOR PNP SI 2 TRANSISTOR PNP SI 500 TR NSISTOR PNP 81 OMHZ 3 RESISTOR 130 Sx 125 CC TCse330 800 RESISTOR 130 5 125 CC TCse330 B00 RESISTOR 130 5 1254 CC TCse330 800 2 N TWORK RES 125 ePIN SPCG RESISTOR 130 Sx 125 CC 330 800 RESISTOR 130 5x 125 CC 1 8 330 9800 RESISTOR 130 Sx 125W CC 350 80 0 RESISTOR 130 5 125 CC 3 800 RESISTOR 130 5 125W CC TCu 330 800 RESISTOR 130 SX 125w CC TCte330 e800 uo PTD Vl Vol Vd Ub Uer 0698 5075 1810 0080 069808354 0598 3381 9598 5075 RESISTOR 130 5 125W CC TCs lt 330 850
268. Hz Record on performance test record Switch the counter from manual to AUTO to verify that the counter will acquire and count the signal 0 dBm 10 MHz div 300 kHz BW If deviations are symmetrical about center frequency the 5342A will average out the deviations and display the 4 0 GHz center frequency Retum the MAN mode Increase amplitude of modulating waveform to product a 50 MHz deviation as shown below fm 100 kHz Record on performance test record j Table 4 5 0 dBm 10 MHz div 300 kHz BW Switch rear panel switch to FM Switch counter from MAN to AUTO Verify that the counter will acquire and count the signal If deviations are symmetrical about the center frequency the 5342A will average out the deviations and display the 4 0 GHz center frequency For this case the deviation is not symmetrical about the center frequency To verify that the counter has passed the test check that the displayed fre quency is within 300 MHz of 4 GHz if then N number computed is off by 1 due to excessive FM then the displayed frequency will be off by 300 to 350 MHz 4 25 Model 5342 Performance Tests 4 26 4 35 Automatic Amplitude Discrimination Test Specification Description GENERATOR 1 GENERATOR 2 00 06 6 106 The 5342A measures largest of all signals present providing that the signal is 6 dB above any signal within 500 MHz 20 dB above any signal
269. IN Main Phase XA9 12 4 1 1 4 2 Error 2 MAIN CTRL Main Control MAIN OSC Oscillator MAIN VCO Main Voltage Controlled Oscillator FFSET Offset Phase 1 A 1 OFFSET Offset Phase 2 4 2 OFS CNTRL Offset Control OFS OSC Offset Oscillator OFS VCO Offset Voltage Controlled Oscillator 500 kHz 500 kilohertz 1 Megahertz 1 XA12 10 17 6 10 Megahertz out 3 rear panel Low to high transition from A14 Microprocessor decoder that loads low order bits into N register Not used Phase emor signals from A10 Divide by N assembly to A9 Main Loop Amplifier that control the A8 Main Main VCO Control voltage signal from A9 Main Loop Amplifier that controls the frequency of the A8 Main VCO A8 Main VCO output to A5 RF Multiplexer Assembly A8 Main VCO output to A7 Mixer Search Control Assembly that is mixed with the signal from A4 Offset VCO A7 Mixer Search Control outputs that are processed by A6 Offset Loop Amplifier to develop OFFSET CON TROL signal A dc control voltage signal from Offset Loop Ampli fier to A4 Offset VCO Assembly A4 Offset VCO output to A5 RF Multiplexer Assembly A7 Offset VCO output to A7 Mixer Search Control Assembly 500 kHz signal from A18 Time Base to the phase de tector on A7 and to 10 cir cuit on A10 Divide by N Assembly 1 MHz signal from A18 Time Base to A12 IF Detector and to the
270. INAL STUD SGL TUR PRESS MTG TERMINAL STUD SGL TUR PRESS MTG TRANSISTOR ARRAY CABLE COAX OUTPUT28480 A26 MISCELLANEOUS PARTS n SPACER RND 5 IN LG 086 IN ID SCREW MACH 2 56 188 IN LG PAN HD POZI SCREW MACH 0 80 188 IN LG FIL HD SLT SCREW MACH 0 80 25 IN LG FIL HD SLT HEAT SINK TO 5 TO 39 PKG CONNECTOR RF SMA M UNMTD 50 0MM CONTACT DIODE HOUSING SAMPLER DRIVER COVER SAMPLER DRIVER 1 SINK SILICONE 1 DIODE MOLDER Allo See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value CONNECTOR RF 8 M SGL HOLE FR 50 0MM 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 56289 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 19701 01121 01121 28480 01121 01121 01121 24546 28480 28480 28480 05342 60026 0160 4536 0160 3879 0160 3876 0160 3879 0160 3876 0160 3879 0160 3879 150D155X9020A2 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 0576 0160 4502 0160 4082 0160 4082 1901 0796 1901 0179 05342 20109 05342 20108 9100 0346 1854 0071 MF4C1 8 TO 20RO F BB3025 BB1825 0757 0180 BB3005 BB6205 BB6215 4 1 8 Fro 133R F 0360 1682 0360 1682 1858 0060 05342 20107 28480 00000 00000 00000 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 0380 0486 ORDER BY DESCRIPTION ORDER BY DESCRIPTION ORDER BY DESCRIPTION 1205 0011 1250 0901 1250 1353 05342 00009 05342 00011
271. INUE stp if L 1 cgto 21 prt CHECK POINT 4 wrt ctr L beep dsp Low Range wait 5000 wrt ctr prt Low Range lOiidz High Range 00000000000 2 ase CHECK POINT 4 Press Continue stp if L l gto 28 prt CHECK POINT 5 wrt ctr Mode wait 5000 wrt prt ASTERISK off asp CHECK POINT 5 Press Continue spc 2 stp if L 1 gto 35 81 82 83 84 Model 5342 Performance Tests Table 4 2 Model 9825A Program Continued prt CHECK POINT 6 fmt l SR f C SnRl wrt ctr 1 X Leep A leX weit 2000 if X 10 gto 2 gto 2 prt RES 1NHZ dsp CHECK POINT 7 Press Continue Spc 2 stp if L l gto 42 prt CHECK POINT 7 Enter Henual Center Freg ent X fmt 3 SM 0 E if X 5e2 or X 1l 8e prt LIMIT ERROR gto 2 wrt ctr 3 X spe l prt Recall Certer l fxd 0 Does Center Freq X dsp CHECK POINT 8 Continue spc 2 stp if L 1 gto 51 prt CHECK POINT Enter Frequency Offset u2 ent X fmt 4 SOIi 6 E uvrt 4 X fxd 6 prt Recall OFS MZ spc l prt Does OFS MHZ X asp CHECK POINT 9 Press Continue spc 2 stp if L l gto 58 prt CHECK POINT 9 wrt ctr AUHOMOSR3SRI red ctr A prt CHECK A RECALL on dsp CHECK POLNI 10 Press CONTINUE spc 2
272. ION 1 1 INTRODUCTION 1 1 This manual provides operating and service information for the Hewlett Packard Model 5342A Microwave Frequency Counter shown in Figure 1 1 1 3 SPECIFICATIONS 1 4 Specifications of the 5342A are listed in Table 1 1 Figure 1 1 Model 5342A Microwave Frequency Counter 1 1 Model 5342A General Information Table 1 1 Model 5342A Specifications INPUT CHARACTERISTICS INPUT 1 External time base Requires 10 MHz 2 0V peak Frequency range 500 MHz to 18 GHz to peak sine wave or square wave into 1 KW Sensitivity via rear panel BNC connector Switch 500 MHz to 12 4 GHz 25 dBm selects either internal or external time base 12 4 GHz to 18 GHz 20 dBm OPTONAL TIME BASE Maximum input 5 dBm see Options 002 003 001 for higher level Dynamic range Option 001 provides an oven controlled crystal 500 MHz to 12 4 GHz 30 dB oscillator time base 10544A see separate data 12 4 GHz to 18 GHz 25 dB sheet that results in better accuracy and longer periods between calibration Crystal frequency 10 MHz Stability Aging rate lt 5 10 10 day after 24 hour warm Impedance 50 ohms nominal Connector Precision Type N female Damage level 25 dBm peak Coupling dc to load ac to instrument SWR Tp T 2 1 500 MHz 10 GHz P INE PR the range 0 to 3 1 10 GHz 18 GHz FM tolerance Switch selectable rear panel Short term lt 1 X 10 11 for 1 second average time
273. IPLINE il C26 J 001 19 IUH RI9 130 R20 L LI ea 22UH L ces 001 c28 001 16 CIT i R8 13 130 SOOKHz DETECTOR Model 5342A Service 15 P O TU WR 2 1 Eds cls T 6 8u cis P V 2 0010 5 uu PHASE YET CINK 4 Be zi MMC a 1 Y 10 OFFSET A62 p Vi Poe 5 gt TO 6 10 ee 2 EN SU I 5 5 ee cocus ot t OPE 7 FROM 18 3 NE Ln 2006 V I i 2 ani 25 A 02 2000 vo 7 377 my 4 l Mese e as e ad NE Up fua EN R3 I po S Lad i ue HSRC 1228 4941 EN 2 TO 6 8 5 Jit 7 i I D M gt 2 FROM XA6 8 8 10 11 8 19 11 Figure 8 30 A7 Mixer Search Control Assembly 8 161 5342 Service a a Za Qu 22 o9 Part ot figure 8 37 AB Main VCO Assembly 8 162 5342 Service MAIN ASSEMBLY 05342 60008 SERIES 1720 _ _ 12 12 5 1 INDUCTANCE OF TUNED
274. IRECT A available at XA3 2 is divided by two Model 5342 Service Table 8 13 A13 Counter Troubleshooting Apply approximately 50 MHz signal at 10 dBm to the high frequency input of the 5342 Put the counter in diagnostic mode 2 press SET SET 2 to read the contents of the A counter The A counter should read approximately 8 200 000 Put the 5342A in diagnostic mode 3 to read the B counter it should be the same reading as 1 count provided the stability of the 50 MHz source is that good If this is true then A13 is good If itis not true A13 may be at fault as well as A17 for the prs generation and gate time generation Check the inputs to the A counter as follows Apply 10 MHz FREQ STD OUT on rear panel to the direct count input fron panel BNC with 500 position selected Check the following A counter test points since 10 MHz is divided by four on A3 TP6 which divides output by 2 should have a period of 8 100 ns 800 ns and which divides output by four should have a period of 16x100 ns 1 6 us i TABLE 8 13 13 7 6 02 Check the inputs to the counter as follows Apply 50 MHz 10 dBm signal to the high frequency input and select the 500 MHz 18 GHz range Put the 5342A in AUTO and push RESET to cause the counter to go to the prs generation thus enabling the B counter Place the rear panel FM switch to the FM position so that the B counter is enabled for 2 1 s
275. IS e s sudo Pede eo ee ded ne or er dor RR eio de be 4 1 XT Introduction tenine Rees eps 4 1 4 3 Operational 4 1 Complete Performance amp 4 1 Equipment Required 4 1 Test Record 4 1 211 Operational Verification Procedures 4 2 Self ChecK 4 2 10 Hz 500 MHz Input Sensitivity Test 5007 1 Standard and Option 003 Instruments Only 4 2 4 14 10 2 500 MHz Input50NMinimum Level and Amplitude Accuracy Test Option 002 4 3 4 15 10 Hz 500 MHz Input 500 Maximum Input Test Option 002 4 4 500 MHz18 GHz Input Sensitivity Test Standard and Option 003 Instruments Only 4 5 2 17 500 MHz 18 GHz Input Minimum Level and Amplitude Accuracy Test Option 002 4 6 500 MHz 18 GHz High Level amp 4 7 Option 011 HP IB Verification 4 7 Digital to Analog Converter DAC Output Test Option 004 4 16 428 Performance Tes Procedures 4 17 4 29 10 Hz 500 MHz Input Sensitivity Test 500 Standard and Option 003 Instruments Only
276. ITT TRIG TTL LS INV HEX 1 INP 01295 8N74LS14N A2U6 1820 1049 0 1 IC BFR TTL NON INV HEX 01295 8N74367N A2U7 1820 0468 5 IC DCOR TTL BCD TO DEC 4 TO 10 LINE 01295 8N7445N A2U8 1820 1028 5 2 IC DGTL 64BIT RAM TTL 01295 8N7189N A2U9 1820 1144 6 1 IC GATE TTL LS NOR QUAD 2 INP 01295 8N74L802N A2U10 1820 1200 5 1 INV TTL LS HEX 01295 SN74LS05N 2011 1820 1025 5 IC DGTL 64BIT RAM TTL 01295 8N7189N A2U12 1820 1254 9 2 IC BFR TTL NON INV HEX 1 INP 27014 DM8095N A2U13 1820 1425 6 1 SCHMITT TRIG TTL 1 NAND QUAD 2 INP 01295 8N74LS132N A2U14 1820 1194 6 3 IC CNTR TTL LS BIN UP DOWN SYNCHRO 01295 8N74LS193N A2U15 1820 1216 3 1 IC DCDR TTL LS 3 TO 8 LINE 3 INP 01295 SN74LS138N See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 6 42 MODEL 5342 Replaceable Parts Table 6 7 Option 004 Replaceable Parts Continued Reference HP Part C Qty Description Mfr Mfr Part Number Designation Number D Code 1820 1250 1820 1426 1820 1112 1820 1112 1820 1194 1820 1194 1820 1885 1813 0092 05342 60106 0380 0336 1200 0565 1200 0646 05342 00124 IC TTL NON INV HEX 1 INP DM8095N IC MUXR DATA SEL TTL LS 2 TO 1 LINE QUAD 5 7415158 IC FF TTL LS D TYPE POS EDGE TRIG SN74LS74N IC FF TTL D TYPE POS EDGE TRIG SN74LS74N IC CNTR TTL LS BIN UP DOWN SYNCHRO SN74LS193N IC CNTR TTL LS BIN UP DOWN SYNCHRO SN74LS193N IC AGTR TTL LS D TYPE QUAD DM74LS173N IC DAC 60 CONV 24 DIP C DAX80 CCD V N O gt
277. IVER REC EIVER The bus driver receiver consists of four pairs of inverting logic gates and two buffered common enable inputs pins 1 and 15 A LOV n the input enable pin 1 enables the receiver gates A HIGH on the bus enable pin 15 input allows input data to be transferred to the output of the driver and a the output to a high impedance state Part Number 1816 1154 Part Number 1816 1155 Description READ ONLY MEMORY ROM WH 32 ADDRESSES Address selection is determined by the five upper inputs which are decoded into 32 possible addresses AWhrough A31 corresponding to the weighing modifiers at the inputs Input modifier F pin 15 gates the outputs Stored data will be read from the selected memory address if F is active LOW The output data pins 1 7 and 9 are active HIGH Model 5342A Service Reference Designation A16U6 A16U7 Part Number 1820 1439 SN74LS258N Description 2 LINE TO 1 LINE DATA SELECTOR MULTIPLEXER 3 STATE This quad two input multiplexer selects one of two word inputs and outputs the data when enabled pin 15 is LOWthe level at pin 1 selects the input word The outputs are LOWMen pin 15 is HIGH the outputs are off high impedance Reference Designation A17U4 A17U5 A17U7 Part Number 1820 1433 SN74LS164N Description 8 BIT PARALLEL OUT SERIAL SHIFT REGISTER This 8 bit shift register has gated serial inputs and an asynchronous clear A LOV t one or bot
278. K 5 125W CC TC 350 857 RESISTOR 4 7K 5 125W CC TC 350 857 RESISTOR 10K 5 25W FC TC 400 700 RESISTOR 2 4K 5 125W CC TC 350 857 RESISTOR 3 6K 5 125W CC TC 350 857 RESISTOR 5 1K 5 125W CC TC 350 857 CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ IC CNTR LS BIN SYNCHRO POS EDGE TRIG IC CNTR TTL LS BIN SYNCHRO POS EDGE TRIG IC GATE TTL LS NAND QUAD 2 INP IC SHE RGTR TTL LS R S SERIAL IN PRL OUT IC SHF RGTR TTL LS R S SERIAL IN PRL OUT IC GATE TTL LS NAND QUAD 2 INP IC SHF RGTR TTL LS R S SERIAL IN PRL OUT IC GATE TTL LS NAND QUAD 2 INP IC FF TTLLS D TYPE POS EDGE TRIG IC GATE TTL LS TPL 3 INP See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 56289 28480 56289 28480 28480 04713 28480 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 28480 284
279. LG 0217B 15 4445 7 Delete A24C 2 0180 0552 CAPACITOR FXD 220UF 20 10VDC 28480 0180 0552 Page 8 189 Figure 8 44 24 Standard 10 MHz Oscillator Assembly Schematic Diagram Change A24 Standard series number from 1804 to 1432 Change L1 from 220UH to 22UH Delete C2 220UF from L1 to circuit common 7 11 Model 5342A SECTION VIII SERVICE 8 1 INTRODUCTION 8 2 This section provides service information and symbol descriptions theory of operation troubleshooting procedures and schematic diagrams The arrangement of content of this section is described in detail below Refer to the Table of Contents for specific page and para graph numbers a Schematic Diagram Symbols and Reference Designations Describes the symbols used on schematic diagrams and reference designators used for parts subassemblies and assemblies Identification Markings Describes the method used by Hewlett Packard for identifying printed circuit boards and assemblies Safety Considerations Describes the safety considerations applicable during mainten ance adjustments and repair Signal Names Lists signal mnemonics names source destination and function for 5342A signals Disassembly and Reassembly Procedures Describes removal of covers front frame assemblies to gain access to parts Factory Selected Components Lists procedures for replacement of parts whose values are selected at time of manufacture for optimum perfo
280. Low Synch XA 14B 11 High 8 10 Low signal from A17 Timing Generator that switches A5 Multiplexer between Main VCO and Offset VCO syn chronously with switching between Counter A and B on A13 Counter Assembly Low signal from A25 Pre amplifier ampltiude detecto to A12 IF Detector bus driver to indicate input signal level to 5342A exceeds 45 dBm or 20 dBm Low signal from A14 Micro processorto A12 IF Detector that causes A12 to output data to the bus Low signal from A14 Mirco processorto A12 IF Detector that causes A1 2 to detect input signal power level high selects narrow or wide filteron A9 Main Loop Amplifier depending upon the state of data bit DO Low signal from A6 Search Generator to A7 Mixer Search Control prevents loop from locking on upper sideband when offset VCO is 500 kHz greater than main VCO Reset signal from A11 IF Limiterto A25 Preamplifier amplitude detector Low signal from A14 Micro processorthat results in data transfer from A17 Timing Generatorto A14 via the data bus Low signal from A14 Micro processor that clocks data into the Input Register on A17 Timing Generator Low to high transition from A14 Microprocessor decoder that loads the high order bits into the N register on the 10 Divide by N Assembly Model 5342 Service Table 8 2 Signal Names Continued LSYNLO Low Synch 14B 12 LSYL Low LXROM Low Extemal ROM 4 16 MA
281. M d BEAD 1 2 3 IE L3 R4 V 15 47 13 2 3 4 7 1000 8 R7 9 OFS OSC 30 2 4 6 R2 FROM XA4 10 LIO RIS c23 M 27UH m 6 8 ia I cio t cis Wh C27 16 C24 01 3 3 R26 01 R24 1 i 43 IK 115 4 Say RII E2 I 6 8 I 750 cll 625 118 RI3 m 01 22 5TURNS LO FREQ ABW lt LO SWITCH 210 FROM XAI7 1 5 lt CS TO A26 J2 LI L2 i 13 626 RIT L7 47 TOUR SATU 22 750 pes pns TRACE INDUCTOR 5 A con 1 lI I I 20 4TUH Z CR4 R6 200 80 R9 RIO L8 c5 5 i V V s 75 100 4TUH 1000 1 2 2 1 TABLE OF ACTIVE ELEMENTS 3 3 4 Ta 45V c9 I REFERENCE HP PART MFR OR INDUSTRY DESIGNATION NUMBER PART NUMBER CR1 CR6 1901 0179 Q1 Q3 1853 0058 U1 U4 1826 0372 U2 U3 1858 0059 1000 1000 5 2 RI6 RI9 C20 116 d 100 51 7 5 IOUH C21 120 1900 14 one 7 4 CR6 200 e R2I 8 R27 RIS MAIN OSC 2 4 6 I 1 I I I FROM XA8 7 10 R22 R20 V 00 30 R28 R25 LIT V 7 E 75 100 47TUH o AU ec on 0 5 2V 6 Figure 8 28 A5 Multiplexer Assembly 8 157 5342 Service 1 lt COMPONENT SIDE lt SOLDER SIDE of Figure 8 29 O
282. MAIN OSC if LO SWCH is TIL high or OFFSET OSC if LO WCH is TIL low is gated to the output of A5 and becomes the LO FREQ signal which drives the A26 Sampler Driver 8 156 The oscillator signals enter A5 at a level of approximately 4 dBm at XA5 1 for the OFF SET OSC and XA5 10 for the MAIN OSC After passing through 6 dB matching pads formed by R8 R7 R6 and R22 R21 R20 both signals are amplified by differential amplifiers U1 amplifies OFF SET OSC and U4 amplifies MAIN OSC The amplified outputs pass through ac coupling capacitors C6 and C20 respectively and then are either blocked or passed by diode switches The offset channel switch is composed of CR2 and the main channel switch is composed of CR5 CR6 Wh the LO WCH signal TIL high the base of increases to approximately 3 8 volts which decreases the curent through the emitter Since the differential amplifier formed by Q2 is driven by constant current source Q1 the current through the Q2 emitter increases since the total current must remain constant This causes the voltage dropped across R27 to decrease because the current decreased so that the collector of is at 0 8 volts Since the voltage dropped across R18 increases the collector of Q2 goes to 40 8 volts The 0 8 volts at the Q3 collector is passed through the decoupling network L1 L2 C2 which prevents the 300 350 Model Service 8 50 5342A MHz signal in one channel fro
283. MN FT 200MHZ 07263 832248 A16Q3 1853 0058 8 TRANSISTOR PNP 81 PD 300MN FT 200MHZ 07263 832248 A16Q4 1854 0246 8 4 TRANSISTOR PNP 81 PD 350MN FT 250MHZ 04713 8PB233 A16Q5 1854 0246 8 TRANSISTOR PNP 81 PD 350MN FT 250MHZ 04713 8PB233 A16Q6 1854 0246 8 TRANSISTOR NPN 81 PD 350MN FT 250MHZ 04713 8PB233 A16Q7 1853 0058 8 TRANSISTOR PNP 81 PD 300MN FT 200MHZ 07263 832248 A16Q8 1854 0246 8 TRANSISTOR NPN 81 PD 350MN FT 250MHZ 04713 8PS233 A16Q9 1853 0058 8 TRANSISTOR PNP 81 PD 300MN FT 200MHZ 07263 332248 A16Q10 1854 0691 7 3 TRANSISTOR NPN 81 TO 92 PD 350 28480 1850 0691 A16Q11 1854 0691 7 TRANSISTOR NPN 81 TO 92 PD 350MN 28480 1854 0691 16012 1854 0691 7 TRANSISTOR NPN 81 TO 92 PD 350MN 28480 1854 0691 16013 1850 0071 7 1 TRANSISTOR 81 PD 300MW FT 200MHZ 28480 1854 0071 A16R1 0698 7260 7 9 RESISTOR 10K 1 05W 0 100 24544 C3 1 6 TO 1002 G A16R2 0698 7260 7 RESISTOR 10K 1 05W TC 0 100 24544 3 1 6 1002 A16R3 0757 0399 5 RESISTOR 82 5 195 125W 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 TO 82R5 F A16R4 0698 7260 7 RESISTOR 10K 1 05W 0 100 24546 C3 1 6 TO 1002 G A16R5 0698 7260 7 RESISTOR 10K 1 05W TC 0 100 24546 3 1 6 1002 1686 0698 7260 7 RESISTOR 10K 1 05W 0 100 24546 C3 1 6 TO 1002 G A16R7 0698 7234 5 1 RESISTOR 825 1 05W 0 100 24546 3 1 6 4258 A16R8 0698 4243 6 2 RESISTOR 1 96K 1 05W TC 0 100 24546 C3 1 6
284. NHI 1A9U LSYNLO 46M LCTRRD 94F1 LHPIB LAMPMTR 1P2A If these signatures are correct go to step 7 If the signatures are not correct check the inputs to the IC s with the incorrect signatures If the inputs are not correct troubleshoot backwards along the signal flow from output to input until a device is found where the input exhibits a correct signature but the output is incorrect Change that IC If the inputs to U20 U22 U17 have good signatures then either the IC is bad or the output line is being held high or low by some other assembly connected to that signal To check this possibility A14 must be isolated from the rest of the instrument Perform as follows 1 Remove A14 assembly and place it near lefthand side of instrument 2 Connect a clip lead from the 5V test pin on A17 to the 5V test pin on A14 3 Connect a clip lead from the gound test pin on A17 to the ground test pin on A14 4 Connect an AP clip to A14U22 Connect a clip lead from test pin TP1 on A17 1 MHz clock signal to A14U22 4 The A14 assembly can now be exercised b Connect an AP clip to A14U8 Place the 5004A START and STOP inputs on A14U8 2 8 93 Model 5342 Service Table 8 9 A14 Microprocessor Troubleshooting Continued 6 Connect the 5004A CLOCK test pin on 14 and GROUND to A14 ground test pin 7 Place the A14 board in free run as in step 3 8 Measure the signatures again If
285. OCAL LOCKOUT csp Press Continue stp 102 lcl 7 prt Return to LOCAL 103 spc l prt Off dsp CHECK POINT l4 Press Continue stp 104 ren 7 105 if Leligte 5 106 ent AMPL 5 1 CS YES gto 2 107 asp END prt END stp 108 spc 4 prt AMPL 002 2 109 prt n CHECK POINT 1l 110 wrt ctr All been weit 5000 111 wrt ctr 112 prt Off 113 dsp CHECK POINT 1 Press Continue spc 2 stp 114 if Ls1 gtc 110 115 prt CHECK POINT 2 llo wrt ctr 1001 beep wait 5000 wrt ctr OBO 117 prt OFS DE Off 118 CHECK POINT 2 Press Continue spc 2 stp 119 if L l gto 116 120 prt CHECK POINT 3 spc l prt Enter AMP OFFSET l21 ent X 122 if lt 99 9 or X gt 99 9 prt LIKIT ERROR gto 2 123 fmt 5 SOB f l1 E wrt ctr 5 X 124 fxd l prt Recall CFS DB Does OFS DB 125 dsp CHECK POINT 3 Press Continue spc 2 stp 126 if Lel gto 120 127 prt CHECK POINT 4 128 dsp Press Continue stp wrt ctr RELSR3ST2T 1050 130 rea ctr C prt CSrprt END 131 dsp CHECK POINT 4 Press Son anne SER 132 if Lzi gto 129 end 4 12 Model 5342 performance Tests Table 4 3 Model 9825A Program Description CHECK POINT TEST OBSERVE ON 5342A Remote Manual Auto Frequency Off
286. OD Part of Figure 8 38 Option 011 15 HP IB Assembly 8 176 5342 Service OPTION 15 HP IB ASSEMBLY _ 0 342 60015 SERIES 120 MOTHERBOARD DII 42 INPUT ASSEMBLY
287. OM COL MLD 10UH 10 Q 60 095DX 25LG NOM CHOKE WIDEBAND ZMAX 680 OHM 180MHZ CHOKE WIDEBAND ZMAX 680 OHM 180MHZ TRANSISTOR NPN 2N5079 SI TO 72 PD 200 MW RESISTOR 5 1K 5 125W CC TC 350 857 RESISTOR TRMR 5K 10 C SIDE ADJ 1 TRN RESISTOR30 5 125W TC 270 540 RESISTOR 316K 1 125W F TC 100 RESISTOR 110 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 110 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR TRMR 500 10 C SIDE ADJ 1 TRN RESISTOR 91 5 125w CC TC 270 540 RESISTOR 100K 5 125W TC 466 875 RESISTOR 510 5 125W CC TC 350 600 200 1 125W TC 0 100 RESISTOR TRMR 5K 10 C SIDE ADJ 1 TRN RESISTOR 10K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 316K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 68 1 1 125W 0 100 RESISTOR 5 1K 5 125W CC TC 350 857 RESISTOR 75 5 125W CC TC 270 540 RESISTOR 82 5 125W CC TC 270 540 RESISTOR 200 5 125W CC TC 330 800 RESISTOR 150 5 125W CC TC 300 800 RESISTOR 30 5 125W CC TC 270 540 RESISTOR 200 5 125W CC TC 330 800 RESISTOR 300 5 125W CC TC 330 800 RESISTOR 300 5 125W CC TC 330 800 RESISTOR 1K 10 125W CC TC 330 800 CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ
288. OMMENDED CHARACTERISTICS MODEL 100 MHz bandwidth 10 Hz 10 MHz 10 MHz 2 4 GHz 2 GHz 18 GHz RF inputs from 1 MHz 500 MHz 20V Range 0 05V Resolution 10 MHz 350 MHz 100 kHz 196 accuracy HP 1740A compatibility 5342A compatibility DC 18 GHz TIL compatibility 1 mA 1 A range TIL compatibility DC 18 GHz 10 dB steps Clip for 14 pin 16 pin IC s 120V IN Isolated 120V OUT 10 pin 12 pin 15 pin 2 X 18 pin 2 2 X 22 pin 2 2 X 24 pin A 14 Exender A15 Extender 10 MHz 18 GHz 10 MHz 18 GHz 30 dBm to 420 dBm DC 18 GHz 1 GHz 2420 dBm Output 100 MHz 20 dBm 2100 MHz gt 20 dBm 2X 2X 2X 100 MHz 18 GHz HP 8755B compatibility 0 1 18 GHz HP 8755B compatibility 2 18 GHz 100 500 MHz Two Microwave sources needed for automatic amplitude discrimination test see D q ph 4 Control HP IB lines V Operational Verification Full Performance Testing HP 1740A HP 651B HP 8620 86222 HP 8620 86290 HP 1411 8552 8554 HP 3465A HP 3406A HP 3400A HP 1607A use with HP 1740A HP 5004A HP 11667A HP 546A HP 547A HP 545A HP 8495B HP P N 1400 0734 Allied Electronics P N 705 0048 HP P N 05342 60030 HP P N 05342 60031 HP P N 05342 60032 HP P N 05342 60033 HP P N 05342 60034 HP P N 05342 60035 HP P N 05342 60036 HP P N 05342 60039 HP 436A HP 8481A TA OV P TA OV P Opt 002 P HP 909A Option 012
289. P Opt 002 HP 489A A Opt 002 HP 8601A P OV HP 3312A Option 002 HP 8755B HP 11665B HP 11664A HP 182T HP 11692D HP 778D HP 8620C Mainframe T Opt 011 HP 59401A Model 5342A Installation SECTION Il INSTALLATION 2 1 INTRODUCTION 2 2 This section contains information for unpacking inspection storage and installation 2 3 UNPACKING AND INSPECTION 2 4 If the shipping carton is damaged inspect the instrument for visible damage scratches dents etc If the instrument is damaged notify the carrier and the nearest Hewlett Packard Sales and Service Office immediately offices are listed at the back of this manual Keep the shipping carton and packing material for the carriers inspection The Hewlett Packard Sales and Service Office will arrange for repair or replacement of your instrument without waiting for the claim against the carrier to be settled 2 5 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS CAUTION Before connecting the instrument to ac power lines be sure that the voltage selector is properly positioned as described below 2 6 LINE VOLTAGE REQUIREMENTS The 5342 is equipped with a power module that con tains a printed circuit line voltage selector to select 100 120 220 or 240 volt ac operation Before applying power the pc selector must be set to the correct position and the correct fuse must be installed as described below 2 7 Power line connections are selected by the position of the plug in circuit
290. P 8620C SWEEPER HP 436A POWER METER HE Ti667A POWER SENSOR POWER SPLITTER HP 8495B ATTENUATOR Set the 5342A to the 500 MHz 18 GHz range AUTO mode Connect the 11667A power splitter directly to the 5342A type N connec tor Connect the 8481A power sensor directly to the other output port of the 11667A power splitter Set the 8620C with the appropriate plug in 86222A for 500 MHz to 2GHz 86290A for 2 GHz 18 GHz and the 8495B step attenuator to the rated sensitivity as measured on the 436A Remember that the 5342A with Option 003 has different specifications Slowly increase the 8620C frequency over the range and verify that the 5342A counts properly Measure actual sensitivity at 500 MHz 1 GHz 5 GHz 10 GHz 12 4 GHz 15 GHz 17 GHz and 18 GHz Enter on performance test record Table 4 5 4 19 Model 5342 Performance Tests 4 32 500 MHz 18 GHz Input SWR Test Specification 2 1 500MHz 10GHz 3 1 10 GHz 18 GHz Option 002 2 1 500 MHz 18 GHz during amplitude measurements 5 1 500 MHz 18GHz during frequency measurements Option 003 5 1 500 MHz 18 GHz Description Using an 8755B Swept Amplitude Analyzer the return loss of the 5342A high frequency input is measured over the range of 2GHz to 18GHz An SWR of 2 1 9 5dB return loss is worst case for frequencies below 10GHz and an SWR of 3 1 6 dB return loss is worst case for frequencies from 10 GHz 18 GHz The dual directional coupler outputs the incid
291. P O Box 8 Der es Salaam Tel 21251 Ext 265 Telex 41030 THAILAND UNIMESA Co Ltd Elcom Research Building 2538 Sukumvit Ave p Cable UNIMESA Bangkok UGANDA Medical Only International Aeradio A Ltd 2577 Kampala Tel 54388 Cabie INTAERIO Kampala wart RJ Zambia Ltd 0 8 MS Lusaka Tel 7 Cable FO AYTEE Lusaka OTHER AREAS NOT LISTED CONTACT Hewlett Packard Intercontinental 3200 Hillview Ave Palo Aito California 94304 Tet 415 856 1501 910 373 1267 Cable HEWPACK Alto Telex 034 8300 034 8493 ALBERTA Hewlett Packard Ltd 11620A 168th Street Edmonton T5M 319 403 452 3670 TWX 610 831 2431 ONTARIO Hewlett Packard Canada Ltd 1020 Morrison Dr Ottawa K2H 8K7 2168 QUEBEC Hewlett Packard Canada Ltd BRITISH COLUMBIA MANITOBA NOVA SCOTIA AC pp d Se 00 Wami Reid U 10 oir corey 15d Pointe Claire HOA 167 isher 1 n ridi itu 3 Caiga 2H8 Richmond VEX 2W7 Winnipeg OY Dertmouth 838 1L1 Y we 1M8 Tei 514 467 4252 FOR CANADIAN AREAS NOT LISTED Tel rf 253 2713 Tel 604 270 2277 Tel 204 786 6701 902 469 7820 Tei 41 86 8 9430 610 422 3022 Contact Hewiett Packard Canada 610 821 641 TWX 610 925 5059 TWX 610 671 3831 TWX 60 27 4482 TWX 610 492 4246 TUX 05 821521 HPCL Ltd in Mississauga icu MEXICO
292. Q1 is tumed off Since Q6 is on Q4 is off and Q2 is off The FREQ ON output therefore floats near ground 8 329 For frequency measurements and no attenuation U5 10 high and U5 11 low cause Q6 to be off and Q1 to be on Since attenuation is not wanted the high current from ATI develops a voltage across R10 which is sufficient to raise the base of Q9 toward 5 volts thereby tuming Q9 off so that AMPL ON floats near ground Since Q6 is off Q4 is on and Q2 is on Both Q2 on Q1 on cause a high level of current to be supplied to the PIN diode U2CRI at a level near 2 5 volts The high current through the diode provides little attenuation to the microwave signal 8 330 For frequency measurements with attenuation the cument supplied by ATI drops to a very low level which causes the voltage at the collector of Q6 to be near ground This means that Q9 is on Q4 is off and Q2 is off Q1 is still on so that FREQ ON is still at 42 5 volts but with Q2 off a lower level of current is being driven through PIN diode U2CRI This low level of current increases the diode s attenuation by approximately 15 dB 8 331 OPTION 003 EXTENDED DYNAMIC RANGE 8 332 Extended Dynamic Range Option 003 provides automatic attenuation of input signals in the 500 MHz to 18 GHz range This option extends the dynamic range of operation to 42 dB for signals in the 500 MHz to 12 4 GHz range and to 35 dB for signals in the 12 4 GHz to 18 GHz range 8 333 Wen the input
293. R i 316K ON SSS SSS e t I Ue i FROM XALTA T s gc ASTE 12 100K 4 TSS DA 8 CNTR REFERENCE ejt DESIGNATIONS NW R 500 10K Pu ue Eu d 1 01 Y pl 1 R22 200 0 1 5 QI Son STRIPLINE 77 gt TO XAI8UIT U4 5 5 T 6 2 5V A si pe bt 2 RIS PE 9 i 5100 i Mr 8 CNTR B ing vio 1 2 ae E TABLE OF ACTIVE ELEMENTS REFERENCE HP PART MFR OR INDUSTRY ERA DESIGNATION NUMBER PART NUMBER 1 pi I 901 0535 5 m 7 CR1 CR3 1901 ame E s 1901 0040 C HM 1854 0345 2N5179 up d i i Es 1826 0065 LM311N cm 1826 0372 Same 5 U 6 E 015 g 1820 1225 10231 2 id s 1820 0765 SN74197N is ran a UIE HH 1820 1322 SN74S02N Rj ie BSH Mi 1820 1197 5 741500 VEN 1820 1285 SN74LS54N acp LLL 1820 1193 SN74LS197N Un UID E 1820 0174 7404 19 18 1 1 4 Ld lt 1 x 1820 1255 DM8098N 90 i 1820 1112 SN74LS74N l 1820 1204 SN74LS20N M M 22 22 e 5V O 5V D C23 is 1 68 T 8 F hy 17 17 TO XAIGA 9 21 21 5 E m D
294. R 4 7K 5 25W TC 400 4700 084725 A13R4 0683 5115 RESISTOR 510 5 25W FC TC 400 4600 085115 A13R5 1810 0055 NETWORK RES 9 PIN SIP 15 PIN SPCG 1810 0055 A13R6 0683 2225 RESISTOR 2 2K 5 25W FC TC 400 4700 082225 A13R7 0683 4725 RESISTOR 4 7K 5 25W FC TC 400 4700 084725 A13R8 0683 4725 RESISTOR 4 7K 5 25W FC TC 400 4700 084725 A13R9 0683 1025 RESISTOR 1K 5 25M FC TC 400 4600 081025 A13R10 0683 1035 RESISTOR 10K 5 25W FC TC 400 4700 081035 A13R11 0683 4725 RESISTOR 4 7K 5 25W FC TC 400 4700 084725 A13R12 0683 1635 RESISTOR 16K 5 25W FC TC 400 4800 081635 A13R13 0683 6825 RESISTOR 6 8K 5 25W FC TC 400 4700 086825 A13R14 0683 2735 RESISTOR 27K 5 25W TC 400 4800 082735 A13R15 0683 4725 RESISTOR 4 7K 5 25W FC TC 400 4700 084725 A13R16 0683 1035 RESISTOR 10K 5 25W FC TC 400 4700 081035 A13R17 0683 6825 RESISTOR 6 8K 5 25W FC TC 400 4700 086825 A13R18 0683 1035 RESISTOR 10K 5 25W FC TC 400 4700 081035 A13R19 0683 3915 RESISTOR 390 5 25W FC 400 4600 083915 A13R20 0683 1215 RESISTOR 120 5 25W 400 4600 081215 A13R21 0683 1035 RESISTOR 10K 5 25W FC TC 400 4700 081035 A13R22 0683 2015 RESISTOR 200 5 25W FC TC 400 4600 082015 A13R23 0683 3325 RESISTOR 3 3K 5 25W FC TC 400 4700 083325 A13R24 0683 5125 RESISTOR 5 1K 5 25W FC TC 400 4700 085125 A13R25 0683 6825 RESISTOR 6 8K 5 25W FC TC 400 4700 086825 A13R26 0683 6825 RESISTOR 6 8K 5 25W FC TC 400 4700 086825 A13R27 0683 1035
295. R A __ Loj AT WULTIPLENER 7 I 16 Hv 2 2 1 3 1 13 13 on 50 Re ux 19115 BI s Eni 7 t 22 22 L 3 un l I IT 1 ri 21 21 1 a 5 25 1 i 3 T i 14 EM WX 1 t T 15 L BB 1 EH FRDM ed 127 EIN LL Lc a FAN 3 p FROM X 3 21 7 P v i Ss gd Mite ui ES E mm LB j XAl617 spn pe a aa L eea a oom _ _ LU OPTION Figure 8 36 13 Counter Assembly 8 173 Model 5342A Service C28 MOUNTED NOTE ON BACK OF BOARD lw 3015 9339705 1 3015 LN3NOdAWOO Part of Figure 8 37 A14 Microprocessor Assembly 8 174 4 PROCESSOR Y 06342 60014 SENIES 1840 _ Model 5342A Service
296. R LF caused by offset which makes display overflow h INSUFFICIENT SIGNAL Amplitude off SP SP SP 00000 000000 E 06 CR LF i INSUFFICIENT SIGNAL Amplitude on SP F SP SP 00000 000000 06 A SP 99 9 E CR LF 3 78 When the 5347A is in remote the front panel REMOTE annunciator lights When thi 5342 is addressed to talk the front panel RECALL pushbutton lamp will light 3 24 5342 Operation 3 79 9825A PROGRAM EXAMPLES 3 80 The following 9825A program examples are illustrative of 5342A programming B wrt FHS RUE fTisT2 1 trs 7 O2 red rB2 As wait 588 2 sto 1 3 3802 wrt 7 AUER 4T25T1 ab 1 red cmd 7s dzp H uait 588 sto 1 end 6693 wrt 2 5 1 BOBBESRSHFTBSTI1 1 red 7 2 A ret 2 ato 1 3 end 1874 18838869539 8 10030069529 08 19930869524 18 18 3010593 14 8 18838869512 08 EXAMPLE 1 This program assumes the range switch was set to 0 5 18 GHz before the program was executed The program puts the 5342A in AUTO 10 kHz resolution HOLD and wait until addressed output mode Program takes a measurement trg 702 and reads it into the A register After waiting 500 ms the program loops back to the next trigger then read statement EXAMPLE 2 This program also assumes the range switch was previously set to the 0 5 18 GHz position The program puts the counter in AU
297. R SGL CONT 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ 2 IC OP AMP 8 DIP P IC OP AMP 8 DIP P 1 IC 555 8 DIP P 1 IC 3524 MODULATOR 16 DIP C un A21 MISCELLANEOUS PARTS 2 HEAT SINK SGL PLSTC PWR PXG 1 BIN P C BOARD EXTRACTOR 1 EXTRACTOR ORANGE See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 24546 24546 24546 28480 28480 28480 28480 27014 27014 28480 01295 28480 28480 28480 CW 1 8 TO 2151 F CW 1 8 TO 1003 F CW 1 8 TO 4641 F 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 LM307N LM307N 182640355 SG3524J 1205 0273 5000 9043 5040 6852 6 31 Model 5342A Replaceable Parts Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Continued Reference HP Part Description Mfr Mfr Part Number Designation Number Code 05342 60022 MOTHERBOARD ASSEMBLY SERIES 1720 28480 05342 60022 A22J1 1200 0785 5 2 24 CONT DIP DIP SLDR 28480 1200 0785 A22J2 1200 0785 5 SOCKET IC 24 CONT DIP DIP SLDR 28480 1200 0785 A22Y1 9100 3067 8 1 TRANSFORMER POWER 28480 9100 3067 A22W1 05342 60102 8 1 CABLE ASSEMBLY 1 0 MAG 28480 05342 60102 A22W2 05342 60121 1 1 CABLE ASSEMBLY LF 28480 05342 60121 A22W3 05342 60103 8 1 CABLE ASSEMBLY IF INT 28480 05342 60103 A22W4 05342 60109 5 1 CABLE ASSEMBLY MICRO INT 28480 05342 60109 A22W5 05342 60104 0 1
298. R20 0683 4725 2 RESISTOR 4 7K 5 25W FC TC 400 4700 01121 CB4725 A2R21 0683 4725 2 RESISTOR 4 7K 5 25W FC TC 400 4700 01121 CB4725 A2R22 0683 1015 7 RESISTOR 100 5 25W FC 400 4500 01121 CB1015 A2R23 0683 4785 2 RESISTOR 4 7K 5 25W FC TC 400 4700 01121 CB4725 A2R24 0683 4725 2 RESISTOR 4 7K 5 25W FC TC 400 4700 01121 CB4725 A2R25 2100 2655 1 2 RESISTOR TRMR 100K 10 TOP ADJ 1 TRN 73138 B2PR100K A2R26 0683 4725 2 RESISTOR 4 7K 5 25M FC TC 400 4700 01121 CB4725 A2R27 2100 2655 1 RESISTOR TRMA 100K 10 C TOP ADJ 1 TRN 71138 82PR100K A2R28 0683 4725 2 RESISTOR 4 7K 5 25W FC TC 400 4700 01121 CB4725 A2R29 0683 1035 1 1 RESISTOR 10K 5 25W FC TC 400 4700 01121 CB1035 A2R30 0683 1845 1 2 RESISTOR 180K 5 25W FC TC 800 4900 01121 CB1845 A2R31 0683 1845 1 RESISTOR 180K 5 25W FC TC 800 4900 01121 CB1845 A2R32 0683 2745 2 2 RESISTOR 270K 5 25W FC 800 4900 01121 CB2745 A2R33 0683 2745 2 RESISTOR 270K 5 25W FC 800 4900 01121 CB2745 A2R34 0683 3925 2 1 RESISTOR 3 9K 5 25W FC TC 400 4700 01121 CB3925 A2R35 0683 4725 2 RESISTOR 4 7K 5 25W FC TC 400 4700 01121 CB4725 A2TF1 1251 0600 0 1 CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC S2 SQ 28480 1251 0600 A2U1 1820 0539 1 2 IC BFR TTL NAND QUAD 2 INP 01295 8N7437N A2U2 1820 0468 5 2 IC DCDR TTL BCD TO DEC 4 TO 10 LINE 01295 8N7445N A2U3 1820 1443 8 1 IC CNTR TTL LS 8IN ASYNCHRO 01295 8N74L8293N A2UA 1820 0539 1 IC BFR TTL NAND QUAD 2 INP 01295 8N7437N A2U5 1820 1416 5 1 IC SCHM
299. Reduce input signal level until counter no longer counts 18 GHz but displays all zeros The IF OUT on the spectrum analyzer should appear as 5MHz lt If spectrum analyzer display remains as in the first photo or if the IF is centered as shown below then change A9R16 to 15 0683 1565 IF THIS IS CENTERED THEN CHANGE 9 16 to 15 SHOULD OFFSET FROM CENTER EITHER SIDE 8 44 Procedure for Selecting Resistor 16 2 on 16 Assembly Option 002 or 003 8 45 Wen replacing resistor 1682 average value 10K ohms select the original factory selected value that is labeled on U2 assembly part of Option 002 or 003 8 17 Model 5342A Service 8 18 8 46 SERVICE ACCESSORY KIT 10842A 8 47 The 10842A Service Accessory Kit contains 10 special extender boards designed to aid in troubleshooting the 5342A The following paragraphs describe equipment supplied replaceable parts and operation 8 48 Equipment Supplied 8 49 Table 8 3 lists the boards contained in the 10842A Service Accessory Kit with their general description and usage The kit is shown in Figure 8 3 Table 8 3 10842A Kit Contents 05342 60030 10 pin X2 Extender Boards for A4 A5 and A18 assemblies 05342 60031 12 pin X2 Extender Boards for A3 A7 A8 A9 and All assemblies 05342 60032 15 pin X2 Extender Boards for the A24 assembly 05342 60033 18 pin X2 Extender Boards for the A17 assembly 05342 60034 22 pin X2 Ex
300. S ODEN A25C11 A25R28 A25R31 BAL OFST T Figure 8 21 5342A Top View Assembly Locations and Adjustments Model 5342A Service DAC OUT CONNECTOR OPTION 004 HP 18 OPTION 011 A22W4 1 FOR USE WITH COMPANION INSTRUMENTS A22 MOTHERBOARD J2 6 CONNECTOR HP 18 i OPTION 011 i E ibl FOR A16 OPTION 002 OR 003 CABLE OPTION 002 2 TO A2J1 A27 LF AMPLIFIER OPTION 002 92 HF AMPLIFIER OPTION 002 OR 003 Figure 8 22 5342A Bottom View Options Installed 8 145 8 146 blank 5342A DETAILED BLOCK DIAGRAM wit FX gt wi Jl 25 16692 UI SAMPLER ASWI Jl A26 SAMPLER DRIVER ASSEMBLY Lo FREQ VAS RF MULTIPLE xER ASSEMBLY 8 ASSEMBLY TO DIV N Gio 10 8 5 MAIN CNTRL MAIN vco uz 1 a ww N MAIN Loor AMPLIFIER ASSEMBLY 0 FROM LPD WRT 9 148 10 NARROW WIDE LPF FROM 06 9 14 3 OFFSET vco ASSEMBLY OFFSET VCO T 9 ASSEMBLY 5 LO SWITCH FROM _ MIXER7SEARCH CO FROM _ 11 4 5 RST 12 14 AMPLITUDE DETECTOR X AMPLITUDE OPTION 002 OR 003 A1683 CURRENT SOURCES e x Ti Limiter TO A25 C34 LPWR RS
301. S SCHOTTKY 0100 ITCHING BOV 200MA 2NS 00 35 DIODE SCHOTTKY OIONEeSCHOTTKY DIQUESSWITCHMING ROV ZOOMA 2NS 00 35 9170 0029 9170 0029 SHIELOING BEAD CORE SHIELDING BEAD 2110 0036 FUSE 1 125V 87 810 348 25 UL 9100 1788 9100 1788 1854 0216 1856 0081 1855 0081 195300055 1854 0546 1854 0071 1854 0071 1850 0071 18540071 1854 0546 CHOKE W IDE BAND ZMAX8680 180 MHZ CHOKESwWIDE BAND 2MAXS680 180 HZ cr ww woo TRANSISTOR NPN 81 PDa3SoMw FTa300MMZ TRANSISTOR JeFET NeC OMODE SI TRANSISTOR JeFET NeCHAN 4 00 SI TRANSISTOR PNP SI POs200MW FT2500MMZ 416708 NPN 81 70 72 TRANSISTOR NPN 81 Z TRANSISTOR NPN 81 POBSOOMW FTR200MMZ TRANSISTOR NPN 8 0 300 F agOUMMZ TRANSISTOR NPN 1 FT e200MHZ TRANSISTOR NPN 31 10 72 0 2004 RESISTOR 2K SX 125 CC 1 8 350 857 RE STSTOR 1 78 1X 05 F 00 RESISTOR 10K 10 125 CC 350 857 PESISTOR 133 1X 1264 F 7 809 100 RESISTOR 62 5 14 125 F 0 00 4 4 4 4 0698 5180 0698 7242 0698 5426 069803437 0757 0399 0698 5176 0598 5426 210003273 069865566 0698 6294 RESISTOR 510 S 1258 7 8 330 800 RESISTOR 10K 10 125w CC 1 8 350 857 RES ISYOReTRMR 2K 10 SIDESADS RESISTOR2 UK SX 125 CC 108035074857 RESISTOR 47K SX 125
302. S ren i u s amp il AED rare ont 98 TUIS 1854 0071 Sama i VOLTAGE as ala 22 7 7 OY SHEET 31 18 Mat Assigned REFERENCE m E y ca di 1 1820 1199 SN74LS04N LM FRED 2 Tz AF VI 103 2 INPUT 5 i 15 4 uz 1820 1144 9130261 Lam 1 e ANALOG 4 x 4 See Option 002 Parts List 1 COUNT IN rcc sZ s 42 1112 ANALOG HE 1 a 1818 0468 Same V 1 COUNT OUT 7 ley xis __ i Us 1820 1195 AM74LS175A m D i e mag us 7 Sm s Us ur 1820 1439 SN74LS258N BF IH B I 126 ai 4549 Ae en TPI TP11 UB 182021505 abn em pese E E sa 5 urns ug 1820 1207 SN74L 30N Ji 930 m CC Ril Big Ra ul u1b 1820 1442 SN74LS290N V IM er f 190 Be Utt 1826 0316 LHOO70 IH LA T 1826 0471 Same 89 013 1826 0480 4 CRS tib P E 114 1820 0477 LM307 AN DETECTED RF YEL 1 7 d 1 U15 1820 0224 LMODO2CH U18 1826 0371 LF 256H ce ty Be PUN 1826 0480 I a H READ m ur 6 ees nis l 1826 0472 Same I 7 i Dgn s x ce LEAD
303. SN 6625 01 103 2958 REPORTING OF ERRORS You can improve this manual by recommending improvements using DA Form 2028 2 located in the back of the manual Simply tear out the self addressed form fill it out as shown on the sam ple fold it where shown and drop it in the mail If there are no blank DA Forms 2028 2 in the back of your manual use the standard DA Form 2028 Recommended Changes to Publications and Blank Forms and forward to Commander US Army Communications and Electronics Materiel Readiness Command ATTN DRSEL ME MQ Fort Monmouth NJ 07703 In either case a reply will be forwarded direct to you TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Title 0 INSTRUCTIONS Scope Indexes of publications Forms and records R 1 1 1 1 joo NI eR Reporting of equipment improvement recommendations EIR 2 Hi 9 0 5 Administrative storage Destruction of army electronics materiel 1 SERIAL PREFIX 1840 This manual applies to Serial Prefix 1840A unless accompanied by a Manual Change Sheet indicating otherwise This manual is an authentiation of the manufacturers commercial literature which through usage has been found to cover the data required to operate and maintain this equipment Since the manual was not prepared in accordance with military specifications and AR 310 3 the format has not been structured to consider levels of maintenance Model 5342A Table of Contents T
304. SPLAY NUM SEG LeCHAR 5082 7650 810814 1990 0540 3 DISPLAYeNUMeSEG LeCHAR 43 5082 7650 810315 1990 0540 5 DISPLAYeNUMeSEG 1eCHAR 43 H 5082 7650 4103816 1990 0540 3 DISPLAYeNUM SEG 1 CHAR 3eH 5082 7850 10817 1990 0540 3 DISPLAYeNUMeSEG 3eH 5082 7650 810518 1990 0540 3 DISPLAYeNUMeSEG 1eCHAR 43 5082 7650 410819 1990 0540 3 DISPLAYeNUMeSEG 1eCHAR 43 5082 7650 410320 1990 0540 3 DISPLAY NUMeSEG 1eCHAR 3eH 5082 7650 A10821 1990 0540 3 DISPLAYeNUMeSEG 1eCHAR 3eH 5082 7650 1022 1990 0517 e IN T233MCD IF 22045 5082 4655 10323 1990 0517 4 LEDeVy SIBLE LUMeINTS3MCD IFS20MA MAX 5082 1655 10324 1990 0517 4 LEDS VI SIRLE LUMeINTZIMCD IF S20 5082 1655 10325 1990 0517 4 LEDeV ISTALE LUMSTNTESMCO IFS2U MSN AK 5082 4655 810526 1990 0517 4 LED VISIB LE LUMeINTS3MCD 20 8082 4555 4 1250 0257 1 2 SMB M 1250 0257 aide 1250 0257 1 CONNECTOReRF SMB 50 OHN 1250 0257 A1J3 1250 1163 0 1 CONNECT RF BNC FEM 50 0 125091103 MP 6562 MP36562 MPS6562 5 562 MPS6S62 MP86562 MPS6562 MPSeSe2 36552 MP 6562 MPSe562 MPS6562 881315 BB1315 881315 1810 0080 881315 881315 881315 881315 881315 881315 881315 181090080 882715 881515 881315 M91 1863 0318 4192 185320318 A123 1853 0318 A104 1853 0318 8186 1853 0318 3 TRANSISTOR PNP SI PDsS00 Mw FTzeoM
305. SWEEPER HP 86222A HP 436A POWER METER 309 0900 388 550 SAT v 558 220 ws 4 9 2008 2 EM HP 8481A POWER SENSOR For Standard Instrument Set the 8620C to 1 GHz at 5 0 dBm as measured by the 436A Power Meter Connect the 8620C output to the 5342A and verify that the counter counts 1 GHz Increase the level of the 8620C output until the counter s display fills with dashes Measure this level on the 436A and verify that it is greater than 45 dBm Enter on verification record Table 4 1 For Option 002 Instruments Set 5342A to 500 MHz 18 GHz range and AMPL mode Set the 8620C to 1 GHz at a level of 10 dBm as measured on the 436 Connect the 8620C output to the 5342A and verify that the 5342A counts 1 GHz Enter difference between 5342 and 436A readings verifi cation record Table 4 1 4 19 OPTION 011 HP IB VERIFICATION PROGRAM 4 20 The 9825A program listed in Table 4 2 the 5342A through various operating modes described below via its HP IB Interface If the 5342A successfully completes all phases of the verification program then there is a high probability that the HP IB Interface A15 assembly is working properly If the 5342A does not respond as described refer to HP IB troubleshooting in NOTE Prior to conducting the performance test check the A15 board revision letter adjacent to the board part number If the revision letter is D
306. T AMPLITUDE DETECTOR ASSEMBLY IF LIM FROM_ XA 148 16 TPG FILTER i lt x TO REAR PANEL VIA 3 FROM XAIO 11 FROM 54 REAR PANEL LEXT EXT SWITCH 418 TIME BASE BUFFER XAI7 i ASSEMBLY J2 EXT IN 10 REAR PANEL 10 MHZ INT 8 A24 OSCILLATOR ASSEMBLY STD 8 OPT 00 LPOS SLOPE E z 500 KHZ FREQUENCY DETECTOR SEARCH GENERATOR 2 HSRCH EN 8 TPI Ao OFFSET 10 92 OFFSET 10 1 e ets oe Soe SMS DES FROM 5 E DIV N S Si DIVIQE BY N ASSEMBLY 74 LSYN FROM __ 148 11 FROM 148 12 N CONTROL 14 LSYN LO DIVIDE DIVIDE MAIN Ae MAIN 462 7 Gs BY N REGISTER 8 09 07 DATA BUS FX 10HZ S00MHZ gt _ XAHC T 148 7 10 I 1 I 6 MHZ FROM XAI8 1 FROM LTIM WIR 9 _ 12 79 7 6 TO _ XA148 8 8 PSEUDO RANDOM SEQUENCE PRS IMHZ RATE GENERATOR XA13 8 XA5 5 LO SWITCH o GEN DEAD TIME DETECTOR 50
307. TION DIRECT A DIRECT B Check Output Direct Count A Output Direct Count B Output Divide by N Data 0 Extemal Input XA14A 10 J2 rear panel 1167 7 XA14B 8 8 10 8 9 9 10 15 14 3 15 16 3 17 10 22 20 22 11 10 16 XA13 2 17 11 22 1 19 22 12 XA10 17 XA13 3 15 5 XA16A 5 XA17 12 A22 1 18 A22W13 10 18 XA13 4 15 6 16 6 XA17 13 A22 1 17 22 14 10 15 XA12 15 15 XA15A 7 16 7 XA17 11 A22 1 5 22 15 XA10 16 XA12 16 16 XA15A 8 XA16A 8 XA17 10 A22 1 6 22 16 10 17 12 17 17 XA15A 9 16 9 XA17 9 A22 1 7 224 23 10 18 XA12 18 18 XAI5AJ 10 XA16A 10 17 8 A22 1 8 22 24 18 10 XA13 1 75 MHz sgnal sent from A1C Divide by N to IF Limiter when 5342 is in CHECK mode 1 MHz TIL clock sent from A17 Timing Generator to A14 Microprocessor clock generator to derive 1 and 22 from MPU Divide by two output of Direct Count Amplifier Assembly to A13 Counter Assembly Divide by four output of Direct Count Amplifier Assembly to A13 Counter Assembly Signal from A8 Main VCO to AIO Divide by N Data Lines Signal from an extemal source via J2 on rear panel to A18 Time Base Buffer Assembly Option 002 signal from A16 board to U2 H
308. TO 1961 G A16R9 0698 7252 7 1 RESISTOR 4 64K 195 05W F TC 0 100 24546 C3 1 8 TO 8641 G A16R10 0757 0407 6 1 RESISTOR 200 1 125W 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 TO 201 F See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 6 38 Desig nation Number A16R12 A16R13 A16R14 A16R15 A16R16 A16R17 A16R18 A16R19 A16R20 A16R21 A16R22 A16R23 A16R24 A16R25 A16R26 A16R27 A16R28 A16R29 A16R30 A16R31 A16R32 A16R33 A16R34 A16R35 A16R36 A16R37 A16R38 16 1 16 2 16 16 4 16 5 A16TP6 A16TP7 A16TP8 A16TP9 A16TP10 A16TP11 A1601 A1602 A1603 A1604 A1605 A1606 A1607 A1608 A1609 A16010 16011 16012 16013 16014 16015 16016 16017 16018 98 7243 0698 7236 0757 0418 0698 7260 0757 0399 0698 7236 0698 7260 0698 7260 0698 7260 0698 7332 2100 3122 0757 0424 0757 0438 0698 3154 0698 3150 2100 3103 0698 0084 0757 0260 2100 3095 0757 0422 0757 0440 0757 0440 0757 0421 0698 6619 0757 0421 0698 6362 0757 0421 0698 3155 0360 0535 0360 0535 0360 0535 0360 0535 0360 0535 0360 0535 0360 0535 0360 0535 0360 0535 0360 0535 0360 0535 1820 1199 1820 1144 05342 80005 1818 0468 1820 1195 1820 1439 1820 1439 1820 1995 1820 1207 1820 1442 1826 0316 1826 0471 1826 0480 1820 0477 1820 0224 1826 0371 1826 0480 1826 0472 0360 0065 1200 0424 1200 0525 1200 0552 1200 0565 5000 9043 5040 6552 05342
309. TO mode 10 Hz resolution fast sample and only if addressed output mode The program takes a measurement unaddressed the 5342 as talker cmd 7 so that the counter will continue making measurements at a fast rate and waits 500 ms until reading the next measurement EXAMPLE 3 This program sets a manual center frequency of 10 GHz input frequency 10 03 GHz 1 Hz resolution 0 5 18 GHz range FM mode front panel sample rate control and out put only if addressed Each reading is printed on the 9825A printer 5342 Operation EXAMPLE 4 urti T z RUSR This program selects AUTO mode 1 Hz resolution fast STZSTiRHi1 sample output only if addressed and amplitude The 1 red 7B2 frequency is read into register andthe amplitude is ert H prt B read into the B register Notice that although the frequency 24 sto 1 is displayed only to 1 MHz resolution on counter the full 2 end 1 Hz resolution is output to the calculator 32729 5 wrt 702 This program measures the same signal as in 4 but enters ST2STLAMLSOB 2 a 10dB offset in the amplitude measurement Li red YB82 FGBS Prt Asprt E 2 ato 1 3 end 20921 42300253343 00 4230028349 15 30 4230028356 08 15 3 42308028342 88 15 38 3 26 5342 Operation EXAMPLE 6 wrt 782s Al JSR This is the same program as 5 but
310. TON 5060 9436 50 60 9436 SWITCH PUSHBUTTON 506029436 5060 9436 SWITCH PUSHBUTTON 506099436 506099436 PUSHBUTTON 5000 9436 310122220 SW IT CR SL DPDT NS MINTR 54 125V AC DC PC 3101 2220 3101 2220 DPDTeNS MINTR 125 VAC DC 3101 2220 1251 0600 CON CTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MMeBSCeS2 SQ 125190000 1251 0600 CONNECT OR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 83 97 SQ 1251 0600 A1 MISCELLANEOUS PARTS 06240097 120090474 5050 0079 50410276 5041 0225 504190318 504190342 504100450 5041 0784 5041 0785 5041 0786 5041 0787 5041 0788 5041 0789 5041 0802 5041 0803 041 0804 5041 0805 0534200001 0534202010 SCREWe TPG Ged 1881 NeLG PANeHD POZI 0624 0097 SOCK 1 14 1200904074 WASHER FL NM NO 2 094 IN ID 188 INeOD 305090079 KEY CAP PEARL GRAY 504110278 KEY CAP PEARL GLP 5041 0285 KEY CAP PUT GLP 5041 0318 86 GTR 5041 0342 CAP BLUE QTR 5041 0450 5 5041 0784 CAP 6 3L 9 504190785 fu TUT 7 5041 0786 8 5041 0787 0 5041 0788 50 41 0789 1 5041 0802 KEv CAP 5041 0803 KEY 6041 0804 KEY 5041 0805 SHIELD INPUT 05342 00014 BLOCK ANNUNCIATOR 05342 20104 aam a a oa See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 6 6 Reference Designation A2 dele A2C3 Aatu
311. TOR Karachi Mushko amp Company Ltd 388 Satellite Town Rawalpindi Tel 41924 Cable FEMUS Rawalpind PHILIPPINES The Online Advanced Systems Corporation Rico House Amorsolo cor prid Su Legaspi Village Makati 1310 Metro Manila Tel 85 35 81 35 34 91 85 32 21 Telex 3274 ONLINE RHODESIA Field Technical Sales 45 Kelvin Road North 0 Box 3458 pep Tei 705251 5 lines Teiex RH 4122 SINGAPORE Hewlett Packard Singapore Pte Ltd 1150 Depot Road eana P C 0 Box 58 ws Telex HPSG RS 21486 Cable HEWPACK Singapore SOUTH AFRICA Hewlett Packard South Atrica ransvaal 2144 Hewlett Packard Centre Daphne Street Wendywood Sandton 2144 Tel 802 1040 8 8 4782 Cable HEWPACK Johannesburg Pd South Africa Ltd P FR 120 Howard Place Cape Province 7450 Pine Park Centre Forest Drive Cape Province 7405 Pinelands Tei 53 7955 thu 9 Telex 57 0006 TAIWAN Hewiett Packard Far East Ltd Taiwan Branch 39 Chung Hsiao West Road Section 1 7th Floor Taipei Tel 3819160 4 3141010 3715121 Ext 270 279 Cable HEWPACK TAIPEI Hewlett Packard Far East Ltd Taiwan Branch 68 2 Chung Cheng 3rd Road Kaohsiung Tel 07 242318 Kaohsiung Analytical Only San Kwang Instruments Co Ltd ung Sui Road Tet 3715171 4 5 lines Telex 22894 SANKWANG Cable SANKWANG Taipei YANZANIA Medical od internation radio E A Ltd
312. TRIG 01295 BN74L874N A15U15 1820 0570 6 1 IC AG7R TTL D TYPE 4 BIT 01295 BN74173N A15U16 1820 1196 6 1 IC EF TTL L8 D TYPE POS EDGE TRIG COM 01295 BN74L8174N A15U17 1820 1198 6 1 GATE TTL L8 NAND QUAD 2 01295 BN74L803N A15U18 1820 1368 6 2 IC DRVR TTL BUS DRVR DEX 1 INP 01295 BN74366N A15U19 1820 1112 8 IC FF TTL L8 POS EDGE TRIG 01295 BN74L874N A15U20 1820 1282 1 2 IC FF TTL L8 J K BAR POS EDGE TRIG 01295 BN74L8109N A15U21 1820 1997 7 3 IC FF TTL L8 D TYPE POS EDGE TRIG PRL IN 34335 BN74L8374PC A15U22 1820 1659 4 4 IC MISC QUAD 04713 MC3496P A15U23 1816 1154 9 1 ROM 32 X 8 OC 01295 BN748180N PROGRAMMED 1200 0473 8 2 SOCKET IC 16 CONT DIF DIP SLDR 28480 1200 0473 A15U24 1820 1997 7 IC FF TTL L8 D TYPE POS EDGE TRIG PRL IN 34335 BN7465374PC A15U25 1820 1669 4 IC MISC QUAD 04713 MC3446P A15U26 1816 1155 0 1 ROM 32 X 8 OC 01295 BN748100N PROGRAMMED 1200 0473 8 SOCKET IC 16 CONT DIF DIP SLDR 28480 1200 0478 A15U27 1820 1997 7 IC FF TTL L8 D TYPE POS EDGE TRIG PRL IN 38335 BN74L8374PC A15U28 1820 1689 4 IC MISC QUAD 04713 MC3446P A15U29 1820 1282 3 IC FF TTL L8 J K BAR POS EDGE TRIG 01295 BN74L8109N A15U30 1820 1368 6 IC DRVR TTL BUS DRVR DEX 1 INP 01295 BN74366N 15031 1820 1689 4 IC MISC QUAD 04713 MC3446P A15U32 1820 1202 7 1 IC GATE TTL L8 NAND TRL 3 INP 01295 BN74L810N A15U33 1820 0904 4 1 IC COMPUTER TTL L MAGTD 5 BIT 07261 93124 A15U34 1820 1112 8 IC FF TTL L8 D TYPE POS EDGE TRIG
313. The next positive transtion at U4B 11 causes U4B 8 to go low which clears U4A 5 The following positive transition at U4B 11 then clocks U4B 8 high The low to high transition of U4B 8 loads the data into U10 U15 and U7A Fiqure 8 12 shows the timing of this operation TRANSFERS DATA U4B 8 tiges es U4A 5 LSYL _____ Figure 8 12 Data Transfer Timing in A10 Circuit 8 187 For example if the program wants to set the VCO to 342 6 MHz the following data would be sent D7 D6 D5 D4 03 02 D CONTROL SIGNAL 1t df 4 4 0 1 0 1 LSYH TL Ne nr results in 6 in U8 5 9 s complement of 4 9 s complement of 3 don t care digits f tnot check if 1 check if 0 This would be followed by 07 06 05 04 D3 02 D 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 LSYL Ne r Ne 7 95 complement of 2 3 9 s complement of 6 5342 Service 8 188 The most significant bit in the upper byte is used to indicate the CHECK condition If U17 12 is low the D flip flop U5 is enabled and the output of U6 is again divided by two In CHECK mode the main VCO is programmed to 300 MHz The CHECK signal at XA10 11 is 300 MHz divided by four so that the 5342A displays 75 MHz in CHECK In CHECK the following out puts should be present U16 LSB Least significant BCD digit 9 s complement of 2 MSB LSB Digit 2 9 s complement of 2 e r3 MSB LSB Digit 3 9 s comp
314. To adjust 86290A so that the IF is precisely 175 MHz increase the 86290A frequency until the IF produced by the Nth harmonic of the VCO mixing with the input is just equal in amplitude to the IF produced by the N 1 th harmonic of the VCO mixing with the input Since the VCO harmonics are spaced by 350 MHz this only occurs when both IF s are equal to 175 MHz as seen in the following IF OUT 20 MHz div 100 MHz center freq 1st line closest to reference is IF produced by Nth harmonic of VCO 2nd line is IF produced by N 1 th harmonic of VCO These are equal in amplitude at 175 MHz 5342 Adjustments IF OUT 20 MHz div 100 MHz center freq As 86290A frequency is changed the two IF s both approach 175 MHz and become equal in amplitude Note this point on spectrum analyzer The response at this point must be 10 1 dBm down 175 MHz NOTE In the following step needle nose pliers can be used to adjust A25C11 in casting in those cases where C11 is oriented the wrong way for using a tuning wand f Sweep the 86290A over a range so that the IF covers approximately 10 MHz to 200 MHz Adjust A25C 11 so that the response at 175 MHz is 10 1 dB down from flat part of response as shown IF OUT 20 MHz div 100 MHz center freq 175 MHz Retum IF OUT INT and IF OUT EXT cables to original position 5 24 Adjust resistor A11R1 Amp Gain as follows Apply 75 MHz at 20 dBm to
315. U1 and ground U1 8 Set ATN and the DIO switches on the 59401A as listed in Table 8 21C check with a 545A Logic Probe for the correct outputs Table 8 21 U23 U26 ROM Table HP 1B 59401A SETTINGS s ene 87654321 3456 456789 Address Talk Address Data Go to Local erial Poll Enable 100011000 Serial Poll Disable 100010001 Untalk NOTES Ground U1 8 to enable ROM U23 1 TTL High for U23 U26 1 TTL Low for 59401 A outputs e g if DIO7 setto 1 then 0107 at A15U31 10 is TTL Low 8 139 Model 5342A Service Table 8 21 Option 011 HP IB Troubleshooting continued 4 Troubleshooting Registers U27 U24 U21 U16 U18 U30 U15 a Setup HP IB CABLE 59401 A BUS SYSTEM ANALYZER b Remove A14 Microprocessor assembly from the 5342A and place the A15 HP IB assembly on extender boards c Place an AP clip on U11 and connect a clip lead from U11 12 to ground This enables the U27 Data In register d U27 CHECK Set the 59401A to TALK HALT and the 8 DIO switches to 0 all switches down Check the inputs to U27 3 4 7 8 13 14 17 18 for all TTL high If these inputs are not all TTL high troubleshoot the input data buffers U22 U25 U31 With the 546A Logic Pulser pulse U27 11 Check the outputs of U27 2 5 6 9 12 15 16 19 for all TTL high Change the DIO switches of the 594014 to all 1 all switches up Pulse U27 11 once
316. U27 an interupt is generated by A15 and the microprocessor reads the U18 Interupt In buffer to find out why the interrupt was generated Since U18 2 is high the microprocessor knows that program data is ready to be read from U27 The microprocessor then reads U27 If the byte completes a code for example the 5 of the code SR5 the microprocessor executes the code and then con tinues executing the operating program If the byte does not complete a code the micro processor waits until the completed code has been sent 8 355 Control Out register U16 is used by the microprocessor to control the HP IB board For example in response to a front panel reset the microprocessor retums A15 to local control by setting U16 10 low then high which resets the remote flip flop U29B On power up U16 2 is set low then high which resets Serial Poll FF U29B Talk FF U20A and Listen FF U20B Wen measurement data is sent to the HP IB the microprocessor sets U16 12 low which sets the control line of the HP IB low after the final byte of the data message is sent i e after CR LF 8 356 Status Out register U24 is used by the microprocessor to send a status byte when the serial poll mode is ordered by the system controller The microprocessor sends octal 120 01010000 to indicate that it has pulled on SRQ bit 7 and that a measurement has been com pleted bit 5 8 357 Data Out register U21 is used by the microprocessor to output mea
317. U4 1818 0697 A14U4 1818 0697 A14U7 P N 1818 0331 A14U7 1818 0331 A14U7 1818 0706 A14U1 P N 1818 0329 A14U1 1818 0698 A14U1 1818 0698 A14U4 P N 1818 0330 A14U4 1818 0697 A14U4 1818 0697 A14U7 P N 1818 0331 A14U7 1818 0331 A14U7 1818 0706 8 check the read buffers place 14 in free run BOR Set the LX ROM switch the A14 extender board to the down position to disable ROM s U1 U4 U7 Ground U19 2 to halt the microprocessor b With a logic pulser pulse the read buffer inputs U2 3 6 10 13 U3 3 6 10 13 and verify no output pulse on U2 2 5 11 14 U3 2 5 11 14 otputs with a logic probe Verify that the read buffer outputs U2 2 5 11 14 U3 2 5 11 14 all indicate an inter mediate or high Z state dim lamp Place on AP clip on U3 and ground U3 1 to enable the read buffer Now pulse the U2 U3 inputs with the logic pulser and verify with the logic probe that the U2 U3 outputs pulse NOTE Return A14 switch settings to normal operation see step 3 9 It is possible for the MPU U21 to freerun and still not operate properly If trouble persists replace U21 8 96 Model 5342 Service Table 8 10 A19 A20 A21 Power Supply Troubleshooting It is extremely dangerous to troubleshoot the A19 assembly of the power supply if an isolation transformer is not used A19 is connected directly to the power main Use an isolation trans former such as Allied Electronics P N 705 0048 f
318. UAL CHANGES sheets containing the required information MANUAL DESCRIPTION CHANGE DATE July 19 1979 INSTRUMENT 5342A Microwave Freq Counter This change supersedes all earlier dated Operating and Service Manual changes SERIAL PREFIX 1840A e Make all changes listed as ERRATA DATE PRINTED FEB 1979 e Check the following table for your HP PART NO 05342 90013 instrument s serial prefix or serial number MICROFICHE NO 05342 90014 and make listed change s to manual IF YOUR INSTRUMENT MAKE THE IF YOUR INSTRUMENT MAKE THE HAS SERIAL PREFIX FOLLOWING CHANGES HAS SERIAL PREFIX FOLLOWING CHANGES OR SERIAL NUMBER TO YOUR MANUAL OR SERIAL NUMBER TO YOUR MANUAL NEW OR REVISED ITEM ERRATA Recommended Test Equipment Add Frequency Counter capable of frequency measurements up to at least 350 MHz for troubleshooting A8 A9 and A10 Main Loop Synthesizer The Model 5345A Electronic Counter is recommended Use Channel A input set for 500 input impedance 18440 8643 8647 9081 8626 7 1 5342 Manual Changes gt ERRATA Main Loop Synthesizer Troubleshooting Change text of first paragraph in step 2 to the following 2 To test if the A8 Main VCO is operating propery put the 5342A in MANUAL mode 500 MHz 18 GHz range and set the MANUAL center frequency to the values in the following table Connect a coax cable with connector on one end and alligator clips on the other from XA5 10 to t
319. UDORANDOM SEQUENCE GENERATOR SYNTHESIZER IF CONTROL DETECTOR Figure 8 8 HP 5342A Simplified Block Diagram Service 8 39 Service 5342A generator switches between the main oscillator and offset oscillator as well as counter A and B so that counter A accumulates fir produced by mixing with fx and counter B accumulates fir2 produced by Nef2 mixing with fx The pseudorandom switching prevents coherence between the switching rate of the multiplexer and the modulation rate of the FM from producing an incomect computation of Of course during the sequence each counter is enabled for exactly the same total amount of time The N number and sign of the IF are computed as previously described since counter A accumulates fir1 and counter B accumulates fir2 The prs pseudo random sequence is then disabled the main oscillator is selected and the frequency of firi is measured in counter A to the selected resolution 8 97 The total measurement time then consiss of these three components sweep time N determination time and gate time The period of the sweep is 150 ms which is the worst case time to detect a countable IF The normalprsfor N determination lasts for 360 4 ms a rear panel switch selects a longer prs for higher FM tolerance The gate time required depends on the resolution For 1 Hz resolution the gate is 1 second For gate times from 10 Hz to 100 kHz the gate time is 4 s Hz so that 1 kHz resolut
320. USE A SHOCK OR FIRE HAZARD CAUTION Before the instrument is switched on it must be set to the voltage of the power source or damage to the instrument may result Refer to paragraph 2 6 3 43 OPERATING PROCEDURES 3 44 Figure 3 3 illustrates operating procedures for the standard 5342A Self check procedures are also given in Figure 3 3 An operators keyboard check is given in paragraph 3 45 Operating procedures for Amplitude Option 002 are listed in Figure 3 4 and for DAC Option 004 in Model 5342A Operation th 5342A MICROWAVE FREQUENCY COUNTER VE HEWLETT PACKARD I Lo Lb oL oc yeh RESOLUTION SAMPLE RATE tM fea ff LUE GATE j REMOTE WOOHZ KUK e fi 51 ere CHECK 3 1 DISPLAY Digits The display contains 11 digit positions two digits for frequencies in GHz and three digits each for MHz kHz and Hz The Hz digits position is used to display dBm when Amplitude Option 002 is installed Annunciators Sign lighted indicates a negative frequency offset has been entered into display MHz OVN indicator oven monitor indicates when crystal oscillator oven is on warming Wen warmed up light goes out Option 001 only dBm indicator when lighted indicates amplitude of input signal is being measured Option 002 installed Selected pressing AMPL key and displayed in Hz
321. W CC TC 270 540 RESISTOR 820 5 125 cc TC 330 800 RESISTOR 3K 5 125 CC TC 350 857 RESISTOR 2 2K 5 125W CC TC 350 857 RESISTOR 43 5 125W CC TC 270 540 RESISTOR 1K 10 125W CC TC 330 800 CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ IC CNTR TTL L8 DECD ASYNCHRO IC MISC TTL IC GATE TTL NAND DUAL 4 INP IC FF TTL LS D TYPE POS EDGE TRIG IC FF ECL D M S DUAL IC CNTR ECL BIN DUAL IC FF TTL S D TYPE POS EDGE TRIG IC CNTR TTL LS DECD SYNCHRO IC CNTR TTL LS DECD SYNCHRO IC FF TTLLS D TYPE POS EDGE TRIG COM IC FF TTL LS D TYPE POS EDGE TRIG COM IC PRESCR EDL IC CNTR TTL LS DECD SYNCHRO IC CNTR TTL 15 DECD SYNCHRO IC FF TTL LS D TYPE POS EDGE TRIG COM IC FF TTL LS D TYPE POS EDGE TRIG COM IC FF TTL LS D TYPE POS EDGE TRIG COM A10 MISCELLANEOUS PARTS PIN P C BOARD EXTRACTOR EXTRACTOR ORANGE See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 28480 56289 56289 56289 28480 28480 28480 56289 56289 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 2114 2114 2114 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 28480 01295 04713 01295 01295 04713 28480 01295 01295 01295 01295 01295 04713 01295 01295 01295 01295 01295 28480 28480 Model 5342A Replaceable Parts 05342 60010 150D685X0006A2 150D606X0006B2 150D685X0006A2 0160 3878 0160 3878 0160 3878 150D685X
322. WO CONNECTORS ASSEMBLY ABBREVIATION COMPLETE DESCRIPTION A25 C1 A25C1 25 1 CRI 25 1 1 NO PREFIX J3 93 Assembly Stk No Assembly Series No Assembly Assembly includes A25A1 used to document Number Name Assembly changes A25 POWER SUPPLY 55 05100 6007 SERIES 330 Al RECTIFIER ASSY 42 mounted on Rectifier 05100 6031 Assembly A25 Assembly Numbers ESN Part of A25 Pins of J2 J3 not mounted on Assembly 25 PIO ls WHT ORN GY RED 6 ariel 6 3 supplied trom J3 to Pin 6 of PL Assembly AS Transformer Terminal ctor A25XAI Numbers Pin Numbers Figure 8 1 Schematic Diagrams Notes 8 3 5342 Service 8 11 Assembly Identification 8 12 The assembly number name and Hewlett Packard part number of 5342A assemblies are listed in Table 8 1 ASSEMBLY Table 8 7 Assembly Identification NAME HP PART NO Keyboard Display Display Driver Option 004 DAC Display Driver Direct Count Amplifier Offset VCO 05342 60001 05342 60002 05342 60028 05342 60003 05342 60004 RF Multiplexer Offset Loop Amplifier Mixer Search Control Main VCO Main Loop Amplifier 05342 60005 05342 60006 05342 60007 05342 60008 05342 60009 Divide by N IF Limiter IF Detector Counter Processor 05342 60010 05342 60011 05342 60012 05342 60013 05342 60014 Option 011 HP 16 Option 002 Amplitude Measurements Option 003 Extended D
323. a retrofit kit Refer to Section Il for kit part numbers and installation instructions 1 15 SERVICE EQUIPMENT AVAILABLE 1 16 Extender boards are available for servicing printed circuit assemblies while extended from the instrument The extender boards allow assemblies to be extended from their plug in con nectors for monitoring with appropriate test equipment Extender boards for each assembly are supplied in Service Accessory Kit 10842A as described in paragraph 8 46 1 17 RECOMMENDED TEST EQUIPMENT 1 18 The tes equipment listed in Table 1 4 is recommended for use during performance tests adjustments and troubleshooting Substitute test equipment may be used if it meets the required characteristics listed in the table Oscilloscope Signal Generator Spectrum Analyzer DC Voltmeter AC Voltmeter AC Voltmeter Logic State Analyzer Signature Analyzer Power Splitter Logic Pulser Current Tracer Logic Probe Step Attenuator AP Clips 4 Isolation Transformer Extender Boards Power Meter Power Sensor 50Q Termination Microwave Amplifier Signal Generator Signal Generator Swept Frequency Analyzer 15 MHz 18GHz Modulator 15 MHz 18 GHz Detectors 2 required Oscilloscope Mainframe Directional Coupler Directional Coupler Signal Generator Mainframe Bus System Analyzer T Troubleshooting Adjustments Model 5342 General Information Table 1 4 Recommended Test Equipment REQUIRED REC
324. a2cs 42 sale AaCa 8209 afio amp 2 11 A2C12 C13 C14 C15 Aatte A2C17 AgC1A AaC19 2 20 420 Aare A2R9 Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Continued Description 05342 60002 DISPLAY DRIVER ASSEMBLY S ERTIES 1828 01 20 100V CAPACITORSFXO JUF 20y 50 CAPACTTORMFXD OLUF 20 100V DC FeetOX 3SVUC CA 01UF 20 10 CER 60 UF e20X evDC 016093879 018920230 015043879 018091743 016 073879 018020106 2 4 4 0100 3878 016 093879 CAPACITOReFXD 1000PF 20 10 OVDC CER CAPACITOR FXD OLUF 20 JOOVDCCER ASSIGNED C1TOReFxD 330UF 1 CAPACITOR FXD NIU F e20X100vDC CER 018091714 016023879 NOT ASSIGNED 0180 0106 CAPACITOR sFXD e0UF 20X TA 0160 1878 ACITOReFXD 1000PF 20 100 0 CER 0160 0573 GReFXD 4700 PF 20 100 0160 0573 CAPACITOR FXD 700 20 10006 CER 0160 0570 CAP AC IT OR FxD 220 pp 20 10006 CER 185400560 TRANSISTOR NPN 81 DARL PD s310Mw 0757 0420 RESISTOR 750 1 1258 F 0 100 1810 0125 THORKeRES BePINSSIP 125 8 2100 3607 RESIST OReVAR CONTROL CCP 1 10X LIN NOT SUPPLIED 95342 6 0002 MUST ORDERED SEPARATELY 0683 5105 0683 2205
325. able in IEEE Standard 488 1975 titled EEE Standard Digital Interface for Programmable Instrumentation 2 9 5342 Installation NI L CAUTION DIO1 DIO The 5342 contains metric threaded HP IB cable mounting DIOS studs as opposed to English threads Metric threaded HP DIO4 10631A B C or D HP IB cable lockscrews must be used to DIOS secure the cable to the instrument Identification of the two DIO6 types of mounting studs and lockscrews is made by their 0107 color English threaded fasteners are colored silver and 0108 metric threaded fasteners are colored black DO NOT mate silver and black fasteners to each other or the threads of either REN or both will be destroyed Metric threaded cable hard DAV NRFD ware illustrations and part numbers follow NDAC IFC SRQ LONG MOUNTING SHORT MOUNTING ATN LOCKSCREW STUD STUD SHIELD CHASSIS GROUND 1390 0360 0380 0643 0380 0644 P O TWISTED PAIR WITH PIN 6 P O TWISTED PAIR WITH PIN 7 THESE PINS P O TWISTED PAIR WITH PIN 8 ARE P O TWISTED PAIR WITH PIN 9 INTERNALLY P O TWISTED PAIR WITH PIN 10 GROUNDED P O TWISTED PAIR WITH PIN 11 ISOLATED DIGITAL GROUND Logic Levels The Hewlett Packard Interface Bus logic levels are TTL compatible i e the true 1 state is 0 0V dc to 0 4V dc and the false 0 state is 2 5V dc to 5 0V dc Programming and Output Data Format Refer to Section 111 Operation Mating Connector HP 1251 0293 Amphenol
326. ached assemblies from intrument Remove A26 from bracket by removing the 2 small attaching bolts and nuts Separate A26 from U1 by loosening the interconnecting hex connector from Ul Remove the cover from A26 to gain access to components Remove 1 by removing one small bolt and nut Pull UL up out of socket Assembly procedures are essentially the reverse order of the disassembly Service 8 13 Model 5342 Service 8 14 SIDE STRUT MAIN A22W3 HOUSING J2 HP IB A22 MOTHERBOARD FRONT FRAME PP A25 PREAMPLIFIER add U1 SAMPLER CONNECTOR J1 SAMPER FRONT PANEL DRIVER Figure 8 2 Front Frame A25 A26 and U1 Removal 5342 Service 8 36 FACTORY SELECTED COMPONENTS 8 37 Some component values are selected at the time of final checkout at the factory These values are selected to provide optimum compatibility with associated components and are identified on schematics and parts lists by an asterisk The recommended procedure for replacing a factory selected part is as follows Refer to paragraphs 8 38 through 8 85 for test procedures required for selection of critical value parts b For factory selected components that are not listed in paragraphs 8 38 through 8 45 use the original value c After replacing parts perform the test specified for the circuit in the performance and adjustment sections of this manual to verify correct operation 8
327. ackaging are available through Hewlett Packard offices If the instrument is being returned to Hewlett Packard for servicing attach a tag indicating the type of service required return address model number and full serial number Also mark the container FRAGILE to ensure careful handling In any correspondence refer to the instrument by model number and full serial number 2 21 OTHER PACKAGING The following general instructions should be used for repacking with commercially available materials a Wrap instrument in heavy paper or plastic If shipping to Hewlett Packard office or service center attach tag indicating type of service required return address model number and full serial number b Use strong shipping container A double wall carton made of 350 pound test material is adequate Use a layer of shock absorbing material 70 to 100 mm 3 4 inch thick around all sides of the instrument to provide firm cushioning and prevent movement inside container Protect control panel with cardboard d Seal shipping container securely e Mark shipping container FRAGILE to ensure careful handling f In any correspondence refer to instrument by model number and full serial number 2 22 FIELD INSTALLATION OF OPTIONS 2 23 Procedures for field installation of Options 001 002 003 004 and 011 are described in the following paragraphs 2 3 Model 5342A Installation 2 4 2 24 Part Numbers for Ordering Option Kits
328. age for each of the 6 decades The circuit has one set of BCD positive logic 8421 outputs that may be switched from digit to digit by means of a 3 to 6 line decoder An overflow output pin 7 and a fifth decade carry output pin 6 is also available When the transfer input pin 4 is held LOW the decimal count of a selected decade can be transmitted through its own decade storage buffer to the BCD outputs by means of the 3 to 6 line decoder which is controlled by the BCD inputs Reference Designation A13U5 A13U6 A13U9 13010 3 Part Number 1820 1238 0 SN74LS253N F 3 2 1 0 F Description DUAL 4 INPUT MULTIPLEXER Input states on pins 2 and 14 are decoded according to their weighting modifiers to form AND gates GO through G3 in the common control block The data inputs have numeric modifiers to indicate the specific gate which must be active for that input to be selected The output on pin 7 will be HIGH IFF the selected input is HIGH and the inhibit input on pin 1 is LOW Similarly the ouptut on pin 9 will be HIGH IFF the selected input is HIGH and the inhibit input on pin 15 is LOW If an inhibit input pin 1 or 15 is HIGH the corresponding output pin 7 or 9 will be LOW regardless of the state of the selected input 8 33 Model 5342A Service 8 34 Reference Designation A14U2 A14U3 Reference Designation A15U23 Reference Designation A15U26 Part Number 1820 1081 8T26 Description QUAD BUS DR
329. agram from 1804 to 1708 Change A21R14 from 215 to Page 6 33 Table 6 3 25 Replaceable Parts Change A25 series number from 1804 to 1720 Delete A25C35 0160 3029 CAPACITOR FXD 7 5PF 5PF 100VDC CER 28480 0160 0329 Delete A25C36 0160 3029 7 5PF 5PF 100VDC CER 28480 0160 3029 Page 8 191 Figure 8 45 A25 Schematic Diagram Change A25 series number top of diagram from 1804 to 1720 Delete A25C35 7 5PF and A25C36 7 5PF from junction of R9 R16 and R17 7 9 5342 Manual Changes CHANGE 5 CONTD Page 623 Table 6 3 A14 Replaceable Parts Change A14 series number from 1804 to 1720 Delete A14C 25 0160 3879 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100 DC C ER 28480 0160 3879 Delete A14C 26 0160 3879 CAPAC MOR FXD 01UF 20 100V DC C ER 28480 0160 3879 Delete A14C 27 0160 0571 CAPACITOR FXD 470PF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 0571 Delete A14R22 0698 5174 RESISTOR 200596 125 C 300 800 01607 BB2015 Delete A14R23 0698 5562 RESISTOR 120596 125W C 300 4800 01607 1215 Change A14UI in both HP part number and Mfr part number columns from 1818 0698 to 1818 0329 Change A14U4 in both HP part number and Mfr part number columns from 1818 0697 to 1818 0330 Table 8 9 A14 Troubleshooting Select the signatures as follows Signal Name Location Signature LDO A14A 3 AATC LD1 A14A 4 9UH5 LD2 A14A 6 A4PF LD3 A14A 6 F1P9 LD4 A14A
330. and associated circuitry are respon sible for controlling the rf signal multiplexing in U2 and A27 In addition this circuitry controls the attenuation of the pin diode U2 CRI to allow 0 5 to 18 GHz frequency measurements at levels to 20 8 327 Wen a frequency measurement is made the microprocessor sets U5 10 high which not ony closes switch U13 2 3 but also tums on transistor Q8 and Q7 W the collector of Q7 near 15V Q5 is tumed on and is tumed off The emitter of which is the Amplitude Select AMPL SEL signal sent to A27 will be near 15 volts thereby routing the low frequency input signal to the A3 Direct Count Assembly for a frequency measurement Wh U5 10 low Q8 and Q7 are off The base of Q5 and Q3 is pulled toward 15 volts which tums off Q5 and tums on Q3 The emitter of Q3 drops to near 15V which causes A27 to route the low frequency input signal to the A27CR3 detector for an amplitude measurement 8 328 Consider what happens at the same time for the U2 Assembly For amplitude measure ments U5 10 is low and U5 11 is high U5 11 high tums on Q6 Since there is no signal into the sampler the current source on A25 is sourcing high current approximately 30 mA via the ATI signal input to the collector of Q6 Since is on this current does not greatly raise the voltage atthe base of Q9 so that Q9 ison applying approximately 42 5 volts to the AMPL ON input of U2 Since U5 10 is low U1 6 is high and
331. and to detect incipient failure by measuring the mechanical or electrical characteristics of an item and compar ing those characteristics with prescribed stand ards c Service Operations required periodically to keep an item in proper operating conditions i e to clean decontaminate to preserve to drain to paint or to replenish fuel lubricants hydraulic fluids or compressed air supplies d Adjust To maintain within prescribed limits by bringing into proper or exact position or by setting the operating characteristics to the speci fied parameters e Align To adjust specified variable elements an item to bring about optimum or desired performance f Calibrate To determine and cause corrections to be made or to be adjusted on instruments or t measuring and diagnostic equipments used INTRODUCTION in precision measurement Consists of compari sons of two instruments one of which is a certified standard of known accuracy to detect and adjust any discrepancy in the accuracy of the instrument being compared g Install The act of emplacing seating or fix ing into position an item part module compo nent or assembly in a manner to allow the proper functioning of the equipment or system h Replace The act of substituting a serviceable like type part subassembly or module component or assembly for an unserviceable counterpart i Repair The application of maintenance serv ices inspect test
332. ando S A fia 9e Janaka COSTA RICA Log ce P Comercial e industrial FOR AREAS NOT LISTED CONTACT BRAZIL CHILE Cientifica Costarricense 5 2 Electr nico Balboa S A aanita a 2877 Hewlett Packard Hewlett Packard Brasil Caicagni prece Avemda 2 Cale 5 GUATEMALA 4929 Casilla de Correo 370 Inter Americas Ltda Ot 807 San Pedro de Montes Oca 5 Calle Samual Lewis Montevideo 3200 Alameda Rio Negro 750 E Xm Apartado 10159 Avenida Reforma 3 48 de Penama Tei 40 3102 Pelo Alto California nie San Jose Zona 9 Tol 64 2700 Telex 702 PUBLIC BOOTH 16 415 Barueri SP Te 3 24 38 20 24 08 19 Telex 3485126 Curundy PABLO FERRANQO TWX 910 373 1200 164 429 3222 Telex 3520001 Telex 2387 GALGUR CR 3168627 314 71 5 01 9 Carat Zone Cable HEWPACK Palo Cable HEWPACK Sao Paulo 8 194 CALMET Santiago Cable GALGUR Telex 4192 Gu Cable ELECTRON Panama 1 02 Cable RADIUM Montevideo 034 8300 034 8483 wr EUROPE NORTH AFRICA AND MIDDLE EAST AUSTRIA Hewlett Ges m b H Haeska 52 P 2 Bor 7205 Vienna 351620 29 HEWPAK Vienna Telex 25923 ewpax a BELGIUM Hewlett Packard Beneiux Avenue du 8 1170 Brussels 10 0 0047672 2240 JBEN 31 5525 Teiex M
333. arate A26 from U1 by loosening the interconnecting hex connector from U1 Set 5342A to CHECK mode and measure the sampler driver output with a power meter The output should be greater than 16 dBm if the output of A5 which is driving A26 is at a level of approximately 15 dBm If the A26 output level is good then A26U1 and associated circuitry are probably functioning properly However a good level does not indicate that the step recovery diode CR1 is working CRI could be open To check the diode with an ohmmeter connect the positive lead of the ohmmeter such as the HP 3465A in OHMS function to the center conductor of the A26 Sampler Driver output and the common leads to the A26 case Place the ohmmeter in the 2K range 1 mA current source and measure a forward resistance of approximately 800 ohms Measure a reverse resistance of infinity To replace CR1 simply unscrew the plastic holder and remove CR1 with tweezers Reverse the process for assembly Model 5342 Service Table 8 19 A5 Multiplexer Troubleshooting Set up the test equipment as shown EXT IF OUT 90 oele qoe i at ae Se Treia ai HP 8620C HP 86222A HP 141T SWEEPER 85548 8552 Set the 8620C to 1 2 GHz at approximately 20 Place the 5342A AUTO 500 MHz 18 GHz range and in diagnostic mode 2 press SET SET 2 so that the counter continuously displays the A counter contents as it remains in the harmonic determination
334. as not been pressed the keys are defined by the black number on the keys and are used to enter fre quency offsets manual center frequencies and amplitude offsets as described in Figure 3 1 31 Model 5342A Operation 3 2 3 10 CHECK DAC and ENTER keys 3 11 The CHECK DAC and ENTER keys are used as described in Figure 3 7 3 12 FREQ Keys 3 13 Two of the pushbutton keys on the front panel under the FREQ label are used to select the automatic or manual mode of operation The other keys in this section of the keyboard control the use of the RESOLUTON keys Use of these keys is described in detail in Figure 3 1 3 14 Automatic Mode 3 15 The automatic mode of operation is selected by pressing the AUTO key Input signals in the 500 MHz 18 GHz range are acquired measured and displayed automatically When power is initially turned on the 5342A goes into this mode automatically 3 16 Manual Mode 3 17 The manual mode of operation is selected by pressing the MAN MHz key To operate in this mode input signals in the 500 MHz 18 GHz range must be known to within 50 MHz and this frequency called the manual center frequency must be entered into the display prior to the measurement Use of the manual mode is described in detail in Figure 3 3 3 18 Offset Frequencies 3 19 It is sometimes desirable to add or subtract a constant a frequency measurement For example by measuring a radio IF and knowing the LO the
335. ation Indicates factory selected value Model 5342A Replaceable Parts 42 60006 1500226X9015B2 0160 3879 150D335X0015A2 0160 3879 0160 3879 150D335X0015A2 0160 3879 150D226X901582 1500685X0006A2 0160 0128 0160 3879 0160 0162 0160 3879 1902 3193 1902 3193 1901 0040 1901 0040 1853 0020 1854 0071 1853 0020 1853 0020 ET50X502 ET50X102 MF4C1 8 T0 9091 F C4 1 8 T0 3161 F C4 1 8 T0 1002 F C4 1 8 T0 1001 F C4 1 8 T0 1002 F C4 1 8 T0 3161 F C4 1 8 T0 1001 F C4 1 8 T0 511R F C4 1 8 T0 1001 F C4 1 8 T0 7501 F 1 8 0 1332 C4 1 8 TO 1001 F 4 1 8 0 3161 C4 1 8 TO T111 F 4 1 8 0 5621 4 1 8 0 1101 4 1 8 0 201 4 1 8 0 101 4 1 8 0 3831 4 1 8 0 2152 4 1 8 0 1501 4 1 8 0 1501 4 1 8 0 3161 5N74LS132N LM307H 1251 0600 5000 9043 5040 6852 6 13 Model 5342A Replaceable Parts Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Continued Reference HP Part Qty Description Mfr Mfr Part Number Designation ee Code LI m O 12 6000 8480 42 6000 V SERIES 1720 A7C1 0160 3879 7 9 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 3879 A7C2 0160 3879 7 01UF 20 100VDC 28480 0160 3879 A7C3 0180 0155 8 2 CAPACITOR FXD 2 2UF 20 20VDC 56289 150D225X0020A2 A7C4 0160 3879 7 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 3879 7 5 0180 0155 8 CAPACITOR EXD 2 20 20 20VDC 56289 1 00225 0020
336. be counted A digital filter provides two outputs which indicate 1 the IF is in the range of 48 MHz to 102 MHz and 2 the IF is in the range of 22 MHz to 128 MHz The program reads these filter outputs and stops the sweep when the IF is in the range of 48 MHz to 102 MHz The 22 MHz to 128 MHz output is latched and is reset if the input power to counter drops below a preset level or if the IF leaves the range of 22 MHz to 128 MHz This output is examined at the conclusion of the N determi Service Model 5342A Service nation routine to insure that the count during the prs was not invalidated by a power drop out or excessive FM deviation 8 208 The IF signal enters differential pair U2 and is amplified by approximately 14 dB The output at U2 5 passes through a 125 MHz low pass filter formed by C5 L1 C10 L2 C7 and is detected by 1 and C1 The voltage across is presented to the inverting input of voltage comparator U1 which due to the postive feedback provided by resistor R9 exhibits approxi mately 5 mV hysteresis The OFFSET potentiometer R7 is adjusted so that the output of U1 7 goes low when the input signal to the counter drops below 32 dBm for a 1 GHz input 8 209 The other IF output of U2 U2 8 is ac coupled through C11 to differential pair U4 where it is amplified by another 14 dB Potentiometer R12 B2 is used to equalize balance the currents through the two emitters of the transistor pair This is done by adj
337. bed above Connect both generators to the 11667 and cable A to the 5342A Verify that the 5342A counts 2 5 GHz Increase generator 2 level until counter counts incorrectly measure that level and record on test record Table 4 5 POWER METER Model 5342 Performance Tests 4 36 500 MHz 18 GHz Input Minimum Level and Amplitude Accuracy Test Option 002 Specification Description Setup 0 5 00 1 5 dB accuracy for frequencies from 500 MHz to 18 GHz Minimum level 22 500 MHz 12 4 GHz 15 dBm 12 4 GHz 18 GHz A signal at the minimum level is applied to the 5342A and 436A Power Meter and is varied over the frequency range The amplitude reading of the 5342A is compared to the 436A Power Meter calibration factor included HP 86222A HP 436A 86290 POWER METER HP 8481A POWER SENSOR HP 11667A POWER SPLITTER HP 8495B ATTENUATOR Connect the 11667A directly to the 5342A type connector and connect the 8481A directly to the other 11667A output Set the 8620C at 500 MHz and adjust the output level and the step attenu ator for 22 dBm as measured on the 436A Power Meter 8495B set for at least 10 dB Set the 5342A to the 500 MHz 18GHz range and select amplitude mode Slowly vary the 8620C up to 12 4 GHz and verify that the 5342A counts correctly Take measurements at 500 MHz 1 GHz 5 GHz 10 GHz 12 4 GHz Verify that the 436A reading is within 1 5 dB
338. beled in black numbers under RESOLUTION Indicates selection of frequency offset mode when lighted and adds frequency offset to measured frequency RESOLUTION keys The resolution keys select the display resolution according to the blue labeling above each key after the blue key is pressed The keys are defined by the black number labeled on the key when entering offsets and manual center frequencies CHECK key After pressing the blue key the CHECK key is pressed to perform a self check of the instrument The display will indicate 75 MHz for proper operation Press RESET to exit self check NOTE The instrument must not have an input signal connected at the 500 MHz 18 GHz input to perform the self check ENTER key Used to enter digits for manual center frequencies or offsets into memory via black numbered keys After the digits have been selected ENTER key is pressed to signal the end of the digit sequence LINE switch In ON position applies power to all circuits except the crysal oven Option 001 in stalled The crystal oven connects through a separate transformer a thermal circuit breaker and fuse directly to the ac line This allows the oven to maintain its operating temperature and accuracy when the LINE switch is STBY position thereby eliminating warmup delays SAMPLE RATE control Adjusts the interval between measurements from 20 ms to HOLD rotated to HOLD will hold display indefinitely GATE indicator Indicat
339. bserve the following waveforms TABLE 8 10 19 A20 A21 TP3 TP2 10 us Now remove the short from TPJ to TPG and observe 10V nme OV 10 us c Connect a clip lead to A21TP4 and momentarily ground the other end to the chassis Observe red LED turn on for approximately 1 2 seconds and waveforms at TP2 go to a constant 13 volts for same duration If not suspect A21U3 8 98 Model 5342 Service Table 8 10 A19 A20 A27 Power Supply Troubleshooting Continued With A21 still on extender board remove short from TPJ to TPG insert A19 on an extender board into the instrument A20 is still out of the instrument Leave the 5342A line switch in STBY The waveform at A19TP4 indicates that A19 transformers T1 and T2 are operating properly 21 2 19 4 Scope ground test point Now switch front panel line switch to ON and observe 19 4 Scope ground TPG test point OV 10 us If the above waveform is not present check the collector of A19Q1 for 300V with re spect to the test point TPG If 300V dc is not present suspect input rectifier AT9CR1 and associated circuitry If 300V dc is present suspect open transistors Q1 and Q2 5342 Service Table 8 10 A19 A20 A21 Power Supply Troubleshooting Continued Fabricate the following special test extender board shown below This board is useful because by placing a 1
340. by the MPU Use a logic pulser to pulse LPDRD and check the bus driver outputs with a logic probe Also use a pulser to pulse LPDWRT to see if that sets the U7 latch to the low state monitor TP10 Troubleshooting 48 102 MHz Detector on A12 With a dual trace oscilloscope monitor TP5 48 102 MHz detector and 4 transfer signal on A12 under the following con ditions Check that the correct display is obtained Put A12 on extender board 05342 60034 Apply a 45 MHz signal at 0 6V to the 500 MHz 18 GHz input of the 5342A FOR 45 MHz INPUT TP5 48 102 MHz DETECTOR TP4 TRANSFER 4 Increase the frequency to 48 MHZ The following display should be observed 5 48 102 MHz DETECTOR TP4 TRANSFER 8 119 Model 5342 Service Table 8 16 A11 A12 A25 U1 IF Troubleshooting Continued Increase the frequency from 48 to 102 MHz Over the entire frequency range the transfer pulse TP4 should occur inside the detector pulse TP5 The transfer pulse clocks the state of the detectors into U13 on A12 Increase the frequency beyond 102 MHz to obtain the following display TPS 48 102 MHz DETECTOR TP4 TRANSFER PULSE Transfer pulse occurs outside the detector pulse so that a low is transferred into U13 Similar waveforms occur for the 22 128 MHz detector with different frequency limits f Using the 5004A Signature Analyzer troubleshoot the frequency detectors on A12 Put A12 on an extender board
341. c diagrams Refer to paragraph 8 36 for replacement information 5 8 ADJUSTMENT LOCATIONS 5 9 Adjustment locations are identified in the component locators in the Section VIII sche matic diagrams and in the top view of the instrument 5 10 SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS 5 11 This section contains warnings that must be followed for your protection and to avoid damage to the equipment WARNING MAINTENANCE DESCRIBED HEREIN IS PERFORMED WITH POWER SUPPLIED TO THE INSTRUMENT AND PROTECTIVE COVERS REMOVED SUCH MAINTENANCE SHOULD BE PERFORMED ONLY BY SERVICE TRAINED PERSONNEL WHO ARE AWARE OF THE HAZARDS INVOLVED FOR EXAMPLE FIRE AND ELECTRICAL SHOCK WHERE MAINTENANCE CAN BE PERFORMED WITHOUT POWER APPLIED THE POWER SHOULD BE REMOVED BEFORE ANY REPAIR IS COMPLETED ENSURE THAT ALL SAFETY FEATURES ARE INTACT AND FUNC TIONING AND THAT ALL NECESSARY PARTS ARE CONNECTED TO THEIR PROTECTIVE GROUNDING MEANS which 5 1 5342 Adjustments Table 5 1 Adjustment REFERENCE DESIGNATOR 1 Power Supply Adjustments A21R27 A21R17 2 Main Synthesizer Adjustment 3 Offset Synthesizer Adjustments AARI 1 A6R2 4 IF Adjustments A25R28 BAL A25C11 A11R1 AMP A12R2 Bl A12R12 B2 A12R7 OFS A25R31 Standard 11 14 A25R31 Option 002 OFST DET OFST 5 Direct Count A3R8 Adjustment 5 2 NAME POWER ORDER Should be done first in followin
342. card in the module When the card is plugged into the module the only visible markings on the card indi cate the line voltage to be used The correct value of line fuse with a 250 volt rating must be installed after the card is inserted This instrument uses a 0 75A fuse HP Part No 2110 0360 for 100 120 volt operation a 0 375A fuse HP Part No 2110 0421 for 220 240 volt operation 2 8 To convert from one line voltage to another the power cord must be disconnected from the power module before the sliding window covering the fuse and card compartment can be moved to expose the fuse and circuit card See SELECTION OF OPERATING VOLTAGE 1 Open cover door and rotate fuse pull to left 2 Select operating voltage by orienting PC board to position desired voltage on top left side Push board firmly into module slot 3 Rotate fuse pull back into normal position and re insert fuse in holders using caution to select correct fuse value Operating voltage is shown in module window Figure 2 1 Line Voltage Selection Model 5342 Installation 2 2 2 9 Power Cable 2 10 The 5342A is shipped with a three wire power cable When the cable is connected to appropriate ac power source this cable connects the chassis to earth ground The type of power cable plug shipped with each instrument depends on the country of destination Refer to Figure 2 2 for the part numbers of the power cable and plug configurations available
343. case a new multiplexer PROM matched pair P N 05342 80005 must be ordered and installed blue stripe exchange P N 05342 80505 4 If E16 1 is displayed amplitude Option 002 only then the analog to digital con version did not take place in A16U8 U8 pin 36 BUSY remains high Check for the clock on A14 If the clock is not present check A24 A18 A17U8 Go to Table 8 9 A14 testing Go to Table 8 10 for power supply troubleshooting Go to Table 8 11 1 A2 testing Service TABLE 8 5 OVERALL 8 85 Model 5342A Service Table 8 5 Overall Troubleshooting Continued TABLE 8 5 1 2 DIAGNOSTIC MODE 8 Put the 5342 in diagnosic mode 8 see Table 8 8 for a description OWERAIL of diagnostic modes and how to set them Perform the keyboard check paragraph 3 43 If the 5342A operates properly go to step 3 If not a Go to Table 8 TT for A1 A2 testing If the 5342A passed the power up diagnostic test but failed the diagnostic mode 8 test then likely problems on A1 A2 are failed keyboard or failed A2 keyboard decoding circuitry such as 2022 U12 018 019 etc b Go td Table 8 9 for A14 testing The difference between this test and the previous testis that the LKBRD device select is sent by A14 3 DIRECT COUNT MODE Apply the 10 MHz FREQ SID OUT from the rear panel of the 5342A to the direct count input front panel BNC Place the impedance select switch in 50Vposition and place th
344. cause U1C 8 to go low which enables ROM U23 Wen ROM U23 is enabled Data flip flop U19A 5 is set high which causes U32 12 to go high HRFD goes low and also clocks the data into U27 Simultaneously goes low to interrupt the microproces sor The nex 2 clock causes U3B 9 to retum low thus disabling U23 Since U3B 9 is low and U3A 6 is low HDAC goes high indicating to the talking device that the data has been accepted read into U27 and maybe removed from the data lines The talker then removes the data from the bus and takes LDAV high to indicate that there is not valid data on the bus U3A 2 goes low when goes high On the next postive transition of 2 the low at the input to is clocked into the output causing U3A 5 to go low and U3A 6 to go high This causes HDAC to retum low After the microprocessor reads the Interrupt In register U18 and determines that data is stored in U27 the U27 Data In register is read by the MPU This causes the U19A data flag to be reset and also causes HRFD to go high indicating that the Data In register has been read and is ready for another data byte The handshake process then repeats as described 8 82 5342 1st data byte 2nd data byte LDAV g lo Ep ig E T L 1 E hd U3A 2 zog U1C 8 Se a 1 I ff UN U6A 1 1 U19A 5 L 1 1 DATA FF HRFD
345. ccurs when program data is sent Wen program data appears at the inputs to ROM s U23 and U26 output U23 5 goes low to set the Data flip flop U19A Wen U23 5 retums high Data In register U27 is clocked and data byte is stored in U27 At the same time that U23 5 goes low U23 6 goes low which resets Interrupt flip flop U14A and causes LIRQ the output of U17B to go low and intemupt the microprocessor The microprocessor reads Interupt In buffer U18 which clears interrupt FF Service 5342A determines that program data is in 027 and reads U27 Wen U27 is read U27 1 goes low the U19A Data flip flop is reset in preparation for the next byte 8 363 Consider what occurs when an addressed command or universal command is sent by the controller If a command is sent U23 4 goes low which sets Command flip flop U14B Wen U23 4 retums high it clocks into Command In register U15 the decoded outputs from U26 as follows Command U26 4 U26 5 U26 6 U20 9 LLO Local lockout 0 0 0 1 Universal DCL device clear 1 0 0 1 Commands GTL go to local 0 0 1 0 SDC selected device clear 1 0 1 0 Addressed GET group execute trigger 0 1 1 0 Commands 8 364 At the same time that U23 4 goes low U23 6 goes low This sets Interupt flip flop U14A and causes to go low whch intenupts the microprocessor The microprocessor reads Interupt In buffer U18 determines that a command code is in U15 and reads U15 The micr
346. commended replacement Page 8 175 Figure 8 37 A14 Schematic Diagram Change A14 series number from 1840 to 1812 CHANGE3 Page 6 23 Table 6 3 14 Replaceable Parts Change A14 series number from 1812 to 1808 Delete A14C 28 0160 3878 R FXD 1000PF 20 IOOVDC C ER 28480 0160 3878 8 175 Figure 8 37 A14 Schematic Diagram Delete A14C28 1000PF from U11A pin 3 Change series number top of diagram from 1812 to 1808 Page 6 23 Table 6 3 16 Replaceable Parts Change A16 part number from 05342 60038 to 05342 60016 in the HP and Mfr part number columns Change SERIES 1812 to SERIES 1720 Delete 16 7 1200 0424 SOCKETIC 14 CONTACT 23880 CSA2900 14B Change 16 1J 6 Description column from NOT ASSIGNED to CONNECTOR RF 28480 1250 1565 Page 6 38 Table 6 5 Option 002 Replaceable Parts Change 16 part numbers in HP and Mfr part number columns from 05342 60038 to 05342 60016 NOTE The 05342 60038 circuit board is electrically identical to the 05342 60016 and uses the same parts except for the six coaxial cables and connector The two boards are not inter changeable due to the difference in interconnection The cable differences are listed below Delete A16W 8120 2668 CABLE ASSY YPLUG 28480 8120 2668 Add the following cable assemblies 05342 60113 CABLE ASSY GRAY BLUE 28480 05342 60113 05342 60114 CABLE ASSY GRAY BROW 28480 0
347. connector stationary portion jack relay Coil inductor meter miscellaneous mechanical part P electrical connector movable portion plug Q transistor SCR triode thyristor R resistor RT thermistor 5 switch T transformer TB terminal board TC thermocoupie TP test point U integrated circuit microcircuit ABBREVIATIONS balance binary coded decimal board beryllium copper beat frequency oscillator binder head breakdown bandpass bandpass filter brass backward wave oscillator calibrate counterclockwise ceramic channel centimeter coaxial COEF coefficient composition COMPL compiete CONN connector CP cadmium plate CRT cathode ray tube tran sistor logic Cw continuous wave cw clockwise digital to analog decibel decibel referred to 1 mw direct current degree temperature interval or difference degree plane angle electron tube 7 voltage regulator breakdown diode 7 cable transmission path wire socket 7 crystal unit piezo electric tuned cavity tuned circuit 7 degree Celsius centrigrade 7 degree Fahrenheit degree Kelvin deposited carbon detector diameter diameter used in parts list differential amplifier division double pole double throw drive double sideband
348. counter can display the RF input when the LO frequency is entered as a positive offset It may be easier to tune an oscillator to a specific frequency if the desired frequency is entered as a negative offset and the oscillator tuned until the counter reads zero Frequency offsets are described in Figure 3 3 3 20 Amplitude and Offset Measurements 3 21 When Amplitude Option 002 is installed the amplitude is displayed in addition to the fre quency of the input signal The frequency is displayed to 1 MHz resolution in the five leftmost digits and the amplitude is displayed to 0 1 dB resolution in the four rightmost digits of the dis play An arbitrary value can be selected as an amplitude offset and can be added to or subtracted from the measured value as described in Figure 3 4 3 22 Digital to Analog Converter DAC Operation 3 23 When DAC Option 004 is installed any three consecutive digits of the display can be selected and converted to a corresponding analog voltage output The voltage is available at the BNC connector on the rear panel labeled DAC OUT and is between and 9 99 volts dc For example if the selected digits are 220 the output is volts and if the selected digits are 999 the output is 9 99 volts dc Operating procedures are listed in Figure 3 5 3 24 SET RESET RECALL and CHS Keys 3 25 The SET RESET RECALL and CHS keys allow offsets and center frequencies to be entered reset the measurement process recall
349. dBm C On the 5342A press AUTO SET SET 6 for diagnostic mode 6 AMPL Select 1 MHz reso lution Select 500 position and 10 Hz 500 MHz range d Connect the 8601A output to the 10 Hz500 MHz input of the 5342A e Adjust A27R9 CAL potentiometer toward front of instrument so 5342A reads 10 00 0 dBm f Reconnect 8601A output to 8481A Power Sensor and adjust 8601A output for 420 00 30 02 dBm reading on the 436A Connect 8601A to 5342 g Adjust A27R10 High Level Cal potentiometer toward rear of instrument for a 5342A reading of 420 0 0 dBm h Go back to step b and check 5342A reading so that both levels read correctly The CAL R9 adjustment affects both levels equally whereas the R10 High Level affects low levels only slightly Model 5342A Adjustments 5 12 5 39 OPTION 002 003 ADJ USTMENTS 5 40 All A25 Adjustments Resistors A11R14 A25R31 a Set the equipment as in the following diagram HP 8620C SWEEPER HP 86222A HP 436A POWER METER a HP 8481A POWER SENSOR Set signal source to 1000 5 MHz at a level of 8 30 5 dBm as measured on 436A Power Meter Rotate A11R14 fully ccw and A25R31 OFFSET fully cw Set the 5342A to the 500 MHz18 GHz range and AMPL mode Connect a scope probe dc voltmeter to the test point on A16 Connect signal source to 5342A RF input Observe that the
350. digit is stored in RAM 2011 and U8 08 and 011 each can store sixteen 4 bit words the 13 state counter is in state 0111 then the inputs to RAM 011 and U8 are at 0111 and the desired digits code for 0514 is output through 201 and U4 to the selected digit Limiter resistors R13 R15 R16 R6 R4 R11 and R14 limit the current through the LED segments when NAND gate output U4 and U1 goes low the 13 state counter reaches 1000 then the input to U2 looks like 0000 and U2 1 goes low which applies 45 0 volts to Q1 and lights 0513 Wen the 13 state counter reaches 1100 12 13th state since started at 0 then the input to U2 is 0010 and U2 5 goes low and one or more annunciator lights are tumed on according to the code stored in RAM 1 11 U8 8 137 HDSPWI comes in at 2 3 Wen this signal is high data is written into RAM U8 011 from the microprocessor for display Wen HDSPWT goes low the output of U13D is low and quad multiplexer U17 selects its I inputs Thus the output of the 13 state counter increments through 13 locations in RAM and causes the contents of RAM to be displayed Wen HDSPWT is high U17 selects its 0 inputs The write enable inputs to U11 and U8 pin 3 are enabled and data appearing on the DO through D7 data lines is stored at the addresses appearing on the through A3 address lines Segments are labeled as shown below DO lines sends a segment infor mation D1 sends b D2 sends c
351. down conversion technique Provision is made to select either range by a front panel slide switch A separate input connector is provided for each range Wen the range switch is in the 10 Hz 500MHz position the signal at BNC connector is routed to the direct count circuits of the 5342A In this range input imped ance is selectable via the 500 1 switch Wen the range switch is in the 500 MHz 18 GHz range the input signal is applied via the front panel type connector to the down conversion circuits of the 5342A 3 7 Resolution Keys 3 8 The best case resolution is the value represented by the least significant digit LSD in the display In the 5342A a maximum resolution of 1 Hz can be selected by the pushbutton keys on the front panel labeled in blue preceded by the blue key being pressed The display is divided into four sections for ease of determining GHzMHzkHzand Hz resolution Half sized 7 sare used as space fillers within a section to improve interpretation of the display For example a signal measured to 100 kHz resolution will be displayed thus f 7 5 Boo NIE GHz MHz kHz Hz The two filler s in the kHz section indicate immediately that the B represents hundreds of kilohertz The Hz section is blanked 3 9 The pushbutton keys on the front panel under the RESOLUTION label are used for other purposes when the blue key is not in effect has not been pressed When the blue key h
352. dress 2 4 XA13 3 15 5 XA16Ai5 A22W4 9 22 1 22 Address 3 XA14A 6 XA13A 4 XA15A 6 XA16A 6 A22W4 101 22 110 Address 4 4 7 XA13 5 _ XA16A 71 A22W4 77 Address 5 14 8 6 15 8 XA16 8 A22W4 78 Address 6 XA14A 9 XA15A 9 XA16A 9 A22W4 2 Address 7 XA14A 10 XA15A 10 XA16A 10 Address Lines 22 4 201 Address 8 4 11 15 111 6 11 22 4 331 Address 9 XA14A 12 XA15A 12 XA16A 12 A22W4134 Address 10 XA14A 13 XA15A 0131 XA16A 13 A22W4135 A11 Address 11 XA14A 14 15 12 6 14 A22W4 36 12 Address 12 144 15 15 15 XA16A 15 A22W4 37 13 Address 13 XA14A 16 5 16 XA16A 16 A22W4 38 A14 Address 14 14 17 XA15A 17 XA16A 17 A22W4 39 A15 Address 15 XA14A 18 XA15A 18 XA16A 18 A22W4 40 AMPL ON Amplitude On XA16B 4 U2 Option 002 signal from A16 board to U2 HF Amp to select the amplitude measurement AMPL SEL Amplitude XA16B 4 Optin 002 signal from A16 Select board to A27 LF Amp to switch from frequency to ampltiude measurement or ATT Attenuation A25 AT1 XA16B 3 Signal from A25 Preamp current source to the A16 curcuits that controls attenuation of RF input signal 8 6 Table 8 2 Signal Names Continued Model 5342A Service INEMONIC NAME FROM JE FUNC
353. e 8 4 should be observed at test points R1 R2 and on the extender board R3 SIGNAL 4 MSEC R2 SIGNAL NEM 4 MSEC R1 SIGNAL 4 MSEC Figure 8 4 Extender Board 05342 60036 Test Points R1 R2 and R3 Model 5342A Service 05342 60036 PROCESSOR EXTENDER BOARD USED IN 108424 TROUBLESHOOTING KIT FOR THE B342A SERIES 1808 _ BUS SWETCH LINES 20 4 4 M 2 5 2 3 6 57 7 4 7 e 5 5 8 6 9 T 7 10 t 3 i DRESSES 1 7 5 2 3 wi 5 3 5 ET 4 6 7 5 iS 8 6 8 lt 8 ot 5 7 I 8 1 t 1 1 1 td ADDRESS BUS d SWITCH A9 4 7 10 ia D i3 n i 4 12 4 lt 15 14 5 7 16 18 12 13 14 5 6 Figure 8 5 Extender Board 05342 60036 Schematic Diagram 8 21 Model 5342A Service 8 22 8 58 LOGIC SYMBOLS 8 59 Logic symbols used in this manual conform to the American National Standard ANSI Y32 14 1973 IEEE Std 91 1973 This standard supersedes MIL STD 806B In the following para graphs logic symbols are described For further descriptions referto HP Logic Symbology manual part number 5951 6116 8 60 Logic Concepts 8 61 The binary numbers 1 and 0 are used in pure logic where 1 represents true yes or active and 0 represents false no inactive The
354. e actual sensitivity by decreasing the 651B level until the 5342A gives an unstable count at these frequencies 10 Hz 1 kHz 500 kHz 5 MHz 10 MHz Enter on performance test record Table 4 T b 10 MHz 520 MHz SWEEPER HP 86222A HP 436A POWER METER HP 11667A POWER SPLITTER q HOJ HP 8481A POWER SENSOR 5342A settings remain unchanged Set 436A power meter for AUTO range and dBm mode Set the 86222A for INT leveling and adjust the output power level for a 436A reading of 19 3 dBm 25 mV ms into 500 Increase the frequency of the 8620C over the range of 10 MHz to 520 MHz and verify that the 5342A counts proper frequency Use 436A to verify input power Measure actual sensitivity at 50 MHz 250 MHz 520 MHz and enter on performance test record Table 4 5 4 17 Model 5342 Performance Tests 4 30 10 Hz 500 MHz Input Sensitivity Test 1MQ Specifications 1 position sensitivity 50 mV rms for frequencies from 10 Hz 25 MHz Setup 10 Hz 10 MHz 0090 2000 e 6518 TEST OSCILLATOR 502 OUTPUT HP 1740A OSCILLOSCOPE Set the 5342A to 1 10 Hz 500 MHz range Set the 651B to 10 Hz and adjust level for 141 mV p p signal 50 mV rms Increase the frequency of the 651B and verify that the 5342A counts proper frequency from 10 Hz to 10 MHz Measure actual sensitivity at 10Hz 1kHz 500kHz 5MHz and 10MHz by monitoring p p voltage on
355. e kept at a value which insures that there are no noise induced errors in counting the IF signal the noise bandwidth of the IF deter mines the noise power and therefore sets the minimum input signal level 8 107 The IF Detector detects two parameters one output is true if the IF signal is in the range of 50 MHz to 100 MHz and the input power level is greater than approximately 30 dBm the other output is true if the IF signal is in the range of 25 MHz to 125 MHz and the input power level is greater than approximately 30 dBm The detector thus insures that the input signal is sufficiently large to produce an IF with an acceptable signal to noise ratio The 50 to 100 MHz IF output is used when sweeping since to achieve the specified FM tolerance the counter must center the IF somewhere in the range of 50 to 100 MHz The 25 to 125 MHz output is used to ensure that the IF signal does not exceed those limits and that the input does not drop below 30 dBm Either of these events could cause a wrong computation for 8 108 The reason the IF is restricted to a 25 to 125 MHz bandwidth is examined in the following the actual bandwidth of the IF is 175 MHz set by the A25 Preamplifier which is required for auto matic amplitude discrimination However the counter restricts the countable IF to frequencies less than 125 MHz so as to prevent generating two IF signals one generated by N times the main oscillator frequency and the other
356. e level change occurs the content of the Np counter which was prepro grammed to Np is Np D since D pulses have passed so far So the Np counter will reach zero after receiving Np D ZP input pulses fin As soon as the counter gets to zero it generates a pulse at fout terminal 8 194 Therefore the total input pulses fin necessary to get one output pulse is P 1 ZD pZ Np D 1 8 195 For example if we choose 10 as P and 100A 10B as Np equation 1 becomes as follows 11D 10 100A 10B C D 1000A 100B 10C D 2 NOTE The output is also used as a loading pulse to initiate the next dividing cycle 8 196 Now we have a complete programmable divider chain which can be programmed to any dividing ratio expressed by equation 2 The only limitation on this technique is as follows Np gt D 3 8 197 This limitation doesn t matter for our application because gt 299 gt 9 gt 0 8 198 Counter Divider Chain Utilizing 9 s Complement 8 199 A counter chain utilizng 95 complement numbers is illustrated below In the explana tion above we used down counters to achieve D and Np In the actual circuit however up counters 7415160 are used for that purpose The up counter generates a positive pulse when used forthat purpose The up counter generates a positive pulse when it reaches a state 9 There fore a divide by D can be realized if it is preprogrammed to 9 D at first Then it generates a pulse aft
357. e range switch in the 10 Hz 500 MHz postion If the counter counts 10 MHz 1 count for all resolution settings go to step 4 If not a Check the Direct Count Amplifier 8 12 b Check the A14 Microprocessor as described in lable 89 A difference between this test and previous tests is that LCTRRD LCTRWT TMRD LTMWT device select codes are used C Check the A13 counter Table 8 13 Only the A counter is used in this mode d Check the A17 timing generator Table 8 14 Only the gate time generation circuitry is used in this mode 4 CHECK MODE Place the 5342A in CHECK place range switch in 500 MHz 18GHz position and verify that the counter displays 75 MHz 1 count for all resolution settings If the counter operates properly go to step 5 If not a Go to fable 8 9 for 14 Microprocessor testing A difference between this tes and previous tests is that LSYNHI LSYNLO LPDREAD LPDWT device select codes are used b Check that the 500 kHz output of A18 available at XA18 3 is present Go 8 15 for 8 9 A10 Loop Synthesizer troubleshooting d Go to Table 8 16 IF troubleshooting Since the check signal enters the IF chain at A11 7 7 the A25 Preamplifier and the U1 Sampler can be eliminated as possible failed modules NOTE In the following step for instruments containing Option 002 or 003 inject the 50 MHz test signal at the U1 Sampler Input This requires removal of t
358. e selection lines enable the input designated 0 1 n of each OR function by means of a binary code where 50 is the least significant digit If the 1 level of these lines is m low polarity indicators h will be used The gating lines have an AND relation ei with the respective input of each OR function G1 with the inputs numbered 1 G2 G2 with the input numbered 2 and so forth If the enabling levels of these lines G3 islow polarity indicators will be used Output selector control block This symbol is used with a block symbol having multiple outputs to form a decoder The selection lines enable the output de sgnated 0 1 n of each block by means of a binary code where 50 is leas significant digit If the 1 level of these lines is low polarity indicators will be used 8 27 Model 5342 Service 8 79 Complex Logic Devices 8 80 Logic elements can be combined to produce very complex devices that can perform more difficult functions A control block symbol can be used to simplify understanding of many com plex devices Several examples of complex devices are given here These examples are typical of the symbols used in schematic diagrams in this manual Reference Designation A2U2 A2U7 Part Number 1820 0468 SN7445N Description BCD TO DECIMAL DECODER DRIVER The output which is low will correspond to the binary weighted input The minus sgns at the output indicate that the element is capable of sup
359. e the AND symbol yor the OR symbo Dor vice versa These steps do not alter the assumed convention positive logic stays positive negative logic stays negative and mixed logic stays mixed 8 24 Model 5342A Service 8 72 The choice of symbol maybe influenced by these considerations 1 The operation being performed may best be understood as AND or OR 2 In a function more complex than a basic gate the inputs will usually be considered as inherently active high oractive low e g the J and K inputs of a J K flip flop are active high and active low respectively 3 In a chain of logic under standing and the writing of logic equations are often facilitated if active low or negated outputs feed into active low or negated inputs 8 73 Other Symbols 8 74 Additional symbols are required to depict complex logic diagrams as follows Dynamic input activated by transition from a low level to a high level The opposite transition has no effect at the output Dynamic input activated by transition from a high level to a low level The opposite transition has no effect at the output Exclusive OR function The output will assume its indicated active level if and only if one and only one of the two inputs assumes its indicated active level Inverting function The output is low if the input is high and it is high if the input is low The two symbols shown are equivalent Noninverting function The output is high if the input is hig
360. e to isolate the defective assembly to a specific group of assemblies by noting those assemblies common to the current failed test and all previous tests which passed These common assemblies can be eliminated as being the source of the failure and only those assemblies which are not common to previous oper ating modes examined Table 8 7 a list of the noncommon assemblies for each of the oper ating modes it is the basis for the troubleshooting procedure presented in Table 8 5 8 04 Model 5342 8 377 Tables 8 9 through 8 27 are individual troubleshooting procedures for various assem blies and assembly groups and are referenced in the overall troubleshooting of Tab e 8 5 By using the diagnostic modes of the 5342A explained in Table 8 8 the test equipment listed in Table 1 4 the troubleshooting procedure outlined Table 8 5 and Tables 8 4 through 8 27 allows isolation of a failed assembly By reading the detailed theory of operation of the assembly and referencing the dc voltages and 5004A signatures provided on the individual schematics it should be possible to find the failed components 8 378 Figure 8 23 15 a detailed description block diagram of the 5342A and is valuable in troubleshooting Figure 8 9 shows the relationship of the assemblies listed in Table 8 6 8 379 RECOMMENDED TEST EQUIPMENT 8 380 Test equipment recommended for troubleshooting adjustments operational verifica tion and fu
361. e voltages If still not present suspect bad cable or failed A27 Low Frequency Amplitude module 2 Apply a 2 GHz 10 dBm signal to the high frequency With the counter in AMPL mode and diagnostic mode 6 measure the DETECTED RF HF input to A16 at A16U18 2 This voltage will be approximately 0 03 to 0 04 volts Increase the input level to 10 dBm and observe a level in the range of approximately 0 6 to 0 7 volts 8 128 Model 5342 Service Table 8 20 Option 002 Amplitude Measurements Troubleshooting Continued 3 If the U2 High Frequency Module or the A27 Low Frequency module is suspected perform the following dc checks using a DVM such as the 3465 Place the DVM in OHMS function and 2K range if using a different DVM select that range which provides a 1 mA constant current Connect the positive lead of the DVM to the point indicated by a and the common lead to the point indicated by a U2 High Frequency Module Checks SIGNAL NAME OHMMETER XA16B3 GROUND 9500 GROUND XA16B3 16 4 GROUND 950 0 GROUND XA16B4 DETECTED 100 kHz HF A16J4 GROUND 2000 GROUND A16J4 1 4K DETECTED RF HF A16J5 GROUND 2000 GROUND A1615 1 4K0 A27 Low Frequency Module Checks SIGNAL NAME XA16B4 GROUND 12K0 GROUND XA16B4 7000 DETECTED 100 kHz A16J3 GROUND 2000 GROUND A16J3 1 DETECTED RF LF A16J6 GROUND 2000 GROUND A16J6 1 K0 Note touch center conductor of conn
362. econds TP8 5 8 105 Model 5342 Service Table 8 13 13 Counter Troubleshooting Continued Test the outputs of U1 and U2 for activity by applying a 50 MHz 10 dBm signal to the high frequency input Place the counter in AUTO 500 MHz 18GHz range and diagnostic mode 2 so that the prs is continually generated Monitor TP2 and with an oscillo scope If the signals appears much different than the waveform shown below one or more of the U3 buffers have probably failed Use a logic pulser and logic probe to check out the U3 U7 buffers An HP 1607A Logic State Analyzer may be used to check out the actual data going back to the microprocessor as sh TABLE When the counter is not in diagnostic mode 2 but is just measuring the 50 MHz signal the waveform below shows activity at the A counter counting the IF but none at the B counter A13 AR 1607A check out of A13 8 Put A13 on extender board and put AP clips on A13U3 U5 U8 and U10 Connect the following 1607 data bit lines as follows 1607 Data Inputs A13 Connections Description Data bit 0 U3 8 line U3 10 A1 line U3 12 A2 line U5 14 A3 line U5 2 4 line U8 1 AS line U3 7 U8 12 U5 7 U5 9 U10 7 10 U10 9 11 NOT USED U5 8 CLOCK on 14 eGND U10 8 Set 1607 to repetitive Table A word trigger delay off and start display Put bits 15 7 in the OFF don t care position Place the 5342
363. ector to DVM If the U2 High Frequency Module on the A27 Low Frequency Module is sus pected perform the following dc checks using a DVM such as the 3465A Place the DVM in OHMS function and 2KQ range if using a different DVM select that range which provides a 1 mA constant current Connect the positive lead of the DVM to the point indicated by a and the common lead to the point indicated by a Return the counter to normal operating mode by pressing RESET Apply a 50 MHz 10 dBm signal to the low frequency input With the counter in AMPL mode 1 MHz resolution sample rate full CCW 500 and 10 Hz 500 MHz range observe the following waveforms at the 100 kHz test point second TP from right edge of A16 board _ 4 0 05 VOLTS ov A16 100 kHz TEST POINT 50 MHz 10 dBm INPUT ES 10 msec 8 129 5342 Service Table 8 20 Option 002 Amplitude Measurements Troubleshooting Continued Increase the input level to 0 dBm F lt 2 votts A16 100 kHz TEST POINT 50 MHz 0 EN S 10 msec 5 With the 5342A set up as in step 3 place the 5342A in diagnostic mode 6 and for a 0 dBm input observe a CW 100 kHz signal at the 100 kHz TP b fe 16 100 kHz TEST POINT fu bol 50 MHz 0 dBm ure EN v SET SET 6 Es 6 To check the switching signals which are sent to the input multiplexer U2 and A27 apply a 50 MHz 10 dBm signal to the low frequency input of the 5
364. ed as follows a Remove top and bottom covers as described in preceding paragraphs b Remove nut from type N connector on front panel c Remove two screws from front of each side strut attaching front panel frame d From bottom front of instrument remove coax cable by pulling off connectors from 1 1 and Remove cable strap connector from A2 Display Driver board Note orientation of connector pins for reference during reassembly In the following step note the cable attached to the power LINE switch and avoid stress on cable connec tions during removal of front panel frame 8 12 Model 5342 Slowly slide front panel frame off while pressing type connector rearward through panel The front panel frame containing assemblies A1 and A2 can now be moved freely within limits of the power cable as shown in 8 80 Removal of AI Display Assembly and A2 Display Drive Assembly from Front Panel Frame 8 31 To remove A1 and A2 assemblies remove frame as described in above paragraph and proceed as follows a Remove the A1 A2 assemblies Combined from front panel frame by removing the nut from the front panel BNC connector and removing the 5 large attaching screws from A2 Display Driver board b Separate the Al and A2 assemblies by removing the two nuts attaching plug P1 on the AI Display assembly Do not remove attached screws from A2 Display Driver assembly Reassembly procedures are essentialy the rev
365. edback to stabilize Q2 s operating point Emitter resistors R14 and are low inductance strip resistors and also provide negative feedback for gain stabilization The amplified output of Q2 is coupled through dc blocking capacitor C7 to a similar stage of amplification built around Q1 The output of this second stage is approximately 24 dB greater than the input from the sampler and is coupled through C8 to a 3 dB pad consisting of R9 R17 and R16 which provides well defined driving impedance for all subsequent filter and amplifier stages The signal then passes through an elliptic function filter consisting of L3 L4 L6 C10 L5 L7 and C11 This filter reduces the 500 MHz bandwidth of the first two stages to something less than 175 MHz Variable capacitor is adjusted to provide the required roll off at 175 MHz Differential pair U1 provides approximately 14 dB gain 8 288 The output of Ul passes through 200 MHz low pass filter whose major purpose is to filler out the fundamental sampling frequencies of the main oscillator and offset oscillator which appear in the output of the sampler Differential pair U2 provides another 14 dB gain and the output is coupled through capacitor C26 to the A11 IF Limiter Assembly Service Model 5342 Service 8 72 8 289 Diode CRI rectifies the output of the 175 MHz elliptic filter and provides an output which is proportional to the amplitude of the RF input signal This level is fed to vo
366. ematic Diagram Notes 8 3 Front Frame A25 A26 and U1 Removale 8 14 10842A Service Accessory Kit 8 19 Extender Board 05342 60036 Test Points R1 R2 and R3 8 20 Extender Board 05342 60036 Schematic Diagram 8 21 Harmonic Heterodyne Technique 8 37 Frequency Relationships 8 38 HP 5342A Simplified Block Diagram 8 39 HP 5342A Block Diagram 8 44 Block Diagram of Synthesizer Section 8 45 Timing Diagram of Search Generator Operation 8 51 Data Transfer Timing in A10 Circuit 8 54 OFilter Timing on A12 IF Detector 8 58 A14U21 Expanded Block Diagram 8 61 Memory Arrangement 8 64 A19 20 and A21 Power Supply Block 8 0 Option 002 Amplitude Measurement Block Diagram 8 74 Option 003 Extended Dynamic Range Block Daigram 8 78 5342A Front 1 Display View 5342A Rear 8 14 5342A Top View As
367. en the two LO s In synchronism with the A5 multiplexer switching the IF signal on the A13 Counter assembly is switched between counter 017 013 and U1 and counter 018 U14 and U2 Thus counter A accumulates counts only during time that the main VCO is producing the IF and counter B accumulates counts only during the time that the offset VCO is producing the IF After acquisition the pseudorandom switching between VCO S stops and the multiplexer selects the main VCO The IF is then measured by counter A with a gate time determined by the desired resolution 8 218 The LO Switch signal comes in at XA13 8 and after passing through TIL to ECL con verters drives 012 and U12B to switch the IF between counter and counter B Wen LO Switch is high counter A is selected and LO Switch is low counter B is selected 8 219 The 8 decade channel A counter consists of decade counter 1 17 the least significant decade decade counter U13 6 decade counter U1 8 decade channel B counter con sits of decade counter U18 least significant decade decade counter U14 and 6 decade counter U2 8 220 To output the contents of the 8 decades to the microprocessor each counter has outputs which pass through multiplexer The counter A multiplexer consists of 4 line to 1 line data selectors U5B The counter B multiplexer consists of U6A U6B U10A and U10B If the LCTRRD low counter read sgnal goes low and if
368. ency is 8 5 volts and is measured at the junction of C20 and CR2 Inductor L8 capacitors C23 and C16 and resistor R19 provide further filtering forthe dc powerto the VCO Model 5342A 8 175 The output of the VCO is sent to three buffer amplifier U1 U2 and U3 Capacitor C4 dc blocking capacitor The differential transistor pairs contained in U1 U2 and U3 provide 6 dB 48 dB and 6 dB gain respectively The gain is determined by the dc curent flowing through the emitters of the transistors This cument is set by the networks connected to pin 3 of the IC Decoupling networks L7 and C15 L1 and 14 and C8 L11 C22 C24 C25 C26 isolate the 5 2 volt power from the RF signal Decoupling networks L5 and C10 12 and C5 L9 and C14 and 112 C18 C27 C28 C29 isolate 5 volt power from the RF signal The output of each buffer amplifier after removal of the dc component by dc blocking capacitor C17 or C12 is trans mitted to other parts of the instrument over a 500 microstrip transmission line The ground plane of the microstrip board is connected to the ground plane of the motherboard The output at XA8 5 and XA8 3 should be approximately 250 mV rms while the output of XA8 7 should be approximately 500 mV ms 8 176 A9 MAIN LOOP AMPLIFIER ASSEMBLY 8 177 The two variable duty cycle pulse outputs from the phase detector on A10 1 and Main A 2 are summed and integrated by U2 on the A9 Main Loop Amplifier assemb
369. ent power and reflected power to the 11664A detectors The 8755B performs the ratio and displays return loss directly Setup 8755 182T EXT HORIZ INPUT BLANKING aran s nase g8ooOBEEE HP 86290A HP 8620C SWEEPER SWEEP OUT PINCIDENT TEST POINT INPUT REFLECTED 6 116920 Y DIRECTIONAL COUPLER HP 11665A MODULATOR HP 11664A DETECTOR 4 20 5342 Performance Tests Set the 8620C to sweep from 2 GHz to 18 GHz with the FAST vemier set full clockwise Set the 86290A to 2 18GHz band and a power level of approximately 5 dBm intemally leveled Set the 8755B for SMOOTHING ON OFFSET CAL ON DISPLAY A R THUMBWEELS 00 scale 5 dB div Set the 182T to EXT CAL To calibrate the 8755B short or open the 11692D coupler output which feeds the 5342A Adjust the OFFSET CAL of the A channel to center the scope display at the center horizontal line of the 182T CRT Connect 5342A to 11692D coupler and set A channel offset dB on the 8755B to 09 The trace should be below the center line for frequencies below 10 GHz as shown below Verify that the retum loss is 29 5dB from 2 10 GHz and gt 6 0 dB from 10 18 GHz standard instrument For Option 003 verify that the retum loss is 23 5 dB over the range of 2 18 GHz Enter the minimum retum loss for each range of frequency on the performance tes record Glitch due to 86290A sw
370. er LCTRRD goes low with A5 logic is set to logic 0 and A4 is set to logic 1 because of the inversion the I data iputs to the multiplexer are selected To read the last six decades the 3 data inputs of the multiplexer are selected by setting A4 logic 0 The Al and A2 address lines used to address the decades U2 if A5 logic 0 or U1 A5 logic 1 To address the least significant decade in for example the logic state of the address lines would be LCTRRD A5 A4 A2 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 8 223 Direct A input at XA13 7 is the output of the first high speed binary located on A3 Direct Count Amplifier The Direct B input is the output of the second high speed binary on A3 and it drivesthe A counter when making direct count measurements The state of the first and second binaries on are connected to the 0 data inputs of U5A and U5B on A13 and are read first for direct count measurement The state of the 4 output from which causes the output of A13U11C 4 passes through an ECL to TIL converter formed by Q2 and before going to U5B 10 Therefore in direct count the signal is divided by 4 on A3 and then divided by 4 in U12A U16A on A17 before passing to the decade counters U17 U13 and U1 8 224 After counting the decades are reset by writing to A13 counter board with logic 0 This causes U4 5 to go low to reset U18 017 and 013 U4 6 goes high to rese
371. er end of this cable to the DAC OUT connector on the rear panel f Connect the white gray wire to the pin push on labeled LDA at bottom rear of A2 Display Driver board Solder other end of wire to LDA terminal on A22 Motherboard as shown in figure below g Connect red wire 15V and violet wire 15V to the proper terminals push on pins on A2 Display Driver board see Figure 8 25 component locator for location Connect other end of these wires to terminals on A22 Motherboard as shown in figure below FRONT OF 5342A 15V VIOLET 15V RED LDA WHT GY 24 PIN CONNECTOR J1 A22 Motherboard Partial Bottom View h Reassemble instrument and perform operational verification procedures in para graph 4 27 jof this manual 2 34 Installation of HP IB Option 011 2 35 Option 011 consist of printed circuit assembly A15 and interconnection board A29 The interconnection board mounts inside the 5342A rear panel and is connected to A22 Motherboard via a cable strap Procedures for installation of Option 011 are as follows see photo of installed option Figure 8 22 a Remove top and bottom covers and top panel from the 5342A b Insert A15 assembly into A15 sot See 8 27 for location 2 8 Model 5342A Installation C If 5342A is equipped with Option 001 Oscillator remove oscillator assembly by removing two attaching screws from A22 Motherboard NOTE In the following step make sure that the
372. er getting D input pulses One comment to note is that after generating an output pulse after getting D pulses it will operate asa divide by 10 divider unless it is present loaded to D again 310 ENABLE DURING LOADING Remarks 1 TA TB and are outputs of A B and 2 for A is look forward connection 3 operate as divide by 10 after their first dividing cycle 4 B C and D are numbers to be loaded 5 U9 is preset to 9 in check Output is high so it is always disabled and always 10 5342 8 200 A two pulse period of fiis used to load the divider chain since one pulse period is not long enough to load the divider chain The load pulse is provided by U7B As soon as the fout pulse negative pulse appears LOAD goes low because of CLR input and stays low when next 1 pulse comes in because of the low input to D input LOAD goes high when the second comes in because of a high input to D input As long as LOAD is low the counter chain is in hibited and the state of each divider agrees with the numberto be loaded Since we use a two pulse period forloading we have to decode 997 999 2 forthe Np chain to get a correct dividing ratio as a whole The BCD output of U13 is decoded to detect 7 for this purpose The output of U8 which corresponds to 99X X don t care is AND ed with the decoded 7 to get the fout pulse Since a NAND gate is used the output pulse is a negat
373. erformance Verification as outlined in para l graphs 4 19 through 4 26 of the manual If the 5342A fails the performance verification program refer to Table 8 21 HP IB Option 011 Troubleshooting 5342A Service 8 87 Model 5342 Service Table 8 6 Assemblies Tested by Test Mode TEST MODES TROUBLE ASSEMBLIES POWER UP SHOOTING DIAG TABLE NO A1 Keyboard Display A2 Display Driver A3 Direct Count Amp A4 Offset VCO A5 RF Multiplexer A6 Offset Loop Amp A7 Mixer Search Control 8 VCO A9 Loop Amp A10 Divide by N A11 IF Limiter A12 IF Detector A13 Counter A14 Processor A15 HP IB Option 011 A16 Amplitude Option 002 A17 Time Base Generator A18 Time Base Buffer A19 Primary Power lt lt lt lt SS lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt E A20 Secondary Power A21 Switch Drive A24 Oscillator A25 Preamplifier A26 Sampler Driver U1 Sampler U2 HF Amplifier Option 002 Table 8 20 1 Keyboard not exercised 2 Kev board decoding circuits such as 22 6 12 018 U 19 not exercised 3 HDSPWRT select code is oniy device select code exercised 4 412708 only is exercised sends 1 MHz clock 14 5 1 MH output only is used 690 HDSPWRT LKBRD select codes are only device select codes exercised
374. erse of the disassembly procedures 8 32 Replacement of LED s in Front Panel Switches 8 33 To replace a defective LED in a front panel pushbutton switch remove and separate the AI and A2 boards as described in the preceding paragraphs and proceed as follows a b 8 34 8 35 Pull off the switch cap that covers the defective LED Use a short length approximately 2 inches of heat shrink tubing that will fit over the replacement LED Apply heat to the tubing to make a tight fit Unsolder the connections to the defective LED on the Al board Slide the heat shrink tubing over the defective LED and withdraw Place the replacement LED into the heat shrink tubing and insert into the switch Solder the leadsto the board Removal of U1 Sampler A25 Preamplifier and A26 Sampler Driver Remove U1 A25 and A26 as follows Remove 5342A bottom panel by loosening screw at rear remove two front feet and slide panel rearward Refer to Figure 8 22 and locate assemblies at bottom front of instrument Pull off coax cables from 11 13 A25J1 IF OUT INT and A25J2 IF OUT EXT Disconnect rigid coax from Ul Sampler by loosening attaching nut Remove nut on front panel type N connector and remove rigid cable to allow access Remove Wcable strap connector at A22 motherboard and move cable strap to one side to allow access Remove 5 screws attaching A25 mounting bracket four comer and one middle screw and withdraw bracket and att
375. erter U15F provides a low reset pulse to the MPU reset input U21 40 and a LDVRST output to the A2 Display Driver to blank the display during power up The length of the low reset is determined by the time constant of resistors R5 R3 and capacitor C5 400 milliseconds 8 237 The LAMP EN input at XA14B 2 is used to indicate the presence or absence of the A16 Amplitude assembly Option 002 since program execution will be different if this option is in stalled If Option 002 is present in the HP 5342A LAMP EN will be grounded The LAMP EN line is connected to three state line driver U8 and the output connects to the D1 line of the data bus To check if Option 002 is present the MPU sends out address 0018 which causes the output of U11C 8 to go low and strobe a high if LAMP EN is low onto D1 of the data bus 8 238 The eight data lines after passing through switch S1 pass through bidirectional inverting line drivers U3 U2 When data is being written out to the external devices or to RAM U21 34 goes low which causes U12 16 to go low and U3 15 U2 15 to go high and U3 1 U2 1 low thereby enabling the drivers which write to external devices When data is being read from external devices or RAM U21 34 goes high which causes U12 6 to go high and U3 1 02 1 to go low and U3 15 U2 15 high This enables the drivers in U2 U3 which read data from external devices 8 239 The memory assignments are summarized in Figure 8 15 O
376. erters 8096 8098 convert standard TIL or DTL out puts to THREE STATE outputs The 8095 and 8096 control all six devices from common inputs pins 1 and 15 LOW The 8097 and 8098 control four devices from one input pin 1 LOWand two devices from another input pin 15 LOW Reference Designation 2017 Number 1820 1428 7415158 Description 2 UNE 1 LINE DATA SELECTOR MULTIPLEXER This quad two input multiplexer selects one of two word inputs and outputs the data the data when enabled The level at pin 1 selectsthe input word The outputs are LOWhen pin 15 is LOW 5342 Service Reference Designation A2U18 A2U18 A9U1 A10U4 A12U13 A13U4 A14U9 A15U3 A15U4 A15U9 A15U10 A15U14 A15U19 A15U34 A15U34 A17U9 A17U15 Part Number 1820 1112 SN74LS74N Description DUAL D TYPE FLIP FLOP The dual D type flip flop consists of two independent D type flip flops The infor mation present at the data Dc input is transferred to the active high and active low outputs on a low to high transition of the clock C input The data input is then locked out and the outputs do not change again until the next low to high tran sition of the clock input The set S and reset inputs override all other input con ditions when S is low the active high output is forced high when reset is low the active high output is forced low Although normally the active low output is the complement of the active high out
377. es 20 A portion of the output of U6 is integrated by U3 C17 to provide a dc voltage proportional to amplitude This voltage provides AGC to U7 so that the input to Schmitt trigger US remains relatively constant The output of U5 is a OV to 650 mV signal which is divided by 2 in U4 and divided by 2 in 01 The main gate on U4 passes the output of U5 on to the dividers only when it is enabled by the LDIR GATE signal from A17 going low 8 150 The DIRECT A output passes through EECL to TIL converter formed by Q8 Q9 to A13 where it is ready by the microprocessor The DIRECT B output passes through EECL to ECL con verter U2 to A13 where it is counted by the A counter 8 151 HECL RSET high clears U4 U1 before LDIR GATE opens the main gate for counting 8 152 A4 OFFSET VCO 8 153 The A4 OFFSET VCO Figure 8 27 is essentially identical to the A8 MAIN VCO assembly described in paragraph 8 172 with the exception that A4 has one less buffer amplifier The OFS OSC amplitude at XA4 10 should be approximately 600 mV rms and OFS OSC at XA4 7 should be approximately 300 mV ms Measure with a high impedance RF millivoltmeter such as the HP 411A 8 154 A5 RF MULTIPLEXER ASSEMBLY 8 155 The AS RF Multiplexer assembly shown in Figure 8 28 receives two input signals MAIN OSC from the A8 Main VCO assembly at XA5 10 and OFFSET OSC from the A4 Offset VCO assembly at XA5 1 Upon command by the LO SWITCH signal from the A17 Timing Generator assembly
378. es when counters main gate is open and a measurement is in progress REMOTE indicator llluminates when counter is in remote operation 500 1 switch Selects input impedance for adjacent 10 Hz 500 MHz input connector 10 Hz 500 MHz 500 MHz 18 GHz switch Selects either low or high frequency range input connector BNC Input Connector Accepts 10 Hz 500 MHz input for direct count measurements Measurements made at this input require that the range switch is set to the 10 Hz 500 MHz position Sensitivity is listed in Table 1 1 Input Connector Input for measurements in the 500 MHz18 GHz range Measurements made at this input require that the range switch is set to the 500 MHz18 GHz position Sensitivity is listed in Table 1 1 Figure 3 1 Front Panel Controls and Indicators Continued Model 5342 Operation SERIAL NO 1708500055 PROCESSOR INTERFACE PROCESSOR INTERFACE connector A22WI Not used This connector is part of cable W which is connected to A22 motherboard as an interface to the A14 Microprocessor address and data lines This interface is provided for future use with companion instruments position of digital input output connector when instrument is equipped with Hewlett Packard Interface Bus HP 1B Option 011 Refer to paragraph 3 69 for details Position of ADDRESS switch when instrument is equipped with Hewlett Packard Interface Bus HP IB Option O11 Refer to paragraph 3 72lfor details
379. est point TPG which is the emitter of A19Q2 Model 5342A Service 8 101 Model 5342 Service Table 8 11 A1 A2 Keyboard Display Troubleshooting 1 First verify that HDSPWRT at XA14B 10 pulses high when power is applied to the 5342A by using a logic probe such as the 545A If not troubleshoot A14 to obtain an HDSPWART signal 2 If HDSPWRT is present on the power up and pulses consistently thereafter but the dis play keyboard still does not operate properly remove the A1 A2 and front panel assembly as follows a b d TABLE 8 11 Al A2 Y f g h Remove front panel sample rate knob with allen wrench Remove BNC connector nut and type N connector nut Pull off the two coax cables connected to A1J3 and 1 1 Remove the two chassis screws from each side strut holding the front panel to the strut Pull off front panel assembly carefully Remove 5 screws holding A1 A2 to front panel Pull out A1 A2 which are sandwiched together by a center press on connector Make sure ribbon cable remains connected to A2 3 Remove A14 from the 5342 chassis With a clip lead ground the following pins and observe the display for the following lighted LED segments a 8 102 A2U1 3 all b segments and dBm light should light A2U1 6 all decimal points and blue key should light A2U1 8 all d segments REM light and MAN key should light A2U1 11 all c segments GATE light and OFS MHz key should lig
380. esthrough a jumper which maybe removed to allow testing with a logic pulser to simulate the clock and drives decade counter U3 The outputs of U3 are decoded by U13C and U6 to reset the U3 outputs to all TIL low after 13 clocks have been counted These 13 states correspond to the 11 digits and 2 annunciator lines which need to be driven in the display 8 135 The output of the U3 counter passes through 3 state driver U6 The purpose of U6 is to force invalid states into column scanner U2 and U7 so that on power up when LDVRST goes low the display is blank On reset the input to U10 goes low and the control to U6 1 goes high which forces U6 to the high 7 state Pull up resistors R2 C D G F put state 16 into U7 and state 7 into U2 Since these states are out of the normally operating range of the scanners all display digits and annunciators are blanked 5342 8 136 normal operation U6 1 is low and output of the 13 state counter drives BCD to decimal decoders U2 and U7 These two devices forma column scanner whose low output tums on one at a time Al driver transistors 013 Q10 Q9 Q8 Q7 Q6 Q5 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q11 012 fora period of approximately 166 us l amp kHz For example when the 13 state counter reaches 0111 7 then U7 9 goes low tuming on transistor AIQ4 and applying 5 to the LED digit Al DS14 W tever segment inputs low will thus be momentarily lighted The correct code to be input to the LED
381. f Figure 8 23 5342A Detailed Block Diagrar 8 147 Model 5342A Service RTEH Part of Figure 8 24 AI Display Assembly A2 Display Drive Assembly 8 148 Model 5342 gt s 7 za I x PRENNE To xal ica AZ CSP ay DAVE ASSENILE 191343 49093 SERIE 1428 uM LE c ee ee ee U ME a IMPEDANCE SELECT AX 2 P RS om I 3 10 2 5 REFERENCE ee toro 4 DESIGNATIONS Ner p muet 1 C2 r p M 081 0526 TE Hz Ee x 5 R1 R18 2 i Lr EE NOTE Deleted 1 2 C12 C14 C19 r T Deleted
382. f the cycle 16 bit address wil be loaded that points to a vectoring address which is located in memory locations FFFC and FFFD An address loaded at these locations causes the MPU to branch to a nonmaskable intemupt routine in memory NMI has a high impedance pullup intemal resistor however 3Kf extemal resistor to Vcc should be used for wire OR and optimum control in interrupts Inputs IRQ and are hardware intemupt lines that are sampled during 22 and will start the interrupt routine on 21 following the completion of an instruction 8 61 Model 5342A Service 8 62 INTERRUPT REQUEST This level sensitive input requests that an intemupt sequ ence be generated within the machine The processor will wait until it completes the current instruction that is being executed before it recognizes the request At that time if the interrupt mask bit in the Condition Code Register is not set the machine will begin an interupt sequence The Index Register Program Counter Accumulators and Condition Code Register are stored away on the stack Next the MPU will respond to the interrupt request by setting the interrupt mask bit high so that no further interrupts may occur At the end of the cycle a 16 bit address will be loaded that points to a vectoring address which is located in memory locations FFF8 and FFF9 An addressloaded at these locations causes the MPU to branch to an intenupt routine in memory HALT line must
383. feedback circuit linear izes the transfer characteristic between the rf input voltage and the dc voltage output to the analog to digital converter and compensates for the temperature drift of the detector diode 8 302 The if detector is driven by the input signal and the 100 kHz detector is driven by a variable amplitude 100 kHz signal generated on the A16 Amplitude Assembly The feedback loop adjusts the amplitude of the 100 kHz signal so that the output of the 100 kHz detector is equal to the output of the RF detector The amplitude of the 100 kHz signal is determined log converted comected by calibration data stored in PROM and is output to the display as the amplitude of the rf input signal in dBm 8 303 The amplitude of the 100 kHz signal is determined by measuring with an analog to digital converter the dc control voltage which determines the amplitude of the 100 kHz signal The dc control voltage which is developed by the enor amplifier drives a linear modulator which vanes the amplitude of the 100 kHz signal The proportionality constant between control voltage input and the amplitude of the 100 kHz output is known and is used by the program residing in ROM to compute the level of the 100 kHz signal 8 304 Further linearization of the diode characterization is provided by a programmable ROM which is specifically programmed to compensate for a particular U2 assembly Thus the PROM and U2 assembly form a matched pair unique to each ins
384. fference frequency between the main VCO programmed frequency and the free run frequency of A4 t r r r leas With A6 removed HSRCH EN XA7 2 should be TTL high To check install and remove A7 from the instrument Remove the short to ground on XA4 5 The search generator on A6 should begin searching and driving the OFFSET CNTRL signal in a search ramp LPOS SLOPE should go low to indicate when the fre quency of the VCO is being swept from higher to lower values TABLE 8 17 A4 A6 A7 A6TP1 OFFSET CNTRL L POS SLOPE XA6 8 8 123 Model 5342 Service TABLF 8 18 26 8 124 Table 8 18 A26 Sampler Driver Troubleshooting Remove the U1 Sampler and A26 Sampler Driver as follows Remove bottom panel by loosening screw at rear remove two front feet and slide panel rearward Locate assemblies at bottom front of instrument Pull off coax cables from A1J1 A1J3 A25J1 IF OUT INT and A25J2 IF OUT EXT Disconnect rigid coax from U1 Sampler by loosening attaching nut Remove nut on front panel type N connector and remove rigid cable to allow access Remove cable strap connector at A22 motherboard and move cable strap to one side to allow access Remove 5 screws four corner and one middle screw attaching A25 Preamplifier mount ing bracket and withdraw bracket and attached assemblies from instrument Remove A26 from bracket by removing the two small attaching bolts and nuts Sep
385. ffset Loop Amp Search Generator Assembly 8 158 5342 Service 1 x 12 RT REFERENCE SWEEP DESIGNATIONS Rio ANGE 12V si R R2 9090 1000 D ooo a 0 FREQ R9 R5 1000 10K RI2 FROM XAT 1 I0 s EDS SLOPE 1999 dia C 8 HSRCH 2 I I 1 1 2 1902 3193 27272 T R3 CR4 1901 0040 Same ne 1500 03 1853 0020 Same FROM XAT T 16 OFFSET 491 1854 0071 Same 1820 1425 SN74LS132N R24 r 1500 1820 0493 LM307N FROM 10 j E SET Ael PI R25 222 3160 f R20 V 100 15V 4 4 Cr 12V R8 RII us 3160 1000 cs T 3 3 4 2 13 3 2 V 2 2 NC m 2 CRT Figure 8 29 A6 Offset Loop Amp Search Generator Assembly 8 159 5342 Service 1 S o LT gt Q o SOLDER SIDE Part of Figure 8 30 7 Mixer Search Control Assembly 8 160 REFERENCE DESIGHATIONS TABLE OF ACTIVE ELEMENTS HP PART MFR OR INDUSTRY NUMSER PART NUMBER REFERENCE DESIGNATION CR1 CR2 1901 0518 Q1 Q6 1854 0345 Q2 Q3 1854 0092 Q4 Q5 1854 0071 12 T Ez At MIXER SEARCH CONTROL ASSEMBLY 05342 60007 SERIES 1720 PI MAIN VCO OFFSET VCO 50 n STRIPLINE 50n STR
386. g information Indicates factory selected value 6 18 Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Continued Model 5342A Replaceable Parts Reference HP Part Qty Description Mfr Mfr Part Number Designation Number Code 12 12 1 12 2 A12C3 12 4 12 5 12 6 A12C7 A12C8 A12C9 A12C10 A12C11 A12C12 A12C13 A12C14 A12C15 A12C16 A12C17 A12C18 A12C19 A12C20 A12C21 A12C22 A12C23 A12C24 A12CR1 A12CR2 12 12 4 A12L1 A12L2 A12L3 1214 1215 1216 A12L7 A12Q1 A12R1 A12R2 A12R3 A12R4 A12R5 A12R6 A12R7 A12R8 A12R9 A12R10 A12R11 A12R12 A12R13 A12R14 A12R15 A12R16 A12R17 A12R18 A12R19 A12R20 A12R21 A12R22 A12R23 A12R24 A12R25 A12TP1 A12TP2 A12TP3 A12TP4 A12TP5 A12TP6 A12TP7 A12TP8 A12TP9 A12TP10 05342 60012 0160 3878 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 2262 0160 3877 0160 2262 0160 3879 0160 3879 0150 0115 0160 4084 0180 0490 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0180 0491 0180 0491 0180 0490 0180 0490 0160 3872 1901 0535 1901 0535 1901 0535 1901 0040 9100 2250 9100 2250 9100 2250 9100 2250 9100 2250 9100 1788 9100 1788 1854 0345 0698 7102 2100 2489 0698 31 11 0698 3457 0757 0402 0757 0402 2100 2574 0698 7026 0698 7964 0698 5176 0757 0407 2100 2489 0757 0442 0698 3457 0757 0397 0698 7102 0698 3380 0698 8368 0698 5174 0698 3381 0698 31 11 0698 5174 0698 3114 0698 3114 0675 1021 1251 0600 1251 0600
387. g Generator Troubleshooting Continued IF LDIR GATE or LIF GATE signals are not present place A17 on an extender board and monitor A17U16 1 the output of the A16 time base generator Place the 5342A in 10 Hz 500 MHz range sample rate full ccw and 1 kHz resolution and observe SAMPLE RATE A17U16 1 Only the first period of the U16 11 output is used to generate the LDIR GATE is used to generate the LDIR GATE signal as shown below A17U16 1 8 112 Model 5342 Service Table 8 15 A8 A9 A10 Main Loop Synthesizer Troubleshooting To test if the A9 Main Loop Amplifier and A10 Divide by N are operating properly put the 5342A in AUTO and select the 500 MHz 18 GHz range Disconnect any input signal In diagnostic mode zero press SET SET 0 the counter should display SP indicating that it is sweeping the synthesizers The MAIN CNTRL signal measured at XA8 1 should look like The sweep up time is approximately 90 ms while the sweep down time is 60 ms If this signal is present then A9 A10 and part of A8 as well as the ROM program on A14 are operating properly To test if the A8 Main VCO is operating properly put the 5342A in MANUAL mode 500 MHz 18 GHz range and set the MANUAL center frequency to the values in the following table Connect a coax cable with BNC connector on one end and alligator clips on the other from XA5 10 to the 5342A direct count input front panel XA5 10 is the Main OSC sig
388. g order Set frequency of switching regulator to 20 kHz Sets reference voltage against which 45V D is compared Sets current level at which shutdown occurs Sets free run frequency of A8 Main VCO Can be done anytime Should be done after Main Synthesizer adjustment in follow ing order Sets free run frequency of A4 OFFSET VCO Set center and extremes of triangular search waveform Can be done anytime in folowing order Maximizes gain through A25U2 Sets attenuation at 175 MHz Maximize gain through A11U2 Maximize gain through A12U2 Maximize gain through 1204 Sets level detector so coun ter counts 1 GHz 130 dBm Adjust detector to dash 5342A display at overload Adjust detector to take out attenuation when input level drops For Option 002 only Adjust for maximum sensitivity Can be done anytime Model 5342 Adjustments Table 5 1 Adjustment Continued REFERENCE NAME DESIGNATOR PURPOSE 6 Amplitude Can be done any Adjustments time in following Option 002 order A16R21 Adjusts reference voltage to 3 200 volts for ADC on A16 A16R29 Adjust loop gain Set the volt age into the ADC for a specified level of 100 kHz A16R26 Adjust dc offset Set the voltage into the ADC for a specified level of 100 kHz A27R9 CAL Adjusts the output of the 100 kHz detector on A27 A27R10 High Level Cal Adjusts the output of the 100 kHz detector on A27 for
389. gate time is over and that the program may advance to the next operation 8 262 Sample Rate Generation 8 263 The sample rate rundown is initiated by writing a low into U19 2 followed by writing a high into U19 2 During the time that U19 2 is low C16 is charged toward 5 volts through the saturated transistor Q2 The voltage at the base of Q1 is sufficient to tum on Q1 which generates TIL high at U18C 6 Wh U19 2 high the charge on C16 is discharged through R16 and the 1 SAMPLE RATE pot R9 on A2 until the voltage at the base of Q1 tums off the transistor thus producing a low at U18C 6 The microprocessor reads this data and upon detecting the low advances to the beginning of the measurement algorithm For infinite sample rate the SAMPLE RATE pot is adjusted to 1 position so that the leakage through R16 and the SAMPLE RATE pot is less than the charging curent flowing through R19 8 264 U18E U18F and 020 are not curently used but are reserved for future use 8 265 The LFM signal at XA17 12 will be low if the rear panel FM switch is on This will cause bit D3 to be low when the MPU reads the timing generator and tells the program to set the FM light on the front panel as well as select the long prs 8 266 A18 TIME BASE BUFFER ASSEMBLY 8 267 The A18 Time Base Buffer assembly shown in provides logic to select a 10 MHz signal from either the intemal 10 MHz standard A24 or from a 10 MHZ extemal standard applied to
390. generated by Nz1 times the main oscillator frequency If two IF signals are generated then incomect counting may result By restricting the IF signal to be less than 125 MHz the upper tore is of a high enough frequency as to be sufficiently attenu ated by the 175 MHz bandwidth of the preamplifier so that no emors are introduced Consider what would happen if IF frequencies to 175 MHz were allowed Take the example of a 760 MHz input signal By mixing with the second harmonic of 300 MHz an IF of 160 MHz is produced The input also mixes with the third harmonic of 300 MHz to produce another IF signal at 140 MHz Neither signal is greatly attenuated by the 175 MHz bandwidth of the preamp as shown below and miscounting results because of interference between the two tones BANDWIDTH OF PREAMP 175 MHz 1 1 160 140 MHz 600 MHz I 760 MHz 900 MHz 140 160 INPUT MHz MHz Service 5342 Service 8 109 By limiting the IF to frequencies less than 125 MHz the problem described in paragraph 8 108 does not occur For the case of a 725 MHz input the second harmonic of 300 MHz produces an IF of 125 MHz the maximum allowable IF and the third harmonic produces an IF of 175 MHz But the IF signal at 175 MHz is attenuated by the175 MHz bandwidth of the preamplifier shown below so as to prevent enors in counting BANDWIDTH OF PREAMP 175 MHz 1 125 MHz 175 600 MHz 725 MHz 900 MHz 125 MHz
391. gnal at XA12 8 with 10 10 pF scope probe Signal should appear as shown IF COUNT M If this signal is not present suspect amplifiers U2 and or U4 on A12 8 118 Model 5342 Service Table 8 16 A11 A12 A25 U1 IF Troubleshooting Continued Testing A12 IF Detectors Put the A121F detector on an extender board Monitor TP8 48 102 MHz detector and TP9 22 128 MHz detector with a logic probe Put the 5342A in AUTO and the 500 MHz 18 GHz range Apply a 20 MHz 0 dBm signal to the high frequency input Note that both TP8 and 9 are low Increase the input frequency to 22 MHz and notice that the logic probe indicates a high at TP9 near the limits of the detectors the logic probe will blink high Increase the input frequency to 48 MHz and check that TP8 goes high As the frequency is increased to 102 MHz both TP8 and 9 should be high As the fre quency is increased beyond 102 MHz TP8 should go low and TP9 should remain high until 128 MHz is reached at which TP9 also goes low If these test points are correct the detectors operate properly If the detectors do not operate go to step 7 If the detectors operate as above but if the counter is in AUTO with a 50 MHz signal applied to its high frequency input and if after placing the counter in diagnostic mode 0 the counter displays SP or SP2 only the most probable cause is that the U12 output gates which drive the data bus are bad or else LPDRD is not being sent
392. h and it is low if the input is low The two symbols shown are equivalent Y YO 4 OUTPUT DELAY The output signal is effective when the input signal retums to its opposite state L EXTENDER Indicates when a logic function increases extends the number of inputs to another logic function Low I FLIP FLOP A binary sequential element with two stable states a set 1 state and a reset 0 state Outputs are shown in the 1 state when the flip flop is set in the reset state the outputs will be opposite to the set state RESET A 1 input will reset the flip flop A retum to 0 will cause no further effect SET A 1 input will set the flip flop retum to 0 wil cause no further action TOGGLE A 1 input wil cause the flip flop to change state A retum to O will cause no further action r3 rari L Model 5342A Service 8 26 r r a rt E J INPUT Similar to the S input except if both J and K see below are at 1 the flip flop changes state K INPUT Similarto the R input see above D INPUT Data Always dependent on another input usually C Wen the C and D inputs are at 1 the flip flop will be set Wen the C is 1 and the D is 0 the flip flop will reset Address symbol has multiplexing relationship at inputs and demultiplexing relationship at outputs 8 75 Dependency Notation V F 8 76 Dependency notation is a way to simplify symbols for complex IC element
393. h gated serial inputs pins 1 2 inhibits entry of data and resets the first FF to the low level at the next clock pulse pin 8 A high level input pin 1 or 2 enables the other input which will then determine the state of the first FF Data is serially shifted in and out of the 8 bit register during the positive going transition of the Clock pulse Clear is independent of the clock and occurs when pin 9 is LOW 8 35 Model 5342A Service 8 36 Reference Designation A17U11 Part Number 1820 1442 SN74LS290N Description DECADE COUNTER The decade counter has four master slave flip flops and gating for which the count cycle length is divided by five This counter has a gated zero reset and a gated set to nine input To use the maximum count length the pin 11 input is connected to the pin 9 output The input count pulses are applied to the T input at pin 10 A symmetrical divide by ten count can be obtained by connecting the pin 8 ouptut to the pin 10 input and applying the input count to the pin 11 input to obtain a divide by ten square wave at the pin 9 output 8 81 THEORY OF OPERATION 8 82 The following theory of operation is introduced with a description of the unique harmonic heterodyne technique used in the 5342A Then the overall operation is described with a simplified block diagram followed by discussions of FM tolerance automatic amplitude dis crimination and sensitivity The function and relationships of the majo
394. he counter is addressed to talk and the value is printed The counter is then placed in WIT UNTIL addressed The GATE light should go out after the first measure ment and remain out indicating that the first measure ment is being saved until the counter is addressed to talk It is then addressed to talk and the value is printed by the printer The 5342A is put in HOLD and serial poll mode Its status byte is displayed by the 9825A After approxi mately 5 seconds the 5342 is triggered and a measure ment is taken The status byte displayed by the 9825A should change from O to 80 indicating that the 5342A has taken a measurement LCL 722 is issued The front panel REMOTE light should go off The 5342A is retumed to remote control and the local lockout command is issued Wen the 9825A displays press CONTINUE press RESET on the 5342A and verify that the counter remains in REMOTE Press CONTINUE on the 9825A and 7 is issued Verify that the 5342A goes to local Front panel AMPL should light for approximately 5 seconds and then of off Front panel OFS dB should light for approximately 5 seconds and then go off the 9825A displays X enter an amplitude offset in dB in the range of 99 9 to 499 9 Press CONTINUE Verify that the 5342A was set to this offset by pressing RESET RECALL OFS dB The 5342A is placed in amplitude mode and addressed to talk Verify proper output format as given in sample printout in
395. he 50M Channel A input of 5345A Electronic Counter The 5345A counter will measure the MAIN OSC signal at XA5 10 Verify the 5345A measurement indicates the comect MAIN OSC frequency for each of the MANUAL center fre quencies selected Page 6 32 Table 6 3 24 05341 60047 Replaceable Parts Add A24 MISCELLANEOUS 0380 0044 CD 6 SPACER 0 25 INCH 28480 0380 0044 Page 8 179 Figure 8 39 A16 OPTION 002 Schematic Diagram Change color of cable to J7 pins 2 and 13 from ORN to RED Table 6 3 A2 Replaceable Parts Change Reference Designation for A2C6 part number 0180 0106 from A2C6 to 2 1 Page 6 42 Table 6 7 Change Reference Designation for A2C3 part number 0180 0106 from A2C3 to A2C1 Add A2C12 C14 C15 0180 0230 CD 0 CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 20 50VDC 56289 150D105X0050A2 Add A2C13 0160 3879 CD 6 CAPACITOR FXD 0 01 UF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 3879 Page 8 187 8 43 A22 Motherboard Schematic Change reference designation for OVEN TRANSFORMER from 4 to Add troubleshooting information in attached Table 1 on aprons of schematic diagrams as specified in the table Page 6 4l Table 6 6 Option 003 Miscellaneous Replaceable Parts Add 5000 9043 CD 6 PIN P C BOARD EXTRACTOR 28480 5000 9043 Add 5040 6852 CD 3 EXTRACTOR ORANGE 28480 5040 6852 Page 8 149 Figure 8 24 A2 REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS table Change C19 under Deleted to C9 Page 1
396. he assemblies 8 132 DISPLAY ASSEMBLY AND A2 DISPLAY DRIVER ASSEMBLY 8 133 The Al Display assembly and 2 Display Driver assembly shown in Figure 8 24 operate together to provide the user interface with the microprocessor For a description of micro processor operation refer to The keyboard on the AI Display permits the oper ator to input commands to the microprocessor The display on the Display is used by the microprocessor to display measurement results codes and other information to the oper ator As an example consider what occurs when the SET key is pressed by the operator Pressing the key generates an interrupt to the microprocessor The program stops executing the current program and jumps to a subroutine to find out which device caused the interrupt and why The subroutine determines that the keyboard generated the intemupt Circuitry on A2 tells the microprocessor that the SET key was pressed The program then sends commands to A2 to cause the light in the SET key to blink as well as the code to be displayed both of which actas prompters to the user All of this occurs very quickly and is virtually transparent to the user 8 134 The A2 Display Driver assembly is driven by 6 kHz clock scan clock formed by Schmitt trigger U5E feedback resistor R7 and capacitor C5 This clock is continuously running and out puts a TIL signal with a positive pulse width of approximately 40 ps The output of the scan clock go
397. he clip lead from U12 13 U27 should still be enabled by the ground on U11 12 With the DIO switches of the 594014 all set to 1 all switches up clock U27 11 with the 546A Logic Pulser Next clock U16 9 and verify that the outputs of U16 2 5 7 10 12 15 are all TTL low Change the DIO switches on the 594014 to 0 all switches down and clock U27 11 Verify that U16 outputs remain TTL low Now clock U16 9 and verify that the U16 outputs are all TTL high 8 140 Model 5342A Service Table 8 21 Option 011 HP iB Troubleshooting Continued h U18 CHECK Change the clip lead on U11 from pin 12 to pin 13 so that U11 13 is now grounded This action will disable the U27 Data In register and will enable the U18 Interrupt Out register Clock each of the inputs to U18 2 4 6 10 12 with a 546A Logic Pulser and simultaneously check the corre sponding output U18 3 5 7 9 11 with the 545A Logic Probe Remove the ground from U11 13 zb vay 27 clocking an input has no effect upon an output all the outputs should be the igh Z state U30 CHECK Change the ground to U11 15 with the clip lead This enables the State In register U30 Clock each of the inputs to U30 2 6 10 12 14 and simultaneously check the corresponding outputs of U30 3 7 9 11 13 Remove the ground from U11 15 and verify that clocking an input has no effect upon an output U15 CHECK Change the ground to U11 14 which enables the Command In reg
398. he digital to analog converter when the Option 004 is installed Figure 3 2 Rear Panel Controls and Connectors 3 7 Model 5342A Operation FREQUENCY COUNTER 17 994 690 955 PRELIMINARY PROCEDURES 1 On rear panel a Set INT EXT to INT position b Set CWM switch to CWRefer paragraph 3 33 detailed description c On ac power module check for proper fuse 0 75 amp for 100 120 volt operation 0 375 amp for 220 240 voh operation and check position of pc line voltage selector refer to paragraph 2 6 for detailed description d For remote operation refer to for explanation of HP IB programming and address switch settings on rear panel for 5342A s equipped with Option 011 2 On front panel set LINE switch to ON position Do not exceed 25 dBm peak of input power at the type N con nector 500 MHz 18 GHz Damage to the internal sampler may occur NOTE Wen the input signal level to the type connector exceeds approximately 5 dBm each digit in the display becomes a minus sign to indicate overload For Options 002 003 this threshold is approximately 20 dBm The 10 Hz 500 MHz direct count input BNC connector is fuse protected for a maximum input level of 3 5V rms 24 dBm NOTE The fuse for the 10 Hz 500 MHz input is located on the A3 Direct Count Amplifier assembly Figure 3 3 Operating Procedures 3 8 5342 Operation Connect input signal to appropr
399. he output of U1D 11 goes low U1B 6 goes high and U1A 3 goes low This causes Q4 to conduct which forward biases CR4 Since U1B 6 is high CR3 is reversed biased Current is now supplied through CR4 to the intergrating capacitor C10 This causes the output of U2 6 to decrease linearly Since U1A 3 is low LPOS Slope is TTL low and the loop is allowed to lock once a 500 kHz difference frequency is detected on A7 Ven lock is achieved HSRCH EN goes TIL low which causes U1B 6 and U1A 3 to both go TIL high thereby reverse biasng both CR4 and CR3 The voltage at the output of U2 6 is therefore maintained at that level which achieved lock The timing diagram for this operation is shown in Figure 8 77 Main VCO programmed to lower frequency 500 kHz no longer present 500 kHz offset detected HSRCH EN TP1 LPOS SLOPE A4 offset VCO removed from instrument turn off instrument turn on HSRCH EN TP1 LPOS SLOPE te Figure 8 11 Timing Diagram or Search Generator Operation 8 166 A7 MIXER SEARCH CONTROL ASSEMBLY 8 167 The output of the main loop VCO which comes in at XA7 12 is amplified by differential pair U4 to a level of approximately 5 dBm and is half wave rectified by transistor whose base emitter junction is used as the rectifying diode The output of the offset VCO which comesin at XA7 9 isamplified by U3 to a level of approximately dBm and isapplied to the base of Q1 Since Q1 is being al
400. he semirigid coax cable from 01 input This action is necessary due to the filter in U2 at the 500 MHz 18 GHz input 5 AUTO 50 MHz MODE Place the 5342A in AUTO mode with the range switch in the 500 MHz 18 GHz position and apply a 50 MHz signal at 10 dBm to the high frequency input Verify that the counter counts 50 MHz 1 count for all resolution settings If the 5342A operates properly go to step 6 If not a Place the 5342A in diagnostic mode O If the counter displays SP or SP2 only instead of SP23 followed by Hd then the failure is likely in the U1 Sampler or A25 Preamplifier since All and A12 are used in the CHECK mode Go to IF troubleshooting in Table 8 14 b If the counter still in diagnostic mode 0 displays SP23 but does not display Hd suspect A17 PRS generation circuitry Go to Table 8 14 for A17 Troubleshooting C if the counter displays an incorrect answer go to diagnostic mode 4 to verify that the IF measured is 50 MHz If it is not check the A counter on A13 Table 8 T3 Also go to diagnostic mode 1 to check the number computed If is not 0 check the B counter on A13 Table 8 13 8 86 Table 8 5 Overall Troubleshooting Continued AUTO 1 GHz MODE Place the 5342A in AUTO mode with the range switch in the 500 MHz 18 GHz position and applya 1 GHz signal at 25 dBm to the high frequency input Verify that the counter counts 1 GHz 1 count for all resolution settings a Place
401. ht A2U4 3 all g segments and RECALL key should light A2U4 6 all a segments and FM light and AMPL key should light A2U4 8 all e segments and AUTO key should light A2U4 11 all f segments SET key and OFS dB key should light a dp d If all segments light as specified then the LED s A1DS11 through DS21 and the associated transistor drivers on A1 are operating properly In addition the scan clock comprised of A2U5 U3 U13 U6 and the column scanners A2U2 U7 are operating properly If only one segment in the display lights troubleshoot the scan clock and column scanners on A2 Model 5342 Service Table 8 11 A1 A2 Keyboard Display Troubleshooting Continued If the 5342A does not perform the power up diagnostic but A1 A2 properly perform the test described in step 3 the probable cause of the failure is A2U11 U8 TTL RAM memory A2U16 data bus buffer A2U5 U13 write enable generation or U17 multiplexer If the 5342A performs the power up diagnostic but does not perform the diagnostic mode 8 keyboard check the probable cause of the problem is the key decoding circuitry on A2 consisting of USC U18 U19 and U12 To test this circuitry perform the following tests with A14 still removed from instrument Monitor U10 8 with a logic probe and verify that each time a key is depressed U10 8 goes low To cause U10 8 to return to high ground U22 1 momentarily This verifie
402. iate input connector according to frequency requirements BNC for 10 500 MHz type N for 500 MHz 18 GHz and set frequency range switch accordingly For input signals connected to BNC connector 10 500 MHz set the 50Q 1 MQ switch as required This switch has no effect on input signals connected to the type N connector 500 MHz 18 GHz Press blue key then press blue labeled RESOLUTION key for desired resolution NOTE Half sized 7 used as fillers in the display to facilitate display interpretation Adjust SAMPLE RATE control for desired interval between measurements KEY INDICATORS Indicator LED s in the center of some keys are used as prompters by the operator as follows Blinking Indicator A blinkng LED in a key is a ready condition for that key function It indicates it is waiting for an entry via the keyboard To clear the con dition press RESET Steady Indicator A steady on LED in a key is an indication that the key function is in effect To clear the condition press the key The AUTO Key is cleared by pressing MAN MHz and vice versa SELF CHECK PROCEDURE Perform self check as follows no input signal connected and SAMPLE RATE full ccw Blue key CHECK j Counter Display BB I ILII GHz MHz kHz Hz To exit from CHECK mode press RESET TO SET MANUAL CENTER FREQUENCY Example To measure a 4 125 0 050 GHz signal
403. icos S a Rua Rodrigo da Fonseca 103 PO Box 2531 P Lisbon 1 Tei 191 68 60 72 Cable TELECTRA Lisbon Telex 12598 Medica Mundinter Intercambio Mundial de Com rcio Sari Box 2761 Avenida Antonia Augusto Aguiar 138 P Lisbon Tel 19 53 21 317 Telex 1669 munter p INTERCAMBIO Lisbon RUMANIA Hewlett Packard Repsezentanta Bd n Balcescu 16 Bucuresti Tel 15 80 23 13 88 85 Telex 10440 HAUC Intreprinderea Pentru Intretinerea S Repararea Utilajelor de Calcul B dui Prot Pompei 6 Bucuresti Sectorui 2 Tei 88 20 70 88 24 40 88 67 95 Telex 118 SAUDI ARABIA Modern Electronic Establishment Head Office Box 1228 Baghdadiah Street Jeddah Tei 27 798 Telex 40035 Cable ELECTA JEDDAH Modern Etectronic Establishment Branch 2728 Riyadh Tel 62596 66232 RAOUFCO Modern Electronic Establishment Branch Box 193 Al Khobar Tel 44678 44813 Telex 67044 OTESTA Cable ELECTA AL KHOBAR SPAIN Hewlett Packard Espa ola S Calle Jerez 3 E Madrid 3 Tet 1 458 26 00 10 lines Telex 23515 Hewlett Packard Espa ola 5 Milanesado 21 23 E Barcelona 17 3 203 6200 5 Telex 52603 hpbe Edificio Sevilla pianta 9 Seville 5 Tei 64 44 54 58 Hewlett Packard Espa ola 5 Edificio Alia Il 7 Bilbao Tel 23 83 06 23 82 06 Hewlett Packard Espa ola S Gordillo 1 tEntio Valencia
404. igh A4 low high is decoded by U17B Inverted A2 all high is decoded by 120 8 235 The eight bidirectional data bus lines coming out of U21 pass through an eight section switch S1 which allows each line in the data bus to be opened for troubleshooting purposes Resistor pack R6 with individual pull up resistors connected to the data lines together with two lines connected to ground and these lines connected to ground only when LFRERUN is ground by switch S2 cause a CLB clear accumulator B instruction to be presented to the MPU when the switch 1 is opened and LFRERUN is grounded This causes the MPU to continuously increment the addresses on the address bus from the least significant address 0200 to the most significant address FFFF for diagnostic purposes when using the 5004A Signature Service 8 63 Model 5342 Service Analyzer LFRERUN grounded forces the Clear B instruction and also causes U15E 10 to go low which disables RAM U12 With S1 opened feedback is broken between the ROM outputs and the MPU inputs which is a necessary condition for taking signatures with the HP 5004A Signature Analyzer If LXROM Low External ROM is grounded the ROM s U1 U4 and U7 will be disabled by U6A 1 going low and the address lines can now be used to drive external memory residing in the upper 32K of the memory map 8 236 The power up reset circuitry formed by Schmitt trigger U11A U11B and inv
405. in the range of the VCO thus eliminating parasitic oscillations Transistor Q1 which is operating a common base mode for the VCO frequency range portion of the output signal at its emitter fed back to its collector via capacitor C7 This positive feedback sets up oscillations at a frequency equal to the parallel resonant frequency of the tank circuit formed by varactor diodes CR1 and CR2 and the inductance of a metal trace on the A8 board By changing the VCO CONTROL voltage at 8 1 the capacitance of the varactors change which changes the resonant frequency of the tank circuit and hence the frequency of oscillation The modulation sensitivity of the VCO is approximately 12 5 MHz volt For a MAIN VCO CONTROL voltage at A8 1 of 2 volts the VCO frequency should be approximately 300 MHz while a control voltage of 2 volts results in an output frequency of approximately 350 MHz 8 174 A voltage regulator consisting of 11 volt Zener diode CR3 transistor Q2 resistors R21 R22 R23 and capacitor C1 is used to provide low noise dc power to the oscillator circuit since any noise on the power supply of the oscillator will degrade the oscillator s spectral purity Potentio meter R22 is used to adjust the output voltage of the voltage regulator circuit so that the free run frequency of the VCO i e the frequency with volts at the VCO CONTROL A8 1 input 325 MHz 2 MHz The nominal voltage which achieves this free run frequ
406. ion is achieved 4 ms 1 MHz resolution takes a 10 microsecond gate time 8 99 FM TOLERANCE 8 99 The worst case normal mode FM tolerance is 20 MHz and occurs when the period of the modulation is nearthe period of the pseudorandom sequence which is 360 4 milliseconds the FM exceeds 20 MHz the computation of may be in enor by 1 round off eron For FM is excess of 20 MHz p p a wide range FM mode with a long prsis selectable via a rear panel switch which provides a worst case FM tolerance of 50 MHz p p In this case however the limiting factor is not round off in the computation of N but the allowable range of frequencies in the IF ALLOWED RANGE OF IF FREQUENCIES e fMAIN ADJUSTED FOR IF IN THIS REGION 25MHz 50 MHz 100 MHz 125 MHz t 8 100 During the sweep the frequency of the main oscillator is adjusted until firi and fir2 both fall within the range of 50 MHzto 100 MHz In the worst case when the IF occurs at 100 MHz or 50 MHz the signal may deviate by a maximum of 25 MHz before crossing the band edge of allow able IF frequencies This gives worst case FM tolerance of 50 MHz peak to peak For the wide range FM the period of the long pseudorandom sequence is 2 096 seconds which means that acquisition time is significantly longer for the wide range FM mode 8 101 AUTOMATIC AMPLITUDE DISCRIMINATION 8 102 The HP 5342A has the ability to automatically discriminate against lower amplitude
407. is high both Q and Q outputs go high when preset and clear inputs are both low Wen U6D 11 goes high to disable the prs clock for 1 us U15A 5 goes low for 2 us The low is presented to U17A 7 and on the next clock at U17A 6 the low at U17A 7 is clocked into the output so that LIF GATE goes low to enable counting on A13 8 255 The following timing diagram for the long prs generation prs clock 1 MHz will help clarify the operation U8 8 CLK U10C 8 PRS CLOCK zi L L U3D 11 PRS GOES LOW WHEN U9B 9 GOES HIGH U6D 11 DEAD U9A 5 Q OUT U9B 9 OUT U6C 8 LO SWITCH U15A 5 Q OUT U17A 3 Tus lus DEAD DEAD TIME TIME 8 256 Wen the prs is over U14D 11 goes low the A17 board is read by the microproc essor LTIM RD goes low and three state drivers U18 are enabled If the prs is over U18 5 is low and the program detects this causing the next program segment to be executed 8 257 Gate Time Generation 8 258 Gate times for measuring the IF signal after acquisition and N determination are gener ated by time base generator U16 D flip flops 015 and 1 17 To generate gate times from 10 us to 1 the microp
408. ister U15 Set the DIO switches and ATN to the following su Ng 4 00000 5342A rear panel HP IB address switches set to 00001 This should cause the U26 ROM outputs to present a TTL low to U15 12 13 14 Verify this with a logic probe U15 11 will be TTL high since the A15 assembly powers up with the U20 Listen FF reset Clock U15 7 with the Logic Pulser and verify that U15 3 4 5 are TTL low and U15 6 is TTL high Set the DIO switches to the following ATN 87654321 1 00100001 Clock U20 12 to set the U20 Listen FF This causes U15 11 to go TTL low Now set the DIO switches to the following ATN 87654321 1 00010001 This causes the U26 ROM outputs to present a TTL high to U15 12 13 14 Verify this with the logic probe U15 11 should beTTL low Clock U15 7 and verify that U15 3 4 5 are TTL high and U15 6 is TTL low 8 141 Model 5342A Service yapuna itr eR e pean le TRO Part of Figure 8 19 5342 Front A1 Display View 8 142 Model 5342 Service A23 A29J1 A22WAJ 0000000000000 000000060600 7 2 290909 J3 J4 15 12 54 3 2951 Figure 8 20 5342A Rear View 8 143 Model 5342A Service T HIDDEN A21R17 A21R27 Bottom 1985 A12R2 1287 OFS ATIRI A12R12 AM B2 A11R14 DET AGR2 ABR22 6 1 AAR1 ASR
409. itching around 12 4 GHz return loss l 9 dB Offset 9 dB 44dp 5 98 9 19 2 GHz 12 4 GHz 18 GHz FOR AMPLITUDE OPTION put the 5342A in diagnostic mode 5 press SET SET 5 to prevent switching between the sampler input and the peak detector input Measure SW as described above and verify that for amplitude measurements retum loss is 29 5 dB for frequencies from 2 GHz 18 GHz Next put the 5342A in AUTO and frequency only so that amplitude measurements are not made Verify that the retum loss is 23 5 dB for frequencies from 2 18 GHz SW lt 5 1 4 21 Model 5342 Performance Tests 4 33 500 MHz 18 GHz Maximum Input Test Specification 5 dBm Standard Instrument 20 dBm Options 002 003 Description The 5342A display will fill with dashes in an overoad condition The detecting circuits controling the dashing of the display exhibit approximately 2 dB hysteresis so that once the threshold is exceeded the level mus be dropped by approximately 2 dB before the counter will count again Consequently it is critical that in this test the level be approached from below the 5 dBm limit Since the sampler response is greatest near 1 GHz this test is made at 1 GHz The standard instrument is tested first and then the Option 002 or 003 which use a thin film attenuator in front of the sampler to increase the maximum allowable input to 20 dBm is tested if installed Setup Standard Instrument HP 4
410. ive pulse 8 201 CHECK mode is selected the MPU writes to the A10 Divide by N assembly to enable D flip flop U5 and to select a 300 MHz main oscillator frequency Wh LSYNHI going low bit D7 low at U17 13 is clocked in to cause U17 12 to go low thus enabling U5 2 Wan CHECK is not selected U17 12 is high so that U5 is disabled and the CHECK output at XA10 11 is inhibited 8 202 A11 IF LIMITER ASSEMBLY 8 203 The All IF Limiter assembly shown in Figure 8 34 provides an additional 14 dB gain to the IF signal over a bandwidth of 0 1 to 175 MHz For high amplitude signals the output of A11 is amplitude limited The 14 dB amplification is provided by differential pair U2 Potentiometer R1 AMP is used to maximize the gain through U2 by balancing the curents through the differential pair The 75 MHz CHECK signal from A10 enters the IF circuitry at XA11 7 7 CHECK should not be selected when a signal at the type input connector is present 8 204 The All assembly also generates a LPW RST signal which is sent to the A25 Preamplifier assembly to control attenuation for Options 002 and 003 This signal when low resets an RS latch on A25 which causes input attenuation provided by pin diode attenuators in the Amplitude Option 002 and Extended Dynamic Range Option 003 to be reduced by approximately 15 dB The attenuation is increased by 15 dB by a detector on A25 which detects when the signal level into the counter exceeds 4
411. k produces great leverage which can damage the connector mounting Be sure each connector is firmly finger tight screwed in place to keep it from working loose during use 2 38 CABLE LENGTH RESTRICTIONS To achieve design performance with the HP IB proper voltage levels and timing relationship must be maintained If the system cable is too long the lines cannot be driven properly and the system will fail to perform properly Therefore when interconnecting an system it is important to observe the following rules a The total cable length for the system must be less than or equal to 20 metres 65 feet b The total cable length for the system must be equal to or less than 2 metres 6 6 feet times the total number of devices connected to the bus c The total number of instruments connected to the bus must not exceed 15 2 39 5342A Listen Address 2 40 The 5342A contains a rear panel HP IB Instrument address selection switch There are five switches designated As A2 A1 which are used to select the address Instructions for setting and changing the listen address are provided in Section bf this manual along with programming codes 2 41 HP IB Descriptions 2 42 A description of the HP IB is provided in Section this manual A study of this infor mation is necessary if the user is not familiar with the HP IB concept Additional information conceming the design criteria and operation of the bus is avail
412. kHz detector The 500 kHz detector sends a search enable HRSC EN signal to the search generator on the A6 Offset Loop Amplifier if the offset VCO fre quency is not 500 kHz less than the main VCO frequency search signal on is a ramp wave form which drives the offset VCO to a frequency which is 500 kHz less than the main VCO fre quency the 500 kHz detector on A7 detects the presence of 500 kHz the search is stopped The phase detector on A7 compares the difference frequency out of the mixer with a 500 kHz reference derived from the time base The phase signal is sent to 8 122 The A6 Offset Loop Amplifier sums and integrates the two outputs of the phase detector on A7 This emor signal keeps the offset VCO on a frequency which is 500 kHz below the main VCO frequency To get the difference frequency out of the mixer on A7 into the capture range of the phase locked loop formed by A7 A6 and A4 a search generator on A6 is tumed on in the absence of a 500 kHz difference frequency The generator sweeps the offset VCO over its range until the VCO is 500 kHz less than the main VCO the LPOS Slope signal generated on A6 pre vents the loop from locking on the upper sideband where the offset VCO is 500 kHz greater than the main VCO At this point the search generator is disabled and the output of the phase detector on A7 keeps the loop locked 8 123 The offset VCO has two buffered outputs one goes to the A5 RF Multiplexer a
413. l 5342A Adjustments 5 32 Option 001 Oven Oscillator 10544A Adjust the optional oscillator as follows NOTE Allow 24 hour warmup for oven before this adjustment PATTERN MOVEMENT UNKNOWN HIGH UNKNOWN LOW e TRIGGERED SWEEP FREQ STO OUT OSCILLOSCOPE REFERENCE FREQUENCY STANDARD 100 kHz 1 MHz 5 MHz or 10 MHz Connect reference frequency standard to the extemal sync input of the oscilloscope b Connect rear panel FREQ SID OUT of the 5342A to Channel A of the scope Adjust oscillator frequency for minimum sideways movement of the 10 MHz displayed signal By timing the sideways movement in CM per second the approximate offset can be determined based on the oscilloscope sweep speed as shown in the following 1 cm s 1 cm 10 s 1 cm 100 s TIME SCOPE TRACE MOVEMENT WITH SECOND HAND OF WATCH OR CLOCK For example if the trace moves 1 centimetre in 10 seconds and the sweep speed is 0 01 us cm the oscillator signal is within 1 X 10 of the reference frequency 5 9 Model 5342 Adjustments 5 33 OPTION 002 AMPLITUDE MEASUREMENT AD USTM ENTS 5 34 A16 Adjustments 5 35 Adjust resistor R21 A to D converter reference voltage as follows Place 5342A in mode and diagnostic mode 6 see Table 8 8 b Connect a DVM HP 3465A from test point labeled 3 2V connects to pin 8 of A16U8 to the common pin on the board c Adjust A16R21 leftmost potentiometer A16 for a DVM reading
414. l BNC connector provides 25 MHz to 125 MHz output of down converted microwave signal Operating temperature 0 to 50 Power requirements 100 120 220 240V ms 4596 10 48 66 Hz 100 VA Accessories furnished Power cord 229 7 ft Size 133 mm H X 213 mm 498 mm D 514 x 838 1958 Weight Net 9 1 kg 20 Ibs Shipping 12 7 kg 28 Ibs 1 6 This product is a Safety Class instrument provided with a protective earth terminal Safety information pertinent to the operation and servicing of this instrument is included in appropriate sections of this manual 1 7 INSTRUMENT IDENTIFICATION 1 8 Hewlett Packard instruments have a 2 section 10 character serial number 0000A00000 which is located on the rear panel The four digit serial prefix identifies instrument changes If the serial prefix of your instrument differs from that listed on the title page of this manual there are differences between this manual and your instrument Instruments having higher serial prefixes are covered with a Manual Changes sheet included with this manual If the change sheet is missing contact the nearest Hewlett Packard Sales and Service Office listed at the back of this manual Instruments having a lower serial prefix than that listed on the title page are covered inLSection VIII 1 9 ACCESSORIES 1 10 1 2 lists accessory equipment supplied and Table 1 3 lists accessories available Table 1 2
415. lement of 2 c oc on MSB 0 Most significant digit 0 8 189 Before divider chain formed by 012 U9 013 014 and 08 can explained two following divide by N techniques must be discussed a Two modulus prescaler technique b A counter divider chain utilizing 9 s complement 8 190 Two Modulus Prescaler Technique 8 191 The two modulus prescaler technique is illusrated below HIGH AFTER P 1 X D INPUT PULSES SCALER CONTROL DISABLES 0 DISABLE PROGRAMMABLE 2 MODULUS COUNTER COUNTER fin PRESCALER Np fout P OR P 1 COUNTS DOWN COUNTS DOWN TO ZERO TO ZERO fin P OR fin P 1 31 8 192 At first the scaler control line is set to a low level so that the two modulus prescaler can operate as a 1 prescaler Therefore it generates a pulse every input pulses After P 1 input pulses occur the second counter D reaches zero since it was preprogrammed to D at first Wen the content of the second counter D gets to zero it generatesa pulse which changes the level of the scaler control line high and disables the D counter itself at the same time So actually the output of D is not a pulse but a level change Therefore after this change occurs the D counter stops counting and keeps the new state which lets the two modulus pre scaler operate as a prescaler Model Service 8 56 5342A 8 193 Wen th
416. ll performance testing is listed in Table 7 4 Equipment other than that listed may be used if it meets the required characteristic s Table 8 5 Overall Troubleshooting UP DIAGNOSTIC Apply power to the 5342A and press front panel power switch to ON The power up diagnostic routine progressively lights all LED segments in the 5342A display from left to right Finally the following should be displayed briefly LA EE I ILLA If the 5342A powered up properly go to step 2 If not a If E s fill the display then RAM A14U12 failed the check sum routine exercised on power up A14U12 may be faulty if none of the address lines 15 or data lines 06 07 are stuck low or high Check address lines and data lines on A14 for stuck nodes use current tracer such as 547A to find faulty device Stuck data lines may be caused by stuck ROM outputs U1 U4 U7 or stuck buffer inputs U2 U3 If 1 displayed then ROM 1407 failed the check sum routine exercised on power up Since the RAM proved good E s were not displayed the data lines and address lines be OK Replace A14U7 1 If 2 is displayed then ROM A14U4 failed the check sum routine exercised on power up Replace A14UA 2 If 3 is displayed then ROM 1401 failed checksum routine exercised on power up Replace 1401 3 If E16 0 is displayed amplitude Option 002 only then the check sum performed on 1603 failed In this
417. ls of maintenance are listed in and prescribed by TM 38 750 b SF 364 Report of Packaging and Handling Deficiencies Fill out and forward Report of Discrepancy ROD as prescribed in AR 735 11 2 DLAR 4140 55 NAVSUPINST 4610 33B AFR 75 18 MCO p4610 19C and DLAR 4500 15 C Discrepancy in Shipment Report DISREP SF 361 Fill out and forward Discrepancy in Shipment Report DISREP SF 361 as prescribed in AR 55 3 8 NAVSUPINST 4610 33B AFR 75 18 MCO P4610 19C and DLAR 4500 15 0 4 RI Instruc EPORTING OF EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS EIR s will be prepared using DA Form 2407 Maintenance Request tions for preparing EIR s are provided in TM 38 750 The Army Maintenance Management System EIR s should be mailed directly to Commander US Army Communications and Electronics Materiel Readiness Command ATTN DRSEL ME MQ Fort Monmouth New Jersey 07703 A reply will be furnished directly to you 0 5 Adm shall b 0 6 DI Des DMINISTRATIVE STORAGE inistrative storage of equipment issued to and used by Army activities in accordance with TM 740 90 1 ESTRUCTION OF ARMY ELECTRONICS MATERIEL truction of Army electronics materiel to prevent enemy use shall be in accordance with TM 750 244 2 Model 5342A General Information SECTION GENERAL INFORMAT
418. ltage com parator U3 which due to the positive feedback provided by R33 has hysteresis and operates like a Schmitt trigger Wen the dc level from the detecting diode CRI rises above the level at U3 2 set by OFST potentiometer R31 the output of U3 goes TIL high which causes U4 3 to go low This output called LOVL is sent to the 12 IF Detector where it is buffered and read by the microprocessor If LOVL is low then the microprocessor sends dashes to the counter display Potentiometer R31 is adjusted so that LOVL goes low when the RF into the counter exceeds about 5 dBm Wen U4A 3 goes low due to the RF input level exceeding 5 dBm the RS latch formed by U4B and U4D is set so that U4B 6 is TIL high This causes 04 8 to go low which tums off transistor Q4 Wh Q4 tumed off the voltage at the base of Q5 goes to 15 volts and Q5 is tumed off The current source formed by Q6 R41 R39 CR5 and R40 is always on By tuming off the current source formed by Q5 and R36 the curent flowing through the pin diode attenuator Options 002 003 only is decreased and the diode resistance increases by approximately 15 dB This allows signals up to approximately 20 dBm to be measured if Option 002 or 003 is present For signals less than 5 dBm U4C 8 is high Q4 is on and the Q5 current source is on Since more current flows through the pin diode its re sistance is less by 15 dB A LPWST signal from A11 resets the RS latch U4B D when the input
419. lution input signal levels greater than 22 9 dBm it is possible for the IF detector not to indicate an excessive level condition so that frequency will be displayed five leftmost digits However the amplitude option will cause dashes in the amplitude portion of the display because of excessive level 3 17 Model 5342A Operation 3 53 Limit Errors and Sequence Errors 3 54 A limit emor for example setting a manual center frequency less than 500 MHz will be displayed as L Erro M NM GHz MHz kHz H2 3 55 sequence eror for example pressing a digit key before pressing a function key will be displayed as _ _ 5 NN GHz MHz kHz Hz 3 56 For detailed descriptions of codes refer to Table 8 5 3 57 OPTIONS 3 58 The operating characteristics of the 5342A are affected by the addition of any of the options described in the following paragraphs 3 59 Time Base Option 001 3 60 Option 001 provides an oven controlled crystal oscillator time base Model 10544A that results in higher accuracy and longer periods between calibration refer to Table 1 1 The oven temperature is maintained when the 5342A LINE switch is in either the ON or the STBY position provided the instrument is connected to the power mains Wen the OVN indicator in the display is lit the oven is on warming Wen the oven is at the proper temperature the OVN indicator goes out
420. ly shown in Figure 8 32 Bidirectional switch U3 B and D controlled by D flip flop U1B selects the compensation for the phase locked loop by selecting one of two feedback paths around operational amplifier U2 and by selecting one of two low pass filters in the output Wen the HP 5342A is searching for an input signal the wideband filter is selected Wen the HP 5342A is making an actual measurement the namowband filter is selected 8 178 Wen the least significant bit of the data bus from A14 D is a logic 1 and the LPD address is decoded on A14 so that LPD We goes high then U1 8 goes low which selects the wideband filter consisting of inductors L1 L2 capacitors C2 C12 C16 C11 and C1 U1 8 low and U1 9 high transistor Q3 is tumed on and provides 45 6 volts to control pins U3 6 to tum on the switch transistor Q2 is tumed off thus providing a 5 6 volt level to control pins U3 5 and U3 12 to tum off the switch 8 179 Wen D is a logic and LPD We goes high U1 9 goes low and U1 8 goes high This selects the nanowband filter consisting of C8 C9 and C10 and also selects the R15 feedback resistor connected to U2 Wh U1 9 low Q2 is tumed on so that 5 6 volts is applied to control pins U3 5 and U3 12 to tum on the switch Wh U1 8 high Q3 is off and 5 6 volts is applied to control U3 6 to tum off the switch 8 180 The voltage regulator consisting of transistor Q4 diode CR4 resistors R10 R11 and
421. m passing through the switching network over to the other channel A 0 8 volt at the cathode of CR1 causes CRI to be foreward biased and CR2 CR3 to be reversed biased thereby blocking the OFFSET OSC signal The 40 8 volt at the cathode of CR6 reverse biases CR6 and forward biases CR5 and 4 thus permitting the MAIN OSC signal to pass in to the differential amplifier U2 Wh LO SWCH TIL low the current through Q3 increases and the operation is reversed 8 157 The output of the U2 differential pair drives common emitter amplifier U3 which uses one half of a differential transistor pair The output at a level of approximately 15 dBm is ac coupled through C25 and sent to the A26 Sampler Driver 8 158 A6 OFFSET LOOP AMP SEARCH GENERATOR ASSEMBLY 8 159 The Offset Loop Amplifier Search Generator assembly consists of a filter and amplifier which condition the phase signal from A7 for locking the offset loop b A search signal generator which drives the offset VCO such that the difference frequency between the offset VCO and the main VCO is within the capture range of the offset phase locked loop A signal called LPOS Slope is generated on A6 which prevents the loop from locking up when the offset VCO is 500 kHz above the main VCO this insures that the offset VCO is always 500 kHz below the main VCO 8 160 The search generator consists of transistor Q4 Schmitt trigger NAND gates UI1B U1D diodes
422. mbly with a 4 digit positive true BCD encoded number which is the 9 s complement of the desired main VCO frequency The main VCO frequency may be pro grammed with 100 kHz resolution To program the main VCO to a frequency of 342 6 MHz for example the program would want N to be 6573 9 s complement of 3426 The actual overall division factor is 342 6 0050 6852 8 185 Since the data bus isonly 8 bits wide the 4 bit BCD encoded N number is divided into two 2 bit bytes The two more significant bits form the upper byte and the two lower significant bits form the lower byte The upper byte is first loaded into U17 when LSYH decoded on A14 goes high Since the range of VCO is 270 to 380 MHz the most significant digit of the N number will be eithera 6 or 7 9 s complement of 3 and 2 respectively In BCD this means that only the least significant bit of the BCD encoded most significant digit of the N number need be sent If the most significant digit of N is 6 then the D4 input will be a low If MSD of N is 7 then D4 will be high U7A stores the D4 bit and presents it to U8 which represents the most significant digit of the N number 8 186 The lower byte is loaded into 016 and U11 when 1571 decoded on A14 goes high data which has been temporarily stored 016 011 017 is next transfered to U10 015 and U7A by the operation of and U4B LSYL goes high a high is clocked into U4A 5 and is presented to U4B 12
423. measurement clear SRQ and starts the nex measurement NOTE f the counter is placed in the HOLD mode triggered then addressed to talk be sure to use the Wt Until Addressed 572 output mode If not then for short gate times the measurement may be com pleted before the controller addresses the counter to talk and the counter will discard the measurement result and hang up the bus 3 76 The 5342A executes each complete program code as it is received just as if the micro processor were receiving the data from the front panel keyboard Program code strings should be the same order as they would be if being entered from the front panel Wen a data byte is sent to the 5342A HP IB Option 011 the HP IB interface stores the byte and sends an intenupt to the microprocessor which reads in the byte If the byte does not complete a program code then the microprocessor waits for the next byte s until a complete code is sent for example SR5 is a complete code but SR is not Aftera complete code is received the microprocessor executes the code and begins the measurement If more codes are in the string another interrupt is gener ated For example if the string SR5AU is sent by the controller the S is the first byte received and stored by the 5342A HP IB interface The interface generates an intemupt to the micro processor and the S is read by the MPU Since S is not a complete code the microprocessor 3 23 Model 5342
424. mode QI Q2 Q3 Q4 53 57 57 57 59 B 50 B 462 B C 147 C 57 C 53 C 151 CONDITIONS 5342A NOT in CHECK mode 92 57 46 2 5 3 57 50 57 Junction of CR4 1 58 07 00 00 0 5 B 001 C 00 0 02 3 0 3 5 4 7 3 6 2 1 57 3 1 9 6 179 Model 5342A Manual Changes ERRATA Cont d Table 1 Troubleshooting Information Continued The following charts are provided as an aid to troubleshooting 5342A assemblies thru 9 A11 thru A14 A25 and A26 This information was to be published in the permanent 5342A manual but was inadvertently omitted Its intended location was the apron of the appropriate assembly schematic diagram A11 IF LIMITER ASSEMBLY CONDITIONS No input signal NOT in CHECK mode Ut With 5342A in CHECK mode u 2 3 0 05 7 49 1 3 5 7 8 A32 IF DETECTOR ASSEMBLY CONDITIONS No input signal NOT in CHECK mode qi NO 16 INPUT B 13 SIGNAL C 16 grounded case A13 COUNTER ASSEMBLY CONDITIONS No input signal SAMPLE RATE to HOLD qi 92 Q3 2 1 B 17 Signature Chart With the test set up described in Table 8 9 steps 1 2 3 the following signatures should be observed c 5 us ute uv U18 0000 0003 0003 0356 0000 0002 0003 0000 1H3U P760 0759 0001 48 5P44 U75A 9UP1 C531 F963 7791 0001 8487 7792 4868 18AP 1 2 37 5 486 0000 00
425. n 002 Amplitude Measurement Troubleshooting 8 127 Option 001 HP IB Troubleshooting 8 137 Acceptor Handshake HP IB 8 137 Source Handshake HP IB 8 138 U23 U26 ROM Table HP IB 8 139 Figure B p N g E TETTE EIE 5 edle a EN ds Ps pa paon Kamy pam Fam Pe oo lt gt lt gt lt gt bo lt Ico co J col bs I lt gt 5342 List of Figures LIST OF FIGURES Title Page Model 5342A Microwave Frequency Counter 1 1 Line Voltage Selection 2 1 Power Cable HP Part Numbers versus Mains Plugs Available 2 2 Hewlett Packard Interface Bus 2 10 Front Panel Controls and Indicators 3 5 Rear Panel Controls and Connectors Operating Procedures 3 8 Amplitude Measurements Option 002 DAC Operation Option 004 3 13 Sch
426. n in Figure 8 25 The components of this circuit are added to the A2 Display Driver Assembly to provide Option 004 NOTE The following description assumes a knowledge of the theory of operation of AI Display A2 Display Driver and A14 Microprocessor paragraph 8 225 8 342 The four data lines 00 03 and two address lines Ao A1are connected to the input of the DAC circuit as shown in Figure 8 25 These lines from A14 Microprocessor are connected 016 on 2 assembly as shown in Figure 8 24 The only other signal input to the DAC circuit is the Load Digital Analog LDA signal from Decoder U17 on A14 Microprocessor Service Model 5342 Service 8 80 8 343 Data lines 00 03 are connected to counters U14 U20 and U21 which act as buffer regis ters control lines connected to 45V Wen LDA is low the Ao and 1 lines are decoded 015 to provide a clock signal to the buffer registers Each of the buffer registers provides a 4 bit out put to the 12 bit digital to analog converter U23 Register U14 020 and U21 provide the least next and most significant digit respectively to U23 for conversion to analog voltage which is output at pin 15 to the DAC OUT connector 8 344 The GAIN AD variable resistor R25 and OFFSET variable resistor R27 are intemal service adjustments to set the high and low limits of the DAC output voltage Refer to paragraph 5 41 for adjustment procedures 8 345 To keep incremental changes in the DAC
427. nal amplifier option oscillator oxide ounce ohm peak used in parts list pulse amplitude modulation printed circuit pulse code moudulation pulse count modulation pulse duration modulation picofarad phosphor bronze Phillips now uun PIN PL PLO PM PNP POLY PORC POS POSN POT PREAMPL PRF PRR ps PT PTM PWM REG REPL RF RFI SCR SE SECT SEMICON SHF 5 SIL St SNR SPOT SPG SR SPST 558 SST STL sa SwR SYNC T TA TC TO positive intrinsic negative pegk inverse voltage peak phase lock phase lock oscillator z phase modulation positive negative positive part of polystyrene porcelain positive position s used in parts list position potentiometer peak to peak peak to peak used in parts list pulse position modulation preamplifier pulse repetition frequency pulse repetition rate picosecond point pulse time modulation pulse width modulation peak working voltage resistance capacitance rectitier reference reguiated replaceable radio frequency radio frequency interference round head right hand resistance inductance capacitance rack mount only root mean square round read only memory rack and panel reverse working voltage scattering parameter second
428. nal and will be measured by the 5342A if the range switch is changed to the 10 Hz 500 MHz range impedance select should be in 500 To change MANUAL center frequency place the range switch back in the 500 MHz 18 GHz position and SET MAN Verify that the counter measures the proper MAIN OSC fre A8 quency for each of the MANUAL center frequencies selected MAN CENTER MAIN OSC FREQ FREQ 500 MHz 300 0 MHz 550 MHz 312 5 MHz 600 MHz 337 5 MHz 650 MHz 350 0 MHz Also test the output level of the A8 outputs Using an RF Millivoltmeter with a high Z probe the following A8 output levels should be measured 100 mV XA8 7 MAIN OSC 500 mV rms XA8 3 MAIN VCO 250 mV rms XA8 DIV N 250 mV rms These levels are essentially independent of frequency If steps 1 and 2 pass the test then the Main Loop Synthesizer is working properly If not proceed to step 3 A8 FREE RUN FREQUENCY CHECK Connect XA5 10 the MAIN OSC signal to the direct count input front panel BNC of the 5342 Use a coax cable BNC on one end and alligator clips on the other With a jumper short MAIN CNTRL A9TP1 to ground The 5342A should read approximately 325 MHz 2 MHz If not adjust A8R22 If no signal is present repair A8 Test all of the A8 outputs for a signal 8 113 TABLE 8 15 A10 Model 5342 Service TABLE 8 15 A8 A9 10 8 114 Table 8 15 A8 A9 A10 Loop Synthesizer Troubleshooting Continued Troubleshoo
429. nal at pin 1 then enables the counter by latching the parallel data into the counter The count up clock at pin 8 clocks the 2 counter and pin 6 clocks the 5 counter the counter is clocked at pins 8 or 6 the outputs will change on the negative going edge of the signal An active low at the R reset input pin 13 causes all the outputs to go low independent of the counting state Reference Designation A10U8 A10U9 A10U13 A10U14 Part Number 1820 1429 74LS160 Description SYNCHRONOUS DECADE COUNTER This synchronous presettable decade counter has four master slave flip flops that are triggered on positive going edge of the clock pulse pin 2 LOV t the load input pin 9 disables the counter and causes the outputs to agree with the setup data after the next clock pulse regardless of the levels at the enable inputs pins 7 and 10 The clear function pin 1 is asynchronous and low level clear input sets all outputs low regardless of the levels of the clock load or enable inputs Both count enable inputs pins 7 and 10 must be HIGH to count and the pin 10 input is fed forward to neable the output pin 15 8 31 Model 5342A Service Reference Designation A10U10 A10U15 A10U17 Part Number 1820 1196 SN74LS174N Reference Designation A1W11 A10U16 Part Number 1820 1195 SN74LS175N Description HEX QUAD D TYPE FLIP FLOPS Information at the D inputs is transferred to the outputs
430. natures for ROM Combinations listed A14U1 P N 1818 0329 A14U1 1818 0698 A14U1 1818 0698 A14U1 P N 1818 0330 A14U4 1818 0697 A14U4 1818 0697 A14U7 P N 1818 0331 A14U7 1818 0331 A14U7 1818 0706 i If these signatures are good suspect buffers U2 and U3 If any of these signatures are bad then perform the following to isolate the problem to a particular ROM U7 ROM Test START and STOP of 5004A to test point on A14 extender board CLOCK of 5004A to test point on A14 START to slope 7 STOP to slope 7 CLOCK to slope f GND of data probe to ground 1451 and 1452 switches remain unchanged 5V 826P Signal Name Signatures for ROM Combinations listed 1401 P N 1818 0329 1401 1818 0698 A14U1 1818 0698 1401 P N 1818 0330 A14U4 1818 0697 A14U4 1818 0697 A14U7 p N 1818 0331 1407 1818 0331 1407 1818 0706 D D1 U4 ROM test change the START and STOP of the 5004 to the R2 test point on the A14 extender board All other settings remain unchanged 15V 826P 8 95 Model 5342 Service Table 8 9 A14 Microprocessor Troubleshooting Continued U1 ROM test change the START and STOP of the 50044 to the R1 test point on the A14 ex tender board All other settings remain unchanged 5V 826P Signal Name Signatures for ROM Combinations listed A14U1 P N 1818 0329 A14U1 1818 0698 A14U1 1818 0698 A14U4 P N 1818 0330 A14
431. ncy measurement 1 10 Hz to 25 MHz 50 mV rms Measurement time 100 ms frequency mea Impedance Selectable 1 MW 50 pF or 50W surement ti me nominal Display Simultaneously displays frequency to 1 Coupling ac MHz resolution and input level Option 011 Connector Type BNC female provides full frequency resolution on HP IB Maximum input 500 3 5V rms 24 dBm or 5V out put dc fuse protected 1 MW 200V dc 5 0V rms INPUT 2 500 impedance only TIME BASE Frequency range 10 MHz 20 MHz Crystal frequency 10 MHz Dynamic range frequency and level Stability 17 dBm to 20 dBm Aging rate 1 X 10 per month Damage level 24 dBm peak Short term 1X 10 9 for 1 second average time Resolution 0 1 dBm Temperature lt 1 X 10 6 over the range 0 C to Accuracy 1 5 dB excluding mismatch 50 C uncertainty Line variation X 10 7 for 10 change from SWR 1 8 1 nominal Measurement time 100 ms frequency mea Output frequency 10 MHz 22 4V square wave surement time TTL compatible 1 5V peak to peak into Display Simultaneously displays frequency to 1 50N available from rear panel BNC MHz resolution and input level Acquisition time Automatic mode Normal FM 530 ms worst case wide FM 2 4 s worst case Manual mode 80ms after frequency entered 1 2 Information General Table 1 1 Model 5342A Specifications Continued EXTENDED DYNAMIC RANGE OPTION 003 Option 003 provides an at
432. nd the other is fed back to the A7 Mixer Search Control assembly 8 124 IF Section 8 125 The IF section amplifies the output of the U1 sampler and routes this IF to A13 for coun ting It also provides digital outputs which indicate that the IF signal is of sufficient amplitude to be counted and that it is in the proper frequency range The A25 Preamplifier assembly provides high gain amplification approximately 42 dB for the output of the sampler the sampler has a 48 dB conversion efficiency which means that an input signal ata level of dBm will yield an IF at approximately 48 dBm The All IF Limiter assembly limits the amplitude of the IF signal The A12 IF Detector assembly detects both the amplitude of the IF as well as the frequency of the IF During the sweep the microprocessor monitors the state of the 50 MHz 100 MHz detector out put of A12 and stops sweeping when that detector is true At the conclusion of the determi nation the latched 25 MHz 125 MHz detector output is checked If this detector is true then the IF signal never varied beyond the 25 125 MHz range nor did it drop too low in amplitude It the detector is false then the computation of maybe and the algorithm specifies that the sweep start at a frequency 100 kHz lower than where it previously stopped sweeping Service 8 43 Vv 8 8 12018 dH 6 9 e1n81j 10 Hz 500 MHz MAIN OSCILLATOR AB MAIN VCO ASSEMBLY A9 MAIN
433. o the state of the front panel set tings just prior to going to remote Goes to local front panel con trol In absence of front panel data local operation is accord ing to the state of the remote data just prior to going to local Disables front panel RESET 7 5342 remains in remote Local lockout cleared and re tums to local front panel control Pulls on SRQ to indicate end of a measurement In serial poll mode 5342A out puts decimal 80 01010000 to indicate end of measurement Does not use Clears Talk Listen Serial Poll Enable registers on 5342 interface Front panel annunci ators do not change however red 702 A wrt 702 AUSR4 trg 7 trg 702 clr 7 or clr 702 rds 7 A if bit 7 A bit 7 1 if SRQ true rds 702 A if A 80 then 5342A is ready to output Model 5342A Operation Table 3 3 Address Selection Rear panel address switch ADDRESS NOT USED Shown in addressable mode and address 02 If the 5342A is in TALK ONLY mode and it is desired to return to the addressable mode set TALK ONLY switch to 0 and press RESET on front panel ASCII CODE CHARACTER ADDRESS SWITCHES Emi DECIMAL CODE Qn 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 lt 0 gt 9
434. o XA16 connector Perform the operational verification procedures in paragraphs 4 13 and 4 16 of this manual 2 32 Installation of Digital to Analog Conversion DAC Option 004 2 33 Option 004 consiss of an A2 Display Driver Assembly 05342 60028 that contains DAC circuitry added to the standard A2 circuit Interconnecting wires are included with the Option 004 retrofit kit 05342 60202 Procedures for installation of Option 004 are as follows 2 7 Model 5342A Installation a Remove top and bottom covers front frame and A1 A2 assemblies Refer to disassembly procedures paragraph 8 22 b Replace the original A2 board 05342 60002 with Option 004 A2 board 05342 60028 and reassemble unit C If the series number of the instrument is 1812 or lower the U7 ROM 1818 0331 on the A14 Microprocessor board will have to be replaced with U7 ROM 1818 0706 as described in step d If instrument has the 1818 0706 ROM proceed to step e CAUTION ROM U7 is a large scale MOS IC inputs are susceptible to damage by high voltage and by static charges Particular care should be exercised when servicing this IC or handling it under conditions where static charges can build up d Remove top plate from 5342A Remove A14 Microprocessor and replace ROM U7 part number 1818 0331 with part number 1818 0706 Install A14 e Atbottom of 5342A connect coaxcable to the connectoratthe bottom rear of A2 board labeled D A OUTP Solderthe oth
435. o the troubleshooting procedures in Table 8 5 ROM A14U4 ROM A14U1 3 51 Operator Error Displays Model 5342A Operation 3 52 The display indicates when the applied signal is insufficient or excessive in level or limits as follows Operating Mode Frequency Frequency Amplitude Option 002 Amplitude Option 002 Frequency tAmplitude Option 002 Frequency Amplitude Option 002 Amplitude Option 002 NOTES Range Switch 10 Hz 500 MHz 500 MHz 18 GHz 10 Hz 500 MHz 500 MHz 18 GHz 500 2 18 GHz 10 Hz 500 MHz and 500 MHz 18 GHz 10 Hz 500 MHz and 500 MHz 18 GHz 10 Hz 500 MHz and 500 2 18 GHz Insufficient Signal Level Display BE HEN GHz 2 kHz Hz FACE Phd ALL LILILJ LI GHz MHz kHz Hz Hn mo L lari Piri Farry LIII LILI LILII Excessive Signal Level Display Overrange due to offset LITERE XXE RETI NE bou UTE 1 71 Frequency measurement In presence of excessive frequency offset will be all 9 s 10 2 500 MHz and 500 MHz 18 GHz Out of Frequency Limits Amplitude rt a GE NE eee if frequency lt 10 MHz or frequency gt 18 4 GHz Shown for 1 Hz resolution Digit shifts one position to left for each step decrease in reso
436. o ways This may be shown either of two ways Note the equivalence of these symbols to examples 1 and 2 and the fact that the function table is a positive logic translation H 1 L of the NAND truth table and also note thatthe function table is the negative logic translation 2 L 1 of the NOR truth table given in Example 3 Note the equivalence of these symbols to examples 3 and 4 and the fact that the function table is a positive logic translation 1 150 of the NOR truth table and also note that the function table is the negative logic translation H2 L 1 of the the NAND truth table given in Example 1 8 70 It should be noted that one can easily convert from the symbology of positive logic merely by substituting a polarity indicator gt for each negative indicator while leaving the distinctive shape alone To convert from the symbology of negative logic a polarity indication is substituted for each negation indicator and the OR shape is substituted for the AND shape or vice versa 8 71 It was shown that any device that can perform OR logic can also perform AND logic and vice versa DeMorgan stransformation is illustrated in Example 1 through 7 The rules of the transformation are 1 Ateach input or output having a negation o or polarity indicator delete the indicator 2 At each input or output not having an indicator add a negation o or polarity A indicator 3 Substitut
437. of the 5342A reading Be sure to change the 436A calibration factor with frequency At each frequency increase level by taking out 10 dB in the 8495B attenuator and verify that the readings agree within 1 5 dB Record the actual 5342A amplitude readings on the performance test record Table 4 5 Set the 8620C to 12 4 GHz and adjust the output level to 15 dBm as mea sured on the 436A Power Meter Slowly vary the frequency to 18 GHz and verify that the 5342A counts correctly Take measurements at 12 4 GHz 15 GHz 17 GHz 18GHz and verify that the 5342A is within 1 5 dB of the 436A reading be sure to adjust 436A calibration factor At each frequency increase level by reducing 8495B by 10 dB and verify that readings again agree within 1 5 dB Record the actual amplitude readings on the performance test record 4 5 4 27 Model 5342A Performance Tests 4 37 10 Hz 500 MHz Input 500 Minimum Level and Amplitude Accuracy Test Option 002 Specification 1 5 dB accuracy for frequencies from 10 MHz to 520 MHz Minimum Level 17 dBm Setup HP 8620C HP 86222A HP 436A SWEEPER OR POWER METER 86290A HP 11667A POWER SPLITTER HP 8481A POWER SENSOR HP 8495B STEP ATTENUATOR Connect the 11667 directly using type N to BNC adapter to the 5342A BNC low frequency input Connect 8481A directly to the other 11667A output Set the 5342A to 10 Hz 500 MHz range 500 and amplitude mode Set the 86222A to 10
438. om U2 to A22 motherboard XA16B pin p Solder white brown red wire from U2 to A22 motherboard XA16B Harness the coax cables and wires with wraps supplied Connect cable 05342 60119 from A27J1 to A1J3 s Connect cable A1J3 A27J2 to A27J2 t Reconnect A1J1 J1 IF OUT INT and J2 IF OUT EXT and harness with tie wrap u Harness the white cables with tie wraps supplied NOTE The ROM and U2 High Frequency Amplitude Assembly are supplied as a matched pair and are included under one replaceable part number 05342 80005 Install the ROM supplied with option into U3 socket on A16 05342 60038 board w Replace resistor R2 on A16 board with a resistor of the value labeled on U2 assembly X Insert the plug of 8120 2268 cable into mating socket on A16 board 05342 60038 and install A16 into connector XA16 Perform the Option 002 adjustments listed under paragraph 5 33 through 5 39 of this manual z Perform the operational verification procedures in and 4 1 of this manual NOTE If the instrument does not meet the specified accuracy of 1 5 dB as described in paragraph 4 14 perform the following procedures Replace resistor R6 from the A27 Low Frequency Amplitude Assembly and replace with a resistor of a higher or lower value as shown below For lower power readings increase the value and for higher power readings decrease the value of resistor R6 as follows dB Change R6 Changes ohms
439. on should be 360 ms The time where the signal is high and not switching is controlled by the front panel sample rate control and resolution of counter If the rear panel switch is placed in the FM position then the time during which the signal is switch ing should extend to 2 1 seconds actually 2 096 A sample of what the sequence looks like is shown below where the sweep speed of the scope has been increased to 100 us 2V LO SWITCH 5 5 me If LO SWITCH is stuck low then the 5342A will not acquire even if all the IF circuitry is working properly This is due to the fact that during acquisition a 1 us measurement is made on the IF and this requires that LO SWITCH go high to select the A counter on A13 This measurement is made to insure that the IF is in the proper frequency range The above troubleshooting procedure will not work in this case since diagnostic mode 3 can not be entered This condition would be evidenced by the counter displaying SP2 in diagnostic mode 0 8 109 Model 5342 Table 8 14 A17 Timing Generator Troubleshooting Continued IF LO SWITCH is not present check the TP5 test point on A17 to see if the prs gener ator is working Put the counter in diagnostic mode 2 for continual prs generation TP5 is high during the prs and should remain high for 360 ms normal or CW mode on rear panel or for 2 096 seconds FM mode TPS TEST POINT ON A17 17 5 TABLE 8 14
440. on the positive edge of the clock pulse pin 9 Clock triggering occurs at a particular voltage level The hex FFs have single outputs the quad FFs have complementary outputs Reference Designation A12U10 A12U15 Part Number 1820 1193 SN74LS197N Description 30 MHz PRESETTABLE BINARY COUNTERS LATCHES This counter consists of four master slave flip flops that form a divide by two and a divide by eight counter The outputs may be preset to any state by placing a low on pin 1 and entering the desired data The outputs will change to agree with the inputs regardless of the state of the clocks When used as a high speed 4 bit ripple through counter the output of pin 5 must be externaly connected to the clock 2 input pin 6 The input count pulses are applied to the clock 1 input pin 8 Simultaneous divisions by 2 4 8 and 16 are performed at output pins 12 2 9 and 5 respectively When used as a 3 bit ripple through counter the input count pulses are applied to the clock 2 input pin 6 Simultaneous frequency divisions by 2 4 and 8 are avail able at the Qc and Qp outputs Independent use of flip flop A is available if the load and clear functions coincide with those of the 3 bit ripple through counter 8 32 Model 5342 Service Reference Designation A13U1 A13U2 Part Number 1820 0634 Description SIX DECADE COUNTER The six decade counter is an MOS 6 digit 10 MHz ripple through counter with buffer stor
441. oprocessor determines which command was sent according to the table and acts accordingly 8 365 Wen the serial poll enable signal is sent U26 2 goes high and U23 3 goes high to clock Serial poll flip flop U29B to the high state Wen the serial poll disable signal is sent U26 3 goes low and U23 3 goes high to clock U29B to the low state 8 366 Acceptor Handshake 8 367 The acceptor handshake is enabled by U1B 4 low control line of bus is low indicating address information is being sent or U1 B 5 low the 5342A has been addressed to listen Wen the talking device puts data on the HP IB data bus and pulls LDAV low indicating data valid the acceptor handshake causes HDAC to go high indicating that the data has been read into U27 After the data in U27 has been read by the microprocessor the acceptor hand shake causes HRFD to go high indicating that U27 has been read by the MPU and that the MPU is ready to receive the next data byte 8 368 A timing diagram of a typical acceptor handshake is shown below The talker places a data byte on the eight data lines and after allowing for settling pulls LDAV low to indicate to the listener 5342A in this case that there is valid data on the data bus The first positive tran sition of the i 2 clock after LDAV goes low clocks a high into flip flop U3B 9 This causes the input to U3A 2 to go high On the next clock U3A 5 goes high and U3A 6 goes low U3A 5 high and U3B 9 high
442. or 120V ac to isolate the instrument from the power main The measurements in this troubleshooting procedure may be made only if an iso lation transformer is used Connect 5342A power cord to isolation transformer TABIF 8 10 19 20 The first step in power supply troubleshooting is to check the state of the green LED A20 and the red LED on A21 If the green LED is on and the red LED is off then the 5V D supply is working properly If the red LED is on and the green LED is off then one or more of the voltage outputs of A20 A21 may be drawing excessive current Even if the green LED is on one of the regulated outputs of A21 may be shut down due to excessive current Check the following voltage levels SUPPLY LOCATION VALUE 5 2 158 3 5 2 0 1 05 5V D 158 4 5 0 1 V 15 XA15B 2 15 0 5 15V 15 1 15 0 5 V 5V A 5 7 5 0 1 V 12V oven 21 14 12 0 5 V 12V 21 16 16 12 0 5 If this voltage is not correct adjust A21R17 before making other voltage measurements NOTE If one or more of the voltage outputs is at ground then a probable cause is that one of the assemblies in the instrument connected to that voltage output has a short to ground Remove assemblies connected to that voltage output one at a time until the short is removed After removing an assembly replace it in the instru ment if that assembly is not the problem This must
443. or clips on the other Adjust A4R1 for the proper frequency if neces sary Check that the level is approximately 600 mV rms 3 If A4 is good then either or A7 has failed Pull the OFFSET LOOP AMP from the instrument put A7 on an extender board and monitor A7U1 5 and A7U1 10 the phase detector outputs with an oscillosqpe Put the 53424 in AUTO 500 MHz 18GHz range and no signal input Ground 4 5 the OFFSET CNTRL signal with a clip lead to cause A4 TABLE 8 17 to go to 325 MHz It may be necessry to push MAN then AUTO in order to get the charac A4 A6 A7 teristic display of all zeros and start the instrument sweeping The display should be as follows A7U16 5 A7U1 10 A9TP1 MAIN CNTRL 701 0 If these signals present then A7 is OK 8 122 Model 5342 Service Table 8 17 A4 A6 A7 Offset Loop Synthesizer Troubleshooting Continued If these signals are not present then the mixer portion of A7 should be checked With out of the instrument ground XA4 5 so that the A4VCO goes to 325 MHz Put the 5342A in manual mode and program the MAN center frequency to check that the VCO fre quency is that desired put the 5342A in diagnostic mode 1 so that the main VCO fre is displayed For example program the MAN center frequency to 576 MHz the iagnostic mode 1 displays 325 5 MHz as the main VCO frequency Monitor A7TP1 the output of the mixer and check for the presence of the di
444. or later check the LSRQ line to pin 13 to be sure the jumper is installed as shown in Figure 8 38 4 7 5342 Perfommance Tests 4 8 4 21 perform the verification set up the 5342A as shown and set its rear panel address switches to address 07 FREQ STD OUT HP IB CABLE _98034 HP IB INTERFACE SET ADDRESS 7 9825 should have either the 98213A General 1 0 Extended 1 ROM or the 98214A Plotter Generat IMPEDANCE SELECT 5022 1 0 Extended 1 0 ROM 5342A ADDRESS SWITCHES TALK ONLY s Co 4 22 The program listed in Table 42 may be keyed into the 9825A or may be loaded from a HP IB Verification Cassette HP P N 59300 10001 Revison B or later which also contains HP IB verification programs for the 59300 series of instruments To run the program on the cassette insert the cassette into 9825A load file 0 and press RUN Enter 5342 when the instrument mode number is requested and select code 707 when select code is requested The 9825A will then load the 5342A verification program into memory 4 23 Apply power to the 5342A and verify that the counter powers up in AUTO mode and REMOTE off Verify that when the range switch is placed in the 10 Hz 500 MHz position and impedance select to 500 the counter counts its 10 MHz time base 4 24 The program goes through 14 check points for the standard instrument and an additional 4 check points for the amplitude option
445. ounded U4 pin 3 Q1 AND 02 A26 SAMPLER DRIVER ASSEMBLY CONDITIONS Ground sampler driver to chassis Disconnect cable at 26 2 No signal input no output Qi Ui CR2 CR1 L 59 Y 1275 Anode 5 187 Anode V 5 19 2 155 Cathode 5 19 Cathode 0 03 0 17 3 0 82 4 Not Usedi 5 9 Not Usedi 6 0 80 7 0 16 8 5 02 5342 Manual Changes CHANGE 1 1904 Pages 6 33 bind 6 34 fable 6 3 25 05342 60025 Replaceable Parts Change A25 from SERIES 1804 to SERIES 1904 Delete A25C32 capacitor HP Part No 0160 4082 Delete A25CR3 and CR4 diodes HP Part No 1901 0040 Delete A25Q3 transistor HP Part No 1854 0071 Delete A25R35 resistor Part No 0698 7241 Delete A25R37 resistor HP Part No 0698 7259 Delete A25R38 resistor HP Part No 0698 7253 NOTE The above parts serve no electrical function on circuit board assembly A25 A25 Schematic Diagram Change series number at top of diagram from 1804 to 1904 Delete A25C 32 R35 R37 and R38 Make appropriate changes in REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS table and TABLE OF ACTIVE ELEMENTS Page 6 36 Table 6 3 Miscellaneous Replaceable Parts Add 1400 0985 CD 1 CLAMP RIBBON CABLE 28480 1400 0985 CHANGE 2 1916A Al 05342 60001 Replaceable Parts Change Al from SERIES 1720 to SERIES 1916 Change A1DS1 thru A1DS8 to 1990 0670 in HP Part Number and Mfr Part Number columns Change CD column from 7 to 0 Page 8
446. plying LOW only Reference Designation A2U3 Part Number 1820 1443 SN74LS293N Description 4 BIT BINARY COUNTER This binary counter has four master dave flip flops and gating for which the count cycle length is divide by eight The counter has a gated zero reset To use the maxi mum count length the pin 11 input is connected to the pin 9 output The input count pulses are applied to the pin 10 input Reference Designation A2U8 A2U11 Part Number 1820 0428 SN7489 Description 64 READ WTE MEMORY This memory has an of 64 flip flop memory cells in a matrix to provide 16 words of 4 bits each Information present at the data input pins 4 6 10 12 is written into memory by holding both the memory enable pin 2 and write enable pin 3 LOW while addressing the desired word at the BCD weighted inputs pins 1 13 14 15 The complement of the information written into memory is read out at the four out puts by holding memory enable pin 2 LOWwrite enable pin 3 HIGH and selec ting the desired address 8 28 Model 5342A Service Reference Designation 2012 2016 Part Number 1820 1254 DM8095N Reference Designation A14U16 A14U18 Part Number 1820 1368 DM8096N A2U12 A2U16 A14U16 A14U18 Reference Designation A2U6 1820 1049 DM8097N Reference Designation A14U8 Part Number 1820 1255 DM8098N A2U6 A14U8 Description HEX BUFFERS HEX INVERTERS The buffers 8095 8097 and inv
447. power level drops below about 15 dBm 8 290 A26 SAMPLER DRIVER ASSEMBLY 8 291 The A26 Sampler Driver shown in Figure 8 46 the LO FREQ sine wave signal into a negative spike waveform at the same frequency as the LO FREQ signal input The spike goes from 40 7V dc to about 8V dc with a slew rate of approximately 8 picoseconds volt This fast transition is used to tum on the sampling diodes in the sampler for a few picoseconds and is necessary in order to produce useable harmonics of the VCO frequency up beyond 18 GHz 8 292 The input frequency in the range of 300 to 350 MHz is applied to a common collec tor amplifier formed by one half of transistor pair U1 ac coupling for the LO FREQ signal is provided on the A5 RF Multiplexer The otuput is taken off the emitter of the 1st transistor through R5 and is applied to the common emitter formed by the other half of U1 Matching network L1 L2 is used to match the output impedance of U1 to the step re covery diode CRI 8 293 AGC is provided by coupling part of the 01 output through CR5 to detecting diode CR2 The detected dc voltage which appears across C10 is used to cause transistor Q1 to con duct more or less cument thereby changing the gain through the first transistor in Ul The gain is changed in such a fashion as to cause the A26 output at the SMA connector A26 1 to have litle change in amplitude for variations in input signal amplitude The out
448. pport General Support D Depot B 2 e Column 5 Tools and Equipment Column specifies by code those common tool sets individual tools and special tools test and sup port equipment required to perform the designated function f Column 6 Remarks Column 6 contains alphabetic code which leads to the remark section IV Remarks which is pertinent to the item opposite the particular code B 4 Tool and Test Equipment Requirement sect Ill a Tool or Test Equipment Reference Code The numbers in this column coincide with the numbers used in the tools and equipment column of the MAC The numbers indicate the applicable tool or test equipment for the maintenance functions b Maintenance Category The codes in this column indicate the maintenance category allo cated the tool or test equipment c Nomenclature This column lists the noun name and nomenclature of the tools and test equipment required to perform the mainten functions d National NATO Stock Number This column lists the National NATO stock number of the specified tool or test equipment e Tool Number This column lists the manu facturer s part number of the tool followed by the Federal Supply Code for manufacturers 5 digit in parentheses B 5 Remarks sect IV a Reference Code This code refers to the ap propriate item in section II column 6 b Remarks This column provides the required explanatory information necessary to clarify items appea
449. previous values and change the sign of offsets as described inj Figure 3 3 3 26 SAMPLE RATE GATE and REMOTE 3 27 The SAMPLE RATE control adjusts the deadtime between the end of one measurement and the start of the next measurement The duration of the measurement is determined by the Model 5342A Operation resolution selected The SAMPLE RATE is variable between 20 ns and HOLD In HOLD position the display will hold the measurement displayed indefinitely 3 28 The GATE indicator is lit during the measurement interval gate time when the counter s gate is open and accumulating counts 3 29 The REMOTE indicator is lit when the 5342A is in remote operation Option 011 installed 3 30 AM Tolerance 3 31 The 5342A will measure carrier frequencies containing amplitude modulation to any modulation index provided the minimum voltage of the signal is not less than the sensitivity specification of the 5342A 3 32 FM Tolerance 3 33 The 5342A will measure carier frequencies which are modulated in frequency such as a microwave radio carrier The FM tolerance is the worst case FM deviation which can be present without affecting the counters ability to acquire the signal If the deviations about the carrier are symmetrical then the counter averages out the deviations to measure the actual carrier fre quency The FM tolerance is determined by the position of CWM switch on the rear panel The CMposition provides FM tolerance of 20 MH
450. prs generator on A17 Timing Generator 10 MHz signal from A18Time Base to FREQ 50 OUT con nector on rear panel 8 11 5342 Service 8 22 DISASSEMBLY AND REASSEMBLY 8 23 Before performing any of the following disassembly or reassembly procedures the fol lowing steps must be performed a Set LINE ON STBY switch to STBY position b Remove line power cable from Input Power Module A23 8 24 Top Cover Removal 8 25 To remove the top cover proceed as follows Place 5342A with top cover facing up b At top rear of instrument remove pozidrive screw from rear cap retainer and remove retainer C Slide top cover back until free from frame and lift off d To gain access to pc assemblies remove screws from top plate and remove plate 8 26 Bottom Cover Removal 8 27 To remove the bottom cover proceed as follows a Place 5342A with bottom cover facing up x In the following step the two front plastic feet must be removed from the bottom panel to avoid damage to internal wiring b Remove two front plastic feet from bottom cover Liftupon back edge of plastic foot and push back on front edge of plastic foot to free foot from bottom cover C Loosen captive pozidrive screw at rear edge of bottom cover d Slide bottom cover back until it clears the frame Reverse the procedure to replace the cover 8 28 FRONT FRAME REMOVAL 8 29 To remove front frame from main housing of the instrument proce
451. ption Mfr Part Number Designation Number 3m 05342 00027 6 LOW FREQUENCY AMPLITUDE MODULE 28480 05342 60027 A27C1 0160 3879 7 5 CAPACITOR 01UF 20 1000 VDC 28480 0160 3879 A27C3 0160 3879 7 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100 VDC CER 28480 0160 0579 A27C4 0160 0576 5 1 CAPACITOR 1UF 20 50 VDC CER 28480 0160 0576 27 4 0160 3879 7 CAPACITOR 01UF 20 100 28480 0160 3879 27 5 0160 3879 7 CAPACITOR 01UF 20 100 28480 0160 3879 A27C6 0160 3879 7 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100 VDC 28480 0160 3879 A27C7 0160 4082 6 3 CAPACITOR EXDT THRU 1000PT 20 200 28480 0160 4082 A27C8 0160 4082 6 CAPACITOR FXDT THRU 1000PT 20 200 VDC 28480 0160 4082 A27C9 0160 4082 6 CAPACITOR FXDT THRU 1000PT 20 200 VDC 28480 0160 4082 A27C10 0160 3926 5 1 CAPACITOR FXDT THRU 1000 20 200 VDC 28480 0160 3926 A27CR1 1901 0639 4 2 DIODE PIN 110V 28480 5082 3080 A27CR2 1901 0639 4 DIODE PIN 110V 28480 5082 3082 A27CR3 CR4 1906 0208 3 2 DIODE SCHOTTKY 28480 1906 0206 MATCHED PAIR A27J1 1250 0901 2 2 CONNECTOR RF SMB M SGL MOLE FR 50 OHM 28480 1250 0901 A27J2 1250 0901 2 CONNECTOR RF SMB M SGL MOLE FR 50 OHM 28480 1250 0901 A27R1 0757 0402 9 1 RESISTOR 10 1 125W 0 100 24546 4 1 8 1002 27 2 0757 0418 9 3 RESISTOR 619 1 125W TC 0 100 24
452. put simultaneous low inputs at the set and reset will force both the active low and active high outputsto go high at the same time on some D type flip flops This condition will exist only for the length of time that both set and reset inputs are held low The flip flop will retum to some indeter minate state when both the set and reset inputs are retumed to the high state Reference Designation A1U22 Part Number 1820 0574 DM8551N Description 4 BIT D TYPE REGISTERS both data enable inputs 9 and 10 are LOWdata atthe D inputs is loaded into the flip flops on the next positive transition of the clock pin 7 Wen both out puts control inputs pins 1 and 2 are LOWdata is available at the outputs The out puts are disabled by a HIGH at either output control input The outputs then represent a high impedance 8 30 5342 Service Reference Designation A10U1 A13U13 A13U14 A13U17 A13U18 Part Number 1820 1251 SN74LS196N Description 50 30 MHz PRESETTABLE DECADE COUNTER LATCH The Decade Counter consists of a divide by two and divide by five counter formed by connecting pin 5 to pin 6 and taking the output from pin 12 The outputs may be preset to any state by making C active low and entering the desired data at the Dc inputs The outputs at pins 5 9 2 and 12 will then spond to the data inputs independent of the state of the count up clocks at pins 6 and 8 An active high sig
453. put is sent to 01 Sampler 8 294 OPTIONS THEORY OPTIONS 002 003 004 AND 011 8 295 The following paragraphs contain the theory of operation for the 5342A options as follows a Option 002 Amplitude Measurements b Option 003 Exended Dynamic Range Option 004 Digital to Analog Conversion DAC d Option 011 Hewlett Packard Interface Bus HP IB 5342 Service 8 296 OPTION 002 AMPLITUDE MEASUREMENTS OVERALL THEORY 8 297 Introduction 8 298 The 5342A measures amplitude by multiplexing the counter input signal either at the 0 5 to 18 GHz high frequency input or 10 Hz to 500 MHz low frequency input between the normal counting circuits and the amplitude measuring circuits An amplitude measurement takes approximately 100 milliseconds 8 299 The multiplexing is performed by the U2 High Frequency Amplitude Assembly for the 0 5 to 18 GHz input or by the A27 Low Frequency Amplitude Assembly for the direct count input when the 500 1 switch is in the 500 position The A16 Amplitude Assembly com pletes the assemblies required for amplitude measurements 8 300 Block Diagram 8 301 Figure 8 17lis a simplified block diagram of the amplitude measurement option The incoming 0 5 to 18 GHz rf signal is applied to the rf detector diode inside U2 assembly Since the transfer function of the detector diode changes with input level and temperature a feedback circuit usng two diodes in thermal proximity is used The
454. put of the sampler consists of sum and difference frequencies produced by each harmonic of the intemal oscillator mixing with the unknown The programmable frequency synthesizer is incremented in frequency until one of the outputs of the sampler is in the counting range of the low frequency counter The IF detector detects when the IF is in the range of the low frequency counter and sends a signal which causes the synthesizer control to stop incrementing the frequency of the frequency synthesizer The IF is then counted by the low frequency counter The unknown frequency be determined from the relation fx 1 1 where fx unknown frequency N harmonic of frequency syntheszer which mixed with unknown to produce countable IF 1 programmed frequency of synthesizer IF produced by Nefimixing with fx 8 88 The frequency fi of the programmable synthesizer is known since it is known where indexing of the synthesizer was stopped The IF flF1 is known since it is counted by the low fre quency counter Stil to be determined are number and the sign of the IF the sign of flF1 will be if Nefis less than fx the sign of is if Nefxis greater than fx 8 37 Model 5342A Service 8 89 To determine N and the sign of one more measurement must be taken with the synthesizer offset from its previous value by a known frequency f2 f1 Af This produces an IF firz which is counted by the lo
455. quence prs which lasts fora total time of 360 4 milliseconds counter A and counter B are open for 163 83 ms each there s 32 8 ms of dead time This short prs gives a worst case FM tolerance of 20 MHz peak to peak or 2 the long prs which is selected by a rear panel switch lasts fora total time of 2 096 seconds counter A and counter B are open for 524 ms each in addition to 1 048 seconds of dead time This long prs gives FM tolerance of 50 MHz peak to peak 8 249 To begin the pseudorandom sequence the microprocessor writes to A17 and sets U19 15 high prs enable U19 12 low gate time disable U19 7 high for 1 MHz prs clock and U19 5 high for the long prs or sets U19 2 high for the normal prs For the short prs 100 kHz prs clock is used and U19 7 is low Decade divider U11 divides down the 1 MHz input to 100 kHz which appears at U10 8 For the long prs a 1 MHz prs clock is used and U19 7 is high Since 111 3 are both high the counter is preset to 9 so that U11 9 8 are both high which enables U10 Thus the 1 MHz input appears at U10 8 and becomes the prs clock 8 65 5342 Service 8 250 The prs generator consists of shift registers U7 U4 U5 4bit counters U2 U1 and logic gates U6 U3 Wen U19 15 prs enable goes high the output of U14 11 goes high which releases the reset signal from all the components of the prs generator and starts the sequence To generate the sequence data is shifted
456. r Service 8 1 Model 5342 Service example rectifier subassembly Al has the complete designator of 25 1 For individual com ponents the complete designator is determined by adding the assembly number and sub assembly number if any For example 1 on the rectifier assembly is designated 25 1 1 8 7 IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS ON PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARDS 8 8 HP printed circuit boards see Figure 8 7 have four identification numbers an assembly part number a series number a revision letter and a production code 8 9 The assembly part number has 10 digits such as 05342 60001 and is the primary identifi cation All assemblies with the same part number are interchangeable Ven a production change is made on an assembly that makes it incompatible with previous assemblies a change in part number is required The series number such as 1720A is used to document minor electrical changes Aschanges are made the series number is incremented replacement boards are ordered you may receive a replacement with a different series number If there is a difference between the series number marked on the board and the schematic in this manual a minor electrical difference exists If the number on the printed circuit board is lower than that on the schematic refer to Section Vll backdating information If it is higher refer to the looseleaf manual change sheets for this manual If the manual change sheets are mi
457. r assemblies are described next to a complete block diagram folowed by a detailed description of the circuits on each assembly with reference to the schematic diagrams 8 83 HARMONIC HETERODYNE TECHNIQUE 8 84 The HP 5342A Frequency Counter uses a harmonic heterodyne down conversion tech nique to down convert the microwave input frequency into the range of its internal low frequency counter This technique combines the best performance characteristics of heterodyne converters and transfer oscillators to achieve high sensitivity high FM tolerance and automatic amplitude discrimination 8 85 All microwave counters must down convert the unknown microwave frequency to a low frequency signal which is within the counting range of an intemal low frequency counter typically 200 to 500 MHz Heterodyne converters down convert the unknown signal fx by mixing it with an accurately known local oscillator frequency such that the difference fre quency fir fx fio if fx gt and fio fx if fx lt fio is within the counting range of the low frequency counter The counted frequency is then added or subtracted if fx lt fto to from the local oscillator frequency to determine the unknown frequency 8 86 Like heterodyne converters transfer oscillators also mix the unknown signal with har monics of an intemally generated signal fvco Wen one of the harmonics of the VCO signal NZfvco mixes with the unknown to produce zero beat
458. r the part number of the option kit Area calibration and repair centers direct and general support shops are to make requsts for parts through the local supply mission Many of the raplaceable parts have national stock numbers and are available through the supply system complete parts manual is being prepared Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Model 5342A Replaceable Parts Reference HP Part Description Mfr Part Number Desianation Number 05342 60001 6 1 DISPLAY AS SEMBLY S ERIES 1720 05342 60001 0180 4256 1 CAPACITOR FXO 0 7UF 20 200 0 CER CW30 4730 0150 3879 7 1 CAPACITOReFXO 20 100 0 CER 016093873 41051 1990 0487 7 LECeVISIRLE LUMeINT2IMCD 20 5082 4584 41099 1990 0487 7 LEDeVISIRLE LUMeINTzZIMCDO 1 2 50824584 4105 1990 0487 7 LEDwVISIBLE LUMSINTzIMCD IFz20VA MAX 5082 4584 81084 1990 0487 7 LEDeVISIBLE LUMeINTzIMCD 0 5082 4584 81055 1990 0487 7 LEDeVISIBLE LuM INTsIMCO 20 5082 4584 A1086 1990 0487 7 LEDeVISIBLE LUMeINTSIMCD IFs2UMAeMAX 082 4584 1087 1990 0487 7 LEDeVISIBLE 5082 4584 41058 1990 0487 7 LEDeyISIRLE LUM INTSIMCD 5082 4584 A10 10 1990 0517 4 6 LEDeVISIBLE LUVeIN Tm3MCO FE2QMA MAX 5082 4655 8108511 1990 0540 3 1 DISPLAYeNUMeSEG 1eCHAR 43 5082 7550 410812 1990 0640 3 DISPLAYeNUMSSEG 43 5082 7650 810813 1990 0540 3 DI
459. r the range of 500 MHz to 12 4 GHz and the 5342A is checked for proper counting The output level of the test generator is increased to the second value the frequency is slowly varied from 12 4 GHz to 18 GHz and the 5342A checked for proper counting HP 8620C SWEEPER HP 86222A HP 436A OR POWER METER HP 86290A HP 8481A POWER SENSOR HP 11667A POWER SPLITTER HP 8495B ATTENUATOR Set the 5342A to the 500 MHz18 GHz range Connect the 11667A Power Splitter directly to the 5342A type N connec tor Connect the 8481A power sensor directly to the other output port of the 11667A power splitter Set the 8620C with the appropriate plug in 86222A for 500 MHz to 2 GHz 86290A for 2 GHz 18 GHz and the 8495B step attenuator to the rated sensitivity as measured on the 436A Remember that the 5342A with Option 003 has different specifications Slowly increase the 8620C frequency over the range and verify that the 5342A counts properly Measure actual sensitivity at 1 GHz 12 4GHz and 18GHz Enter on oper ational verification record Table 4 1 4 5 Model 5342 Performance Tests 4 6 4 17 500 MHz 18 GHz Input Minimum Level and Amplitude Accuracy Test Option 002 Specification Description Setup 1 5 dB accuracy for frequencies 500 MHz to 18 GHz Minimum level 22 dBm 500 MHz 12 4 GHz 15 dBm 12 4 GHz 18 GHz A signal at the minimum level is applied to the 53
460. rdinarily when power on the MPU executes the instructions in FFFF and FFFE Since the A14 MPU assembly has the A15 address line configured as don t care the MPU in the HP 5342A executes 7FFF and 7FFE after the power on reset 8000 NOT USED USED AS 16 54 CTR RD 2048 ROM U1 64 NOT USED 2048 ROM U4 128 RAM 012 2048 ROM U7 3A00 67FF 80 RESERVED NOT USED 8 HP IB 0180 2FFF LAMP MTR NOT USED 8 CONTROLS Figure 8 15 Memory Arrangement AMP OPT 002 A16U3 AMP OPT 002 A16U4 Model 5342A Service 8 240 A15 OPTION 011 HP IB ASSEMBLY 8 241 The A15 Option O11 HP IB assembly is described under OPTIONS in 8 242 A16 OPTION 002 AMPLITUDE MEASUREMENTS ASSEMBLY AND A16 OPTION 003 EXTENDED DYNAMIC RANGE ASSEMBLY 8 243 The A16 Option 002 Amplitude Measurements assembly is described under OPTIONS in paragraph 8 296 The A16 Option 003 Extended Dynamic Range assembly is described in para NOTE The A16 slot is used for either the Option 002 or 003 pc assembly Only one of these options can be in staled in an instrument 8 244 A17 TIMING GENERATOR ASSEMBLY 8245 The A17 Timing Generator shown in Figure 8 41 the following functions during acquisition it generates the pseudorandom sequence used to switch the A5 Multiplexer and the A13 counters for N determination after acquisition it generates gate times for the measurement of the IF on A13 between measurements its sample rate circuitry determine
461. red to provide power to the control circuits U3 U4 on A21 and oven power when the Option 001 oven oscillator is installed These oven transformer voltages are available whenever the 5342A is plugged into the line voltage regardless of the position of front panel power switch 8 275 CURRENT LIMITING Total current load 15 sensed by resistor 19 5 and a signal is sent via optical isolator CR2 to the 2103 Timer which acts as an shutdown cir cuit Wen excessive current is drawn the output of U3 tums off the 20 kHz oscillator on U4 for approximately 2 seconds 8 276 For output voltages other than 45V D output excessive cument may or may not cause A21U4 to tum off since the curent limiting circuitry built into the individual linear regu laor may shutdown the output before the U3 Timer has time to shutdown the 20 kHz oscil lator in U4 8 277 Wen the hold off output of U3 is TIL high the 20 kHz oscillator on U4 is disabled This high level causes a red LED to light which indicates overcurent shutdown Wen this occurs the green LED on A20 tums off indicating the absence of 5V D R amp Q 02 8 42019 PUD 02 61 91 8 eB LINE RECTIFIER AC LINE A19 HOT PRIMARY ASSEMBLY aeo Leo Q10N Q20N Q1 DRIVE Q2 94 OSCILLATOR PULSE WIDTH CONTROL
462. rganizational Direct Support and General Support Maintenance Manual Including Repair Parts and Special Tools Lists for Signal Generators SG 1112 V 1 U and SG 1112 V 2 U Hewlett Packard Model 8640B Options 001 and 004 NSN 6625 00 566 3067 SG 1112 V 1 U NSN 6625 00 500 6525 SG 1112 V 2 U Operator s Organizational Direct Support and General Support Maintenance Manual Including Repair Parts and Special Tools Lists for DC Power Supply PP 7547 U Hewlett Packard Model 6113A NSN 6130 00 225 1 682 The Army Maintenance Management System TAMMS Administrative Storage of Equipment Procedures for Destruction of electronics Materiel to Prevent Enemy Use A 1 A 2 blank 11 6625 3014 14 Model 5342A APPENDIX B MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION Section 1 General This appendix provides a summary of the main tenance operations for the TD 1225A V U It authorizes categories of maintenance for specific maintenance functions on repairable items and components and the tools and equipment required to perform each function This appendix may be used as an aid in planning maintenance opera tions B 2 Maintenance Function Maintenance functions will be limited to and de fined as follows a Inspect To determine the serviceability of an m by comparing its physical mechanical and or electrical characteristics with established stand ards through examination b Test To verify serviceability
463. ring in section 11 SECTION Il MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART FOR Counter Electronic TD 1225A V 1 U 4 2 3 e COMPONENT ASSEMBL Y MAINTENANCE FUNCTI ON Counter Electronic TD 12254 V 1 U Inspect Test Test Ad just 1 Repair Replace Circuit Card Display Assembly Inspect Repair 2 Replace Circuit Card Assembly A2 Inspect Display Driver Repair 2 Replace Circuit Card Assembly 2 Inspect Direct Count Amp Repair 2 Circuit Card Assembly Ah Offset VCO Circuit Card Assembly RF Multiplexer Cable Assembly Cirouit Card Assembly Offset Loop Amp o Circuit Card Assembly 7 Mixer Search Control Replace Circuit Card Assembly 8 Inspect Main Circuit Card Assembly 9 Main Loop Amp Circuit Card Assembly A10 Divide Dy N Circuit Card Assembly A11 IF Limiter gt o Circuit Card Assembly 12 IF Detector Circuit Card Assembly A13 Counter 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 _ CireuitCard Assembly Microprocessor o Circuit Card Assembly 1 5 Interface Cirouit Assembly 417 Timing Generator see footnotesa t this table B 3 GROUP NUMBER 0 17 18 20 1 22 23 2h 25 26 27 28 29 2 COMPONENT ASSEMBL Y Circuit Card Assembly A1 8 Time Base Buffer Circuit Card Assembl
464. rmance Service Accessory Kit 108424 Describes the use and function of kit extender boards used for testing pc boards Logic Symbols Description of logic symbols used on schematics Theory of Operation Includes block diagram description of overall operation special function descriptions and detailed circuit operation explanations Assembly Locations Describes and illustrates location of assemblies adjustments front and rear panel components by reference designators Troubleshooting Procedures Provides troubleshooting techniques recommended test equipment and troubleshooting tables arranged to isolate trouble to an assembly and then to the component level Schematic Diagrams A diagram for each assembly is included arranged in order of assembly number A component locator photo is included adjacent to each diagram The schematic diagrams contain tables of reference designations tables of active elements by part number voltage measurements and signature analyzer signatures where applicable 8 3 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM SYMBOLS AND REFERENCE DESIGNATORS 8 4 Figure 8 1 shows the symbols used on the schematic diagrams At the bottom of Figure 1 the system for reference designators assemblies and subassemblies is shown 8 5 Reference Designations 8 6 Assemblies such as printed circuits are assigned numbers in sequence A1 A2 etc As shown in Figure 8 1 subassemblies within an assembly are given a subordinate A numbe
465. rmed along with next higher assembly B 6 TM 11 6625 3014 14 APPENDIX C ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZATION LIST SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION C 1 SCOPE This appendix lists additional items you are authorized for the support of the Frequency Counter C 2 GENERAL This list identifies items that do not have to accompany the Frequency Counter and that do not have to be turned in with it These items are all authorized to you by CTA MTOE TDA or JTA SECTION ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZATION LIST COUNTER ELECTRONIC _TD 1225A V 1 U 1 2 3 4 NATIONAL DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY STOCK OF AUTH NUMBER MEAS USABLE ON PART NUMBER AND FSCM CODE Rack Mounting Adapter Kit 5061 0057 28480 Power Cable 220 240 volt operation 8120 1689 28480 Fuse for 220 240 volt operation 2110 0421 28480 Fuse for 10 Hz 500MHz BNC A1F1 2110 0301 28480 YlU S GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 1981 703 029 1238 By Order of the Secretary of the Army E C MEYER General United States Army Official Chief of Staff ROBERT Brigadier General United States Army The Adjutant General DISTRIBUTION To be distributed accordance with DA Form 12 34B requirements for TMDE Cali bration Maintenance Manuals DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY US ARMY AG PUBLICATIONS CENTER 1655 WOODSON ROAD ST LOUIS MISSOURI 63114 OFFICIAL BUSINESS PENALTY FOR PRIVATE USE 300 POSTAGE AND FEES PAID DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY 31
466. rocessor writes to A17 to set U19 21 gate time enable high U19 10 sets LO SWCH to high which selects counter A and the main loop VCO high U19 15 low prs disabled and 3 bit resolution code on U19 7 5 2 which selects the division factor of the decade dividers 016 8 67 5342 Service 8 68 8 259 For gate time generation divider U11 divides the 1 MHz clock input to 100 kHz Since U14 8 is high the 100 kHz passes through gate U12D to U16 3 The 100 kHz signal at U16 3 will be divided by a factor of 10 to 10 depending upon the resolution code at U16 14 13 12 and will appear at the output U16 1 U16 14 U16 13 U16 12 U16 1 1 1 Hz 1 10 Hz 1 100 Hz f 1 kHz 0 10 kHz 0 100 kHz L3 0 0 1 1 0 0 8 260 Since U15B 8 is high the low to high transition at U15 3 clocks high into U15A 5 U15A 6 low then presets U15B 8 low so that after one period of the divided U16 output a low is clocked into U15A 5 After passing through a TIL to ECL level shifter the gate signal is clocked into the high speed ECL D flip flop U17A and U17B U17A and U17B act as the main gate flip flop for the counter U17A is used for measurements in the 0 5 18 GHz range and U17B for direct measurements below 500 MHz 8 261 U15A 6 goes low when the gate time has expired and this is sent to three state driver U18A 2 Wen LTIM RD goes low U18A 3 low indicates to the microprocessor that the
467. routine The trace on the spectrum analyzer should show two IF s indicating that the A5 Multiplexer is switching between the main synthesizer and the offset synthesizer The wideband filter on A9 is switched in as can be determined by the wider noise skirts about the signal EXT OUT 20 MHz DIV 300 kHz BW um TABLE 8 19 5 1 2 GHz 20 dBm input to CNTR If the scale is expanded to 1 MHz div it is seen that the separation between the IF s is 2 MHz 24 x 500 kHz where 4 is the number Go to diagnostic mode 1 to verify N 4 EXT IF OUT 1 MHz DiV 100 kHz BW 8 125 Model 5342A Service Table 8 19 A5 RF Multiplexer Troubleshooting Continued Put counter in diagnostic mode 4 which continuously measures the IF The narrow band filter on A9 is switched in and noise skirt about IF reduced EXT IF OUT 20 MHz div 300 KHz BW 1 2 GHz 20 dBm input TABLE 8 19 5 8 126 Model 5342 Service Table 8 20 Option 002 Amplitude Measurements Troubleshooting GENERAL The steps in this table troubleshoot the amplitude option in three basic tests 1 The analog loop is checked for proper operation by checking the input voltage to the analog to digital converter 2 The inputs and outputs of the analog to digital converter are checked 3 The digital control is checked using signature analysis ANALOG LOOP CHECK X Set up test equipment as follows HP 8601A GENERATOR SWEEPER Place the A16
468. rtain range function etc Permits selected devices to be set to remote operation allow ing parameters and device char acteristics to be controlled by Bus Messages Causes selected devices to tum to local front panel operation Disables local front panel controls of selected devices Retums all devices to local front panel control and simulta neously clears the Local Lockout Message Indicates a device s need for interaction with the controller Presents status information of a particular device one bit indi cates whether or not the device currently requires service the other 7 bits optional are used to indicate the type of service required A single bit of device dependent status information which may be logically combined with status bit information from other de vices by the controller Passes bus controller responsi bilities from the current con troller to a device which can assume the Bus supervisory role Unconditionally terminates Bus communications and retums control to the system controller Sample 9825 Statements Sends measurement data See paragraph 3 77 for output format Accepts program codes See Table 3 4lfor code set Starts a new measurement Same as front panel RESET Clears intemal count and starts new measurement 5342A goes to remote if REN is true and addressed to listen In absence of program data mote operation is according t
469. s 6 kHz this is much faster than the operator can depress and withdraw his finger Wen the column scanner places a low on the line connected to the key which has been depressed a low pulse is generated on the output of A2U5 6 This pulse is called KEY and when low indicates that a key has been depressed Service Model 5342A Service 8 48 COUNT 1 COUNT 1 COUNT 1 SCAN INPUT TO U3 10 INPUT TO U9 2 KEY DEPRESSED HERE SCAN E INPUT TO U9 3 09 1 2 CLOCKS THE OUTPUT OF U3 INTOLATCH U22 WHICH IS THE LOCATION OF THE COLUMN OF THE KEY WHICH WAS DEPRESSED 8 140 Wh KEY low and SCAN low U9 1 goes high which clocks latch U22 and causes it to store the address 0000 to 1100 of the column of the key which was pushed Since there are two keys per column another line is used to indicate top or bottom row The output of U9 1 which Clocks U22 also clocks U19A U19A 5 will be low if a top row key is pushed and will be high if a bottom row key is pushed In this manner the microprocessor determines exactly which key has been depressed 8 141 U18A is also clocked by the output of U9 1 Its output at U18A 5 will be high anytime that a key is pushed It is reset to low when the 13 state counter reaches the end of the scan at state 1100 The low signal at U2 5 causes the output of U9 10 to go momentarily low and reset U18A The End of Scan signal at the output of U9 13 clocks U1
470. s by defining the existence of an AND relationship between inputs or by the AND conditioning of an output by an input without actually showing all the elements and interconnections involved The following examples use the letter C for control and G for gate The dependent input is labeled with a number that is either prefixed e g 1X or subscripted e g X1 They both mean the same thing The letter V is used to indicate an OR relationship between inputs or between inputs and outputs with this letter V The letter F indicates a connect disconnect relationship If the F free dependency inputs or outputs are active 1 the other usual normal conditions apply If one or more of the F inputs are inactive 0 the related F output is disconnected from its normal output condition it floats G1 G1 x OR o gt oo NM 1 2X xo N The input that controls or gates other inputs is labeled with a C or a Q followed by an identifying number The controlled or gated input or output is labeled with the same number In this example 1 is controlled by G1 When the controlled or gated input or output already has a functional lable X is used here that label will be prefixed or subscripted by the identifying number a particular device has only one gating or control input then the identifying number may be eliminated and the relationship shown with a subscript If the inp
471. s level damage to the intemal sampler may occurand the sampler is expensive to replace Measurements from 45 to 425 dBm are not recommended as false readings may occur signal levels exceed 5 dBm extemal attenuators should be used to attenuate the signal Options 002 and 003 can extend the range to 420 dBm 3 3 Model 5342 Operation 3 38 The 10 Hz 500 MHz direct count input BNC connector is fuse protected for a maximum input level of 3 5V rms 24 dBm 3 39 INPUT CABLE CONSIDERATIONS 3 40 Consideration should be given to input cable losses at higher frequencies For example a 6 foot section of RG 214 U coaxial cable has about 15 dB loss at 18 GHz Such losses must be taken into consideration along with the sensitivity specifications given in Table 1 1 3 41 CONTROLS INDICATORS AND CONNECTORS 3 42 Figure 3 1 describes the front panel controls indicators and connectors Figure 3 2 describes the rear panel connectors and controls WARNING BEFORE THE INSTRUMENT IS SWITCHED ON ALL PROTECTIVE EARTH TERMINALS EXTENSION CORDS AUTOTRANSFORMERS AND DEVICES CONNECTED TO IT SHOULD BE CONNECTED TO A PROTECTIVE EARTH GROUNDED SOCKET ANY INTERRUPTION OF THE PROTECTIVE EARTH GROUNDING WILL CAUSE A POTENTIAL SHOCK HAZARD THAT COULD RESULT IN PERSONAL INJ URY ONLY FUSES WITH THE REQUIRED RATED CUR RENT AND SPECIFIED TYPE SHOULD BE USED DO NOT USE REPAIRED FUSES OR SHORT CIRCUITED FUSEHOLDERS TO DO SO COULD CA
472. s that pushing a key generates an interrupt request LIRQ and that reading the keyboard LKBRD clears the interrupt request Place AP clip on U22 and monitor the outputs of latch U22 by grounding U22 1 and verify that when a key is pressed the latch stores the following data ae KEY U22 3 4 5 6 omo 23020204040 2002 2004400 4 00000000 ENTER Monitor U12 2 and verify that when any of the leftmost grouping of keys AUTO MAN RESET etc is pressed U12 2 is high and that when any of the rightmost grouping of keys 0 1 2 etc is pressed U12 2 is low This verifies that the top bottom row decoder U19A is operating properly If the A2 assembly passes all the above then the most probable cause of the problem is the A2U12 bus driver Another possible cause is that the A14U2 MPU does not respond to the LIRQ signal 8 103 Model 5342 Service Table 8 12 8 104 Table 8 12 A3 Direct Count Amplifier Troubleshooting To check that the direct count amplifier is working connect the 10 MHz FREQ STD rear panel output to thedirect count input front panel BNC Place the range switch in the 10 Hz 500 MHz range and the impedance select to 500 Monitor TP1 of A3 for the following wave form TP1 is the output of Schmitt Trigger U5 A3TP1 U5 5 NOTE Check that the output of A3 DIRECT B available at XA3 1 is divided by four and that D
473. s when to begin a new measurement 8 246 The through D5 data lines from the microprocessor data bus transmit data from the microprocessor to the hex D type register U19 when the signal decoded on A14 goes low retuming high clocks the data into the register The data lines also transmit data back to the microprocessor from hex three state driver U18 which drives the data bus when decoded on A14 goes low 8 247 Pseudorandom Sequence Generation 8 248 During acquisition after a countable signal has been detected and the sweep stopped the N number must be computed By measuring the IFifrequency which occurs when Nth harmonic of the VCO mixes with the unknown frequency and then measuring the IF2that occurs when the Nth harmonic of the offset VCO mixes with the unknown the harmonic number can be determined equals IFi IF2 500 kHz where 500 kHz is the precise fre quency difference between the main VCO and the offset VCO To speed the process of deter mining N two counters on A13 are used counter A and counter B To prevent coherence be tween FM on the unknown signal and the switching rate between counters from causing an in correct computation of the switching between counter A and B which is synchronous with the switching in A5 between the main VCO and the offset VCO is done in a pseudorandom fashion Two different sequence lengths are possible 1 the nomal or short pseudorandom se
474. se terms should not be confused with the physical quantity e g voltage that may be used to implement the logic nor should the term active be confused with a level that tums a device on or off A truth table fora relationship in logic shows implicitly or explicitly all the combinations of true and false input conditions and the result output There are only two basic logic relationships AND and OR The following illustrations assume two inputs A and butthese can be generalized to apply to more than two inputs AND Y istrue if and only if A istrue and B is ORY istrue if and only if A istrue or Bistrue true or more generally if all inputs are or more generally if one or more input s true is are true Y 1 if and only if A21 and B 1 Y if and only if A21 or B 1 y A B Y A48 TRUTH TABLE MEDIE TRUTH TABLE EO EI 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 8 63 In logic symbology presence of the negation indication symbol o provides for the presentation of logic function inputs and outputs in terms independent of their physical values the state of the input or output being the state of the symbol referred to the symbol description A DJ gt 8 62 Negation EXAMPLE 1 EXAMPLE 2 EXAMPLE 3 EXAMPLE 4 TRUTH TABLE TRUTH TABLE TRUTH TABLE TRUTH TABLE ps ERES 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 Model 5342A Service EXAMPLE 1 saysthat Zis not true if A is true and
475. sembly Locations and 5342A Bottom View Options Installed 5342A Detailed Block Diagram A1 Display Assembly and A2 Display Drive Assembly 8 149 Option 004 Display Driver Additions on A2 Assembly 8 151 Direct Count Amplifier Assembly 8 153 A4 Offset VCO 18 155 5 RF Multiplexer Assembly 8 157 A6 Offset Loop Amp Search Generator Assembly 8 159 A7 Mixer Search Control Assembly 8 161 A8 Main VCO Assembly 8 163 AQ Main Loop Amplifier Assembly 8 165 A10 Divide by N Assembly 8 167 A11 IF Limiter Assembly 8 169 12 IF Detector Assembly 8 171 A13 Counter Assembly 8 173 A14 Microprocessor Assembly 8 175 Option 011 A15 HP IB Assembly 8 177 5342 List of Figures LIST OF FIGURES Continued Figure Title Page 8 39 Option 002 A16 Amplitude Measurements A27 Low Frequency Amplifier and U2 High Frequency
476. servicing this circuit or handling it under condi tions where static charges can build up With the counter set up as in step b monitor the conversion complete signal at U6 10 and U8 6 Since U6 10 also receives data the signal at U6 10 may vary as shown in the following two scope photos In the first photo the data is high after the conversion complete goes low true In the second photo the data is low after the conversion complete goes low 8 133 Model 5342 Service Table 8 20 Option 002 Amplitude Measurements Troubleshooting Continued DIGITAL CHECK Place the A16 assembly on a 10 and an 18 extender board 05342 60030 and 05324 60033 Set switches 51 and 52 on the A14 Microprocessor assembly to the Count Mode as shown below Normal Mode CIT GI GC Count Mode for use with 5004A Signature Analyzer A B D E F G H Connect 5004A Signature Analyzer START and STOP probes to A16U1 4 the CLOCK probe to 02 test pin on the A14 assembly and the GND probe to test pin on the A14 assembly Set the 5004 front panel switches as follows START A f cock _ 8 134 Model 5342 Service Table 8 20 Option 002 Amplitude Measurements Troubleshooting Continued Signatures on PROM U4 should be as follows Signal Name Location Signature 872 LAM 2068 LA2 335H LA3 OF51 LA4 C177 LA5 U929 LA6 3032 LA7 HU4U LA8 9CC8 LA9 5 08 LA10 U81P LA11 0000 1U2F 7471 412 5
477. set On OFF Range Low High FM mode On Off Resolution 1 Hz to 1 MHz Set Manual Center Frequency Set Offset Frequency Sample Rate Hold Front Panel Control Fast Sample Sample and Hold Front panel REMOTE should light Front panel MANUAL should light for approximately 5 seconds AUTO goes off for 5 seconds At conclusion of test AUTO light should be on Front panel OFS MHz should light for approximately 5 seconds then go off The counter should display 10 MHz for approximately 5 seconds and then all O s high range no input Front panel asterisk should light for approximately 5 seconds The counter should display the 75 MHz check frequency with resolution from 1 Hz to 1 MHz Each beep from calculator decreases resolution by one decade There is approximately a 2 second wait between each change Wen the 9825A displays X enter a manual center frequency in MHz no decimal points between 500 MHz and 18000 MHz Press CONTINUE Verify that the counter was set to this manual center frequency by pressing RESET RECALL MANUAL For example if 12345 is entered 12 345 GHz manual frequency then 12 345 GHz should be displayed by the counter when the manual center frequency is recalled Wen the 9825A displays X enter a frequency offset in MHz decimal points allowed Press CONTINUE Verify that the counter was set to this frequency offset by pressing RESET RECALL OFS MHz For example if 1234
478. signal level to the high frequency range input of the 5342A exceeds approximately 5 dBm the high level is detected by a circuit in A25 Preamplifier Assembly as shown in the block diagram Figure 8 18 The detector tums off the curent source to the A16 circuit which causes diode CR2 in the U2 assembly to conduct heavily and attenuate the input signal Wen the input signal level drops to approximately 15 dBm the Low Power Reset LPW RST signal is generated by the detector circuit on All IF Limiter Assembly The LPW RST signal resets the detector circuit in A25 Preamplifier and allows the cument source to tum on the cur rent to the A16 circuit This causes diode CRI in the U2 assembly to conduct heavily and pass the input signal to U1 Sampler Service 8 77 82 8 weeg 3209 pepuerx3 800 uondo 81 8 aunbi4 RF INPUT OPTION 003 U2 ATTENUATOR ASSEMBLY 5088 7038 A25 An RE wm a A11 IF g 12 LIMITER IF DETECTOR U1 SAMPLER 1 LJ CR1 ON FOR LOW ATTENUATION CR2 ON FOR HIGH ATTENUATION 003 16 DYNAMIC RANGE ASSEMBLY 05342 60037 ON FOR LOW CURRENT 4 I ON FOR HIGH CURRENT L IQAK Voves 9po N 5342 8 334 The schematic diagram for the Option 003 is shown in Figure 8 40 The A16 assembly shown in the diagram plugs into the
479. sion complete if conversion complete does not occur within 140 ms message E16 1 is displayed Wen U8 36 is high the conversion is in progress approximately 40 ins The overange bit OVRG at U8 34 goes high if the input voltage has exceeded the plus or minus full scale voltage by at least 1 2 LSB 8 324 Register US 7 controls the Low Byte Enable LBEN input of U8 Wen LBEN is high the low order data bits eight least significant bits appear at U8 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 LBEN low causes these outputs to float After the microprocessor determines that the conversion is over the high order bits are read and then the low orderbits are read 8 325 Muitiplexers U6 and U7 are used to switch between the output of U8 and the output of PROM U4 Wen U2 4 goes low the three state outputs of U6 and U7 are enabled U2 4 goes low when LAMP MTR and 1 both low or when U1 2 goes high U1 2 goes high when the correction data in PROM U4 is being read The signal at U6 1 and U7 1 determines which 5342 output will be read by the microprocessor If U2 5 is high then the U8 ADC outputs are selected U6 3 6 13 10 and U7 3 6 13 10 If U2 5 is low then the U4 PROM outputs are selected The output of U8 is first read by the microprocessor by having U6 71 high Then U6 71 goes low and the conection is read from U4 for that particular frequency and level 8 326 MULTIPLEX CONTROL Transistors Q1 through Q9
480. ssing contact your local Hewlett Packard Sales and Service Office See the listing on the back cover of this manual 8 10 Revision letters A B etc denote changes in printed circuit layout For example if a capacitor type is changed electrical value may remain the same and requires different spacing for its leads the printed circuit board layout is changed and the revision letter is incremented to the nex letter Wen a revision letter changes the series number is also usually changed The production code is the four digit seven segment number used for production purposes Model 5342 Service DANGEROUS VOLTAGE EXCEEDS SYMBOLS 1000 VOLTS KNOB CONTROL REAR PANEL LABEL MAIN SIGNAL PATH INTERIOR AND PC BOARDS LABEL FRONT PANEL LABEL e SCREWDRIVER ADJUST FEEDBACK PATH WIPER MOVES TOWARD CW WHEN CONTROL 15 ROTATED CLOCKWISE TEST POINT CIRCUIT COMMON PROTECTIVE CONDUCTOR TERMINAL INSTRUCTION MANUAL REFERENCE NA ALTERNATING CURRENT IDENTIFIED COMMON DIRECT CURRENT ALTERNATING OR DIRECT CURRENT PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD IDENTIFICATION REVISION LETTER pec HP PART NO 05340 60037 1248A 2 MANUFACTURING DIVISION CODE PRODUCTION CODE SERIES NO iMay Be Stamped Elsewhere On The Board REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS WITHIN ASSEMBLIES ARE ABBREVI ATED ADD ASSEMBLY NUMBER TO ABBREVIATION FOR COM PLETE DESCRIPTION JACKS ARE THE STATIONARY CONNECTORS AND PLUGS ARE THE MORE MOVEABLE OF T
481. stor R16 for Capacitor C10 on Direct Count Amplifier 8 16 8 42 Procedures for Selecting Resistor R16 Main Loop Amplifier 9 Procedure for Selecting Resistor A16R2 on A16 Assembly Option 002 003 8 17 Service Accessory Kit 10842 8 18 Equipment Supplied 8 18 Replaceable Parts e ever breed Using Extender Board 05342 60036 8 20 8 22 ER weeks 8 22 8 22 Logic Implementation and Polarity Indication 8 2 8 73 Other Pian 8 25 Dependency Notation G 8 26 Control BOCK excipe EP XR 8 27 Complex Logic Devices 8 28 8 81 Theory of Operation Harmonic Heterodyne Technique 8 38 HP 5342A Overall Operation 8 39 FM Tolerance Automatic Amplitude Discrimination 8 40 dea ie eile 8 41 HP 5342A Block Diagram Description 8 42 Direct Count Section 8 42 Synthesizer Section 8 42 Main Loop Operation
482. stp if L 21 gto 63 prt CHECK POINT 10 wrt ctr KELSR3T1 trg ctr wait 4000 trg ctr beep wait 4000 trg prt 2 Heasurements HOLZL wrt Ctr RESR9TO spc 2 prt Vary SR Pot asp Press Continve str wrt ctr S rgo spc 2 prt Fast Sample dsp Press Continue stp wrt ctr T13 beep wait 4000 wrt ctr T3 beep wait 4000 wrt ctr T3 beer spc 2 prt 3 measurements sample then HOLD dsp CHECK POINT ll Press CONTINUE spc 2 stp if L l gto 68 prt CHECK POINT 11 wrt ctr LSR6TOST1 dsp Only If Adressed wait 5000 rea ctr A beep prt fregs A wrt 512 dsp Wait Until Addressed wait 5000 beep red ctr A prt freq Model 5342 Performance Tests Table 4 2 Model 9825A Program Continued 65 asp CHECK POINT 12 Press Continue spc 2 str 86 if L 1 gto 80 B7 prt POINT 12 l gt X 88 wrt 11 89 1 1 500 90 952 91 if X21000 prt status A gto 2 92 gto 3 93 dsp CHECK POINT 12 Press Continue stp 94 if L l gto 88 95 prt POINT 13 96 ctr beep 97 spc 2 prt REMOTE Off dsp CHECK POINT 13 Press Continue stp 98 if L 1 gto 2 99 prt CHECK POINT 14 100 rem ctr sp REMOTE 101 llo 7 beep prt L
483. strument may still be charged even if the instrument has been disconnected from its source of supply 8 17 Make sure that only fuses with the required rated current and of the specified type normal blow time delay etc are used for replacement The use of repaired fuses and the short circuiting of fuseholders must be avoided PRIOR TO MAKING ANY VOLTAGE TESTS ON THE A19 PRIMARY POWER ASSEMBLY THE VOLTMETER TO BE USED OR THE 5342A MUST BE ISOLATED FROM THE POWER MAINS BY USE OF AN ISOLA TION TRANSFORMER A TRANSFORMER SUCH AS AN ALLIED ELECTRONICS 705 0084 120V AC MAY BE USED FOR THIS PURPOSE CONNECT THE TRANSFORMER BETWEEN THE AC POWER SOURCE AND THE POWER INPUT TO THE 5342A 8 18 Safety Symbols 8 19 The following safety symbols are used on equipment and in manuals 1 gt gt ud y WARNING CAUTION BE Instruction manual symbol The product will be marked with this symbol when it is necessary for the user to refer to the instruction manual in order to protect against damage to the instrument Indicates dangerous voltage terminals fed from the interior by voltage exceeding 1000 volts must be so marked Protective conductor terminal For protection against electrical shock in case of a fault Used with field wiring terminals to indicate the terminal which must be connected to ground before operating equipment Low noise or noiseless clean ground earth terminal Used for a signal common as
484. surement data one byte at a time to the HP IB U21 is clocked by the Address Decoder U11 and is enabled by Serial Poll FF U29B being set low not serial poll mode 8 358 Command Decoding ROM s 8 359 Decoding ROM s U23 and U26 decode bytes sent over the data lines of the HP IB The acceptor handshake operates when LATN is low address information is being sent or when the Listen flip flop has been set Decoding ROM U23 is enabled only during the acceptor hand shake cycle The outputs of ROM s generate set or reset various control flags and are read by the microprocessor via Command in register U15 8 360 During the acceptor handshake U1C 8 goes low for one period of the 02 clock just prior to the HDAC signal going high thus enabling U23 U26 is always enabled The byte on the data lines of the HP IB appears at the inputs to U23 and U26 The ROM outputs change accordingly 8 361 If the Unlisten command is given U26 1 goes low and U23 2 goes high to clock Unlisten FF U20B causing it to be reset If a talk address other than 5342A s talk address is sent U23 1 goes high to clock into the U20A Talk FF the output of Address Comparator U33 Since the 5342A s talk address was not sent U33 14 is low and the U20A Talk FF is set low If the 5342A s listen address is sent U23 2 goes high to clock a high from U33 14 into Listen flip flop U20B 8 362 Now that the 5342A is addressed to listen consider what o
485. t U2and U1 as well as 12 and 016 8 225 A14 MICROPROCESSOR ASSEMBLY 8 226 The A14 Microprocessor MPU assembly shown in Figure 8 37 contains in ROM the operating algorithm of the instrument This assembly controls the measurement cycle performs numerical computations for frequency measurements and interfaces with many of the other assemblies 8 227 The A14 MPU assembly uses the Motorola 6800 MPU U21 The application in the HP 5342A is described in the following paragraphs 8 228 Microprocessor Operation 8 229 The HP 5342 uses U21 for control and computation purposes An expanded block dia gram of U21 isshown in Figure 8 T4 The 16 bit address bus allows the MPU to address up to 64K memory locations The data bus is 8 bits wide and is bidirectional Data on the bus is read into the intemal MPU registers when the control line is low All operations are synchronized to a two phase nonoverlapping 1 MHz clock 01 and 4J2 Each instruction requires at least two clock cyles for execution The HP 5342A utilizes the following additional 6800 control lines Model 5342A Service A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A8 A7 AS A4 A2 A1 AD 25 24 23 22 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 OUTPUT BUFFERS OUTPUT BUFFERS CLOCK 1 CLOCK 2 PROGRAM PROGRAM COUNTER COUNTER RESET H NON MASKABLE INTERRUPT NOT USED HALT INSTRUCTION r INTERRUPT REQUEST AND CONTROL STACK STACK POINTER H POINTER
486. t address lines of the microprocessor LAO and LAI in addi tion to the read write line LR HW Iso from A14 The following table shows which register is selected for each combination of the three inputs to U11 provided U11 is enabled by LHPIB and 42 U11 3 U11 2 UII I 11 OUTPUT ENABLES LR HW LA1 LA GOES LOW REGISTER 0 0 0 U11 15 U30 STATE IN 0 0 1 U11 14 U15 COMMAND IN 0 1 0 U11 13 018 INTERRUPT IN 0 1 1 U11 12 U27 DATA IN 1 0 0 U11 11 1 0 1 U11 10 016 CONTROL OUT 1 1 0 U11 9 U24 STATUS OUT 1 1 1 1118 021 DATA OUT 8 351 State in buffer U30 is read by the microprocessor when the microprocessor wants to determine the state of the interface Listen flip flop U20B talk flip flop U20A serial poll mode flip flop U29B remote flip flop U29A and service request flip flop U9A are all buffered by U30 Buffer U30 is enabled by U11 15 going low 8 352 Command In register U15 is read by the microprocessor whenever an addressed com mand is sent by the controller Model 5342A Service 8 353 Interupt In buffer 1 18 is read by the microprocessor in response to an intemupt The output of the intemupt buffer indicates why the A15 assembly generated the interrupt LIRQ low 8 354 Data In register U27 stores programming codes which have been sent over the HP IB by the controller Data In register U27 is clocked by decoding ROM U23 5 which sets Data flip flop U19A After one byte of ASCII program data has been clocked into
487. t the address data on the address bus has settled and is valid data and 22 high U12 12 is low since the inputs to inverted A15 A14 A13 are all high U12 14 is low since the inputs to U9C inverted A12 A11 A10 are all high U12 10 is high since the inputs to U5D are both high inverted A9 and LFRERUN U12 13 is high since inverted is high U12 15 is low since inverted A7 is low Thus due to the inversion 0080 on the address bus from the MPU accesses location O OFF in RAM In a similar fashion memory assignments made to ROM U1 7800 to 7FFF ROM U4 7200 to 77FF and ROM U7 6800 to 6FFF 8 234 The address lines are decoded by device decoding circuitry on A14 in some instances further decoding occurs at a particular device for example on the A13 Counter assembly The MPU treats an extemal device jus like a memory location To pass information between the registers of the MPU and the registers of an extemal device such asthe count registers on the A13 Counter assembly the program writes or reads data from orto the location associated with the device Address decoding circuitry decodes the address output from the MPU and generates a strobe which enables the register on the device For example to read data from the A1 keyboard LKBRD goes low which enables the three state bus driver A1U12 to drive the data bus and send keyboard information back to the MPU The address location assigned to reading the keyboard 50
488. tage The analog voltage is available at a rear panel con nector The digits are converted to a voltage of from 0 to 10 volts corresponding to the digits selected Digits 000 produce 0 volts digits 999 produce 9 99 volts fullscale into 15 kilohms 3 69 HP IB PROGRAMMING OPTION 011 3 70 The capability of a device connected to the HP IB is specified by its interface functions lists the interface functions of the 5342A using the terminology of IEEE Standard 488 1975 Appendix C Interface functions provide the means for a device to receive process and send messages over the HP 19 Procedures for verification of proper operation of Option 011 HP IB are contained in paragraphs 4 19 through 4 26 Table 3 1 HP B Interface Capabilitv Interface Function Subset Identifier Interface Function Description Complete source handshake capability Complete acceptor handshake capability Talker basic talker serial poll talk only mode does not unaddress to talk if addressed to listen Listener basic listener no listen only mode doe not unaddress to listen if addressed to talk Service request capability Complete remote local capability No parallel poll capability Device clear capability Device Trigger capability No controller capability One unit load 3 71 There 12 basic messages which be sent over the interface Table 3 2 155 each bus message a description of the message how the 5342
489. ted by lighted segments in the GHz digits of the display This indicates that a center frequency offset frequency or amplitude offset may be entered into the display RECALL key Recalls stored memory information into display The MAN MHz OFS dB or OFS MHz keys if held in after RECALL is pressed will result in a display of previousy entered or com puted information NOTE Information stored in memory by digit keys after MAN MHz key is pressed is available for display until AUTO mode is selected Then the center frequency determined by the automatic measurement overrides the manual information AMPL key Selects amplitude mode when Option 002 is installed The amplitude of the input signal is displayed in the four rightmost digits of the display to a resolution of 0 1 dBm The frequency of the input sgnal is displayed in the five leftmost digits of the display OFS dB key After pressing the SET key the OFS dB key is pressed prior to entering an offset value in dB via the digit keys Digit keys are labeled in black numbers under RESOLUTION Indicates selection of amplitude offset mode when lighted and adds amplitude offset to measured amplitude Option 002 NOTE An offset value is an arbitrary value selected for entry into the display to be added or subtracted from a measured value OFS MHz key After pressing the SET key the OFS MHz key is pressed prior to entering an offset value via the digit keys Digit keys are la
490. temately tumed on and off by the Main VCO signal appearing at the Q1 emitter the output appearing across R15 contains the sum and difference frequencies fMAIN fOFFSET if fMAIN gt fOFFSET or fOFFSET fMAIN if fOFFSET gt fMAIN Since Q2 is a low frequency Service Service 8 52 5342A transistor the sum frequency is attenuated and only the difference frequency is amplified Attest point TP1 the difference frequency at an amplitude of to 5V is available 8 168 To insure that the offset phase locked loop locks up only when a 500 kHz difference fre quency is produced by the Main VCO being 500 kHz greater not less than the offset VCO fre quency three control sgnals are produced which control the search enable flip flop U2 Wen the HSRCH EN output at XA7 2 is TIL high the triangle search waveform on A6 isenabled HSRCH EN goes low when U2 3 4 5 inputs are all low This occurs when the following conditions are met a output of the 500 kHz detector is low b U1 2 equal frequency output is low c The LPOS Slope signal from is low 8 169 The 500 kHz detector consists of the low pass filter formed by resistors R5 R6 and capacitor C16 a full wave rectifier formed by diodes CR2 and capacitor C22 and emitter follower Q3 For signal less than approximately 1 MHz the full wave rectifier produces a level at the base of transistor Q4 sufficient to tum Q4 on This developes a voltage
491. tement 2 could be deleted and the end of statement 7 could simply cause the program to go to the statement after the read in this case gto 6 EXAMPLE Since this statement is in line 2 the program jumps to the statement after the read statement og a Error 4 is time out error Reset time and error jump When the 5342A took more time than 1 second to make the measurement zeroes are output 3 28 5342 Operation NOTE For any controller check SRQ to see if a measure ment has been completed Allow an adequate number of iterations on the SRC check to permit the counter to complete the measurement and pull SRQ A flow diagram of such an algorithm is TRIGGER 5342A THIS LOOP SHOULD TAKE MORE TIME THAN MAXIMUM EXPECTED MEASUREMENT TIME READ COUNTER A 3 29 Model 5342 Operation 3 83 REMOTE PROGRAMMING OF DIAGNOSTIC MODE 6 OPTION 002 011 ONLY 3 84 In some system applications it may be desirable to program the 5342A to diagnostic mode 6 so that the counter will constantly present a low SWand not switch to frequency measure ments higher SWR The following example shows how this may be done counter does not switch to frequency EXAMPLE B dew 13 Program counter for AMPL mode RURHISRSTI 2 wth a Lis 148 3 bees This sets the counter to diagnostic mode 6 iartzsill
492. tender Boards for A10 A12 A13 A20 A21 assemblies 05342 60035 24 pin X2 Extender Boards for the A19 assembly 05342 60036 Double 18 pin X2 Extender Boards forthe A14 assembly 05342 60039 Keyed double 18 pin X2 Extender Boards forthe A15 HP 16 assembly NOTE Forthe Option 002 and 003 A16 assembly use one 05342 60030 10 pin X2 Extender Board and one 05342 60033 18 pin X2 Extender Board 8 50 Replaceable Parts 8 51 The only replaceable parts in the 10842A kit are the two integrated circuits and five switches the 05342 60036 extender board Table 8 4 lists the HP part number and description of those parts Refer to Section for ordering information Table 8 4 Replaceable Parts for Extender Board 05342 60036 Ref Mfr DESIG HP PART NO DESC RIPTION CODE MFR PART NO 1820 1197 IC GATE TIL LS NAND QUAD 2 INPUT SN74LSOON 1820 1281 IC DCDR TIL LS 2 TO 4 LINE DUAL 2 INPUT SN74LS139N 3101 1856 SWIC H SL 8 1A NS DIP SLIDE ASSY 3101 1856 3101 1856 SWIC H SL 8 1A NS DIP SLIDE ASSY 3101 1856 3101 1856 SWIC H SL 8 1A NS DIP SLIDE ASSY 3101 1856 3101 1213 SC H TG L SUBMIN DPST 5A 120VAC PC 3101 1213 3101 1675 SWIC H TG L SUBMIN DPST 5 120VAC 3101 1675 DC PC Model 5342A Service a 05342 60033 05342 60035 05342 60032 05342 60034 05342 60034 05342 60031 Figure 8 3 10842A Service Accessory Model Service 5342A 8 52 Using Extender Board 05342 60036 8
493. tenuator that automati cally extends the dynamic range of operation for input 1 INPUT 1 Frequency range 500 MHzto 18 GHz Sensitivity 500 MHz to 12 4 GHz 22 dB 12 4 GHz to 18 GHz 15 dBm Maximum operating level 420 dBm Dynamic range 500 MHz to 12 4 GHz 42 dB 12 4 GHz to 18 GHz 35 dB Damage level 425 dBm peak SWR lt 5 1 DIGITAL TO ANALOG CONVERTER OPTION 004 Option 004 provides the ability to convert any three consecutive displayed digits into an analog voltage output A display of 22 produces V out put 999 produces 9 99V full scale Accuracy 5 mv 30 3 mV C from 25 C Conversion Speed 50 us to 0 01 of full scale reading Resolution 10 mV Output 5 mA Impedance lt 1 0 ohm Connector Type BNC female on rear panel 1 5 SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS GENERAL Accuracy 1 count time base eror Resolution Front panel pushbuttons select 1 Hz to 1MHz Residual stability Wen counter and source use common time base or counter uses extemal higher stability time base 4 X 10 rms typcial Display 11 digit LED display sectionalized to read GHz MHz kHz and Hz Self check Selected from front panel push buttons Measures 75 MHz for resolution chosen Frequency offset Selected from front panel pushbuttons Displayed frequency is offset by entered value to 1 Hz resolution Sample rate Variable from less than 20 ms be tween measurements to HOLD which holds display indefinitely IF out Rear pane
494. the 10 Hz 500 MHz position LDIRECT low causes relay K1 and bilateral switch U17 to con nect the A27 low frequency module 100 kHz input and the two detector outputs to the A16 Cicuits LDIRECT high causes the U2 multiplexer inputs and outputs to be connected to the 16 circuits Since the front end is being switched between frequency measurements and ampli tude measurements the output of either detector appears as a negative pulse train To pre vent switching the front end during troubleshooting use diagnostic mode 5 or 6 Diagnostic modesare described in 8 318 Consider circuit operation for the case where the front panel RANGE switch is in the 0 5 to 18 GHz position In this case the DETECTED RF HF signal from U2 is connected to the inverting input of U18 and the DETECTED 100 kHz HF signal from U2 is connected to the non inverting input of U18 The 100 kHz HF input is connected through U18 and associated circuits to buffer U15 The dc voltage difference between the detected 100 kHz signal and the detected microwave signal isamplified by U18 However the negative feedback of the loop causes the Service 8 75 Service 5342A difference between the detected RF and detected 100 kHz to be very small Although the volt age difference is amplified by the very high gain of U18 the U18 output voltage stays within the dynamic range of U18 because the difference is extremely small Wen a frequency measure ment is being made
495. the A14 signatures are now good then there is an assembly common to that signal which has a faulty input output buffer To detect which assembly this is put A14 back in the instrument and pull assemblies which are connected to the failed A14 signal output one at a time until a good signature is obtained 7 With the 5004A set up as in steps 1 2 3 place switch S2B in the down position er D gt sasa ku Cae Jo S1 2 b Open the data bus switches on the A14 extender board as shown below 39000808 00808800 00869006 Connect the 5004A data probe GND connector to chassis ground and the ground lead of the test pod to ground d Connect the START of the 5004A to the R3 test point of the extender board and the STOP to the R1 test point e Set the 5004A for slope START X slope on STOP slope on CLOCK 7 f Observe the following signatures 5 C690 Signal Name Signatures for ROM Combinations listed A14U1 P N 1818 0329 A14U1 1818 0698 A14U1 1818 0698 AMUI 1818 0330 A14U4 1818 0697 A14U4 1818 0697 A14U7 8150331 A14U7 1818 0331 A14U7 1818 0706 g If these signatures are good go to step 8 h Check the inputs 1402 U3 by changing switch 1452 as follows 8 94 Model 5342 Service Tab e 8 9 A14 Microprocessor Troubleshooting Continued With the 5004A set up and connected as in steps 7d and 7e take the following signatures Signal Name Sig
496. the output of flip flop U4 5 goes high on the first clock after HRFD goes high U4 5 going high sets LDAV low When the listener senses LDAV low it sets HRFD low and the process continues as previously described Write into U21 Write data HRFD still low Listener Write 3rd byte into U21 not ready for more data into U21 1 U21 11 L f r x I I i 1 1 1 1 I U4 12 1 1 N f 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 LdH L4 Lii BET I f 8 372 ASSEMBLY LOCATIONS 8 373 Figures 8 19 8 20 8 21 Jand 8 22 shows the front 1 Display Assembly rear top and bottom views respectively of the 5342A The front and rear views show reference designators of the front and rear panel controls connectors and indicators The top view shows assembly locations and adjustments 8 374 TROUBLESHOOTING TO THE ASSEMBLY LEVEL STANDARD INSTRUMENT 8 375 Troubleshooting Technique 8 376 In the troubleshooting procedure outlined in Table 8 5 the 5342A is exercised through a series of operating modes which are arranged in an increasing order of complexity As can be seen in Table 8 6 an increasing number of assemblies is exercised as the operating modes progress from the first mode power up diagnostic to the last mode AUTO 1 GHz By noting the first mode in the sequence that fails it is possibl
497. the same set up may be used but Bit 5 in the Trigger word must be a zero Put the counter in diagnostic mode 3 with a 50 MHz 10 dBm signal applied to the high frequency input Observe that a reading of around 8 200 000 is output for 1 Hz resolution 8 108 Model 5342 Service Table 8 14 A17 Timing Generator Troubleshooting The A17 Timing Generator has a number of outputs LO SWITCH at XA17 1 which switches the AS multiplexer and A13 counters pseudorandom sequence after acquisition b LDIR GATE at XA17 4 which gates the main gate on for direct count measurements LIF GATE at XA17 5 which gates counter A on A13 for measuring the IF CLOCK at XA17 4 which drives A14 When A17 is read by the microprocessor the D4 line is examined to see if the gate time is over The D1 line indicates the end of the prs The D2 line indicates the end of the sample rate run down LO SWITCH verification To verify that the LO SWITCH signal is operating properly the 5342A must be able to acquire so that the counter can be forced into its harmonic deter mination routine This means that A25 U1 A11 A12 must be working properly To check LO SWITCH apply a 50 MHz signal 10 dBm to the high frequency connector and put the 5342A in the 500 MHz 18 GHz range The LO SWITCH signal at XA5 5 should should appear 4 LO SWITCH 5 5 The time during which the signal switches between high and low levels pseudo random fashi
498. the storage time of the PIN diodes 8 312 Wen the AMPL SEL input is 15 volts CR1 is tumed on via R4 to ground and CR2 is tumed off This routes the input signal to for frequency measurements Wen AMPL SEL is 15 volts CR2 is tumed on via to ground and CRI is tumed off This routes the input to Shottky diode detector CR3 8 313 Detector CR4 detects the 100 kHz input and the detected output is sent to A16 for com parison with the detected low frequency signal Variable resistors R9 and R10 are used to com pensate for differences between matched detector diodes and 4 the insertion loss of the PIN diode switch 8 314 A16 Amplitude Assembly 8 315 The A16 Amplitude Assembly shown Figure 8 39 consists of the analog feedback loop the analog to digital converter which digitizesthe dc output voltage from the feedback loop the switching circuitry required for the U2 and A27 assemblies and the digital circuitry including the U4 ROM containing the amplitude measuring algorithm 8 316 ANALOG LOOP The analog feedback loop consists of U18 differential error amplifier U14 transistors Q10 Q11 Q12 and associated circuitry for generating the 100 kHz feedback signal range amplifier U12 switch 017 and relay 8 317 The LDIRECT signal sent to transistor Q13 from Counter Assembly A13 is set low by the microprocessor if the front panel RANGE switch read by the microprocessor from 2012 pin 9 is in
499. ting A9 and A10 Put A10 on an extender board and put an AP clip on A10U2 Connect scopes probes to U2 5 which is MAIN and U2 10 which is MAIN Ground TP1 on 9 with a clip lead This causes the A8 VCO to go to its free run frequency of 325 MHz Put the 5342A in AUTO 500 MHz 18 GHz range and no input This causes the 5342A to sweep the synthesizers Verify that the U2 phase detector outputs appear as follows MAIN 491 MAIN Ad If these signals are not present then either the divide by N or the phase detector on A10 is faulty If this signal is present but there is MAIN CNTRL sweep signal at XA8 1 as in step 1 then 9 15 faulty The following test determines if the divide by N is faulty With the Main Synthesizer loop working properly the signal at A10TP1 is 50 kHz signal as shown gt 01 us MIXED SCOPE DISPLAY Model 5342 Service Table 8 15 A8 A9 A10 Main Loop Synthesizer Troubleshooting Continued Ground A9TP1 so that will go to its free run frequency of 325 MHz Put the 53424 in MANUAL mode and set the following center frequencies Monitor 1 and check the period of this signal It should vary per the table below since the 325 MHz free run frequency is divided by the programmed N frequency A8 would go to if ASTP1 not grounded MAN CNTRL DESIRED VCO DIVISION A10TP1 PERIOD FREQ FREQ FACTOR N if free run 325 0MHZ 500 MHz 300 0 MHz 6000 18 46 us 550 MHz 31
500. tion 002 Detailed Theory 8 73 U2 High Frequency Amplitude Assembly 5088 7035 8 7 A27 Low Frequency Amplitude 8 75 A16 Amplitude Assembly Option 003 Extended Dynamic Range Option 004 Digital to Analog Conversion DAC 9 9 Option 011 Hewlett Packard Interface Bus 8 80 5552 eas ces donat kuskiy S nates 8 80 Interface 8 80 Command Decoding 5 8 8 Acceptor Handshake 8 82 Source Handshake 8 83 Assembly LocationS 8 84 Troubleshooting to the Assembly Level Standard Instrument 8 84 Troubleshooting Technique 8 84 Recommended Tes Equipment 8 85 TABLE OF CONTENTS Continued References Maintenance Allocation Additional Authorization List Model 5342A Table of Contents NI Model 5342A List of Tables Table 00 199 199 199 199 1 2 lt ME T rollai le kel ll e Ie rol gt viii LIST OF TABLES Title Page Model 5342A Specifications
501. tion to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value Model 5342 Replaceable Parts Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Continued Reference HP Part 0534 5000u OFFSET ASSEMBLY SERIES 1720 05342 60008 0180 0210 018091701 0180 1701 016023878 042024701 018001701 0160 3878 0160 3878 0160 3878 0160 3878 CA PACITOReFXD 2 59 20 15v 1500335x001542 CAPACITOR FXD 6 BUF e2UX amp vOC 1500685x000642 CAP AC 1T oper XD 6 AUF ee20X 1500685X0006A2 CAP AC IT QneFxD 1000PF 20 1 CER 0160 5878 PACITOReFXDe amp AUF 20 HVDC T 1500 85 0006 2 CAP AC IT XD 6 gre e20X amp VDC 1500685X0n064A2 CITOReFXD 1000PF 20 10 CER 0150 3878 CITOReFXD 1000PF 20 100 0 CER 0160 3878 1000 PF 20 100 0 CER 016003878 CITOReFXO 1000PF 20 1 0160 3878 016093878 016023878 0150 3878 016093878 0180 0228 CAP AC IT OR FXD 10n0PF 20 100 0 CER 016003878 CAPACITOReFXD 1000PF 920X 10 CER 016023878 CAPAC pTOR FXD 1000PF 20 100 0 CER 0160 3878 1000PF 20 X 100 0 CER 0180 3878 22 UF 10X1SVDC 1500226x9015B2 01 6003878 0150 3878 016093878 0150 3477 016003877 CITOR FXD 1000PF 203 100V0C CER 0160 3878 CAPACTTOR FXD 1000 20 100 CER 0160 3878
502. tions 8 68 In graphic symbols inputs or outputs that are active when at the high level are shown without polarity indication The polarity indicator symbol that the active one state of an input or output with respect to the symbol to which it is attached is the low level NOTE The polarity indicator symbol is used in this manual EXAMPLE 5 assume two devices having the following function tables DEVICE 1 DEVICE 2 FUNCTION TABLE FUNCTION TABLE POSITIVE assigning the relationship H 1 L at both input and output Device 1 can perform LOGIC the AND function and Device 2 can perform the OR function Such a consistent assign ment is referred to as positive logic The corresponding logic symbols would be DEVICE 1 DEVICE 2 A A 8 23 Model 53424 Service NEGATIVE alternatively by assigning the relationship H2 L 1 at both input and output Device LOGIC can perform the OR function and Device 2 can perform the AND function Such a con sistent assignment is referred to as negative logic The corresponding logic symbols would be DEVICE DEVICE 2 Y g L3 B 8 69 MIXED LOGIC The use of the polarity indicator symbol Ex automatically invokes a mixed logic convention That is positive logic is used at the inputs and outputs that do not have polarity indicators negative logic is used at the inputs and outputs that have polarity indicators This may be shown either of tw
503. trument with option 002 8 305 OPTION 002 DETAILED THEORY 8 306 U2 High Frequency Amplitude Assembly 5088 7035 8 307 The U2 assembly is a thin film hybrid circuit built on a sapphire substrate and placed in a hemetically sealed package It is not field repairable This assembly is the microwave front end which switches the microwave input signal between the 1 Sampler for frequency mea surements and the U2 detectors for amplitude measurements It also can provide approximately 15 dB attenuation to the signal which is routed to the U1 Sampler 8 308 The microwave signal enters at 02 1 as shown in Figure 8 39 and passes through dc blocking capacitor Cl PIN diodes CR1 and CR2 switch the signal either to the U1 sampler or the U2CR3 Shottky diode detector A positive signal at the FREQ on input approximately 2 5 volts and 30 mA when on and approximately 40 7 volts when off tums on 1 and routes 8 73 1 8 WOIBDIG 71 9 U2 HIGH FREQUENCY AMPLIFIER ASSEMBLY TO U1 SAMPLER TO A3 DIRECT COUNT AMPLIFIER T des ee l 18GHz A16 AMPLITUDE ASSEMBLY DETECTED RF RF HF DETECTOR i 100 kHz 100KHz 100 kHz sz O 1 DETECTOR CR4 DETECTED _ kHz A27 LOW FREQUENCY BUM MODULATOR AMPLIFIER ASSEMBLY EE en Kl 9 10 Hz Biete o 512 MHz O lt
504. ts list logarithm ic low pass filter 7 low voltage meter distance miltiampere maximum megohm meg 10 used in parts list metal film metal oxide medium frequency microfared used in parts list manufacturer milligram megahertz mH mho MIN min MINAT mm MOD MOM MOS ms MTG MTR N C NEG nF NI PL N O NOM NORM NPN NPO NAFA NSR ns nw oo OH OP AMPL osc Ox 2 P PAM PC PCM PDM pF PH BRZ PHL ABBREVIATIONS CONTINUED millihenry mho minute plane angle iniature millimeter modulator momentary metal oxide semi conductor millisecond mounting meter indicating device millivolt millivolt millivoit dc millivolt peak miliivolt peak to peak millivolt rms milliwatt multiplex mylar microampere microtarad microhenry micromho microsecond 7 microvolt 7 microvott ac microvolt dc microvolt peak 7 microvolt peak to peak microvolt rms microwatt nanoampere no connection 7 normally closed neon 7 negative nanofarad nickel plate 7 normally open nominal normal negative positive negative negative positive zero zero temperature coetticient not recommended for field replacement not separately replaceable nanosecond nanowatt order by description outside diameter oval head operatio
505. un mode by moving A14 switch S2A to the up position and all S1 switches down opens up data bus lines back into MPU U21 Ensure that the LX ROM switch on the A14 extender board is in the up position Press the RESET switch on the A14 extender board NORMAL OPERATION FREE RUN Model 5342 Service Table 8 9 A14 Microprocessor Troubleshooting Continued 4 Place the 5004A data probe on 5 and verify that the characteristic 1 s signature dis played on the 5004 is 0003 If 0003 is not displayed then the U21 microprocessor is not free running If 0003 is displayed when the 5004A data probe is placed on 5V go to step 5 Check the clock inputs to the microprocessor by looking at the phase 1 clock test point on A14 and the test point These signals should be as in the following oscilloscope photos If these signals are not present troubleshoot the clock generation circuitry U19 TABLE 8 9 U22 U24 etc on A14 ici b If these signals are present check diodes CR2 CR3 and switches 1451 and S2 If these parts are good then the U21 MPU is suspect C With switches S1 and S2 set for freerun check for correct inputs as listed below RESET U21 40 High NMI U21 6 High HALT U21 2 High IRQ U21 4 High 3 State U21 39 Low control 2V F QV gt 100 ns base of scope out of CAL in order to get one complete period in photo
506. usting R5 for maximum gain through the stage Potentiometer R2 1 is adjusted in a similar manner U4 has two outputs U4 5 and U4 8 The output at U4 5 IF COUNT appears at XA12 8 and is sent to the A13 counter to be counted The output at U4 8 is ac coupled by capacitor C16 to a digital filter 8 210 The digital filter consists of U6 05 010 U8 U9 011 014 and 015 The filter counts the IF signal fora period of 4 microseconds and based on the number of counts totalized during the 4 microseconds sets two qualifiers which indicate if the IF is within the necessary frequency range The counters are reset every 8 microseconds and the counting of the IF begins again This process of counting the IF for 4 microseconds setting the qualifiers and resetting the counters after 8 microseconds occurs continuously 8 211 The IF signal output is prescaled by 4 in U3A 22 and U3B 2 The ECL output of U3 15 is translated to TIL levels by transistor Q1 This signal is then counted for 4 microseconds The NOR gate U6 is enabled for a period of 4 microseconds by U6 2 going low for 4 microseconds This 4 microsecond gate is generated by divider 015 which divides a 1 MHz input by 8 The input is from the A18 Time Base Buffer During the 4 microseconds gate time the count is totalized by binary counters U5 and 010 The contents of the counters are decoded by U8 U9 such that if the IF frequency is in the range of 48 MHz to 102 MHz the U5 and 010
507. ut or output is affected by more than one gate or control input then the identifying numbers of each gate or control input will appear in the prefix or subscript separated by commas in this example X is controlled by G1 and G2 5342 Service 8 77 Control Blocks 8 78 A class of symbols fcr complex logic are called control blocks Control blocks are used to show where common control signals are applied to a group of functionally separate units Examples of types of control blocks follow Register control block This symbol is used with an associated array of flip flop symbols to provide a point of placement for common function lines such asa common clear RIGHT b ox Shift register control block These symbols are used with any array of flip flop TM symbols to form a shift register An active transition at the inputs causes left b or right shifting as indicated Counter control block The symbol is used with an array of flip flops or other circuits serving asa binary or decade counter An active transition at the 1 1 input causes the counter to increment one count upward or downward re spectively An active transition at the 1 input causes the counter to increment one count upward or downward depending on the input at an up down control SEL Selector control block These symbols are used with an array of OR symbols to ES provide a point of placement for selection S lines Th
508. ve region such as those originating from microwave radios have significant amounts of frequency modulation To prevent FM on the signal from causing an incorrect computation of N the harmonic heterodyne technique is implemented as shown in Figure 8 8 which is a simplified block diagram of the 5342A The differences between Figure 8 8 the block diagram of Figure 8 a Two synthesizers which are offset by precisely 500 kHz b Two counters A multiplexer which multiplexes between two synthesizer frequencies when fiis driving the sampler driver the IF1 produced is measured by counter A and when fidrives the sampler driver the IF2 produced is measured by counter d pseudorandom sequence generator which controls the multiplexer during N determination 8 The overall operating algorithm for the block diagram of Figure 8 8 5 as follows Wh the multiplexer having selected the main oscillator output the main oscillator frequency fi is swept from 350 MHz to 300 MHz in 100 kHz steps the offset oscillator frequency f2 is maintained at f 500 kHz by a phase locked loop until the IF detector indicates the presence of an IF signal in the range of 50 MHz to 100 MHz At this point the synthesizer stops its sweep and the counter starts the harmonic number N determination A pseudorandom sequence prs output by the prs SAMPLER COUNTERA 25 MHz 125 MHz O COUNTERB SAMPLER DRIVER MULTIPLEXER PSE
509. ve current load to the U3 Timer Over cument shutdown circuit Signal from A16 Amplitude Assembly to notify A14 Microprocessor that Option 002 is present Signal from A14 Microproc essor Assembly to write data or read data from Option 002 A16 Amplitude Assembly Signal from A14 Microproc essorto A13 Counter Multi plexer circut to read con tents of A or B counter to the data bus depending upon the state of the AS line Signal from A14 Microproc essor to A13 Counter FF cir cuit that selects either IF or Direct Bto be counted Signal from A14 Microproc essor that loads data into U15 Buffer register on A2 board Option 004 for conversion to analog LDIRECT LDIR Gate LDVRST LEXT LFM LFRERUN LFRUN LHP IB LIF Gate LIRQ LKBRD LKBR LO FREQ Low Direct ow Direct Gate Low Device Reset Low Low Frequency Modulation Low Free Run Low HP Interface Bus Low Inter mediate Fre quency Gate Low Interupt Request Low Keyboard Local Oscillator Frequency Table 8 2 Signal Names Continued SA rear panel 3 rear panel 1452 Ground XA 14B 14 XA14A 13 Model 5342A Service FUNCTION Signal from A13 Counter that switches A27 LF Amp or U2 HF Amp to 16 board measurement circuits Low signal from A17 Timing Generator that enables the direct count main gate on A3 Direct Count Amplifier Assembly Temporary low signal from
510. vel of 19 3 dBm 25 mV ms Disconnect 8481 from 86222A output Switch 5342A to the 1 position Connect 86222A output to 5342A 10 Hz 500 MHz input 86222A supplies 25 mV mms into 500 or 50 mV ms into 1 Verify that the 5342A counts 25 MHz at 50 mV ms and record on oper ational verification record Table 4 1 4 2 5342 Performance Tests 4 14 10 Hz 500 MHz Input 500 Minimum Level and Amplitude Accuracy Test Option 002 Specification Setup HP 8620C SWEEPER 1 5 dB accuracy for frequencies from 10 MHz to 520 MHz Minimum Level 17 dBm HP 86222A HP 436A POWER METER 86290 8481 POWER SENSOR HP 8495B STEP ATTENUATOR Connect the 11667A directly using type N to BNC adapter to the 5342A BNC low frequency input Connect 8481A directly to the other 11667A output Set the 5342A to 10 Hz500 MHz range 500 and amplitude mode Set the 86222A to 10 MHz and adjust output level and 8495B for a level of 17 dBm as measured on the 436A Power Meter 8495B set to 10 dB or greater Slowly vary the 8620C from 10 Hz to 520 MHz and verify that the 5342A displays correct frequency Take a measurement at 10 MHz 100 MHz and 520 MHz and verify that 5342A reading is within 1 5 dB of 436A reading Enter results on oper ational verification record Table 4 1 4 3 Model 5342 Performance Tests 4 15 10 Hz 500 MHz Input 500 Maximum Input Test Option 00
511. w frequency counter is determined by the following fx if gt fx fi fo if fx is greater than fir1 fx if lt fx fiF2 fx Nefo if Nf2 fx therefore N therefore fira fi f2 8 90 Referring to it is seen that if fx is greater than then fi produced by mixing with fx will be less than fir2 produced mixing N f2 with fx since f2is less than f1 Af However if fx is less than then will be greater than fir2 if fy gt THEN feo Figure 8 7 Frequency Relationships 8 91 If fir2 is less than fir2 then is computed from fir1 fir2 1 f2 If fire is greater than firi then is computed from fiF2 Nis fi f2 8 92 The unknown frequency is then computed from the following fx fiF2 lt 1 tx lt fir2 8 38 Model 5342A 8 93 Since the frequency of the synthesizer is known to the accuracy of the counter s time base and the IF is measured to the accuracy of the counter s time base the accuracy of the microwave measurement is limited only by the time base error and 1 count error 8 94 HP 5342A OVERALL OPERATION 8 95 all signals into the counter could be guaranteed to have litte or no FM then the counter could operate quite simply as described previously However many signals in the microwa
512. wide 50 MHz worst case pios for 10 change from Pd X NUN HOM Warm up 5 X 10 9 of final value 20 minutes AM tolerance Any modulation index provided d E d the minimum signal level is not less than the AMPLITUDE MEASUREMENT sensitivity specification OPTON 002 Automatic amplitude discrimination Automat i Option 002 provides the capability of measuring cally measures the largest of all signals pres the amplitude of the incoming sine wave signal ent providing that signal is 6 dB above any and simultaneously displaying its frequency MHz signal within 500 MHz 20dB above any signal and level dBm The maximum operating level 500 MHz 18 GHz and the top end of dynamic range are increased to Modes of operation 20 dBm Amplitude offset to 0 1 dB resolution Automatic Counter automatically acquires may be selected from front panel pushbuttons and displays highest level signal within sensi INPUT 1 LINEA range 500 MHz 18 GH Manual Center frequency entered to within requency range 2 2 50 MHz to true value Dynamic range frequency and level 22 dBm to 20 dBm 500 MHz to 12 4 GHz 15 dBm to 20 dBm 12 4 GHz to 18 GHz Maximum operating level 20 dBm Damage level 25 dBm peak Resolution 0 1 dB INPUT 2 Accuracy 51 5 dB excluding mismatch Frequency range 10 Hz to 520 MHz Direct uncertainty Count SWR Sensitivity 2 1 amplitude measurement 50M 10 Hz to 520 MHz 25 mV rms 5 1 freque
513. work and current limiting circuitry 8 272 VOLTAGE REGULATION LOOP Regulation is accomplished primarily by switching transistors Q1 and Q2 under control of a feedback network consisting of the A21U4 20 kHz oscillator pulse width modulator and the switch drive transformers on A19 The schematic diagram is shown in Figure 8 43 If the 5V D output digital supply voltage attempts to de crease the 45V sense signal drops which causes an enor signal difference between 45V sense and 45V reference set by 21817 to drive a pulse width modulator part of U4 and increase the pulse width of the 20 kHz outputs of A21U4 Conversely for an increase in the voltage of 35V D the pulse width of the 2104 outputs decrease net result of controlling the pulse width of the 20 kHz output is to control the duty cycle of the output waveforms of Q1 Q2 and hence the duty cycle of the rectangular waveform delivered to the LC filter in the 45V D output The IC filter averages this rectangular waveform to produce a dc output level which is proportional to the duty cycle of the input waveform 8 273 The feedback provided by the 5 D sense signal establishes a controlled input to the primary of 20 1 Other taps on the secondary of 2011 are rectified filtered and de livered to individual linear voltage regulators to provide 45V A output analog supply 5 2V 15V 15V and 12 8 274 The oven transformer output is rectified and filte
514. y A19 Primary Power Circuit Card Assembly A20 Secondary Power Circuit Card Assembly A21 Switch Drive Circuit Card Assembly 422 Motherboard Circuit Card Assembly A2h Oscillator Circuit Card Assembly A25 Preamplifier Circuit Card Assembly A26 Sampler Driver Circuit Card Assembly 29 HP IB Input Option 11 Cable Assembly W2 Cable Assembly 14 Cable Assembly Gover p n 4040 1724 1 By replacement of Cireait Card x de A17 8 22 Aah SECTION Il MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART FOR ELECTRONIC COUNTER TD 1225A V 1 U Continued 3 MAINTENANCE FU NCTI ON Inspect Repair Replace Inspect Repair Replace Adjust Inspect air 2 Replace Repair Replace and chassis mounted 2 replacement of individual components 4 MAINTENANCE CATEGORY D p 552 D _ 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 5 TOOLS AND EQPT Pepe N 2 N i m NN NNP wo o 8 6 REMARKS SECTION TOOL AND TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS FOR Counter Electronic TD 1225A V 1 U OOL OR TEST MAINTENANCE NOMENCLATURE NATIONAL NATO EQUIPMENT CATEGORY STOCK NUMBER TOOL NUMBER REF CODE o Necessary common tools ate available to personnel in cat egory
515. y continuously uncorrected amplitude not corrected for level and frequency on A16 Multiplexer on front end is not switching Sweeps Main VCO from 350 MHz to 300 MHz in 100 kHz steps Time between updates in VCO frequency determined by SAMPLE RATE setting To stay at a particular frequency put SAMPLE RATE to HOLD Remove input signal to counter place counter in 500 MHz 18 GHz range and AUTO mode Keyboard check Refer to paragraph 3 43 for complete list of what should be displayed when each key is pressed To return to normal operation press RESET 8 90 Model 5342 Service Table 8 9 A14 Microrprocessor Troubleshooting Place the A14 Microprocessor Assembly on the extender board P N 05342 60036 which is shown below Place the 5004A START and STOP probes on the B 4 test pin of the A14 ex tender board Or place on AP clip on U8 of A14 and place the START probe and the STOP probe of a 5004A Signature Analyzer on A14U8 2 which is the most significant address line out of the U21 microprocessor A15 Place the CLOCK probe of the 5004A on the test point located in the upper righthand corner of A14 Place the GROUND probe of the 5004 on the ground test point of A14 14 10 14418 RI R2 aB 8 9 LD7 LA15 TEST PINS A14 DATA BUS SWITCH Set the 5004 for positive slope on START STOP and CLOCK all pushbuttons of the 5004A should be out Apply power to the 5342A Place the 5342 in free r
516. ynamic Range Timing Generator Time Base Buffer 05342 60015 05342 60038 05342 60037 05342 60017 05342 60018 Primary Power Secondary power Switch Drive Motherboard Power Module 05342 60019 05342 60020 05342 60021 05342 60022 05342 60023 Oscillator Option 001 Oscillator Preamplifier Sampler Driver Sampler Option 002 High Frequency Amplitude Module Option 003 Attenuator Option 002 Low Frequency Amplitude Module Option 011 HP IB Interconnection 8 13 SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS 05341 60047 10544 60011 05342 60025 05342 60026 5088 7022 5088 7035 5088 7038 05342 60027 05342 60029 8 14 Although this instrument has been designed in accordance with intemational safety standards this manual contains information cautions and wamings which must be followed to ensure safe operation and to retain the instrument in safe condition Service and adjustments should be performed only by service trained personnel ANY INTERRUPTION OF THE PROTECTIVE GROUNDING CONDUCTOR INSIDE OR OUT SIDE THE INSTRUMENT OR DISCONNECTION OF THE PROTECTIVE EARTH TERMINAL IS LIKELY TO MAKE THE INSTRUMENT DANGEROUS INTEN TIONAL INTERRUPTION IS PROHIBITED 8 4 Model 5342A 8 15 Any adjustment maintenance and repair of the opened instrument under voltage should be avoided as much as possible and when inevitable should be carried out only by a skilled person who is aware of the hazard involved 8 16 Capacitors inside the in
517. z peak to peak The FM position provides a tolerance of 50 MHz peak to peak but results in Sower acquisition time 2 4 seconds compared to 530 milliseconds for CWposition NOTE Most measurements should be made with the rear panel FM CWswitch in CWposition The FM position should be used only when the input signal has significant amounts of FM 220 MHz p p In comect measurements may result if the FM position is used with a stable input non FM signal which has been locked to the counter s time base 3 34 Automatic Amplitude Discrimination 3 35 The automatic amplitude discrimination feature allows the 5342A to acquire and display the highest level signal within its sensitivity range The highest level signal must be 20 dB greater in amplitude than any other signal present Typical operation is approximately 10 dB This feature is useful for discriminating against spurious signals and harmonics 3 36 MAXIMUM INPUT SIGNAL POWER CAUTION Do not exceed 425 dBm peak of input power at the type N connector 500 MHz 18 GHz Damage to the internal sampler may occur Refer to paragraph 3 37 for detailed explanation 3 37 The 5342A will function within specifications for 500 MHz18 GHz signal inputs up to 5 dBm standard unit For measuring higher level inputs refer to the options described graphs 3 61 and 3 63 Under no circumstances should the input level to the 5342A exceed 25 dBm If the input power exceeds thi

tm 11-6625-3014-14 operator`s,organizational, direct

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents